From 3bec3d7caf119fd272f472cbcb42e1f2fa38c67e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "bernard.xiong@gmail.com" Date: Thu, 30 Jun 2011 23:25:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] add library for STM32F2xx. git-svn-id: https://rt-thread.googlecode.com/svn/trunk@1561 bbd45198-f89e-11dd-88c7-29a3b14d5316 --- .../CMSIS/CM3/CoreSupport/core_cm3.c | 784 ++ .../CMSIS/CM3/CoreSupport/core_cm3.h | 1818 +++++ .../ST/STM32F2xx/Release_Notes.html | 139 + .../startup/TrueSTUDIO/startup_stm32f2xx.s | 508 ++ .../STM32F2xx/startup/arm/startup_stm32f2xx.s | 419 + .../startup/gcc_ride7/startup_stm32f2xx.s | 506 ++ .../STM32F2xx/startup/iar/startup_stm32f2xx.s | 617 ++ .../DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/stm32f2xx.h | 6871 +++++++++++++++++ .../ST/STM32F2xx/system_stm32f2xx.c | 536 ++ .../ST/STM32F2xx/system_stm32f2xx.h | 99 + .../Libraries/CMSIS/CMSIS debug support.htm | 243 + .../Libraries/CMSIS/CMSIS_changes.htm | 320 + .../CMSIS/Documentation/CMSIS_Core.htm | 1337 ++++ bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/License.doc | Bin 0 -> 39936 bytes bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/SConscript | 64 + .../Release_Notes.html | 962 +++ .../STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h | 172 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_adc.h | 643 ++ .../inc/stm32f2xx_can.h | 638 ++ .../inc/stm32f2xx_crc.h | 77 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_cryp.h | 338 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_dac.h | 298 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.h | 103 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_dcmi.h | 306 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_dma.h | 603 ++ .../inc/stm32f2xx_exti.h | 177 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_flash.h | 334 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_fsmc.h | 669 ++ .../inc/stm32f2xx_gpio.h | 405 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_hash.h | 244 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_i2c.h | 691 ++ .../inc/stm32f2xx_iwdg.h | 125 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_pwr.h | 160 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_rcc.h | 509 ++ .../inc/stm32f2xx_rng.h | 114 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_rtc.h | 644 ++ .../inc/stm32f2xx_sdio.h | 530 ++ .../inc/stm32f2xx_spi.h | 520 ++ .../inc/stm32f2xx_syscfg.h | 173 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_tim.h | 1144 +++ .../inc/stm32f2xx_usart.h | 412 + .../inc/stm32f2xx_wwdg.h | 105 + .../STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c | 243 + .../src/stm32f2xx_adc.c | 1742 +++++ .../src/stm32f2xx_can.c | 1698 ++++ .../src/stm32f2xx_crc.c | 127 + .../src/stm32f2xx_cryp.c | 850 ++ .../src/stm32f2xx_cryp_aes.c | 638 ++ .../src/stm32f2xx_cryp_des.c | 291 + .../src/stm32f2xx_cryp_tdes.c | 308 + .../src/stm32f2xx_dac.c | 701 ++ .../src/stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.c | 174 + .../src/stm32f2xx_dcmi.c | 534 ++ .../src/stm32f2xx_dma.c | 1283 +++ .../src/stm32f2xx_exti.c | 306 + .../src/stm32f2xx_flash.c | 1054 +++ .../src/stm32f2xx_fsmc.c | 982 +++ .../src/stm32f2xx_gpio.c | 560 ++ .../src/stm32f2xx_hash.c | 700 ++ .../src/stm32f2xx_hash_md5.c | 314 + .../src/stm32f2xx_hash_sha1.c | 317 + .../src/stm32f2xx_i2c.c | 1395 ++++ .../src/stm32f2xx_iwdg.c | 263 + .../src/stm32f2xx_pwr.c | 612 ++ .../src/stm32f2xx_rcc.c | 1811 +++++ .../src/stm32f2xx_rng.c | 399 + .../src/stm32f2xx_rtc.c | 2239 ++++++ .../src/stm32f2xx_sdio.c | 1005 +++ .../src/stm32f2xx_spi.c | 1177 +++ .../src/stm32f2xx_syscfg.c | 204 + .../src/stm32f2xx_tim.c | 3349 ++++++++ .../src/stm32f2xx_usart.c | 1462 ++++ .../src/stm32f2xx_wwdg.c | 303 + bsp/stm32f20x/SConscript | 5 +- bsp/stm32f20x/application.c | 16 +- bsp/stm32f20x/board.c | 4 +- bsp/stm32f20x/project.uvopt | 193 +- bsp/stm32f20x/project.uvproj | 22 +- bsp/stm32f20x/stm32f20x_it.c | 15 - bsp/stm32f20x/template.uvproj | 2 +- 80 files changed, 52537 insertions(+), 118 deletions(-) create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/CoreSupport/core_cm3.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/CoreSupport/core_cm3.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/Release_Notes.html create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/TrueSTUDIO/startup_stm32f2xx.s create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/arm/startup_stm32f2xx.s create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/gcc_ride7/startup_stm32f2xx.s create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/iar/startup_stm32f2xx.s create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/stm32f2xx.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/system_stm32f2xx.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/system_stm32f2xx.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CMSIS debug support.htm create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CMSIS_changes.htm create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/Documentation/CMSIS_Core.htm create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/License.doc create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/SConscript create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_adc.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_can.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_crc.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_cryp.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dac.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dcmi.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dma.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_exti.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_flash.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_fsmc.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_gpio.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_hash.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_i2c.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_iwdg.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_pwr.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_rcc.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_rng.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_rtc.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_sdio.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_spi.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_syscfg.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_tim.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_usart.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_wwdg.h create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_adc.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_can.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_crc.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp_aes.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp_des.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp_tdes.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dac.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dcmi.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dma.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_exti.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_flash.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_fsmc.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_gpio.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_hash.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_hash_md5.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_hash_sha1.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_i2c.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_iwdg.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_pwr.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rcc.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rng.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rtc.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_sdio.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_spi.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_syscfg.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_tim.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_usart.c create mode 100644 bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_wwdg.c diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/CoreSupport/core_cm3.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/CoreSupport/core_cm3.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..56fddc52bf --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/CoreSupport/core_cm3.c @@ -0,0 +1,784 @@ +/**************************************************************************//** + * @file core_cm3.c + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Core Peripheral Access Layer Source File + * @version V1.30 + * @date 30. October 2009 + * + * @note + * Copyright (C) 2009 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. + * + * @par + * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M + * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed + * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors. + * + * @par + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED + * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE. + * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR + * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. + * + ******************************************************************************/ + +#include + +/* define compiler specific symbols */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */ + #define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */ + +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only avaiable in High optimization mode! */ + +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */ + +#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TASKING Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */ + +#endif + + +/* ################### Compiler specific Intrinsics ########################### */ + +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/ +/* ARM armcc specific functions */ + +/** + * @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @return ProcessStackPointer + * + * Return the actual process stack pointer + */ +__ASM uint32_t __get_PSP(void) +{ + mrs r0, psp + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP + * (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +__ASM void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack) +{ + msr psp, r0 + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @return Main Stack Pointer + * + * Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer) + * Cortex processor register + */ +__ASM uint32_t __get_MSP(void) +{ + mrs r0, msp + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP + * (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +__ASM void __set_MSP(uint32_t mainStackPointer) +{ + msr msp, r0 + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + */ +__ASM uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value) +{ + rev16 r0, r0 + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + */ +__ASM int32_t __REVSH(int16_t value) +{ + revsh r0, r0 + bx lr +} + + +#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000) + +/** + * @brief Remove the exclusive lock created by ldrex + * + * Removes the exclusive lock which is created by ldrex. + */ +__ASM void __CLREX(void) +{ + clrex +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Base Priority value + * + * @return BasePriority + * + * Return the content of the base priority register + */ +__ASM uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void) +{ + mrs r0, basepri + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Base Priority value + * + * @param basePri BasePriority + * + * Set the base priority register + */ +__ASM void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri) +{ + msr basepri, r0 + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Priority Mask value + * + * @return PriMask + * + * Return state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask register + */ +__ASM uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void) +{ + mrs r0, primask + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Priority Mask value + * + * @param priMask PriMask + * + * Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register + */ +__ASM void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask) +{ + msr primask, r0 + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Fault Mask value + * + * @return FaultMask + * + * Return the content of the fault mask register + */ +__ASM uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void) +{ + mrs r0, faultmask + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Fault Mask value + * + * @param faultMask faultMask value + * + * Set the fault mask register + */ +__ASM void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask) +{ + msr faultmask, r0 + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Control Register value + * + * @return Control value + * + * Return the content of the control register + */ +__ASM uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void) +{ + mrs r0, control + bx lr +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Control Register value + * + * @param control Control value + * + * Set the control register + */ +__ASM void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control) +{ + msr control, r0 + bx lr +} + +#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */ + + + +#elif (defined (__ICCARM__)) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/ +/* IAR iccarm specific functions */ +#pragma diag_suppress=Pe940 + +/** + * @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @return ProcessStackPointer + * + * Return the actual process stack pointer + */ +uint32_t __get_PSP(void) +{ + __ASM("mrs r0, psp"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP + * (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack) +{ + __ASM("msr psp, r0"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @return Main Stack Pointer + * + * Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer) + * Cortex processor register + */ +uint32_t __get_MSP(void) +{ + __ASM("mrs r0, msp"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP + * (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack) +{ + __ASM("msr msp, r0"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + */ +uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value) +{ + __ASM("rev16 r0, r0"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse bit order of value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse bit order of value + */ +uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value) +{ + __ASM("rbit r0, r0"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 8 bit values) + */ +uint8_t __LDREXB(uint8_t *addr) +{ + __ASM("ldrexb r0, [r0]"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values + */ +uint16_t __LDREXH(uint16_t *addr) +{ + __ASM("ldrexh r0, [r0]"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values + */ +uint32_t __LDREXW(uint32_t *addr) +{ + __ASM("ldrex r0, [r0]"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 8 bit values + */ +uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, uint8_t *addr) +{ + __ASM("strexb r0, r0, [r1]"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 16 bit values + */ +uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, uint16_t *addr) +{ + __ASM("strexh r0, r0, [r1]"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 32 bit values + */ +uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, uint32_t *addr) +{ + __ASM("strex r0, r0, [r1]"); + __ASM("bx lr"); +} + +#pragma diag_default=Pe940 + + +#elif (defined (__GNUC__)) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/ +/* GNU gcc specific functions */ + +/** + * @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @return ProcessStackPointer + * + * Return the actual process stack pointer + */ +uint32_t __get_PSP(void) __attribute__( ( naked ) ); +uint32_t __get_PSP(void) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, psp\n\t" + "MOV r0, %0 \n\t" + "BX lr \n\t" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP + * (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack) __attribute__( ( naked ) ); +void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR psp, %0\n\t" + "BX lr \n\t" : : "r" (topOfProcStack) ); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @return Main Stack Pointer + * + * Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer) + * Cortex processor register + */ +uint32_t __get_MSP(void) __attribute__( ( naked ) ); +uint32_t __get_MSP(void) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, msp\n\t" + "MOV r0, %0 \n\t" + "BX lr \n\t" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP + * (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack) __attribute__( ( naked ) ); +void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR msp, %0\n\t" + "BX lr \n\t" : : "r" (topOfMainStack) ); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Base Priority value + * + * @return BasePriority + * + * Return the content of the base priority register + */ +uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, basepri_max" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Base Priority value + * + * @param basePri BasePriority + * + * Set the base priority register + */ +void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t value) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR basepri, %0" : : "r" (value) ); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Priority Mask value + * + * @return PriMask + * + * Return state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask register + */ +uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, primask" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Priority Mask value + * + * @param priMask PriMask + * + * Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register + */ +void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR primask, %0" : : "r" (priMask) ); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Fault Mask value + * + * @return FaultMask + * + * Return the content of the fault mask register + */ +uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, faultmask" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Fault Mask value + * + * @param faultMask faultMask value + * + * Set the fault mask register + */ +void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR faultmask, %0" : : "r" (faultMask) ); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Control Register value +* +* @return Control value + * + * Return the content of the control register + */ +uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("MRS %0, control" : "=r" (result) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Control Register value + * + * @param control Control value + * + * Set the control register + */ +void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control) +{ + __ASM volatile ("MSR control, %0" : : "r" (control) ); +} + + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in integer value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in integer value + */ +uint32_t __REV(uint32_t value) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("rev %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + */ +uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("rev16 %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + */ +int32_t __REVSH(int16_t value) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("revsh %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief Reverse bit order of value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse bit order of value + */ +uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("rbit %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 8 bit value + */ +uint8_t __LDREXB(uint8_t *addr) +{ + uint8_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("ldrexb %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values + */ +uint16_t __LDREXH(uint16_t *addr) +{ + uint16_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("ldrexh %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values + */ +uint32_t __LDREXW(uint32_t *addr) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("ldrex %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 8 bit values + */ +uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, uint8_t *addr) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("strexb %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 16 bit values + */ +uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, uint16_t *addr) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("strexh %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 32 bit values + */ +uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, uint32_t *addr) +{ + uint32_t result=0; + + __ASM volatile ("strex %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) ); + return(result); +} + + +#elif (defined (__TASKING__)) /*------------------ TASKING Compiler ---------------------*/ +/* TASKING carm specific functions */ + +/* + * The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler. + * Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all instrinsics, + * Including the CMSIS ones. + */ + +#endif diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/CoreSupport/core_cm3.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/CoreSupport/core_cm3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b6b51a7d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/CoreSupport/core_cm3.h @@ -0,0 +1,1818 @@ +/**************************************************************************//** + * @file core_cm3.h + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Core Peripheral Access Layer Header File + * @version V1.30 + * @date 30. October 2009 + * + * @note + * Copyright (C) 2009 ARM Limited. All rights reserved. + * + * @par + * ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M + * processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed + * within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors. + * + * @par + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED + * OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF + * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE. + * ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR + * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. + * + ******************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __CM3_CORE_H__ +#define __CM3_CORE_H__ + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_core_LintCinfiguration CMSIS CM3 Core Lint Configuration + * + * List of Lint messages which will be suppressed and not shown: + * - Error 10: \n + * register uint32_t __regBasePri __asm("basepri"); \n + * Error 10: Expecting ';' + * . + * - Error 530: \n + * return(__regBasePri); \n + * Warning 530: Symbol '__regBasePri' (line 264) not initialized + * . + * - Error 550: \n + * __regBasePri = (basePri & 0x1ff); \n + * Warning 550: Symbol '__regBasePri' (line 271) not accessed + * . + * - Error 754: \n + * uint32_t RESERVED0[24]; \n + * Info 754: local structure member '' (line 109, file ./cm3_core.h) not referenced + * . + * - Error 750: \n + * #define __CM3_CORE_H__ \n + * Info 750: local macro '__CM3_CORE_H__' (line 43, file./cm3_core.h) not referenced + * . + * - Error 528: \n + * static __INLINE void NVIC_DisableIRQ(uint32_t IRQn) \n + * Warning 528: Symbol 'NVIC_DisableIRQ(unsigned int)' (line 419, file ./cm3_core.h) not referenced + * . + * - Error 751: \n + * } InterruptType_Type; \n + * Info 751: local typedef 'InterruptType_Type' (line 170, file ./cm3_core.h) not referenced + * . + * Note: To re-enable a Message, insert a space before 'lint' * + * + */ + +/*lint -save */ +/*lint -e10 */ +/*lint -e530 */ +/*lint -e550 */ +/*lint -e754 */ +/*lint -e750 */ +/*lint -e528 */ +/*lint -e751 */ + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_core_definitions CM3 Core Definitions + This file defines all structures and symbols for CMSIS core: + - CMSIS version number + - Cortex-M core registers and bitfields + - Cortex-M core peripheral base address + @{ + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:16] CMSIS HAL main version */ +#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB (0x30) /*!< [15:0] CMSIS HAL sub version */ +#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION ((__CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16) | __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB) /*!< CMSIS HAL version number */ + +#define __CORTEX_M (0x03) /*!< Cortex core */ + +#include /* Include standard types */ + +#if defined (__ICCARM__) + #include /* IAR Intrinsics */ +#endif + + +#ifndef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS + #define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 4 /*!< standard definition for NVIC Priority Bits */ +#endif + + + + +/** + * IO definitions + * + * define access restrictions to peripheral registers + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus + #define __I volatile /*!< defines 'read only' permissions */ +#else + #define __I volatile const /*!< defines 'read only' permissions */ +#endif +#define __O volatile /*!< defines 'write only' permissions */ +#define __IO volatile /*!< defines 'read / write' permissions */ + + + +/******************************************************************************* + * Register Abstraction + ******************************************************************************/ +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_core_register CMSIS CM3 Core Register + @{ +*/ + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_NVIC CMSIS CM3 NVIC + memory mapped structure for Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t ISER[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x000 Interrupt Set Enable Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[24]; + __IO uint32_t ICER[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x080 Interrupt Clear Enable Register */ + uint32_t RSERVED1[24]; + __IO uint32_t ISPR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x100 Interrupt Set Pending Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED2[24]; + __IO uint32_t ICPR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x180 Interrupt Clear Pending Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED3[24]; + __IO uint32_t IABR[8]; /*!< Offset: 0x200 Interrupt Active bit Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED4[56]; + __IO uint8_t IP[240]; /*!< Offset: 0x300 Interrupt Priority Register (8Bit wide) */ + uint32_t RESERVED5[644]; + __O uint32_t STIR; /*!< Offset: 0xE00 Software Trigger Interrupt Register */ +} NVIC_Type; +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_NVIC */ + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_SCB CMSIS CM3 SCB + memory mapped structure for System Control Block (SCB) + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + __I uint32_t CPUID; /*!< Offset: 0x00 CPU ID Base Register */ + __IO uint32_t ICSR; /*!< Offset: 0x04 Interrupt Control State Register */ + __IO uint32_t VTOR; /*!< Offset: 0x08 Vector Table Offset Register */ + __IO uint32_t AIRCR; /*!< Offset: 0x0C Application Interrupt / Reset Control Register */ + __IO uint32_t SCR; /*!< Offset: 0x10 System Control Register */ + __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< Offset: 0x14 Configuration Control Register */ + __IO uint8_t SHP[12]; /*!< Offset: 0x18 System Handlers Priority Registers (4-7, 8-11, 12-15) */ + __IO uint32_t SHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x24 System Handler Control and State Register */ + __IO uint32_t CFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x28 Configurable Fault Status Register */ + __IO uint32_t HFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x2C Hard Fault Status Register */ + __IO uint32_t DFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x30 Debug Fault Status Register */ + __IO uint32_t MMFAR; /*!< Offset: 0x34 Mem Manage Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t BFAR; /*!< Offset: 0x38 Bus Fault Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t AFSR; /*!< Offset: 0x3C Auxiliary Fault Status Register */ + __I uint32_t PFR[2]; /*!< Offset: 0x40 Processor Feature Register */ + __I uint32_t DFR; /*!< Offset: 0x48 Debug Feature Register */ + __I uint32_t ADR; /*!< Offset: 0x4C Auxiliary Feature Register */ + __I uint32_t MMFR[4]; /*!< Offset: 0x50 Memory Model Feature Register */ + __I uint32_t ISAR[5]; /*!< Offset: 0x60 ISA Feature Register */ +} SCB_Type; + +/* SCB CPUID Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos 24 /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Position */ +#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Msk (0xFFul << SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Mask */ + +#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos 20 /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Position */ +#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Msk (0xFul << SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Mask */ + +#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos 4 /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Position */ +#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Msk (0xFFFul << SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Mask */ + +#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Position */ +#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Msk (0xFul << SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos) /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Mask */ + +/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos 31 /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos 28 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos 27 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos 26 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos 25 /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos 23 /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos 22 /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos 12 /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Msk (0x1FFul << SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Pos 11 /*!< SCB ICSR: RETTOBASE Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Msk (1ul << SCB_ICSR_RETTOBASE_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: RETTOBASE Mask */ + +#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos 0 /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Position */ +#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Msk (0x1FFul << SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Mask */ + +/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_VTOR_TBLBASE_Pos 29 /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLBASE Position */ +#define SCB_VTOR_TBLBASE_Msk (0x1FFul << SCB_VTOR_TBLBASE_Pos) /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLBASE Mask */ + +#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos 7 /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Position */ +#define SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Msk (0x3FFFFFul << SCB_VTOR_TBLOFF_Pos) /*!< SCB VTOR: TBLOFF Mask */ + +/* SCB Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos 16 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk (0xFFFFul << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos 16 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Msk (0xFFFFul << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos 15 /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Msk (1ul << SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos 8 /*!< SCB AIRCR: PRIGROUP Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk (7ul << SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: PRIGROUP Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos 2 /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk (1ul << SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos 1 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Msk (1ul << SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Mask */ + +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Pos 0 /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTRESET Position */ +#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Msk (1ul << SCB_AIRCR_VECTRESET_Pos) /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTRESET Mask */ + +/* SCB System Control Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos 4 /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Position */ +#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk (1ul << SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Mask */ + +#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos 2 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Position */ +#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk (1ul << SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Mask */ + +#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Position */ +#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos) /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Mask */ + +/* SCB Configuration Control Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos 9 /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Msk (1ul << SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Pos 8 /*!< SCB CCR: BFHFNMIGN Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Msk (1ul << SCB_CCR_BFHFNMIGN_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: BFHFNMIGN Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Pos 4 /*!< SCB CCR: DIV_0_TRP Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Msk (1ul << SCB_CCR_DIV_0_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: DIV_0_TRP Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos 3 /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Msk (1ul << SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Pos 1 /*!< SCB CCR: USERSETMPEND Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Msk (1ul << SCB_CCR_USERSETMPEND_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: USERSETMPEND Mask */ + +#define SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CCR: NONBASETHRDENA Position */ +#define SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Msk (1ul << SCB_CCR_NONBASETHRDENA_Pos) /*!< SCB CCR: NONBASETHRDENA Mask */ + +/* SCB System Handler Control and State Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Pos 18 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTENA Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTENA Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Pos 17 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTENA Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTENA Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Pos 16 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTENA Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTENA Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos 15 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Pos 14 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTPENDED Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTPENDED Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Pos 13 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTPENDED Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTPENDED Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Pos 12 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTPENDED Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTPENDED_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTPENDED Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Pos 11 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SYSTICKACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_SYSTICKACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SYSTICKACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Pos 10 /*!< SCB SHCSR: PENDSVACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_PENDSVACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: PENDSVACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Pos 8 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MONITORACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_MONITORACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MONITORACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Pos 7 /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Pos 3 /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_USGFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: USGFAULTACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_BUSFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: BUSFAULTACT Mask */ + +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Pos 0 /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTACT Position */ +#define SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Msk (1ul << SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTACT_Pos) /*!< SCB SHCSR: MEMFAULTACT Mask */ + +/* SCB Configurable Fault Status Registers Definitions */ +#define SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Pos 16 /*!< SCB CFSR: Usage Fault Status Register Position */ +#define SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFFFul << SCB_CFSR_USGFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Usage Fault Status Register Mask */ + +#define SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Pos 8 /*!< SCB CFSR: Bus Fault Status Register Position */ +#define SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFul << SCB_CFSR_BUSFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Bus Fault Status Register Mask */ + +#define SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Pos 0 /*!< SCB CFSR: Memory Manage Fault Status Register Position */ +#define SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Msk (0xFFul << SCB_CFSR_MEMFAULTSR_Pos) /*!< SCB CFSR: Memory Manage Fault Status Register Mask */ + +/* SCB Hard Fault Status Registers Definitions */ +#define SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Pos 31 /*!< SCB HFSR: DEBUGEVT Position */ +#define SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Msk (1ul << SCB_HFSR_DEBUGEVT_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: DEBUGEVT Mask */ + +#define SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Pos 30 /*!< SCB HFSR: FORCED Position */ +#define SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Msk (1ul << SCB_HFSR_FORCED_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: FORCED Mask */ + +#define SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Pos 1 /*!< SCB HFSR: VECTTBL Position */ +#define SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Msk (1ul << SCB_HFSR_VECTTBL_Pos) /*!< SCB HFSR: VECTTBL Mask */ + +/* SCB Debug Fault Status Register Definitions */ +#define SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Pos 4 /*!< SCB DFSR: EXTERNAL Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Msk (1ul << SCB_DFSR_EXTERNAL_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: EXTERNAL Mask */ + +#define SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Pos 3 /*!< SCB DFSR: VCATCH Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Msk (1ul << SCB_DFSR_VCATCH_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: VCATCH Mask */ + +#define SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Pos 2 /*!< SCB DFSR: DWTTRAP Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Msk (1ul << SCB_DFSR_DWTTRAP_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: DWTTRAP Mask */ + +#define SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Pos 1 /*!< SCB DFSR: BKPT Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Msk (1ul << SCB_DFSR_BKPT_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: BKPT Mask */ + +#define SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Pos 0 /*!< SCB DFSR: HALTED Position */ +#define SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Msk (1ul << SCB_DFSR_HALTED_Pos) /*!< SCB DFSR: HALTED Mask */ +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_SCB */ + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_SysTick CMSIS CM3 SysTick + memory mapped structure for SysTick + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x00 SysTick Control and Status Register */ + __IO uint32_t LOAD; /*!< Offset: 0x04 SysTick Reload Value Register */ + __IO uint32_t VAL; /*!< Offset: 0x08 SysTick Current Value Register */ + __I uint32_t CALIB; /*!< Offset: 0x0C SysTick Calibration Register */ +} SysTick_Type; + +/* SysTick Control / Status Register Definitions */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos 16 /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Position */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk (1ul << SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos 2 /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Position */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk (1ul << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos 1 /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Position */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk (1ul << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Position */ +#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1ul << SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Mask */ + +/* SysTick Reload Register Definitions */ +#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Position */ +#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk (0xFFFFFFul << SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos) /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Mask */ + +/* SysTick Current Register Definitions */ +#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Position */ +#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Msk (0xFFFFFFul << SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos) /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Mask */ + +/* SysTick Calibration Register Definitions */ +#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos 31 /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Position */ +#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Msk (1ul << SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos 30 /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Position */ +#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Msk (1ul << SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Mask */ + +#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos 0 /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Position */ +#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Msk (0xFFFFFFul << SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos) /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Mask */ +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_SysTick */ + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_ITM CMSIS CM3 ITM + memory mapped structure for Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + __O union + { + __O uint8_t u8; /*!< Offset: ITM Stimulus Port 8-bit */ + __O uint16_t u16; /*!< Offset: ITM Stimulus Port 16-bit */ + __O uint32_t u32; /*!< Offset: ITM Stimulus Port 32-bit */ + } PORT [32]; /*!< Offset: 0x00 ITM Stimulus Port Registers */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[864]; + __IO uint32_t TER; /*!< Offset: ITM Trace Enable Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[15]; + __IO uint32_t TPR; /*!< Offset: ITM Trace Privilege Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED2[15]; + __IO uint32_t TCR; /*!< Offset: ITM Trace Control Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED3[29]; + __IO uint32_t IWR; /*!< Offset: ITM Integration Write Register */ + __IO uint32_t IRR; /*!< Offset: ITM Integration Read Register */ + __IO uint32_t IMCR; /*!< Offset: ITM Integration Mode Control Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED4[43]; + __IO uint32_t LAR; /*!< Offset: ITM Lock Access Register */ + __IO uint32_t LSR; /*!< Offset: ITM Lock Status Register */ + uint32_t RESERVED5[6]; + __I uint32_t PID4; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #4 */ + __I uint32_t PID5; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #5 */ + __I uint32_t PID6; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #6 */ + __I uint32_t PID7; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #7 */ + __I uint32_t PID0; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #0 */ + __I uint32_t PID1; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #1 */ + __I uint32_t PID2; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #2 */ + __I uint32_t PID3; /*!< Offset: ITM Peripheral Identification Register #3 */ + __I uint32_t CID0; /*!< Offset: ITM Component Identification Register #0 */ + __I uint32_t CID1; /*!< Offset: ITM Component Identification Register #1 */ + __I uint32_t CID2; /*!< Offset: ITM Component Identification Register #2 */ + __I uint32_t CID3; /*!< Offset: ITM Component Identification Register #3 */ +} ITM_Type; + +/* ITM Trace Privilege Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Pos 0 /*!< ITM TPR: PRIVMASK Position */ +#define ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Msk (0xFul << ITM_TPR_PRIVMASK_Pos) /*!< ITM TPR: PRIVMASK Mask */ + +/* ITM Trace Control Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_TCR_BUSY_Pos 23 /*!< ITM TCR: BUSY Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_BUSY_Msk (1ul << ITM_TCR_BUSY_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: BUSY Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_ATBID_Pos 16 /*!< ITM TCR: ATBID Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_ATBID_Msk (0x7Ful << ITM_TCR_ATBID_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: ATBID Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Pos 8 /*!< ITM TCR: TSPrescale Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Msk (3ul << ITM_TCR_TSPrescale_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TSPrescale Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Pos 4 /*!< ITM TCR: SWOENA Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Msk (1ul << ITM_TCR_SWOENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: SWOENA Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_DWTENA_Pos 3 /*!< ITM TCR: DWTENA Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_DWTENA_Msk (1ul << ITM_TCR_DWTENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: DWTENA Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Pos 2 /*!< ITM TCR: SYNCENA Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Msk (1ul << ITM_TCR_SYNCENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: SYNCENA Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_TSENA_Pos 1 /*!< ITM TCR: TSENA Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_TSENA_Msk (1ul << ITM_TCR_TSENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: TSENA Mask */ + +#define ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Pos 0 /*!< ITM TCR: ITM Enable bit Position */ +#define ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Msk (1ul << ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Pos) /*!< ITM TCR: ITM Enable bit Mask */ + +/* ITM Integration Write Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_IWR_ATVALIDM_Pos 0 /*!< ITM IWR: ATVALIDM Position */ +#define ITM_IWR_ATVALIDM_Msk (1ul << ITM_IWR_ATVALIDM_Pos) /*!< ITM IWR: ATVALIDM Mask */ + +/* ITM Integration Read Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_IRR_ATREADYM_Pos 0 /*!< ITM IRR: ATREADYM Position */ +#define ITM_IRR_ATREADYM_Msk (1ul << ITM_IRR_ATREADYM_Pos) /*!< ITM IRR: ATREADYM Mask */ + +/* ITM Integration Mode Control Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_IMCR_INTEGRATION_Pos 0 /*!< ITM IMCR: INTEGRATION Position */ +#define ITM_IMCR_INTEGRATION_Msk (1ul << ITM_IMCR_INTEGRATION_Pos) /*!< ITM IMCR: INTEGRATION Mask */ + +/* ITM Lock Status Register Definitions */ +#define ITM_LSR_ByteAcc_Pos 2 /*!< ITM LSR: ByteAcc Position */ +#define ITM_LSR_ByteAcc_Msk (1ul << ITM_LSR_ByteAcc_Pos) /*!< ITM LSR: ByteAcc Mask */ + +#define ITM_LSR_Access_Pos 1 /*!< ITM LSR: Access Position */ +#define ITM_LSR_Access_Msk (1ul << ITM_LSR_Access_Pos) /*!< ITM LSR: Access Mask */ + +#define ITM_LSR_Present_Pos 0 /*!< ITM LSR: Present Position */ +#define ITM_LSR_Present_Msk (1ul << ITM_LSR_Present_Pos) /*!< ITM LSR: Present Mask */ +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_ITM */ + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_InterruptType CMSIS CM3 Interrupt Type + memory mapped structure for Interrupt Type + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t RESERVED0; + __I uint32_t ICTR; /*!< Offset: 0x04 Interrupt Control Type Register */ +#if ((defined __CM3_REV) && (__CM3_REV >= 0x200)) + __IO uint32_t ACTLR; /*!< Offset: 0x08 Auxiliary Control Register */ +#else + uint32_t RESERVED1; +#endif +} InterruptType_Type; + +/* Interrupt Controller Type Register Definitions */ +#define InterruptType_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Pos 0 /*!< InterruptType ICTR: INTLINESNUM Position */ +#define InterruptType_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Msk (0x1Ful << InterruptType_ICTR_INTLINESNUM_Pos) /*!< InterruptType ICTR: INTLINESNUM Mask */ + +/* Auxiliary Control Register Definitions */ +#define InterruptType_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Pos 2 /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISFOLD Position */ +#define InterruptType_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Msk (1ul << InterruptType_ACTLR_DISFOLD_Pos) /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISFOLD Mask */ + +#define InterruptType_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Pos 1 /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISDEFWBUF Position */ +#define InterruptType_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Msk (1ul << InterruptType_ACTLR_DISDEFWBUF_Pos) /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISDEFWBUF Mask */ + +#define InterruptType_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos 0 /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Position */ +#define InterruptType_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Msk (1ul << InterruptType_ACTLR_DISMCYCINT_Pos) /*!< InterruptType ACTLR: DISMCYCINT Mask */ +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_InterruptType */ + + +#if defined (__MPU_PRESENT) && (__MPU_PRESENT == 1) +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_MPU CMSIS CM3 MPU + memory mapped structure for Memory Protection Unit (MPU) + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + __I uint32_t TYPE; /*!< Offset: 0x00 MPU Type Register */ + __IO uint32_t CTRL; /*!< Offset: 0x04 MPU Control Register */ + __IO uint32_t RNR; /*!< Offset: 0x08 MPU Region RNRber Register */ + __IO uint32_t RBAR; /*!< Offset: 0x0C MPU Region Base Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t RASR; /*!< Offset: 0x10 MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */ + __IO uint32_t RBAR_A1; /*!< Offset: 0x14 MPU Alias 1 Region Base Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t RASR_A1; /*!< Offset: 0x18 MPU Alias 1 Region Attribute and Size Register */ + __IO uint32_t RBAR_A2; /*!< Offset: 0x1C MPU Alias 2 Region Base Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t RASR_A2; /*!< Offset: 0x20 MPU Alias 2 Region Attribute and Size Register */ + __IO uint32_t RBAR_A3; /*!< Offset: 0x24 MPU Alias 3 Region Base Address Register */ + __IO uint32_t RASR_A3; /*!< Offset: 0x28 MPU Alias 3 Region Attribute and Size Register */ +} MPU_Type; + +/* MPU Type Register */ +#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos 16 /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Position */ +#define MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Msk (0xFFul << MPU_TYPE_IREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: IREGION Mask */ + +#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos 8 /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Position */ +#define MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Msk (0xFFul << MPU_TYPE_DREGION_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: DREGION Mask */ + +#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Position */ +#define MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Msk (1ul << MPU_TYPE_SEPARATE_Pos) /*!< MPU TYPE: SEPARATE Mask */ + +/* MPU Control Register */ +#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos 2 /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Position */ +#define MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Msk (1ul << MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: PRIVDEFENA Mask */ + +#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos 1 /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Position */ +#define MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Msk (1ul << MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: HFNMIENA Mask */ + +#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos 0 /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Position */ +#define MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk (1ul << MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos) /*!< MPU CTRL: ENABLE Mask */ + +/* MPU Region Number Register */ +#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Position */ +#define MPU_RNR_REGION_Msk (0xFFul << MPU_RNR_REGION_Pos) /*!< MPU RNR: REGION Mask */ + +/* MPU Region Base Address Register */ +#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos 5 /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Position */ +#define MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Msk (0x7FFFFFFul << MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: ADDR Mask */ + +#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos 4 /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Position */ +#define MPU_RBAR_VALID_Msk (1ul << MPU_RBAR_VALID_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: VALID Mask */ + +#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Position */ +#define MPU_RBAR_REGION_Msk (0xFul << MPU_RBAR_REGION_Pos) /*!< MPU RBAR: REGION Mask */ + +/* MPU Region Attribute and Size Register */ +#define MPU_RASR_XN_Pos 28 /*!< MPU RASR: XN Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_XN_Msk (1ul << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: XN Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_AP_Pos 24 /*!< MPU RASR: AP Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_AP_Msk (7ul << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: AP Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos 19 /*!< MPU RASR: TEX Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_TEX_Msk (7ul << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: TEX Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_S_Pos 18 /*!< MPU RASR: Shareable bit Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_S_Msk (1ul << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Shareable bit Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_C_Pos 17 /*!< MPU RASR: Cacheable bit Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_C_Msk (1ul << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Cacheable bit Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_B_Pos 16 /*!< MPU RASR: Bufferable bit Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_B_Msk (1ul << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Bufferable bit Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos 8 /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_SRD_Msk (0xFFul << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Sub-Region Disable Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos 1 /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_SIZE_Msk (0x1Ful << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region Size Field Mask */ + +#define MPU_RASR_ENA_Pos 0 /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Position */ +#define MPU_RASR_ENA_Msk (0x1Ful << MPU_RASR_ENA_Pos) /*!< MPU RASR: Region enable bit Disable Mask */ + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_MPU */ +#endif + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_CoreDebug CMSIS CM3 Core Debug + memory mapped structure for Core Debug Register + @{ + */ +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t DHCSR; /*!< Offset: 0x00 Debug Halting Control and Status Register */ + __O uint32_t DCRSR; /*!< Offset: 0x04 Debug Core Register Selector Register */ + __IO uint32_t DCRDR; /*!< Offset: 0x08 Debug Core Register Data Register */ + __IO uint32_t DEMCR; /*!< Offset: 0x0C Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register */ +} CoreDebug_Type; + +/* Debug Halting Control and Status Register */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: DBGKEY Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Msk (0xFFFFul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_DBGKEY_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: DBGKEY Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Pos 25 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RESET_ST Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RESET_ST_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RESET_ST Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Pos 24 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RETIRE_ST Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_RETIRE_ST_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_RETIRE_ST Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Pos 19 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_LOCKUP Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_LOCKUP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_LOCKUP Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Pos 18 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_SLEEP Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_SLEEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_SLEEP Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Pos 17 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_HALT Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_HALT_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_HALT Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_REGRDY Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_S_REGRDY_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: S_REGRDY Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Pos 5 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_SNAPSTALL Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_SNAPSTALL_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_SNAPSTALL Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Pos 3 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_MASKINTS Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_MASKINTS_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_MASKINTS Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Pos 2 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_STEP Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_STEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_STEP Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Pos 1 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_HALT Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_HALT_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_HALT Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_DEBUGEN Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DHCSR: C_DEBUGEN Mask */ + +/* Debug Core Register Selector Register */ +#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGWnR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGWnR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGWnR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGSEL Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Msk (0x1Ful << CoreDebug_DCRSR_REGSEL_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DCRSR: REGSEL Mask */ + +/* Debug Exception and Monitor Control Register */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Pos 24 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: TRCENA Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: TRCENA Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Pos 19 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_REQ Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_REQ_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_REQ Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Pos 18 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_STEP Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_STEP_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_STEP Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Pos 17 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_PEND Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_PEND_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_PEND Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Pos 16 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_EN Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_MON_EN_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: MON_EN Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Pos 10 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_HARDERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_HARDERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_HARDERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Pos 9 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_INTERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_INTERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_INTERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Pos 8 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_BUSERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_BUSERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_BUSERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Pos 7 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_STATERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_STATERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_STATERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Pos 6 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CHKERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CHKERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CHKERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Pos 5 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_NOCPERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_NOCPERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_NOCPERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Pos 4 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_MMERR Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_MMERR_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_MMERR Mask */ + +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Pos 0 /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CORERESET Position */ +#define CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Msk (1ul << CoreDebug_DEMCR_VC_CORERESET_Pos) /*!< CoreDebug DEMCR: VC_CORERESET Mask */ +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_CoreDebug */ + + +/* Memory mapping of Cortex-M3 Hardware */ +#define SCS_BASE (0xE000E000) /*!< System Control Space Base Address */ +#define ITM_BASE (0xE0000000) /*!< ITM Base Address */ +#define CoreDebug_BASE (0xE000EDF0) /*!< Core Debug Base Address */ +#define SysTick_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0010) /*!< SysTick Base Address */ +#define NVIC_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0100) /*!< NVIC Base Address */ +#define SCB_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D00) /*!< System Control Block Base Address */ + +#define InterruptType ((InterruptType_Type *) SCS_BASE) /*!< Interrupt Type Register */ +#define SCB ((SCB_Type *) SCB_BASE) /*!< SCB configuration struct */ +#define SysTick ((SysTick_Type *) SysTick_BASE) /*!< SysTick configuration struct */ +#define NVIC ((NVIC_Type *) NVIC_BASE) /*!< NVIC configuration struct */ +#define ITM ((ITM_Type *) ITM_BASE) /*!< ITM configuration struct */ +#define CoreDebug ((CoreDebug_Type *) CoreDebug_BASE) /*!< Core Debug configuration struct */ + +#if defined (__MPU_PRESENT) && (__MPU_PRESENT == 1) + #define MPU_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0D90) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */ + #define MPU ((MPU_Type*) MPU_BASE) /*!< Memory Protection Unit */ +#endif + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_core_register */ + + +/******************************************************************************* + * Hardware Abstraction Layer + ******************************************************************************/ + +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */ + #define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */ + +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only avaiable in High optimization mode! */ + +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */ + +#elif defined ( __TASKING__ ) + #define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TASKING Compiler */ + #define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */ + +#endif + + +/* ################### Compiler specific Intrinsics ########################### */ + +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/ +/* ARM armcc specific functions */ + +#define __enable_fault_irq __enable_fiq +#define __disable_fault_irq __disable_fiq + +#define __NOP __nop +#define __WFI __wfi +#define __WFE __wfe +#define __SEV __sev +#define __ISB() __isb(0) +#define __DSB() __dsb(0) +#define __DMB() __dmb(0) +#define __REV __rev +#define __RBIT __rbit +#define __LDREXB(ptr) ((unsigned char ) __ldrex(ptr)) +#define __LDREXH(ptr) ((unsigned short) __ldrex(ptr)) +#define __LDREXW(ptr) ((unsigned int ) __ldrex(ptr)) +#define __STREXB(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr) +#define __STREXH(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr) +#define __STREXW(value, ptr) __strex(value, ptr) + + +/* intrinsic unsigned long long __ldrexd(volatile void *ptr) */ +/* intrinsic int __strexd(unsigned long long val, volatile void *ptr) */ +/* intrinsic void __enable_irq(); */ +/* intrinsic void __disable_irq(); */ + + +/** + * @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @return ProcessStackPointer + * + * Return the actual process stack pointer + */ +extern uint32_t __get_PSP(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP + * (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +extern void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack); + +/** + * @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @return Main Stack Pointer + * + * Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer) + * Cortex processor register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_MSP(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP + * (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +extern void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack); + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + */ +extern uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value); + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + */ +extern int32_t __REVSH(int16_t value); + + +#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000) + +/** + * @brief Remove the exclusive lock created by ldrex + * + * Removes the exclusive lock which is created by ldrex. + */ +extern void __CLREX(void); + +/** + * @brief Return the Base Priority value + * + * @return BasePriority + * + * Return the content of the base priority register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Base Priority value + * + * @param basePri BasePriority + * + * Set the base priority register + */ +extern void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri); + +/** + * @brief Return the Priority Mask value + * + * @return PriMask + * + * Return state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Priority Mask value + * + * @param priMask PriMask + * + * Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register + */ +extern void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask); + +/** + * @brief Return the Fault Mask value + * + * @return FaultMask + * + * Return the content of the fault mask register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Fault Mask value + * + * @param faultMask faultMask value + * + * Set the fault mask register + */ +extern void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask); + +/** + * @brief Return the Control Register value + * + * @return Control value + * + * Return the content of the control register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Control Register value + * + * @param control Control value + * + * Set the control register + */ +extern void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control); + +#else /* (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 400000) */ + +/** + * @brief Remove the exclusive lock created by ldrex + * + * Removes the exclusive lock which is created by ldrex. + */ +#define __CLREX __clrex + +/** + * @brief Return the Base Priority value + * + * @return BasePriority + * + * Return the content of the base priority register + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri"); + return(__regBasePri); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Base Priority value + * + * @param basePri BasePriority + * + * Set the base priority register + */ +static __INLINE void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri) +{ + register uint32_t __regBasePri __ASM("basepri"); + __regBasePri = (basePri & 0xff); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Priority Mask value + * + * @return PriMask + * + * Return state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask register + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask"); + return(__regPriMask); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Priority Mask value + * + * @param priMask PriMask + * + * Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register + */ +static __INLINE void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask) +{ + register uint32_t __regPriMask __ASM("primask"); + __regPriMask = (priMask); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Fault Mask value + * + * @return FaultMask + * + * Return the content of the fault mask register + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask"); + return(__regFaultMask); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Fault Mask value + * + * @param faultMask faultMask value + * + * Set the fault mask register + */ +static __INLINE void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask) +{ + register uint32_t __regFaultMask __ASM("faultmask"); + __regFaultMask = (faultMask & 1); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Control Register value + * + * @return Control value + * + * Return the content of the control register + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void) +{ + register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control"); + return(__regControl); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Control Register value + * + * @param control Control value + * + * Set the control register + */ +static __INLINE void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control) +{ + register uint32_t __regControl __ASM("control"); + __regControl = control; +} + +#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */ + + + +#elif (defined (__ICCARM__)) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/ +/* IAR iccarm specific functions */ + +#define __enable_irq __enable_interrupt /*!< global Interrupt enable */ +#define __disable_irq __disable_interrupt /*!< global Interrupt disable */ + +static __INLINE void __enable_fault_irq() { __ASM ("cpsie f"); } +static __INLINE void __disable_fault_irq() { __ASM ("cpsid f"); } + +#define __NOP __no_operation /*!< no operation intrinsic in IAR Compiler */ +static __INLINE void __WFI() { __ASM ("wfi"); } +static __INLINE void __WFE() { __ASM ("wfe"); } +static __INLINE void __SEV() { __ASM ("sev"); } +static __INLINE void __CLREX() { __ASM ("clrex"); } + +/* intrinsic void __ISB(void) */ +/* intrinsic void __DSB(void) */ +/* intrinsic void __DMB(void) */ +/* intrinsic void __set_PRIMASK(); */ +/* intrinsic void __get_PRIMASK(); */ +/* intrinsic void __set_FAULTMASK(); */ +/* intrinsic void __get_FAULTMASK(); */ +/* intrinsic uint32_t __REV(uint32_t value); */ +/* intrinsic uint32_t __REVSH(uint32_t value); */ +/* intrinsic unsigned long __STREX(unsigned long, unsigned long); */ +/* intrinsic unsigned long __LDREX(unsigned long *); */ + + +/** + * @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @return ProcessStackPointer + * + * Return the actual process stack pointer + */ +extern uint32_t __get_PSP(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP + * (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +extern void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack); + +/** + * @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @return Main Stack Pointer + * + * Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer) + * Cortex processor register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_MSP(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP + * (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +extern void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack); + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + */ +extern uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value); + +/** + * @brief Reverse bit order of value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse bit order of value + */ +extern uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value); + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 8 bit values) + */ +extern uint8_t __LDREXB(uint8_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values + */ +extern uint16_t __LDREXH(uint16_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __LDREXW(uint32_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 8 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, uint8_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 16 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, uint16_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 32 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, uint32_t *addr); + + + +#elif (defined (__GNUC__)) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/ +/* GNU gcc specific functions */ + +static __INLINE void __enable_irq() { __ASM volatile ("cpsie i"); } +static __INLINE void __disable_irq() { __ASM volatile ("cpsid i"); } + +static __INLINE void __enable_fault_irq() { __ASM volatile ("cpsie f"); } +static __INLINE void __disable_fault_irq() { __ASM volatile ("cpsid f"); } + +static __INLINE void __NOP() { __ASM volatile ("nop"); } +static __INLINE void __WFI() { __ASM volatile ("wfi"); } +static __INLINE void __WFE() { __ASM volatile ("wfe"); } +static __INLINE void __SEV() { __ASM volatile ("sev"); } +static __INLINE void __ISB() { __ASM volatile ("isb"); } +static __INLINE void __DSB() { __ASM volatile ("dsb"); } +static __INLINE void __DMB() { __ASM volatile ("dmb"); } +static __INLINE void __CLREX() { __ASM volatile ("clrex"); } + + +/** + * @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @return ProcessStackPointer + * + * Return the actual process stack pointer + */ +extern uint32_t __get_PSP(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP + * (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +extern void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack); + +/** + * @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @return Main Stack Pointer + * + * Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer) + * Cortex processor register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_MSP(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer + * + * @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer + * + * Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP + * (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register + */ +extern void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack); + +/** + * @brief Return the Base Priority value + * + * @return BasePriority + * + * Return the content of the base priority register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Base Priority value + * + * @param basePri BasePriority + * + * Set the base priority register + */ +extern void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri); + +/** + * @brief Return the Priority Mask value + * + * @return PriMask + * + * Return state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Priority Mask value + * + * @param priMask PriMask + * + * Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register + */ +extern void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask); + +/** + * @brief Return the Fault Mask value + * + * @return FaultMask + * + * Return the content of the fault mask register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Fault Mask value + * + * @param faultMask faultMask value + * + * Set the fault mask register + */ +extern void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask); + +/** + * @brief Return the Control Register value +* +* @return Control value + * + * Return the content of the control register + */ +extern uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void); + +/** + * @brief Set the Control Register value + * + * @param control Control value + * + * Set the control register + */ +extern void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control); + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in integer value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in integer value + */ +extern uint32_t __REV(uint32_t value); + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in unsigned short value + */ +extern uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value); + +/** + * @brief Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer + */ +extern int32_t __REVSH(int16_t value); + +/** + * @brief Reverse bit order of value + * + * @param value value to reverse + * @return reversed value + * + * Reverse bit order of value + */ +extern uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value); + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 8 bit value + */ +extern uint8_t __LDREXB(uint8_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values + */ +extern uint16_t __LDREXH(uint16_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return value of (*address) + * + * Exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __LDREXW(uint32_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (8 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 8 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, uint8_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (16 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 16 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, uint16_t *addr); + +/** + * @brief STR Exclusive (32 bit) + * + * @param value value to store + * @param *addr address pointer + * @return successful / failed + * + * Exclusive STR command for 32 bit values + */ +extern uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, uint32_t *addr); + + +#elif (defined (__TASKING__)) /*------------------ TASKING Compiler ---------------------*/ +/* TASKING carm specific functions */ + +/* + * The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler. + * Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all instrinsics, + * Including the CMSIS ones. + */ + +#endif + + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_Core_FunctionInterface CMSIS CM3 Core Function Interface + Core Function Interface containing: + - Core NVIC Functions + - Core SysTick Functions + - Core Reset Functions +*/ +/*@{*/ + +/* ########################## NVIC functions #################################### */ + +/** + * @brief Set the Priority Grouping in NVIC Interrupt Controller + * + * @param PriorityGroup is priority grouping field + * + * Set the priority grouping field using the required unlock sequence. + * The parameter priority_grouping is assigned to the field + * SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field. Only values from 0..7 are used. + * In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available + * priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the smallest possible priority group is set. + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup) +{ + uint32_t reg_value; + uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */ + + reg_value = SCB->AIRCR; /* read old register configuration */ + reg_value &= ~(SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk | SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk); /* clear bits to change */ + reg_value = (reg_value | + (0x5FA << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) | + (PriorityGroupTmp << 8)); /* Insert write key and priorty group */ + SCB->AIRCR = reg_value; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the Priority Grouping from NVIC Interrupt Controller + * + * @return priority grouping field + * + * Get the priority grouping from NVIC Interrupt Controller. + * priority grouping is SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void) +{ + return ((SCB->AIRCR & SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk) >> SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Pos); /* read priority grouping field */ +} + +/** + * @brief Enable Interrupt in NVIC Interrupt Controller + * + * @param IRQn The positive number of the external interrupt to enable + * + * Enable a device specific interupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * The interrupt number cannot be a negative value. + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + NVIC->ISER[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* enable interrupt */ +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the interrupt line for external interrupt specified + * + * @param IRQn The positive number of the external interrupt to disable + * + * Disable a device specific interupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * The interrupt number cannot be a negative value. + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + NVIC->ICER[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* disable interrupt */ +} + +/** + * @brief Read the interrupt pending bit for a device specific interrupt source + * + * @param IRQn The number of the device specifc interrupt + * @return 1 = interrupt pending, 0 = interrupt not pending + * + * Read the pending register in NVIC and return 1 if its status is pending, + * otherwise it returns 0 + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + return((uint32_t) ((NVIC->ISPR[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)))?1:0)); /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */ +} + +/** + * @brief Set the pending bit for an external interrupt + * + * @param IRQn The number of the interrupt for set pending + * + * Set the pending bit for the specified interrupt. + * The interrupt number cannot be a negative value. + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + NVIC->ISPR[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* set interrupt pending */ +} + +/** + * @brief Clear the pending bit for an external interrupt + * + * @param IRQn The number of the interrupt for clear pending + * + * Clear the pending bit for the specified interrupt. + * The interrupt number cannot be a negative value. + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + NVIC->ICPR[((uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5)] = (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)); /* Clear pending interrupt */ +} + +/** + * @brief Read the active bit for an external interrupt + * + * @param IRQn The number of the interrupt for read active bit + * @return 1 = interrupt active, 0 = interrupt not active + * + * Read the active register in NVIC and returns 1 if its status is active, + * otherwise it returns 0. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + return((uint32_t)((NVIC->IABR[(uint32_t)(IRQn) >> 5] & (1 << ((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0x1F)))?1:0)); /* Return 1 if active else 0 */ +} + +/** + * @brief Set the priority for an interrupt + * + * @param IRQn The number of the interrupt for set priority + * @param priority The priority to set + * + * Set the priority for the specified interrupt. The interrupt + * number can be positive to specify an external (device specific) + * interrupt, or negative to specify an internal (core) interrupt. + * + * Note: The priority cannot be set for every core interrupt. + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t priority) +{ + if(IRQn < 0) { + SCB->SHP[((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0xF)-4] = ((priority << (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & 0xff); } /* set Priority for Cortex-M3 System Interrupts */ + else { + NVIC->IP[(uint32_t)(IRQn)] = ((priority << (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & 0xff); } /* set Priority for device specific Interrupts */ +} + +/** + * @brief Read the priority for an interrupt + * + * @param IRQn The number of the interrupt for get priority + * @return The priority for the interrupt + * + * Read the priority for the specified interrupt. The interrupt + * number can be positive to specify an external (device specific) + * interrupt, or negative to specify an internal (core) interrupt. + * + * The returned priority value is automatically aligned to the implemented + * priority bits of the microcontroller. + * + * Note: The priority cannot be set for every core interrupt. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + + if(IRQn < 0) { + return((uint32_t)(SCB->SHP[((uint32_t)(IRQn) & 0xF)-4] >> (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))); } /* get priority for Cortex-M3 system interrupts */ + else { + return((uint32_t)(NVIC->IP[(uint32_t)(IRQn)] >> (8 - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))); } /* get priority for device specific interrupts */ +} + + +/** + * @brief Encode the priority for an interrupt + * + * @param PriorityGroup The used priority group + * @param PreemptPriority The preemptive priority value (starting from 0) + * @param SubPriority The sub priority value (starting from 0) + * @return The encoded priority for the interrupt + * + * Encode the priority for an interrupt with the given priority group, + * preemptive priority value and sub priority value. + * In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available + * priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the samllest possible priority group is set. + * + * The returned priority value can be used for NVIC_SetPriority(...) function + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t NVIC_EncodePriority (uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority) +{ + uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */ + uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits; + uint32_t SubPriorityBits; + + PreemptPriorityBits = ((7 - PriorityGroupTmp) > __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) ? __NVIC_PRIO_BITS : 7 - PriorityGroupTmp; + SubPriorityBits = ((PriorityGroupTmp + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) < 7) ? 0 : PriorityGroupTmp - 7 + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS; + + return ( + ((PreemptPriority & ((1 << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1)) << SubPriorityBits) | + ((SubPriority & ((1 << (SubPriorityBits )) - 1))) + ); +} + + +/** + * @brief Decode the priority of an interrupt + * + * @param Priority The priority for the interrupt + * @param PriorityGroup The used priority group + * @param pPreemptPriority The preemptive priority value (starting from 0) + * @param pSubPriority The sub priority value (starting from 0) + * + * Decode an interrupt priority value with the given priority group to + * preemptive priority value and sub priority value. + * In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available + * priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the samllest possible priority group is set. + * + * The priority value can be retrieved with NVIC_GetPriority(...) function + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_DecodePriority (uint32_t Priority, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority) +{ + uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & 0x07); /* only values 0..7 are used */ + uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits; + uint32_t SubPriorityBits; + + PreemptPriorityBits = ((7 - PriorityGroupTmp) > __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) ? __NVIC_PRIO_BITS : 7 - PriorityGroupTmp; + SubPriorityBits = ((PriorityGroupTmp + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) < 7) ? 0 : PriorityGroupTmp - 7 + __NVIC_PRIO_BITS; + + *pPreemptPriority = (Priority >> SubPriorityBits) & ((1 << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1); + *pSubPriority = (Priority ) & ((1 << (SubPriorityBits )) - 1); +} + + + +/* ################################## SysTick function ############################################ */ + +#if (!defined (__Vendor_SysTickConfig)) || (__Vendor_SysTickConfig == 0) + +/** + * @brief Initialize and start the SysTick counter and its interrupt. + * + * @param ticks number of ticks between two interrupts + * @return 1 = failed, 0 = successful + * + * Initialise the system tick timer and its interrupt and start the + * system tick timer / counter in free running mode to generate + * periodical interrupts. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t SysTick_Config(uint32_t ticks) +{ + if (ticks > SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk) return (1); /* Reload value impossible */ + + SysTick->LOAD = (ticks & SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk) - 1; /* set reload register */ + NVIC_SetPriority (SysTick_IRQn, (1<<__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1); /* set Priority for Cortex-M0 System Interrupts */ + SysTick->VAL = 0; /* Load the SysTick Counter Value */ + SysTick->CTRL = SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk | + SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk | + SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk; /* Enable SysTick IRQ and SysTick Timer */ + return (0); /* Function successful */ +} + +#endif + + + + +/* ################################## Reset function ############################################ */ + +/** + * @brief Initiate a system reset request. + * + * Initiate a system reset request to reset the MCU + */ +static __INLINE void NVIC_SystemReset(void) +{ + SCB->AIRCR = ((0x5FA << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) | + (SCB->AIRCR & SCB_AIRCR_PRIGROUP_Msk) | + SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk); /* Keep priority group unchanged */ + __DSB(); /* Ensure completion of memory access */ + while(1); /* wait until reset */ +} + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_Core_FunctionInterface */ + + + +/* ##################################### Debug In/Output function ########################################### */ + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_CoreDebugInterface CMSIS CM3 Core Debug Interface + Core Debug Interface containing: + - Core Debug Receive / Transmit Functions + - Core Debug Defines + - Core Debug Variables +*/ +/*@{*/ + +extern volatile int ITM_RxBuffer; /*!< variable to receive characters */ +#define ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY 0x5AA55AA5 /*!< value identifying ITM_RxBuffer is ready for next character */ + + +/** + * @brief Outputs a character via the ITM channel 0 + * + * @param ch character to output + * @return character to output + * + * The function outputs a character via the ITM channel 0. + * The function returns when no debugger is connected that has booked the output. + * It is blocking when a debugger is connected, but the previous character send is not transmitted. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t ITM_SendChar (uint32_t ch) +{ + if ((CoreDebug->DEMCR & CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA_Msk) && /* Trace enabled */ + (ITM->TCR & ITM_TCR_ITMENA_Msk) && /* ITM enabled */ + (ITM->TER & (1ul << 0) ) ) /* ITM Port #0 enabled */ + { + while (ITM->PORT[0].u32 == 0); + ITM->PORT[0].u8 = (uint8_t) ch; + } + return (ch); +} + + +/** + * @brief Inputs a character via variable ITM_RxBuffer + * + * @return received character, -1 = no character received + * + * The function inputs a character via variable ITM_RxBuffer. + * The function returns when no debugger is connected that has booked the output. + * It is blocking when a debugger is connected, but the previous character send is not transmitted. + */ +static __INLINE int ITM_ReceiveChar (void) { + int ch = -1; /* no character available */ + + if (ITM_RxBuffer != ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) { + ch = ITM_RxBuffer; + ITM_RxBuffer = ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY; /* ready for next character */ + } + + return (ch); +} + + +/** + * @brief Check if a character via variable ITM_RxBuffer is available + * + * @return 1 = character available, 0 = no character available + * + * The function checks variable ITM_RxBuffer whether a character is available or not. + * The function returns '1' if a character is available and '0' if no character is available. + */ +static __INLINE int ITM_CheckChar (void) { + + if (ITM_RxBuffer == ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) { + return (0); /* no character available */ + } else { + return (1); /* character available */ + } +} + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_core_DebugInterface */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_core_definitions */ + +#endif /* __CM3_CORE_H__ */ + +/*lint -restore */ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/Release_Notes.html b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/Release_Notes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6d3e98cab9 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/Release_Notes.html @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ + + + + + + + +Release Notes for STM32F10x CMSIS + + + + + +
+


+

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + +
Back to Release page
+

Release +Notes for STM32F2xx CMSIS

+

Copyright 2011 STMicroelectronics

+

+
+

 

+ + + + + + +
+

Contents

+
    +
  1. STM32F2xx CMSIS +update History
    2. +
  2. License
    3. +
+ +

STM32F2xx CMSIS +update History

V1.0.0 / 18-April-2011

Main +Changes

+
  • First official release for STM32F2xx devices
  • stm32f2xx.h
    • Add SYSCFG CMPCR register and bits definition 
    • Peripheral register's definitions: add description and address offset of each register
  • Add startup_stm32f2xx.s startup files for "gcc_ride7" and "TrueSTUDIO" compilers

V1.0.0RC1 / 11-March-2011

Main +Changes

+
  • Official version (V1.0.0) Release Candidate 1
  • stm32f2xx.h
    • Update file's header comments
    • Change "RNG_CR_IM" by "RNG_CR_IE"
    • Update "ETH_MACMIIAR_CR" bits definition
  • system_stm32f2xx.c
    • Implement SystemInit_ExtMemCtl() function
    • Change everywhere "STM3220F_EVAL" by "STM322xG_EVAL"
      • Update SystemCoreClockUpdate() function's header comments

+ +
    +
+

License

+

The +enclosed firmware and all the related documentation are not covered by +a License Agreement, if you need such License you can contact your +local STMicroelectronics office.

+

THE +PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS +WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO +SAVE TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR +ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY +CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY +CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH +THEIR PRODUCTS.

+

 

+
+
+

For +complete documentation on STM32(CORTEX M3) 32-Bit Microcontrollers +visit www.st.com/STM32

+
+

+
+
+

 

+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/TrueSTUDIO/startup_stm32f2xx.s b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/TrueSTUDIO/startup_stm32f2xx.s new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7aec3f5340 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/TrueSTUDIO/startup_stm32f2xx.s @@ -0,0 +1,508 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file startup_stm32f2xx.s + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief STM32F2xx Devices vector table for Atollic TrueSTUDIO toolchain. + * This module performs: + * - Set the initial SP + * - Set the initial PC == Reset_Handler, + * - Set the vector table entries with the exceptions ISR address + * - Configure the clock system and the external SRAM mounted on + * STM3220F-EVAL board to be used as data memory (optional, + * to be enabled by user) + * - Branches to main in the C library (which eventually + * calls main()). + * After Reset the Cortex-M3 processor is in Thread mode, + * priority is Privileged, and the Stack is set to Main. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + + .syntax unified + .cpu cortex-m3 + .fpu softvfp + .thumb + +.global g_pfnVectors +.global Default_Handler + +/* start address for the initialization values of the .data section. +defined in linker script */ +.word _sidata +/* start address for the .data section. defined in linker script */ +.word _sdata +/* end address for the .data section. defined in linker script */ +.word _edata +/* start address for the .bss section. defined in linker script */ +.word _sbss +/* end address for the .bss section. defined in linker script */ +.word _ebss +/* stack used for SystemInit_ExtMemCtl; always internal RAM used */ + +/** + * @brief This is the code that gets called when the processor first + * starts execution following a reset event. Only the absolutely + * necessary set is performed, after which the application + * supplied main() routine is called. + * @param None + * @retval : None +*/ + + .section .text.Reset_Handler + .weak Reset_Handler + .type Reset_Handler, %function +Reset_Handler: + +/* Copy the data segment initializers from flash to SRAM */ + movs r1, #0 + b LoopCopyDataInit + +CopyDataInit: + ldr r3, =_sidata + ldr r3, [r3, r1] + str r3, [r0, r1] + adds r1, r1, #4 + +LoopCopyDataInit: + ldr r0, =_sdata + ldr r3, =_edata + adds r2, r0, r1 + cmp r2, r3 + bcc CopyDataInit + ldr r2, =_sbss + b LoopFillZerobss +/* Zero fill the bss segment. */ +FillZerobss: + movs r3, #0 + str r3, [r2], #4 + +LoopFillZerobss: + ldr r3, = _ebss + cmp r2, r3 + bcc FillZerobss +/* Call the clock system intitialization function.*/ + bl SystemInit +/* Call static constructors */ + bl __libc_init_array +/* Call the application's entry point.*/ + bl main + bx lr +.size Reset_Handler, .-Reset_Handler + +/** + * @brief This is the code that gets called when the processor receives an + * unexpected interrupt. This simply enters an infinite loop, preserving + * the system state for examination by a debugger. + * @param None + * @retval None +*/ + .section .text.Default_Handler,"ax",%progbits +Default_Handler: +Infinite_Loop: + b Infinite_Loop + .size Default_Handler, .-Default_Handler +/****************************************************************************** +* +* The minimal vector table for a Cortex M3. Note that the proper constructs +* must be placed on this to ensure that it ends up at physical address +* 0x0000.0000. +* +*******************************************************************************/ + .section .isr_vector,"a",%progbits + .type g_pfnVectors, %object + .size g_pfnVectors, .-g_pfnVectors + + +g_pfnVectors: + .word _estack + .word Reset_Handler + .word NMI_Handler + .word HardFault_Handler + .word MemManage_Handler + .word BusFault_Handler + .word UsageFault_Handler + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word SVC_Handler + .word DebugMon_Handler + .word 0 + .word PendSV_Handler + .word SysTick_Handler + + /* External Interrupts */ + .word WWDG_IRQHandler /* Window WatchDog */ + .word PVD_IRQHandler /* PVD through EXTI Line detection */ + .word TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler /* Tamper and TimeStamps through the EXTI line */ + .word RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler /* RTC Wakeup through the EXTI line */ + .word FLASH_IRQHandler /* FLASH */ + .word RCC_IRQHandler /* RCC */ + .word EXTI0_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line0 */ + .word EXTI1_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line1 */ + .word EXTI2_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line2 */ + .word EXTI3_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line3 */ + .word EXTI4_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line4 */ + .word DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 0 */ + .word DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 1 */ + .word DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 2 */ + .word DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 3 */ + .word DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 4 */ + .word DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 5 */ + .word DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 6 */ + .word ADC_IRQHandler /* ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3s */ + .word CAN1_TX_IRQHandler /* CAN1 TX */ + .word CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler /* CAN1 RX0 */ + .word CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler /* CAN1 RX1 */ + .word CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler /* CAN1 SCE */ + .word EXTI9_5_IRQHandler /* External Line[9:5]s */ + .word TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler /* TIM1 Break and TIM9 */ + .word TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler /* TIM1 Update and TIM10 */ + .word TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler /* TIM1 Trigger and Commutation and TIM11 */ + .word TIM1_CC_IRQHandler /* TIM1 Capture Compare */ + .word TIM2_IRQHandler /* TIM2 */ + .word TIM3_IRQHandler /* TIM3 */ + .word TIM4_IRQHandler /* TIM4 */ + .word I2C1_EV_IRQHandler /* I2C1 Event */ + .word I2C1_ER_IRQHandler /* I2C1 Error */ + .word I2C2_EV_IRQHandler /* I2C2 Event */ + .word I2C2_ER_IRQHandler /* I2C2 Error */ + .word SPI1_IRQHandler /* SPI1 */ + .word SPI2_IRQHandler /* SPI2 */ + .word USART1_IRQHandler /* USART1 */ + .word USART2_IRQHandler /* USART2 */ + .word USART3_IRQHandler /* USART3 */ + .word EXTI15_10_IRQHandler /* External Line[15:10]s */ + .word RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler /* RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line */ + .word OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler /* USB OTG FS Wakeup through EXTI line */ + .word TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler /* TIM8 Break and TIM12 */ + .word TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler /* TIM8 Update and TIM13 */ + .word TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler /* TIM8 Trigger and Commutation and TIM14 */ + .word TIM8_CC_IRQHandler /* TIM8 Capture Compare */ + .word DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream7 */ + .word FSMC_IRQHandler /* FSMC */ + .word SDIO_IRQHandler /* SDIO */ + .word TIM5_IRQHandler /* TIM5 */ + .word SPI3_IRQHandler /* SPI3 */ + .word UART4_IRQHandler /* UART4 */ + .word UART5_IRQHandler /* UART5 */ + .word TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler /* TIM6 and DAC1&2 underrun errors */ + .word TIM7_IRQHandler /* TIM7 */ + .word DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 0 */ + .word DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 1 */ + .word DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 2 */ + .word DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 3 */ + .word DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 4 */ + .word ETH_IRQHandler /* Ethernet */ + .word ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler /* Ethernet Wakeup through EXTI line */ + .word CAN2_TX_IRQHandler /* CAN2 TX */ + .word CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler /* CAN2 RX0 */ + .word CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler /* CAN2 RX1 */ + .word CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler /* CAN2 SCE */ + .word OTG_FS_IRQHandler /* USB OTG FS */ + .word DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 5 */ + .word DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 6 */ + .word DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 7 */ + .word USART6_IRQHandler /* USART6 */ + .word I2C3_EV_IRQHandler /* I2C3 event */ + .word I2C3_ER_IRQHandler /* I2C3 error */ + .word OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler /* USB OTG HS End Point 1 Out */ + .word OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler /* USB OTG HS End Point 1 In */ + .word OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler /* USB OTG HS Wakeup through EXTI */ + .word OTG_HS_IRQHandler /* USB OTG HS */ + .word DCMI_IRQHandler /* DCMI */ + .word CRYP_IRQHandler /* CRYP crypto */ + .word HASH_RNG_IRQHandler /* Hash and Rng */ + + +/******************************************************************************* +* +* Provide weak aliases for each Exception handler to the Default_Handler. +* As they are weak aliases, any function with the same name will override +* this definition. +* +*******************************************************************************/ + .weak NMI_Handler + .thumb_set NMI_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak HardFault_Handler + .thumb_set HardFault_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak MemManage_Handler + .thumb_set MemManage_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak BusFault_Handler + .thumb_set BusFault_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak UsageFault_Handler + .thumb_set UsageFault_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak SVC_Handler + .thumb_set SVC_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak DebugMon_Handler + .thumb_set DebugMon_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak PendSV_Handler + .thumb_set PendSV_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak SysTick_Handler + .thumb_set SysTick_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak WWDG_IRQHandler + .thumb_set WWDG_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak PVD_IRQHandler + .thumb_set PVD_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak FLASH_IRQHandler + .thumb_set FLASH_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak RCC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set RCC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI0_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak ADC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set ADC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN1_TX_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN1_TX_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI9_5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI9_5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM1_CC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM1_CC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C1_EV_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C1_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C1_ER_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C1_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C2_EV_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C2_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C2_ER_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C2_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak SPI1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set SPI1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak SPI2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set SPI2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USART1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USART1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USART2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USART2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USART3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USART3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI15_10_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI15_10_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler + .thumb_set RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM8_CC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM8_CC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak FSMC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set FSMC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak SDIO_IRQHandler + .thumb_set SDIO_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak SPI3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set SPI3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak UART4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set UART4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak UART5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set UART5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM7_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak ETH_IRQHandler + .thumb_set ETH_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN2_TX_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN2_TX_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak OTG_FS_IRQHandler + .thumb_set OTG_FS_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USART6_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USART6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C3_EV_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C3_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C3_ER_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C3_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler + .thumb_set OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler + .thumb_set OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak OTG_HS_IRQHandler + .thumb_set OTG_HS_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DCMI_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DCMI_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CRYP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CRYP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak HASH_RNG_IRQHandler + .thumb_set HASH_RNG_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/arm/startup_stm32f2xx.s b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/arm/startup_stm32f2xx.s new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36a0e3fb2c --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/arm/startup_stm32f2xx.s @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +;******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics ******************** +;* File Name : startup_stm32f2xx.s +;* Author : MCD Application Team +;* Version : V1.0.0 +;* Date : 18-April-2011 +;* Description : STM32F2xx devices vector table for MDK-ARM toolchain. +;* This module performs: +;* - Set the initial SP +;* - Set the initial PC == Reset_Handler +;* - Set the vector table entries with the exceptions ISR address +;* - Branches to __main in the C library (which eventually +;* calls main()). +;* After Reset the CortexM3 processor is in Thread mode, +;* priority is Privileged, and the Stack is set to Main. +;* <<< Use Configuration Wizard in Context Menu >>> +;******************************************************************************* +; THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS +; WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. +; AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, +; INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE +; CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING +; INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. +;******************************************************************************* + +; Amount of memory (in bytes) allocated for Stack +; Tailor this value to your application needs +; Stack Configuration +; Stack Size (in Bytes) <0x0-0xFFFFFFFF:8> +; + +Stack_Size EQU 0x00000400 + + AREA STACK, NOINIT, READWRITE, ALIGN=3 +Stack_Mem SPACE Stack_Size +__initial_sp + + +; Heap Configuration +; Heap Size (in Bytes) <0x0-0xFFFFFFFF:8> +; + +Heap_Size EQU 0x00000200 + + AREA HEAP, NOINIT, READWRITE, ALIGN=3 +__heap_base +Heap_Mem SPACE Heap_Size +__heap_limit + + PRESERVE8 + THUMB + + +; Vector Table Mapped to Address 0 at Reset + AREA RESET, DATA, READONLY + EXPORT __Vectors + EXPORT __Vectors_End + EXPORT __Vectors_Size + +__Vectors DCD __initial_sp ; Top of Stack + DCD Reset_Handler ; Reset Handler + DCD NMI_Handler ; NMI Handler + DCD HardFault_Handler ; Hard Fault Handler + DCD MemManage_Handler ; MPU Fault Handler + DCD BusFault_Handler ; Bus Fault Handler + DCD UsageFault_Handler ; Usage Fault Handler + DCD 0 ; Reserved + DCD 0 ; Reserved + DCD 0 ; Reserved + DCD 0 ; Reserved + DCD SVC_Handler ; SVCall Handler + DCD DebugMon_Handler ; Debug Monitor Handler + DCD 0 ; Reserved + DCD PendSV_Handler ; PendSV Handler + DCD SysTick_Handler ; SysTick Handler + + ; External Interrupts + DCD WWDG_IRQHandler ; Window WatchDog + DCD PVD_IRQHandler ; PVD through EXTI Line detection + DCD TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler ; Tamper and TimeStamps through the EXTI line + DCD RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler ; RTC Wakeup through the EXTI line + DCD FLASH_IRQHandler ; FLASH + DCD RCC_IRQHandler ; RCC + DCD EXTI0_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line0 + DCD EXTI1_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line1 + DCD EXTI2_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line2 + DCD EXTI3_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line3 + DCD EXTI4_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line4 + DCD DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 0 + DCD DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 1 + DCD DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 2 + DCD DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 3 + DCD DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 4 + DCD DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 5 + DCD DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 6 + DCD ADC_IRQHandler ; ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3s + DCD CAN1_TX_IRQHandler ; CAN1 TX + DCD CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler ; CAN1 RX0 + DCD CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler ; CAN1 RX1 + DCD CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler ; CAN1 SCE + DCD EXTI9_5_IRQHandler ; External Line[9:5]s + DCD TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler ; TIM1 Break and TIM9 + DCD TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler ; TIM1 Update and TIM10 + DCD TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler ; TIM1 Trigger and Commutation and TIM11 + DCD TIM1_CC_IRQHandler ; TIM1 Capture Compare + DCD TIM2_IRQHandler ; TIM2 + DCD TIM3_IRQHandler ; TIM3 + DCD TIM4_IRQHandler ; TIM4 + DCD I2C1_EV_IRQHandler ; I2C1 Event + DCD I2C1_ER_IRQHandler ; I2C1 Error + DCD I2C2_EV_IRQHandler ; I2C2 Event + DCD I2C2_ER_IRQHandler ; I2C2 Error + DCD SPI1_IRQHandler ; SPI1 + DCD SPI2_IRQHandler ; SPI2 + DCD USART1_IRQHandler ; USART1 + DCD USART2_IRQHandler ; USART2 + DCD USART3_IRQHandler ; USART3 + DCD EXTI15_10_IRQHandler ; External Line[15:10]s + DCD RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler ; RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line + DCD OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler ; USB OTG FS Wakeup through EXTI line + DCD TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler ; TIM8 Break and TIM12 + DCD TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler ; TIM8 Update and TIM13 + DCD TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler ; TIM8 Trigger and Commutation and TIM14 + DCD TIM8_CC_IRQHandler ; TIM8 Capture Compare + DCD DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream7 + DCD FSMC_IRQHandler ; FSMC + DCD SDIO_IRQHandler ; SDIO + DCD TIM5_IRQHandler ; TIM5 + DCD SPI3_IRQHandler ; SPI3 + DCD UART4_IRQHandler ; UART4 + DCD UART5_IRQHandler ; UART5 + DCD TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler ; TIM6 and DAC1&2 underrun errors + DCD TIM7_IRQHandler ; TIM7 + DCD DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 0 + DCD DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 1 + DCD DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 2 + DCD DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 3 + DCD DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 4 + DCD ETH_IRQHandler ; Ethernet + DCD ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler ; Ethernet Wakeup through EXTI line + DCD CAN2_TX_IRQHandler ; CAN2 TX + DCD CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler ; CAN2 RX0 + DCD CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler ; CAN2 RX1 + DCD CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler ; CAN2 SCE + DCD OTG_FS_IRQHandler ; USB OTG FS + DCD DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 5 + DCD DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 6 + DCD DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 7 + DCD USART6_IRQHandler ; USART6 + DCD I2C3_EV_IRQHandler ; I2C3 event + DCD I2C3_ER_IRQHandler ; I2C3 error + DCD OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler ; USB OTG HS End Point 1 Out + DCD OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler ; USB OTG HS End Point 1 In + DCD OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler ; USB OTG HS Wakeup through EXTI + DCD OTG_HS_IRQHandler ; USB OTG HS + DCD DCMI_IRQHandler ; DCMI + DCD CRYP_IRQHandler ; CRYP crypto + DCD HASH_RNG_IRQHandler ; Hash and Rng +__Vectors_End + +__Vectors_Size EQU __Vectors_End - __Vectors + + AREA |.text|, CODE, READONLY + +; Reset handler +Reset_Handler PROC + EXPORT Reset_Handler [WEAK] + IMPORT SystemInit + IMPORT __main + LDR R0, =SystemInit + BLX R0 + LDR R0, =__main + BX R0 + ENDP + +; Dummy Exception Handlers (infinite loops which can be modified) + +NMI_Handler PROC + EXPORT NMI_Handler [WEAK] + B . + ENDP +HardFault_Handler\ + PROC + EXPORT HardFault_Handler [WEAK] + B . + ENDP +MemManage_Handler\ + PROC + EXPORT MemManage_Handler [WEAK] + B . + ENDP +BusFault_Handler\ + PROC + EXPORT BusFault_Handler [WEAK] + B . + ENDP +UsageFault_Handler\ + PROC + EXPORT UsageFault_Handler [WEAK] + B . + ENDP +SVC_Handler PROC + EXPORT SVC_Handler [WEAK] + B . + ENDP +DebugMon_Handler\ + PROC + EXPORT DebugMon_Handler [WEAK] + B . + ENDP +PendSV_Handler PROC + EXPORT PendSV_Handler [WEAK] + B . + ENDP +SysTick_Handler PROC + EXPORT SysTick_Handler [WEAK] + B . + ENDP + +Default_Handler PROC + + EXPORT WWDG_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT PVD_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT FLASH_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT RCC_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT EXTI0_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT EXTI1_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT EXTI2_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT EXTI3_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT EXTI4_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT ADC_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT CAN1_TX_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT EXTI9_5_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM1_CC_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM2_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM3_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM4_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT I2C1_EV_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT I2C1_ER_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT I2C2_EV_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT I2C2_ER_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT SPI1_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT SPI2_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT USART1_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT USART2_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT USART3_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT EXTI15_10_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM8_CC_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT FSMC_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT SDIO_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM5_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT SPI3_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT UART4_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT UART5_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT TIM7_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT ETH_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT CAN2_TX_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT OTG_FS_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT USART6_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT I2C3_EV_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT I2C3_ER_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT OTG_HS_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT DCMI_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT CRYP_IRQHandler [WEAK] + EXPORT HASH_RNG_IRQHandler [WEAK] + +WWDG_IRQHandler +PVD_IRQHandler +TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler +RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler +FLASH_IRQHandler +RCC_IRQHandler +EXTI0_IRQHandler +EXTI1_IRQHandler +EXTI2_IRQHandler +EXTI3_IRQHandler +EXTI4_IRQHandler +DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler +DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler +DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler +DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler +DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler +DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler +DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler +ADC_IRQHandler +CAN1_TX_IRQHandler +CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler +CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler +CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler +EXTI9_5_IRQHandler +TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler +TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler +TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler +TIM1_CC_IRQHandler +TIM2_IRQHandler +TIM3_IRQHandler +TIM4_IRQHandler +I2C1_EV_IRQHandler +I2C1_ER_IRQHandler +I2C2_EV_IRQHandler +I2C2_ER_IRQHandler +SPI1_IRQHandler +SPI2_IRQHandler +USART1_IRQHandler +USART2_IRQHandler +USART3_IRQHandler +EXTI15_10_IRQHandler +RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler +OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler +TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler +TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler +TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler +TIM8_CC_IRQHandler +DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler +FSMC_IRQHandler +SDIO_IRQHandler +TIM5_IRQHandler +SPI3_IRQHandler +UART4_IRQHandler +UART5_IRQHandler +TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler +TIM7_IRQHandler +DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler +DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler +DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler +DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler +DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler +ETH_IRQHandler +ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler +CAN2_TX_IRQHandler +CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler +CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler +CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler +OTG_FS_IRQHandler +DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler +DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler +DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler +USART6_IRQHandler +I2C3_EV_IRQHandler +I2C3_ER_IRQHandler +OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler +OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler +OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler +OTG_HS_IRQHandler +DCMI_IRQHandler +CRYP_IRQHandler +HASH_RNG_IRQHandler + + B . + + ENDP + + ALIGN + +;******************************************************************************* +; User Stack and Heap initialization +;******************************************************************************* + IF :DEF:__MICROLIB + + EXPORT __initial_sp + EXPORT __heap_base + EXPORT __heap_limit + + ELSE + + IMPORT __use_two_region_memory + EXPORT __user_initial_stackheap + +__user_initial_stackheap + + LDR R0, = Heap_Mem + LDR R1, =(Stack_Mem + Stack_Size) + LDR R2, = (Heap_Mem + Heap_Size) + LDR R3, = Stack_Mem + BX LR + + ALIGN + + ENDIF + + END + +;******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE***** diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/gcc_ride7/startup_stm32f2xx.s b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/gcc_ride7/startup_stm32f2xx.s new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..14244dca6d --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/gcc_ride7/startup_stm32f2xx.s @@ -0,0 +1,506 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file startup_stm32f2xx.s + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief STM32F2xx Devices vector table for RIDE7 toolchain. + * This module performs: + * - Set the initial SP + * - Set the initial PC == Reset_Handler, + * - Set the vector table entries with the exceptions ISR address + * - Configure the clock system and the external SRAM mounted on + * STM3220F-EVAL board to be used as data memory (optional, + * to be enabled by user) + * - Branches to main in the C library (which eventually + * calls main()). + * After Reset the Cortex-M3 processor is in Thread mode, + * priority is Privileged, and the Stack is set to Main. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + + .syntax unified + .cpu cortex-m3 + .fpu softvfp + .thumb + +.global g_pfnVectors +.global Default_Handler + +/* start address for the initialization values of the .data section. +defined in linker script */ +.word _sidata +/* start address for the .data section. defined in linker script */ +.word _sdata +/* end address for the .data section. defined in linker script */ +.word _edata +/* start address for the .bss section. defined in linker script */ +.word _sbss +/* end address for the .bss section. defined in linker script */ +.word _ebss +/* stack used for SystemInit_ExtMemCtl; always internal RAM used */ + +/** + * @brief This is the code that gets called when the processor first + * starts execution following a reset event. Only the absolutely + * necessary set is performed, after which the application + * supplied main() routine is called. + * @param None + * @retval : None +*/ + + .section .text.Reset_Handler + .weak Reset_Handler + .type Reset_Handler, %function +Reset_Handler: + +/* Copy the data segment initializers from flash to SRAM */ + movs r1, #0 + b LoopCopyDataInit + +CopyDataInit: + ldr r3, =_sidata + ldr r3, [r3, r1] + str r3, [r0, r1] + adds r1, r1, #4 + +LoopCopyDataInit: + ldr r0, =_sdata + ldr r3, =_edata + adds r2, r0, r1 + cmp r2, r3 + bcc CopyDataInit + ldr r2, =_sbss + b LoopFillZerobss +/* Zero fill the bss segment. */ +FillZerobss: + movs r3, #0 + str r3, [r2], #4 + +LoopFillZerobss: + ldr r3, = _ebss + cmp r2, r3 + bcc FillZerobss +/* Call the clock system intitialization function.*/ + bl SystemInit +/* Call the application's entry point.*/ + bl main + bx lr +.size Reset_Handler, .-Reset_Handler + +/** + * @brief This is the code that gets called when the processor receives an + * unexpected interrupt. This simply enters an infinite loop, preserving + * the system state for examination by a debugger. + * @param None + * @retval None +*/ + .section .text.Default_Handler,"ax",%progbits +Default_Handler: +Infinite_Loop: + b Infinite_Loop + .size Default_Handler, .-Default_Handler +/****************************************************************************** +* +* The minimal vector table for a Cortex M3. Note that the proper constructs +* must be placed on this to ensure that it ends up at physical address +* 0x0000.0000. +* +*******************************************************************************/ + .section .isr_vector,"a",%progbits + .type g_pfnVectors, %object + .size g_pfnVectors, .-g_pfnVectors + + +g_pfnVectors: + .word _estack + .word Reset_Handler + .word NMI_Handler + .word HardFault_Handler + .word MemManage_Handler + .word BusFault_Handler + .word UsageFault_Handler + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word 0 + .word SVC_Handler + .word DebugMon_Handler + .word 0 + .word PendSV_Handler + .word SysTick_Handler + + /* External Interrupts */ + .word WWDG_IRQHandler /* Window WatchDog */ + .word PVD_IRQHandler /* PVD through EXTI Line detection */ + .word TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler /* Tamper and TimeStamps through the EXTI line */ + .word RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler /* RTC Wakeup through the EXTI line */ + .word FLASH_IRQHandler /* FLASH */ + .word RCC_IRQHandler /* RCC */ + .word EXTI0_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line0 */ + .word EXTI1_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line1 */ + .word EXTI2_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line2 */ + .word EXTI3_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line3 */ + .word EXTI4_IRQHandler /* EXTI Line4 */ + .word DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 0 */ + .word DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 1 */ + .word DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 2 */ + .word DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 3 */ + .word DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 4 */ + .word DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 5 */ + .word DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream 6 */ + .word ADC_IRQHandler /* ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3s */ + .word CAN1_TX_IRQHandler /* CAN1 TX */ + .word CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler /* CAN1 RX0 */ + .word CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler /* CAN1 RX1 */ + .word CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler /* CAN1 SCE */ + .word EXTI9_5_IRQHandler /* External Line[9:5]s */ + .word TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler /* TIM1 Break and TIM9 */ + .word TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler /* TIM1 Update and TIM10 */ + .word TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler /* TIM1 Trigger and Commutation and TIM11 */ + .word TIM1_CC_IRQHandler /* TIM1 Capture Compare */ + .word TIM2_IRQHandler /* TIM2 */ + .word TIM3_IRQHandler /* TIM3 */ + .word TIM4_IRQHandler /* TIM4 */ + .word I2C1_EV_IRQHandler /* I2C1 Event */ + .word I2C1_ER_IRQHandler /* I2C1 Error */ + .word I2C2_EV_IRQHandler /* I2C2 Event */ + .word I2C2_ER_IRQHandler /* I2C2 Error */ + .word SPI1_IRQHandler /* SPI1 */ + .word SPI2_IRQHandler /* SPI2 */ + .word USART1_IRQHandler /* USART1 */ + .word USART2_IRQHandler /* USART2 */ + .word USART3_IRQHandler /* USART3 */ + .word EXTI15_10_IRQHandler /* External Line[15:10]s */ + .word RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler /* RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line */ + .word OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler /* USB OTG FS Wakeup through EXTI line */ + .word TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler /* TIM8 Break and TIM12 */ + .word TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler /* TIM8 Update and TIM13 */ + .word TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler /* TIM8 Trigger and Commutation and TIM14 */ + .word TIM8_CC_IRQHandler /* TIM8 Capture Compare */ + .word DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler /* DMA1 Stream7 */ + .word FSMC_IRQHandler /* FSMC */ + .word SDIO_IRQHandler /* SDIO */ + .word TIM5_IRQHandler /* TIM5 */ + .word SPI3_IRQHandler /* SPI3 */ + .word UART4_IRQHandler /* UART4 */ + .word UART5_IRQHandler /* UART5 */ + .word TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler /* TIM6 and DAC1&2 underrun errors */ + .word TIM7_IRQHandler /* TIM7 */ + .word DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 0 */ + .word DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 1 */ + .word DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 2 */ + .word DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 3 */ + .word DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 4 */ + .word ETH_IRQHandler /* Ethernet */ + .word ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler /* Ethernet Wakeup through EXTI line */ + .word CAN2_TX_IRQHandler /* CAN2 TX */ + .word CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler /* CAN2 RX0 */ + .word CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler /* CAN2 RX1 */ + .word CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler /* CAN2 SCE */ + .word OTG_FS_IRQHandler /* USB OTG FS */ + .word DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 5 */ + .word DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 6 */ + .word DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler /* DMA2 Stream 7 */ + .word USART6_IRQHandler /* USART6 */ + .word I2C3_EV_IRQHandler /* I2C3 event */ + .word I2C3_ER_IRQHandler /* I2C3 error */ + .word OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler /* USB OTG HS End Point 1 Out */ + .word OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler /* USB OTG HS End Point 1 In */ + .word OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler /* USB OTG HS Wakeup through EXTI */ + .word OTG_HS_IRQHandler /* USB OTG HS */ + .word DCMI_IRQHandler /* DCMI */ + .word CRYP_IRQHandler /* CRYP crypto */ + .word HASH_RNG_IRQHandler /* Hash and Rng */ + + +/******************************************************************************* +* +* Provide weak aliases for each Exception handler to the Default_Handler. +* As they are weak aliases, any function with the same name will override +* this definition. +* +*******************************************************************************/ + .weak NMI_Handler + .thumb_set NMI_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak HardFault_Handler + .thumb_set HardFault_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak MemManage_Handler + .thumb_set MemManage_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak BusFault_Handler + .thumb_set BusFault_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak UsageFault_Handler + .thumb_set UsageFault_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak SVC_Handler + .thumb_set SVC_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak DebugMon_Handler + .thumb_set DebugMon_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak PendSV_Handler + .thumb_set PendSV_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak SysTick_Handler + .thumb_set SysTick_Handler,Default_Handler + + .weak WWDG_IRQHandler + .thumb_set WWDG_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak PVD_IRQHandler + .thumb_set PVD_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak FLASH_IRQHandler + .thumb_set FLASH_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak RCC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set RCC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI0_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak ADC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set ADC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN1_TX_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN1_TX_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI9_5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI9_5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM1_CC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM1_CC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C1_EV_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C1_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C1_ER_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C1_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C2_EV_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C2_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C2_ER_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C2_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak SPI1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set SPI1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak SPI2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set SPI2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USART1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USART1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USART2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USART2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USART3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USART3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak EXTI15_10_IRQHandler + .thumb_set EXTI15_10_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler + .thumb_set RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM8_CC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM8_CC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak FSMC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set FSMC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak SDIO_IRQHandler + .thumb_set SDIO_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak SPI3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set SPI3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak UART4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set UART4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak UART5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set UART5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak TIM7_IRQHandler + .thumb_set TIM7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak ETH_IRQHandler + .thumb_set ETH_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN2_TX_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN2_TX_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak OTG_FS_IRQHandler + .thumb_set OTG_FS_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak USART6_IRQHandler + .thumb_set USART6_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C3_EV_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C3_EV_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak I2C3_ER_IRQHandler + .thumb_set I2C3_ER_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler + .thumb_set OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler + .thumb_set OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak OTG_HS_IRQHandler + .thumb_set OTG_HS_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak DCMI_IRQHandler + .thumb_set DCMI_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak CRYP_IRQHandler + .thumb_set CRYP_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + .weak HASH_RNG_IRQHandler + .thumb_set HASH_RNG_IRQHandler,Default_Handler + + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/iar/startup_stm32f2xx.s b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/iar/startup_stm32f2xx.s new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b58a7af8a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/iar/startup_stm32f2xx.s @@ -0,0 +1,617 @@ +;/******************** (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics ******************** +;* File Name : startup_stm32f2xx.s +;* Author : MCD Application Team +;* Version : V1.0.0 +;* Date : 18-April-2011 +;* Description : STM32F2xx devices vector table for EWARM toolchain. +;* This module performs: +;* - Set the initial SP +;* - Set the initial PC == __iar_program_start, +;* - Set the vector table entries with the exceptions ISR +;* address. +;* After Reset the Cortex-M3 processor is in Thread mode, +;* priority is Privileged, and the Stack is set to Main. +;******************************************************************************** +;* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS +;* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE TIME. +;* AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, +;* INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE +;* CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING +;* INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. +;*******************************************************************************/ +; +; +; The modules in this file are included in the libraries, and may be replaced +; by any user-defined modules that define the PUBLIC symbol _program_start or +; a user defined start symbol. +; To override the cstartup defined in the library, simply add your modified +; version to the workbench project. +; +; The vector table is normally located at address 0. +; When debugging in RAM, it can be located in RAM, aligned to at least 2^6. +; The name "__vector_table" has special meaning for C-SPY: +; it is where the SP start value is found, and the NVIC vector +; table register (VTOR) is initialized to this address if != 0. +; +; Cortex-M version +; + + MODULE ?cstartup + + ;; Forward declaration of sections. + SECTION CSTACK:DATA:NOROOT(3) + + SECTION .intvec:CODE:NOROOT(2) + + EXTERN __iar_program_start + EXTERN SystemInit + PUBLIC __vector_table + + DATA +__vector_table + DCD sfe(CSTACK) + DCD Reset_Handler ; Reset Handler + + DCD NMI_Handler ; NMI Handler + DCD HardFault_Handler ; Hard Fault Handler + DCD MemManage_Handler ; MPU Fault Handler + DCD BusFault_Handler ; Bus Fault Handler + DCD UsageFault_Handler ; Usage Fault Handler + DCD 0 ; Reserved + DCD 0 ; Reserved + DCD 0 ; Reserved + DCD 0 ; Reserved + DCD SVC_Handler ; SVCall Handler + DCD DebugMon_Handler ; Debug Monitor Handler + DCD 0 ; Reserved + DCD PendSV_Handler ; PendSV Handler + DCD SysTick_Handler ; SysTick Handler + + ; External Interrupts + DCD WWDG_IRQHandler ; Window WatchDog + DCD PVD_IRQHandler ; PVD through EXTI Line detection + DCD TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler ; Tamper and TimeStamps through the EXTI line + DCD RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler ; RTC Wakeup through the EXTI line + DCD FLASH_IRQHandler ; FLASH + DCD RCC_IRQHandler ; RCC + DCD EXTI0_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line0 + DCD EXTI1_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line1 + DCD EXTI2_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line2 + DCD EXTI3_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line3 + DCD EXTI4_IRQHandler ; EXTI Line4 + DCD DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 0 + DCD DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 1 + DCD DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 2 + DCD DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 3 + DCD DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 4 + DCD DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 5 + DCD DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream 6 + DCD ADC_IRQHandler ; ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3s + DCD CAN1_TX_IRQHandler ; CAN1 TX + DCD CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler ; CAN1 RX0 + DCD CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler ; CAN1 RX1 + DCD CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler ; CAN1 SCE + DCD EXTI9_5_IRQHandler ; External Line[9:5]s + DCD TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler ; TIM1 Break and TIM9 + DCD TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler ; TIM1 Update and TIM10 + DCD TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler ; TIM1 Trigger and Commutation and TIM11 + DCD TIM1_CC_IRQHandler ; TIM1 Capture Compare + DCD TIM2_IRQHandler ; TIM2 + DCD TIM3_IRQHandler ; TIM3 + DCD TIM4_IRQHandler ; TIM4 + DCD I2C1_EV_IRQHandler ; I2C1 Event + DCD I2C1_ER_IRQHandler ; I2C1 Error + DCD I2C2_EV_IRQHandler ; I2C2 Event + DCD I2C2_ER_IRQHandler ; I2C2 Error + DCD SPI1_IRQHandler ; SPI1 + DCD SPI2_IRQHandler ; SPI2 + DCD USART1_IRQHandler ; USART1 + DCD USART2_IRQHandler ; USART2 + DCD USART3_IRQHandler ; USART3 + DCD EXTI15_10_IRQHandler ; External Line[15:10]s + DCD RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler ; RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line + DCD OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler ; USB OTG FS Wakeup through EXTI line + DCD TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler ; TIM8 Break and TIM12 + DCD TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler ; TIM8 Update and TIM13 + DCD TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler ; TIM8 Trigger and Commutation and TIM14 + DCD TIM8_CC_IRQHandler ; TIM8 Capture Compare + DCD DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler ; DMA1 Stream7 + DCD FSMC_IRQHandler ; FSMC + DCD SDIO_IRQHandler ; SDIO + DCD TIM5_IRQHandler ; TIM5 + DCD SPI3_IRQHandler ; SPI3 + DCD UART4_IRQHandler ; UART4 + DCD UART5_IRQHandler ; UART5 + DCD TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler ; TIM6 and DAC1&2 underrun errors + DCD TIM7_IRQHandler ; TIM7 + DCD DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 0 + DCD DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 1 + DCD DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 2 + DCD DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 3 + DCD DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 4 + DCD ETH_IRQHandler ; Ethernet + DCD ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler ; Ethernet Wakeup through EXTI line + DCD CAN2_TX_IRQHandler ; CAN2 TX + DCD CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler ; CAN2 RX0 + DCD CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler ; CAN2 RX1 + DCD CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler ; CAN2 SCE + DCD OTG_FS_IRQHandler ; USB OTG FS + DCD DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 5 + DCD DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 6 + DCD DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler ; DMA2 Stream 7 + DCD USART6_IRQHandler ; USART6 + DCD I2C3_EV_IRQHandler ; I2C3 event + DCD I2C3_ER_IRQHandler ; I2C3 error + DCD OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler ; USB OTG HS End Point 1 Out + DCD OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler ; USB OTG HS End Point 1 In + DCD OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler ; USB OTG HS Wakeup through EXTI + DCD OTG_HS_IRQHandler ; USB OTG HS + DCD DCMI_IRQHandler ; DCMI + DCD CRYP_IRQHandler ; CRYP crypto + DCD HASH_RNG_IRQHandler ; Hash and Rng + +;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; +;; +;; Default interrupt handlers. +;; + THUMB + PUBWEAK Reset_Handler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(2) +Reset_Handler + LDR R0, =SystemInit + BLX R0 + LDR R0, =__iar_program_start + BX R0 + + PUBWEAK NMI_Handler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +NMI_Handler + B NMI_Handler + + PUBWEAK HardFault_Handler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +HardFault_Handler + B HardFault_Handler + + PUBWEAK MemManage_Handler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +MemManage_Handler + B MemManage_Handler + + PUBWEAK BusFault_Handler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +BusFault_Handler + B BusFault_Handler + + PUBWEAK UsageFault_Handler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +UsageFault_Handler + B UsageFault_Handler + + PUBWEAK SVC_Handler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +SVC_Handler + B SVC_Handler + + PUBWEAK DebugMon_Handler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DebugMon_Handler + B DebugMon_Handler + + PUBWEAK PendSV_Handler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +PendSV_Handler + B PendSV_Handler + + PUBWEAK SysTick_Handler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +SysTick_Handler + B SysTick_Handler + + PUBWEAK WWDG_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +WWDG_IRQHandler + B WWDG_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK PVD_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +PVD_IRQHandler + B PVD_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler + B TAMP_STAMP_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler + B RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK FLASH_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +FLASH_IRQHandler + B FLASH_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK RCC_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +RCC_IRQHandler + B RCC_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK EXTI0_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +EXTI0_IRQHandler + B EXTI0_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK EXTI1_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +EXTI1_IRQHandler + B EXTI1_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK EXTI2_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +EXTI2_IRQHandler + B EXTI2_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK EXTI3_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +EXTI3_IRQHandler + B EXTI3_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK EXTI4_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +EXTI4_IRQHandler + B EXTI4_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler + B DMA1_Stream0_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler + B DMA1_Stream1_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler + B DMA1_Stream2_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler + B DMA1_Stream3_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler + B DMA1_Stream4_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler + B DMA1_Stream5_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler + B DMA1_Stream6_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK ADC_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +ADC_IRQHandler + B ADC_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK CAN1_TX_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +CAN1_TX_IRQHandler + B CAN1_TX_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler + B CAN1_RX0_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler + B CAN1_RX1_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler + B CAN1_SCE_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK EXTI9_5_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +EXTI9_5_IRQHandler + B EXTI9_5_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler + B TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler + B TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler + B TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM1_CC_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM1_CC_IRQHandler + B TIM1_CC_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM2_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM2_IRQHandler + B TIM2_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM3_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM3_IRQHandler + B TIM3_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM4_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM4_IRQHandler + B TIM4_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK I2C1_EV_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +I2C1_EV_IRQHandler + B I2C1_EV_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK I2C1_ER_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +I2C1_ER_IRQHandler + B I2C1_ER_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK I2C2_EV_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +I2C2_EV_IRQHandler + B I2C2_EV_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK I2C2_ER_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +I2C2_ER_IRQHandler + B I2C2_ER_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK SPI1_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +SPI1_IRQHandler + B SPI1_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK SPI2_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +SPI2_IRQHandler + B SPI2_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK USART1_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +USART1_IRQHandler + B USART1_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK USART2_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +USART2_IRQHandler + B USART2_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK USART3_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +USART3_IRQHandler + B USART3_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK EXTI15_10_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +EXTI15_10_IRQHandler + B EXTI15_10_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler + B RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler + B OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler + B TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler + B TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler + B TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM8_CC_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM8_CC_IRQHandler + B TIM8_CC_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler + B DMA1_Stream7_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK FSMC_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +FSMC_IRQHandler + B FSMC_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK SDIO_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +SDIO_IRQHandler + B SDIO_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM5_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM5_IRQHandler + B TIM5_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK SPI3_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +SPI3_IRQHandler + B SPI3_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK UART4_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +UART4_IRQHandler + B UART4_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK UART5_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +UART5_IRQHandler + B UART5_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler + B TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK TIM7_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +TIM7_IRQHandler + B TIM7_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler + B DMA2_Stream0_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler + B DMA2_Stream1_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler + B DMA2_Stream2_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler + B DMA2_Stream3_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler + B DMA2_Stream4_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK ETH_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +ETH_IRQHandler + B ETH_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler + B ETH_WKUP_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK CAN2_TX_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +CAN2_TX_IRQHandler + B CAN2_TX_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler + B CAN2_RX0_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler + B CAN2_RX1_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler + B CAN2_SCE_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK OTG_FS_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +OTG_FS_IRQHandler + B OTG_FS_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler + B DMA2_Stream5_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler + B DMA2_Stream6_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler + B DMA2_Stream7_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK USART6_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +USART6_IRQHandler + B USART6_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK I2C3_EV_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +I2C3_EV_IRQHandler + B I2C3_EV_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK I2C3_ER_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +I2C3_ER_IRQHandler + B I2C3_ER_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler + B OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler + B OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler + B OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK OTG_HS_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +OTG_HS_IRQHandler + B OTG_HS_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK DCMI_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +DCMI_IRQHandler + B DCMI_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK CRYP_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +CRYP_IRQHandler + B CRYP_IRQHandler + + PUBWEAK HASH_RNG_IRQHandler + SECTION .text:CODE:REORDER(1) +HASH_RNG_IRQHandler + B HASH_RNG_IRQHandler + + END +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/stm32f2xx.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/stm32f2xx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9c0c2162e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/stm32f2xx.h @@ -0,0 +1,6871 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer Header File. + * This file contains all the peripheral register's definitions, bits + * definitions and memory mapping for STM32F2xx devices. + * + * The file is the unique include file that the application programmer + * is using in the C source code, usually in main.c. This file contains: + * - Configuration section that allows to select: + * - The device used in the target application + * - To use or not the peripheral’s drivers in application code(i.e. + * code will be based on direct access to peripheral’s registers + * rather than drivers API), this option is controlled by + * "#define USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER" + * - To change few application-specific parameters such as the HSE + * crystal frequency + * - Data structures and the address mapping for all peripherals + * - Peripheral's registers declarations and bits definition + * - Macros to access peripheral’s registers hardware + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup stm32f2xx + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_H +#define __STM32F2xx_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/** @addtogroup Library_configuration_section + * @{ + */ + +/* Uncomment the line below according to the target STM32 device used in your + application + */ + +#if !defined (STM32F2XX) + #define STM32F2XX +#endif + +/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to switch between these + devices, you can define the device in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. + */ + +#if !defined (STM32F2XX) + #error "Please select first the target STM32F2XX device used in your application (in stm32f2xx.h file)" +#endif + +#if !defined (USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER) +/** + * @brief Comment the line below if you will not use the peripherals drivers. + In this case, these drivers will not be included and the application code will + be based on direct access to peripherals registers + */ + /*#define USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER*/ +#endif /* USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER */ + +/** + * @brief In the following line adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) + used in your application + + Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE, you + can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. + */ +#define HSE_VALUE ((uint32_t)25000000) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */ + +/** + * @brief In the following line adjust the External High Speed oscillator (HSE) Startup + Timeout value + */ +#define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0x0500) /*!< Time out for HSE start up */ +#define HSI_VALUE ((uint32_t)16000000) /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz*/ + +/** + * @brief STM32F2Xxx Standard Peripherals Library version number V1.0.0 + */ +#define __STM32F2XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */ +#define __STM32F2XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB1 (0x00) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */ +#define __STM32F2XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB2 (0x00) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ +#define __STM32F2XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */ +#define __STM32F2XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION ((__STM32F2XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\ + |(__STM32F2XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\ + |(__STM32F2XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_SUB2 << 8)\ + |(__STM32F2XX_STDPERIPH_VERSION_RC)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Configuration_section_for_CMSIS + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configuration of the Cortex-M3 Processor and Core Peripherals + */ +#define __MPU_PRESENT 1 /*!< STM32F2XX provide an MPU */ +#define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS 4 /*!< STM32F2XX uses 4 Bits for the Priority Levels */ +#define __Vendor_SysTickConfig 0 /*!< Set to 1 if different SysTick Config is used */ + +/** + * @brief STM32F2XX Interrupt Number Definition, according to the selected device + * in @ref Library_configuration_section + */ +typedef enum IRQn +{ +/****** Cortex-M3 Processor Exceptions Numbers ****************************************************************/ + NonMaskableInt_IRQn = -14, /*!< 2 Non Maskable Interrupt */ + MemoryManagement_IRQn = -12, /*!< 4 Cortex-M3 Memory Management Interrupt */ + BusFault_IRQn = -11, /*!< 5 Cortex-M3 Bus Fault Interrupt */ + UsageFault_IRQn = -10, /*!< 6 Cortex-M3 Usage Fault Interrupt */ + SVCall_IRQn = -5, /*!< 11 Cortex-M3 SV Call Interrupt */ + DebugMonitor_IRQn = -4, /*!< 12 Cortex-M3 Debug Monitor Interrupt */ + PendSV_IRQn = -2, /*!< 14 Cortex-M3 Pend SV Interrupt */ + SysTick_IRQn = -1, /*!< 15 Cortex-M3 System Tick Interrupt */ +/****** STM32 specific Interrupt Numbers **********************************************************************/ + WWDG_IRQn = 0, /*!< Window WatchDog Interrupt */ + PVD_IRQn = 1, /*!< PVD through EXTI Line detection Interrupt */ + TAMP_STAMP_IRQn = 2, /*!< Tamper and TimeStamp interrupts through the EXTI line */ + RTC_WKUP_IRQn = 3, /*!< RTC Wakeup interrupt through the EXTI line */ + FLASH_IRQn = 4, /*!< FLASH global Interrupt */ + RCC_IRQn = 5, /*!< RCC global Interrupt */ + EXTI0_IRQn = 6, /*!< EXTI Line0 Interrupt */ + EXTI1_IRQn = 7, /*!< EXTI Line1 Interrupt */ + EXTI2_IRQn = 8, /*!< EXTI Line2 Interrupt */ + EXTI3_IRQn = 9, /*!< EXTI Line3 Interrupt */ + EXTI4_IRQn = 10, /*!< EXTI Line4 Interrupt */ + DMA1_Stream0_IRQn = 11, /*!< DMA1 Stream 0 global Interrupt */ + DMA1_Stream1_IRQn = 12, /*!< DMA1 Stream 1 global Interrupt */ + DMA1_Stream2_IRQn = 13, /*!< DMA1 Stream 2 global Interrupt */ + DMA1_Stream3_IRQn = 14, /*!< DMA1 Stream 3 global Interrupt */ + DMA1_Stream4_IRQn = 15, /*!< DMA1 Stream 4 global Interrupt */ + DMA1_Stream5_IRQn = 16, /*!< DMA1 Stream 5 global Interrupt */ + DMA1_Stream6_IRQn = 17, /*!< DMA1 Stream 6 global Interrupt */ + ADC_IRQn = 18, /*!< ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 global Interrupts */ + CAN1_TX_IRQn = 19, /*!< CAN1 TX Interrupt */ + CAN1_RX0_IRQn = 20, /*!< CAN1 RX0 Interrupt */ + CAN1_RX1_IRQn = 21, /*!< CAN1 RX1 Interrupt */ + CAN1_SCE_IRQn = 22, /*!< CAN1 SCE Interrupt */ + EXTI9_5_IRQn = 23, /*!< External Line[9:5] Interrupts */ + TIM1_BRK_TIM9_IRQn = 24, /*!< TIM1 Break interrupt and TIM9 global interrupt */ + TIM1_UP_TIM10_IRQn = 25, /*!< TIM1 Update Interrupt and TIM10 global interrupt */ + TIM1_TRG_COM_TIM11_IRQn = 26, /*!< TIM1 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt and TIM11 global interrupt */ + TIM1_CC_IRQn = 27, /*!< TIM1 Capture Compare Interrupt */ + TIM2_IRQn = 28, /*!< TIM2 global Interrupt */ + TIM3_IRQn = 29, /*!< TIM3 global Interrupt */ + TIM4_IRQn = 30, /*!< TIM4 global Interrupt */ + I2C1_EV_IRQn = 31, /*!< I2C1 Event Interrupt */ + I2C1_ER_IRQn = 32, /*!< I2C1 Error Interrupt */ + I2C2_EV_IRQn = 33, /*!< I2C2 Event Interrupt */ + I2C2_ER_IRQn = 34, /*!< I2C2 Error Interrupt */ + SPI1_IRQn = 35, /*!< SPI1 global Interrupt */ + SPI2_IRQn = 36, /*!< SPI2 global Interrupt */ + USART1_IRQn = 37, /*!< USART1 global Interrupt */ + USART2_IRQn = 38, /*!< USART2 global Interrupt */ + USART3_IRQn = 39, /*!< USART3 global Interrupt */ + EXTI15_10_IRQn = 40, /*!< External Line[15:10] Interrupts */ + RTC_Alarm_IRQn = 41, /*!< RTC Alarm (A and B) through EXTI Line Interrupt */ + OTG_FS_WKUP_IRQn = 42, /*!< USB OTG FS Wakeup through EXTI line interrupt */ + TIM8_BRK_TIM12_IRQn = 43, /*!< TIM8 Break Interrupt and TIM12 global interrupt */ + TIM8_UP_TIM13_IRQn = 44, /*!< TIM8 Update Interrupt and TIM13 global interrupt */ + TIM8_TRG_COM_TIM14_IRQn = 45, /*!< TIM8 Trigger and Commutation Interrupt and TIM14 global interrupt */ + TIM8_CC_IRQn = 46, /*!< TIM8 Capture Compare Interrupt */ + DMA1_Stream7_IRQn = 47, /*!< DMA1 Stream7 Interrupt */ + FSMC_IRQn = 48, /*!< FSMC global Interrupt */ + SDIO_IRQn = 49, /*!< SDIO global Interrupt */ + TIM5_IRQn = 50, /*!< TIM5 global Interrupt */ + SPI3_IRQn = 51, /*!< SPI3 global Interrupt */ + UART4_IRQn = 52, /*!< UART4 global Interrupt */ + UART5_IRQn = 53, /*!< UART5 global Interrupt */ + TIM6_DAC_IRQn = 54, /*!< TIM6 global and DAC1&2 underrun error interrupts */ + TIM7_IRQn = 55, /*!< TIM7 global interrupt */ + DMA2_Stream0_IRQn = 56, /*!< DMA2 Stream 0 global Interrupt */ + DMA2_Stream1_IRQn = 57, /*!< DMA2 Stream 1 global Interrupt */ + DMA2_Stream2_IRQn = 58, /*!< DMA2 Stream 2 global Interrupt */ + DMA2_Stream3_IRQn = 59, /*!< DMA2 Stream 3 global Interrupt */ + DMA2_Stream4_IRQn = 60, /*!< DMA2 Stream 4 global Interrupt */ + ETH_IRQn = 61, /*!< Ethernet global Interrupt */ + ETH_WKUP_IRQn = 62, /*!< Ethernet Wakeup through EXTI line Interrupt */ + CAN2_TX_IRQn = 63, /*!< CAN2 TX Interrupt */ + CAN2_RX0_IRQn = 64, /*!< CAN2 RX0 Interrupt */ + CAN2_RX1_IRQn = 65, /*!< CAN2 RX1 Interrupt */ + CAN2_SCE_IRQn = 66, /*!< CAN2 SCE Interrupt */ + OTG_FS_IRQn = 67, /*!< USB OTG FS global Interrupt */ + DMA2_Stream5_IRQn = 68, /*!< DMA2 Stream 5 global interrupt */ + DMA2_Stream6_IRQn = 69, /*!< DMA2 Stream 6 global interrupt */ + DMA2_Stream7_IRQn = 70, /*!< DMA2 Stream 7 global interrupt */ + USART6_IRQn = 71, /*!< USART6 global interrupt */ + I2C3_EV_IRQn = 72, /*!< I2C3 event interrupt */ + I2C3_ER_IRQn = 73, /*!< I2C3 error interrupt */ + OTG_HS_EP1_OUT_IRQn = 74, /*!< USB OTG HS End Point 1 Out global interrupt */ + OTG_HS_EP1_IN_IRQn = 75, /*!< USB OTG HS End Point 1 In global interrupt */ + OTG_HS_WKUP_IRQn = 76, /*!< USB OTG HS Wakeup through EXTI interrupt */ + OTG_HS_IRQn = 77, /*!< USB OTG HS global interrupt */ + DCMI_IRQn = 78, /*!< DCMI global interrupt */ + CRYP_IRQn = 79, /*!< CRYP crypto global interrupt */ + HASH_RNG_IRQn = 80 /*!< Hash and Rng global interrupt */ +} IRQn_Type; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#include "core_cm3.h" +#include "system_stm32f2xx.h" +#include + +/** @addtogroup Exported_types + * @{ + */ +/*!< STM32F10x Standard Peripheral Library old types (maintained for legacy purpose) */ +typedef int32_t s32; +typedef int16_t s16; +typedef int8_t s8; + +typedef const int32_t sc32; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef const int16_t sc16; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef const int8_t sc8; /*!< Read Only */ + +typedef __IO int32_t vs32; +typedef __IO int16_t vs16; +typedef __IO int8_t vs8; + +typedef __I int32_t vsc32; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef __I int16_t vsc16; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef __I int8_t vsc8; /*!< Read Only */ + +typedef uint32_t u32; +typedef uint16_t u16; +typedef uint8_t u8; + +typedef const uint32_t uc32; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef const uint16_t uc16; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef const uint8_t uc8; /*!< Read Only */ + +typedef __IO uint32_t vu32; +typedef __IO uint16_t vu16; +typedef __IO uint8_t vu8; + +typedef __I uint32_t vuc32; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef __I uint16_t vuc16; /*!< Read Only */ +typedef __I uint8_t vuc8; /*!< Read Only */ + +typedef enum {RESET = 0, SET = !RESET} FlagStatus, ITStatus; + +typedef enum {DISABLE = 0, ENABLE = !DISABLE} FunctionalState; +#define IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DISABLE) || ((STATE) == ENABLE)) + +typedef enum {ERROR = 0, SUCCESS = !ERROR} ErrorStatus; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Peripheral_registers_structures + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Analog to Digital Converter + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< ADC status register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CR1; /*!< ADC control register 1, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t CR2; /*!< ADC control register 2, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t SMPR1; /*!< ADC sample time register 1, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t SMPR2; /*!< ADC sample time register 2, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t JOFR1; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 1, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t JOFR2; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 2, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t JOFR3; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 3, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t JOFR4; /*!< ADC injected channel data offset register 4, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t HTR; /*!< ADC watchdog higher threshold register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t LTR; /*!< ADC watchdog lower threshold register, Address offset: 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t SQR1; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 1, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t SQR2; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 2, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t SQR3; /*!< ADC regular sequence register 3, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t JSQR; /*!< ADC injected sequence register, Address offset: 0x38*/ + __IO uint32_t JDR1; /*!< ADC injected data register 1, Address offset: 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t JDR2; /*!< ADC injected data register 2, Address offset: 0x40 */ + __IO uint32_t JDR3; /*!< ADC injected data register 3, Address offset: 0x44 */ + __IO uint32_t JDR4; /*!< ADC injected data register 4, Address offset: 0x48 */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< ADC regular data register, Address offset: 0x4C */ +} ADC_TypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< ADC Common status register, Address offset: ADC1 base address + 0x300 */ + __IO uint32_t CCR; /*!< ADC common control register, Address offset: ADC1 base address + 0x304 */ + __IO uint32_t CDR; /*!< ADC common regular data register for dual + AND triple modes, Address offset: ADC1 base address + 0x308 */ +} ADC_Common_TypeDef; + + +/** + * @brief Controller Area Network TxMailBox + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t TIR; /*!< CAN TX mailbox identifier register */ + __IO uint32_t TDTR; /*!< CAN mailbox data length control and time stamp register */ + __IO uint32_t TDLR; /*!< CAN mailbox data low register */ + __IO uint32_t TDHR; /*!< CAN mailbox data high register */ +} CAN_TxMailBox_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Controller Area Network FIFOMailBox + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t RIR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox identifier register */ + __IO uint32_t RDTR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data length control and time stamp register */ + __IO uint32_t RDLR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data low register */ + __IO uint32_t RDHR; /*!< CAN receive FIFO mailbox data high register */ +} CAN_FIFOMailBox_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Controller Area Network FilterRegister + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t FR1; /*!< CAN Filter bank register 1 */ + __IO uint32_t FR2; /*!< CAN Filter bank register 1 */ +} CAN_FilterRegister_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Controller Area Network + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t MCR; /*!< CAN master control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t MSR; /*!< CAN master status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t TSR; /*!< CAN transmit status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t RF0R; /*!< CAN receive FIFO 0 register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t RF1R; /*!< CAN receive FIFO 1 register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< CAN interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t ESR; /*!< CAN error status register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t BTR; /*!< CAN bit timing register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[88]; /*!< Reserved, 0x020 - 0x17F */ + CAN_TxMailBox_TypeDef sTxMailBox[3]; /*!< CAN Tx MailBox, Address offset: 0x180 - 0x1AC */ + CAN_FIFOMailBox_TypeDef sFIFOMailBox[2]; /*!< CAN FIFO MailBox, Address offset: 0x1B0 - 0x1CC */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[12]; /*!< Reserved, 0x1D0 - 0x1FF */ + __IO uint32_t FMR; /*!< CAN filter master register, Address offset: 0x200 */ + __IO uint32_t FM1R; /*!< CAN filter mode register, Address offset: 0x204 */ + uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x208 */ + __IO uint32_t FS1R; /*!< CAN filter scale register, Address offset: 0x20C */ + uint32_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x210 */ + __IO uint32_t FFA1R; /*!< CAN filter FIFO assignment register, Address offset: 0x214 */ + uint32_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x218 */ + __IO uint32_t FA1R; /*!< CAN filter activation register, Address offset: 0x21C */ + uint32_t RESERVED5[8]; /*!< Reserved, 0x220-0x23F */ + CAN_FilterRegister_TypeDef sFilterRegister[28]; /*!< CAN Filter Register, Address offset: 0x240-0x31C */ +} CAN_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CRC calculation unit + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< CRC Data register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint8_t IDR; /*!< CRC Independent data register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + uint8_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x05 */ + uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< CRC Control register, Address offset: 0x08 */ +} CRC_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Digital to Analog Converter + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DAC control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t SWTRIGR; /*!< DAC software trigger register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12R1; /*!< DAC channel1 12-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12L1; /*!< DAC channel1 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t DHR8R1; /*!< DAC channel1 8-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12R2; /*!< DAC channel2 12-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12L2; /*!< DAC channel2 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR8R2; /*!< DAC channel2 8-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12RD; /*!< Dual DAC 12-bit right-aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR12LD; /*!< DUAL DAC 12-bit left aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t DHR8RD; /*!< DUAL DAC 8-bit right aligned data holding register, Address offset: 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t DOR1; /*!< DAC channel1 data output register, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t DOR2; /*!< DAC channel2 data output register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< DAC status register, Address offset: 0x34 */ +} DAC_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Debug MCU + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t IDCODE; /*!< MCU device ID code, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< Debug MCU configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t APB1FZ; /*!< Debug MCU APB1 freeze register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t APB2FZ; /*!< Debug MCU APB2 freeze register, Address offset: 0x0C */ +}DBGMCU_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DCMI + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DCMI control register 1, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< DCMI status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t RISR; /*!< DCMI raw interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t IER; /*!< DCMI interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t MISR; /*!< DCMI masked interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t ICR; /*!< DCMI interrupt clear register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t ESCR; /*!< DCMI embedded synchronization code register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t ESUR; /*!< DCMI embedded synchronization unmask register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t CWSTRTR; /*!< DCMI crop window start, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t CWSIZER; /*!< DCMI crop window size, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< DCMI data register, Address offset: 0x28 */ +} DCMI_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DMA Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< DMA stream x configuration register */ + __IO uint32_t NDTR; /*!< DMA stream x number of data register */ + __IO uint32_t PAR; /*!< DMA stream x peripheral address register */ + __IO uint32_t M0AR; /*!< DMA stream x memory 0 address register */ + __IO uint32_t M1AR; /*!< DMA stream x memory 1 address register */ + __IO uint32_t FCR; /*!< DMA stream x FIFO control register */ +} DMA_Stream_TypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t LISR; /*!< DMA low interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t HISR; /*!< DMA high interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t LIFCR; /*!< DMA low interrupt flag clear register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t HIFCR; /*!< DMA high interrupt flag clear register, Address offset: 0x0C */ +} DMA_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Ethernet MAC + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t MACCR; + __IO uint32_t MACFFR; + __IO uint32_t MACHTHR; + __IO uint32_t MACHTLR; + __IO uint32_t MACMIIAR; + __IO uint32_t MACMIIDR; + __IO uint32_t MACFCR; + __IO uint32_t MACVLANTR; /* 8 */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; + __IO uint32_t MACRWUFFR; /* 11 */ + __IO uint32_t MACPMTCSR; + uint32_t RESERVED1[2]; + __IO uint32_t MACSR; /* 15 */ + __IO uint32_t MACIMR; + __IO uint32_t MACA0HR; + __IO uint32_t MACA0LR; + __IO uint32_t MACA1HR; + __IO uint32_t MACA1LR; + __IO uint32_t MACA2HR; + __IO uint32_t MACA2LR; + __IO uint32_t MACA3HR; + __IO uint32_t MACA3LR; /* 24 */ + uint32_t RESERVED2[40]; + __IO uint32_t MMCCR; /* 65 */ + __IO uint32_t MMCRIR; + __IO uint32_t MMCTIR; + __IO uint32_t MMCRIMR; + __IO uint32_t MMCTIMR; /* 69 */ + uint32_t RESERVED3[14]; + __IO uint32_t MMCTGFSCCR; /* 84 */ + __IO uint32_t MMCTGFMSCCR; + uint32_t RESERVED4[5]; + __IO uint32_t MMCTGFCR; + uint32_t RESERVED5[10]; + __IO uint32_t MMCRFCECR; + __IO uint32_t MMCRFAECR; + uint32_t RESERVED6[10]; + __IO uint32_t MMCRGUFCR; + uint32_t RESERVED7[334]; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSCR; + __IO uint32_t PTPSSIR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSHR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSLR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSHUR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSLUR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSAR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTTHR; + __IO uint32_t PTPTTLR; + __IO uint32_t RESERVED8; + __IO uint32_t PTPTSSR; /* added for STM32F2xx */ + uint32_t RESERVED9[565]; + __IO uint32_t DMABMR; + __IO uint32_t DMATPDR; + __IO uint32_t DMARPDR; + __IO uint32_t DMARDLAR; + __IO uint32_t DMATDLAR; + __IO uint32_t DMASR; + __IO uint32_t DMAOMR; + __IO uint32_t DMAIER; + __IO uint32_t DMAMFBOCR; + __IO uint32_t DMARSWTR; /* added for STM32F2xx */ + uint32_t RESERVED10[8]; + __IO uint32_t DMACHTDR; + __IO uint32_t DMACHRDR; + __IO uint32_t DMACHTBAR; + __IO uint32_t DMACHRBAR; +} ETH_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief External Interrupt/Event Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t IMR; /*!< EXTI Interrupt mask register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t EMR; /*!< EXTI Event mask register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t RTSR; /*!< EXTI Rising trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t FTSR; /*!< EXTI Falling trigger selection register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t SWIER; /*!< EXTI Software interrupt event register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t PR; /*!< EXTI Pending register, Address offset: 0x14 */ +} EXTI_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FLASH Registers + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t ACR; /*!< FLASH access control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t KEYR; /*!< FLASH key register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t OPTKEYR; /*!< FLASH option key register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< FLASH status register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< FLASH control register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t OPTCR; /*!< FLASH option control register, Address offset: 0x14 */ +} FLASH_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t BTCR[8]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM chip-select control register(BCR) and chip-select timing register(BTR), Address offset: 0x00-1C */ +} FSMC_Bank1_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller Bank1E + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t BWTR[7]; /*!< NOR/PSRAM write timing registers, Address offset: 0x104-0x11C */ +} FSMC_Bank1E_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller Bank2 + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t PCR2; /*!< NAND Flash control register 2, Address offset: 0x60 */ + __IO uint32_t SR2; /*!< NAND Flash FIFO status and interrupt register 2, Address offset: 0x64 */ + __IO uint32_t PMEM2; /*!< NAND Flash Common memory space timing register 2, Address offset: 0x68 */ + __IO uint32_t PATT2; /*!< NAND Flash Attribute memory space timing register 2, Address offset: 0x6C */ + uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x70 */ + __IO uint32_t ECCR2; /*!< NAND Flash ECC result registers 2, Address offset: 0x74 */ +} FSMC_Bank2_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller Bank3 + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t PCR3; /*!< NAND Flash control register 3, Address offset: 0x80 */ + __IO uint32_t SR3; /*!< NAND Flash FIFO status and interrupt register 3, Address offset: 0x84 */ + __IO uint32_t PMEM3; /*!< NAND Flash Common memory space timing register 3, Address offset: 0x88 */ + __IO uint32_t PATT3; /*!< NAND Flash Attribute memory space timing register 3, Address offset: 0x8C */ + uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x90 */ + __IO uint32_t ECCR3; /*!< NAND Flash ECC result registers 3, Address offset: 0x94 */ +} FSMC_Bank3_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Flexible Static Memory Controller Bank4 + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t PCR4; /*!< PC Card control register 4, Address offset: 0xA0 */ + __IO uint32_t SR4; /*!< PC Card FIFO status and interrupt register 4, Address offset: 0xA4 */ + __IO uint32_t PMEM4; /*!< PC Card Common memory space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xA8 */ + __IO uint32_t PATT4; /*!< PC Card Attribute memory space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xAC */ + __IO uint32_t PIO4; /*!< PC Card I/O space timing register 4, Address offset: 0xB0 */ +} FSMC_Bank4_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief General Purpose I/O + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t MODER; /*!< GPIO port mode register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t OTYPER; /*!< GPIO port output type register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t OSPEEDR; /*!< GPIO port output speed register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t PUPDR; /*!< GPIO port pull-up/pull-down register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t IDR; /*!< GPIO port input data register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t ODR; /*!< GPIO port output data register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint16_t BSRRL; /*!< GPIO port bit set/reset low register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint16_t BSRRH; /*!< GPIO port bit set/reset high register, Address offset: 0x1A */ + __IO uint32_t LCKR; /*!< GPIO port configuration lock register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t AFR[2]; /*!< GPIO alternate function registers, Address offset: 0x24-0x28 */ +} GPIO_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief System configuration controller + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t MEMRMP; /*!< SYSCFG memory remap register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t PMC; /*!< SYSCFG peripheral mode configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t EXTICR[4]; /*!< SYSCFG external interrupt configuration registers, Address offset: 0x08-0x14 */ + uint32_t RESERVED[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x18-0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t CMPCR; /*!< SYSCFG Compensation cell control register, Address offset: 0x20 */ +} SYSCFG_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Inter-integrated Circuit Interface + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< I2C Control register 1, Address offset: 0x00 */ + uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */ + __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< I2C Control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */ + uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ + __IO uint16_t OAR1; /*!< I2C Own address register 1, Address offset: 0x08 */ + uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */ + __IO uint16_t OAR2; /*!< I2C Own address register 2, Address offset: 0x0C */ + uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ + __IO uint16_t DR; /*!< I2C Data register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */ + __IO uint16_t SR1; /*!< I2C Status register 1, Address offset: 0x14 */ + uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */ + __IO uint16_t SR2; /*!< I2C Status register 2, Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ + __IO uint16_t CCR; /*!< I2C Clock control register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + uint16_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x1E */ + __IO uint16_t TRISE; /*!< I2C TRISE register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + uint16_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x22 */ +} I2C_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Independent WATCHDOG + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t KR; /*!< IWDG Key register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t PR; /*!< IWDG Prescaler register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t RLR; /*!< IWDG Reload register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< IWDG Status register, Address offset: 0x0C */ +} IWDG_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Power Control + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< PWR power control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< PWR power control/status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ +} PWR_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Reset and Clock Control + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< RCC clock control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t PLLCFGR; /*!< RCC PLL configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t CFGR; /*!< RCC clock configuration register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t CIR; /*!< RCC clock interrupt register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t AHB1RSTR; /*!< RCC AHB1 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t AHB2RSTR; /*!< RCC AHB2 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t AHB3RSTR; /*!< RCC AHB3 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint32_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t APB1RSTR; /*!< RCC APB1 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t APB2RSTR; /*!< RCC APB2 peripheral reset register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x28-0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t AHB1ENR; /*!< RCC AHB1 peripheral clock register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t AHB2ENR; /*!< RCC AHB2 peripheral clock register, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t AHB3ENR; /*!< RCC AHB3 peripheral clock register, Address offset: 0x38 */ + uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t APB1ENR; /*!< RCC APB1 peripheral clock enable register, Address offset: 0x40 */ + __IO uint32_t APB2ENR; /*!< RCC APB2 peripheral clock enable register, Address offset: 0x44 */ + uint32_t RESERVED3[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x48-0x4C */ + __IO uint32_t AHB1LPENR; /*!< RCC AHB1 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x50 */ + __IO uint32_t AHB2LPENR; /*!< RCC AHB2 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x54 */ + __IO uint32_t AHB3LPENR; /*!< RCC AHB3 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x58 */ + uint32_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x5C */ + __IO uint32_t APB1LPENR; /*!< RCC APB1 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x60 */ + __IO uint32_t APB2LPENR; /*!< RCC APB2 peripheral clock enable in low power mode register, Address offset: 0x64 */ + uint32_t RESERVED5[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x68-0x6C */ + __IO uint32_t BDCR; /*!< RCC Backup domain control register, Address offset: 0x70 */ + __IO uint32_t CSR; /*!< RCC clock control & status register, Address offset: 0x74 */ + uint32_t RESERVED6[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x78-0x7C */ + __IO uint32_t SSCGR; /*!< RCC spread spectrum clock generation register, Address offset: 0x80 */ + __IO uint32_t PLLI2SCFGR; /*!< RCC PLLI2S configuration register, Address offset: 0x84 */ +} RCC_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Real-Time Clock + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t TR; /*!< RTC time register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< RTC date register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< RTC control register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t ISR; /*!< RTC initialization and status register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t PRER; /*!< RTC prescaler register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t WUTR; /*!< RTC wakeup timer register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t CALIBR; /*!< RTC calibration register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t ALRMAR; /*!< RTC alarm A register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t ALRMBR; /*!< RTC alarm B register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t WPR; /*!< RTC write protection register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + uint32_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x28 */ + uint32_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t TSTR; /*!< RTC time stamp time register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t TSDR; /*!< RTC time stamp date register, Address offset: 0x34 */ + uint32_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x38 */ + uint32_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t TAFCR; /*!< RTC tamper and alternate function configuration register, Address offset: 0x40 */ + uint32_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x44 */ + uint32_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x48 */ + uint32_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x4C */ + __IO uint32_t BKP0R; /*!< RTC backup register 1, Address offset: 0x50 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP1R; /*!< RTC backup register 1, Address offset: 0x54 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP2R; /*!< RTC backup register 2, Address offset: 0x58 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP3R; /*!< RTC backup register 3, Address offset: 0x5C */ + __IO uint32_t BKP4R; /*!< RTC backup register 4, Address offset: 0x60 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP5R; /*!< RTC backup register 5, Address offset: 0x64 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP6R; /*!< RTC backup register 6, Address offset: 0x68 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP7R; /*!< RTC backup register 7, Address offset: 0x6C */ + __IO uint32_t BKP8R; /*!< RTC backup register 8, Address offset: 0x70 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP9R; /*!< RTC backup register 9, Address offset: 0x74 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP10R; /*!< RTC backup register 10, Address offset: 0x78 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP11R; /*!< RTC backup register 11, Address offset: 0x7C */ + __IO uint32_t BKP12R; /*!< RTC backup register 12, Address offset: 0x80 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP13R; /*!< RTC backup register 13, Address offset: 0x84 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP14R; /*!< RTC backup register 14, Address offset: 0x88 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP15R; /*!< RTC backup register 15, Address offset: 0x8C */ + __IO uint32_t BKP16R; /*!< RTC backup register 16, Address offset: 0x90 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP17R; /*!< RTC backup register 17, Address offset: 0x94 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP18R; /*!< RTC backup register 18, Address offset: 0x98 */ + __IO uint32_t BKP19R; /*!< RTC backup register 19, Address offset: 0x9C */ +} RTC_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief SD host Interface + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t POWER; /*!< SDIO power control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CLKCR; /*!< SDI clock control register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t ARG; /*!< SDIO argument register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t CMD; /*!< SDIO command register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __I uint32_t RESPCMD; /*!< SDIO command response register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __I uint32_t RESP1; /*!< SDIO response 1 register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __I uint32_t RESP2; /*!< SDIO response 2 register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __I uint32_t RESP3; /*!< SDIO response 3 register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __I uint32_t RESP4; /*!< SDIO response 4 register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t DTIMER; /*!< SDIO data timer register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t DLEN; /*!< SDIO data length register, Address offset: 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t DCTRL; /*!< SDIO data control register, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __I uint32_t DCOUNT; /*!< SDIO data counter register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __I uint32_t STA; /*!< SDIO status register, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t ICR; /*!< SDIO interrupt clear register, Address offset: 0x38 */ + __IO uint32_t MASK; /*!< SDIO mask register, Address offset: 0x3C */ + uint32_t RESERVED0[2]; /*!< Reserved, 0x40-0x44 */ + __I uint32_t FIFOCNT; /*!< SDIO FIFO counter register, Address offset: 0x48 */ + uint32_t RESERVED1[13]; /*!< Reserved, 0x4C-0x7C */ + __IO uint32_t FIFO; /*!< SDIO data FIFO register, Address offset: 0x80 */ +} SDIO_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Serial Peripheral Interface + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< SPI control register 1 (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x00 */ + uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */ + __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< SPI control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */ + uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ + __IO uint16_t SR; /*!< SPI status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */ + __IO uint16_t DR; /*!< SPI data register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ + __IO uint16_t CRCPR; /*!< SPI CRC polynomial register (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x10 */ + uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */ + __IO uint16_t RXCRCR; /*!< SPI RX CRC register (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x14 */ + uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */ + __IO uint16_t TXCRCR; /*!< SPI TX CRC register (not used in I2S mode), Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ + __IO uint16_t I2SCFGR; /*!< SPI_I2S configuration register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + uint16_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x1E */ + __IO uint16_t I2SPR; /*!< SPI_I2S prescaler register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + uint16_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x22 */ +} SPI_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< TIM control register 1, Address offset: 0x00 */ + uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */ + __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< TIM control register 2, Address offset: 0x04 */ + uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ + __IO uint16_t SMCR; /*!< TIM slave mode control register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */ + __IO uint16_t DIER; /*!< TIM DMA/interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ + __IO uint16_t SR; /*!< TIM status register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */ + __IO uint16_t EGR; /*!< TIM event generation register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */ + __IO uint16_t CCMR1; /*!< TIM capture/compare mode register 1, Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ + __IO uint16_t CCMR2; /*!< TIM capture/compare mode register 2, Address offset: 0x1C */ + uint16_t RESERVED7; /*!< Reserved, 0x1E */ + __IO uint16_t CCER; /*!< TIM capture/compare enable register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + uint16_t RESERVED8; /*!< Reserved, 0x22 */ + __IO uint32_t CNT; /*!< TIM counter register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint16_t PSC; /*!< TIM prescaler, Address offset: 0x28 */ + uint16_t RESERVED9; /*!< Reserved, 0x2A */ + __IO uint32_t ARR; /*!< TIM auto-reload register, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint16_t RCR; /*!< TIM repetition counter register, Address offset: 0x30 */ + uint16_t RESERVED10; /*!< Reserved, 0x32 */ + __IO uint32_t CCR1; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 1, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t CCR2; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 2, Address offset: 0x38 */ + __IO uint32_t CCR3; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 3, Address offset: 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t CCR4; /*!< TIM capture/compare register 4, Address offset: 0x40 */ + __IO uint16_t BDTR; /*!< TIM break and dead-time register, Address offset: 0x44 */ + uint16_t RESERVED11; /*!< Reserved, 0x46 */ + __IO uint16_t DCR; /*!< TIM DMA control register, Address offset: 0x48 */ + uint16_t RESERVED12; /*!< Reserved, 0x4A */ + __IO uint16_t DMAR; /*!< TIM DMA address for full transfer, Address offset: 0x4C */ + uint16_t RESERVED13; /*!< Reserved, 0x4E */ + __IO uint16_t OR; /*!< TIM option register, Address offset: 0x50 */ + uint16_t RESERVED14; /*!< Reserved, 0x52 */ +} TIM_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint16_t SR; /*!< USART Status register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + uint16_t RESERVED0; /*!< Reserved, 0x02 */ + __IO uint16_t DR; /*!< USART Data register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + uint16_t RESERVED1; /*!< Reserved, 0x06 */ + __IO uint16_t BRR; /*!< USART Baud rate register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + uint16_t RESERVED2; /*!< Reserved, 0x0A */ + __IO uint16_t CR1; /*!< USART Control register 1, Address offset: 0x0C */ + uint16_t RESERVED3; /*!< Reserved, 0x0E */ + __IO uint16_t CR2; /*!< USART Control register 2, Address offset: 0x10 */ + uint16_t RESERVED4; /*!< Reserved, 0x12 */ + __IO uint16_t CR3; /*!< USART Control register 3, Address offset: 0x14 */ + uint16_t RESERVED5; /*!< Reserved, 0x16 */ + __IO uint16_t GTPR; /*!< USART Guard time and prescaler register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + uint16_t RESERVED6; /*!< Reserved, 0x1A */ +} USART_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Window WATCHDOG + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< WWDG Control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t CFR; /*!< WWDG Configuration register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< WWDG Status register, Address offset: 0x08 */ +} WWDG_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Crypto Processor + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< CRYP control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< CRYP status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< CRYP data input register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t DOUT; /*!< CRYP data output register, Address offset: 0x0C */ + __IO uint32_t DMACR; /*!< CRYP DMA control register, Address offset: 0x10 */ + __IO uint32_t IMSCR; /*!< CRYP interrupt mask set/clear register, Address offset: 0x14 */ + __IO uint32_t RISR; /*!< CRYP raw interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x18 */ + __IO uint32_t MISR; /*!< CRYP masked interrupt status register, Address offset: 0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t K0LR; /*!< CRYP key left register 0, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t K0RR; /*!< CRYP key right register 0, Address offset: 0x24 */ + __IO uint32_t K1LR; /*!< CRYP key left register 1, Address offset: 0x28 */ + __IO uint32_t K1RR; /*!< CRYP key right register 1, Address offset: 0x2C */ + __IO uint32_t K2LR; /*!< CRYP key left register 2, Address offset: 0x30 */ + __IO uint32_t K2RR; /*!< CRYP key right register 2, Address offset: 0x34 */ + __IO uint32_t K3LR; /*!< CRYP key left register 3, Address offset: 0x38 */ + __IO uint32_t K3RR; /*!< CRYP key right register 3, Address offset: 0x3C */ + __IO uint32_t IV0LR; /*!< CRYP initialization vector left-word register 0, Address offset: 0x40 */ + __IO uint32_t IV0RR; /*!< CRYP initialization vector right-word register 0, Address offset: 0x44 */ + __IO uint32_t IV1LR; /*!< CRYP initialization vector left-word register 1, Address offset: 0x48 */ + __IO uint32_t IV1RR; /*!< CRYP initialization vector right-word register 1, Address offset: 0x4C */ +} CRYP_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief HASH + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< HASH control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t DIN; /*!< HASH data input register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t STR; /*!< HASH start register, Address offset: 0x08 */ + __IO uint32_t HR[5]; /*!< HASH digest registers, Address offset: 0x0C-0x1C */ + __IO uint32_t IMR; /*!< HASH interrupt enable register, Address offset: 0x20 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< HASH status register, Address offset: 0x24 */ + uint32_t RESERVED[52]; /*!< Reserved, 0x28-0xF4 */ + __IO uint32_t CSR[51]; /*!< HASH context swap registers, Address offset: 0x0F8-0x1C0 */ +} HASH_TypeDef; + +/** + * @brief HASH + */ + +typedef struct +{ + __IO uint32_t CR; /*!< RNG control register, Address offset: 0x00 */ + __IO uint32_t SR; /*!< RNG status register, Address offset: 0x04 */ + __IO uint32_t DR; /*!< RNG data register, Address offset: 0x08 */ +} RNG_TypeDef; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Peripheral_memory_map + * @{ + */ + +#define FLASH_BASE ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< FLASH base address in the alias region */ +#define SRAM_BASE ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< SRAM base address in the alias region */ +#define PERIPH_BASE ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< Peripheral base address in the alias region */ + +#define SRAM_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x22000000) /*!< SRAM base address in the bit-band region */ +#define PERIPH_BB_BASE ((uint32_t)0x42000000) /*!< Peripheral base address in the bit-band region */ + +#define FSMC_R_BASE ((uint32_t)0xA0000000) /*!< FSMC registers base address */ + +/*!< Peripheral memory map */ +#define APB1PERIPH_BASE PERIPH_BASE +#define APB2PERIPH_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x00010000) +#define AHB1PERIPH_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x00020000) +#define AHB2PERIPH_BASE (PERIPH_BASE + 0x10000000) + +/*!< APB1 peripherals */ +#define TIM2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0000) +#define TIM3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0400) +#define TIM4_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0800) +#define TIM5_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0C00) +#define TIM6_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1000) +#define TIM7_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1400) +#define TIM12_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1800) +#define TIM13_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1C00) +#define TIM14_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2000) +#define RTC_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2800) +#define WWDG_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2C00) +#define IWDG_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3000) +#define SPI2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3800) +#define SPI3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3C00) +#define USART2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4400) +#define USART3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4800) +#define UART4_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4C00) +#define UART5_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5000) +#define I2C1_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5400) +#define I2C2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5800) +#define I2C3_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x5C00) +#define CAN1_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6400) +#define CAN2_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6800) +#define PWR_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7000) +#define DAC_BASE (APB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x7400) + +/*!< APB2 peripherals */ +#define TIM1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0000) +#define TIM8_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x0400) +#define USART1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x1000) +#define USART6_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x1400) +#define ADC1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2000) +#define ADC2_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2100) +#define ADC3_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2200) +#define ADC_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2300) +#define SDIO_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x2C00) +#define SPI1_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3000) +#define SYSCFG_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3800) +#define EXTI_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x3C00) +#define TIM9_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x4000) +#define TIM10_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x4400) +#define TIM11_BASE (APB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x4800) + +/*!< AHB1 peripherals */ +#define GPIOA_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0000) +#define GPIOB_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0400) +#define GPIOC_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0800) +#define GPIOD_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x0C00) +#define GPIOE_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1000) +#define GPIOF_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1400) +#define GPIOG_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1800) +#define GPIOH_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x1C00) +#define GPIOI_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x2000) +#define CRC_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3000) +#define RCC_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3800) +#define FLASH_R_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x3C00) +#define BKPSRAM_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x4000) +#define DMA1_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6000) +#define DMA1_Stream0_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x010) +#define DMA1_Stream1_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x028) +#define DMA1_Stream2_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x040) +#define DMA1_Stream3_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x058) +#define DMA1_Stream4_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x070) +#define DMA1_Stream5_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x088) +#define DMA1_Stream6_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0A0) +#define DMA1_Stream7_BASE (DMA1_BASE + 0x0B8) +#define DMA2_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x6400) +#define DMA2_Stream0_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x010) +#define DMA2_Stream1_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x028) +#define DMA2_Stream2_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x040) +#define DMA2_Stream3_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x058) +#define DMA2_Stream4_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x070) +#define DMA2_Stream5_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x088) +#define DMA2_Stream6_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x0A0) +#define DMA2_Stream7_BASE (DMA2_BASE + 0x0B8) +#define ETH_BASE (AHB1PERIPH_BASE + 0x8000) +#define ETH_MAC_BASE (ETH_BASE) +#define ETH_MMC_BASE (ETH_BASE + 0x0100) +#define ETH_PTP_BASE (ETH_BASE + 0x0700) +#define ETH_DMA_BASE (ETH_BASE + 0x1000) + +/*!< AHB2 peripherals */ +#define DCMI_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x50000) +#define CRYP_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x60000) +#define HASH_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x60400) +#define RNG_BASE (AHB2PERIPH_BASE + 0x60800) + +/*!< FSMC Bankx registers base address */ +#define FSMC_Bank1_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0000) +#define FSMC_Bank1E_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0104) +#define FSMC_Bank2_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0060) +#define FSMC_Bank3_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x0080) +#define FSMC_Bank4_R_BASE (FSMC_R_BASE + 0x00A0) + +/* Debug MCU registers base address */ +#define DBGMCU_BASE ((uint32_t )0xE0042000) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Peripheral_declaration + * @{ + */ +#define TIM2 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM2_BASE) +#define TIM3 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM3_BASE) +#define TIM4 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM4_BASE) +#define TIM5 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM5_BASE) +#define TIM6 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM6_BASE) +#define TIM7 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM7_BASE) +#define TIM12 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM12_BASE) +#define TIM13 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM13_BASE) +#define TIM14 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM14_BASE) +#define RTC ((RTC_TypeDef *) RTC_BASE) +#define WWDG ((WWDG_TypeDef *) WWDG_BASE) +#define IWDG ((IWDG_TypeDef *) IWDG_BASE) +#define SPI2 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI2_BASE) +#define SPI3 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI3_BASE) +#define USART2 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART2_BASE) +#define USART3 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART3_BASE) +#define UART4 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART4_BASE) +#define UART5 ((USART_TypeDef *) UART5_BASE) +#define I2C1 ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C1_BASE) +#define I2C2 ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C2_BASE) +#define I2C3 ((I2C_TypeDef *) I2C3_BASE) +#define CAN1 ((CAN_TypeDef *) CAN1_BASE) +#define CAN2 ((CAN_TypeDef *) CAN2_BASE) +#define PWR ((PWR_TypeDef *) PWR_BASE) +#define DAC ((DAC_TypeDef *) DAC_BASE) +#define TIM1 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM1_BASE) +#define TIM8 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM8_BASE) +#define USART1 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART1_BASE) +#define USART6 ((USART_TypeDef *) USART6_BASE) +#define ADC ((ADC_Common_TypeDef *) ADC_BASE) +#define ADC1 ((ADC_TypeDef *) ADC1_BASE) +#define ADC2 ((ADC_TypeDef *) ADC2_BASE) +#define ADC3 ((ADC_TypeDef *) ADC3_BASE) +#define SDIO ((SDIO_TypeDef *) SDIO_BASE) +#define SPI1 ((SPI_TypeDef *) SPI1_BASE) +#define SYSCFG ((SYSCFG_TypeDef *) SYSCFG_BASE) +#define EXTI ((EXTI_TypeDef *) EXTI_BASE) +#define TIM9 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM9_BASE) +#define TIM10 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM10_BASE) +#define TIM11 ((TIM_TypeDef *) TIM11_BASE) +#define GPIOA ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOA_BASE) +#define GPIOB ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOB_BASE) +#define GPIOC ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOC_BASE) +#define GPIOD ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOD_BASE) +#define GPIOE ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOE_BASE) +#define GPIOF ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOF_BASE) +#define GPIOG ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOG_BASE) +#define GPIOH ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOH_BASE) +#define GPIOI ((GPIO_TypeDef *) GPIOI_BASE) +#define CRC ((CRC_TypeDef *) CRC_BASE) +#define RCC ((RCC_TypeDef *) RCC_BASE) +#define FLASH ((FLASH_TypeDef *) FLASH_R_BASE) +#define DMA1 ((DMA_TypeDef *) DMA1_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream0 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream0_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream1 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream1_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream2 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream2_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream3 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream3_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream4 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream4_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream5 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream5_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream6 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream6_BASE) +#define DMA1_Stream7 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA1_Stream7_BASE) +#define DMA2 ((DMA_TypeDef *) DMA2_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream0 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream0_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream1 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream1_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream2 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream2_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream3 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream3_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream4 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream4_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream5 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream5_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream6 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream6_BASE) +#define DMA2_Stream7 ((DMA_Stream_TypeDef *) DMA2_Stream7_BASE) +#define ETH ((ETH_TypeDef *) ETH_BASE) +#define DCMI ((DCMI_TypeDef *) DCMI_BASE) +#define CRYP ((CRYP_TypeDef *) CRYP_BASE) +#define HASH ((HASH_TypeDef *) HASH_BASE) +#define RNG ((RNG_TypeDef *) RNG_BASE) +#define FSMC_Bank1 ((FSMC_Bank1_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank1_R_BASE) +#define FSMC_Bank1E ((FSMC_Bank1E_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank1E_R_BASE) +#define FSMC_Bank2 ((FSMC_Bank2_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank2_R_BASE) +#define FSMC_Bank3 ((FSMC_Bank3_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank3_R_BASE) +#define FSMC_Bank4 ((FSMC_Bank4_TypeDef *) FSMC_Bank4_R_BASE) +#define DBGMCU ((DBGMCU_TypeDef *) DBGMCU_BASE) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup Exported_constants + * @{ + */ + + /** @addtogroup Peripheral_Registers_Bits_Definition + * @{ + */ + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* Peripheral Registers_Bits_Definition */ +/******************************************************************************/ + +/******************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* Analog to Digital Converter */ +/* */ +/******************************************************************************/ +/******************** Bit definition for ADC_SR register ********************/ +#define ADC_SR_AWD ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!
© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics
+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup stm32f2xx_system + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_System_Private_Includes + * @{ + */ + +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_System_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_System_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to use external SRAM mounted + on STM322xG_EVAL board as data memory */ +/* #define DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */ + +/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to relocate your vector Table in + Internal SRAM. */ +/* #define VECT_TAB_SRAM */ +#define VECT_TAB_OFFSET 0x00 /*!< Vector Table base offset field. + This value must be a multiple of 0x200. */ + + +/* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLL_M) * PLL_N */ +#define PLL_M 25 +#define PLL_N 240 + +/* SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_P */ +#define PLL_P 2 + +/* USB OTG FS, SDIO and RNG Clock = PLL_VCO / PLLQ */ +#define PLL_Q 5 + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_System_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_System_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + + uint32_t SystemCoreClock = 120000000; + + __I uint8_t AHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_System_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +static void SetSysClock(void); +#ifdef DATA_IN_ExtSRAM + static void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void); +#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_System_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Setup the microcontroller system + * Initialize the Embedded Flash Interface, the PLL and update the + * SystemFrequency variable. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SystemInit(void) +{ + /* Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state ------------*/ + /* Set HSION bit */ + RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001; + + /* Reset CFGR register */ + RCC->CFGR = 0x00000000; + + /* Reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFEF6FFFF; + + /* Reset PLLCFGR register */ + RCC->PLLCFGR = 0x24003010; + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF; + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + RCC->CIR = 0x00000000; + +#ifdef DATA_IN_ExtSRAM + SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(); +#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */ + + /* Configure the System clock source, PLL Multiplier and Divider factors, + AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings ----------------------------------*/ + SetSysClock(); + + /* Configure the Vector Table location add offset address ------------------*/ +#ifdef VECT_TAB_SRAM + SCB->VTOR = SRAM_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal SRAM */ +#else + SCB->VTOR = FLASH_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal FLASH */ +#endif +} + +/** + * @brief Update SystemCoreClock variable according to Clock Register Values. + * The SystemCoreClock variable contains the core clock (HCLK), it can + * be used by the user application to setup the SysTick timer or configure + * other parameters. + * + * @note Each time the core clock (HCLK) changes, this function must be called + * to update SystemCoreClock variable value. Otherwise, any configuration + * based on this variable will be incorrect. + * + * @note - The system frequency computed by this function is not the real + * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined + * constant and the selected clock source: + * + * - If SYSCLK source is HSI, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSI_VALUE(*) + * + * - If SYSCLK source is HSE, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**) + * + * - If SYSCLK source is PLL, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**) + * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. + * + * (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f2xx.h file (default value + * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature. + * + * (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f2xx.h file (default value + * 25 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * have wrong result. + * + * - The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0, pllvco = 0, pllp = 2, pllsource = 0, pllm = 2; + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS; + + switch (tmp) + { + case 0x00: /* HSI used as system clock source */ + SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE; + break; + case 0x04: /* HSE used as system clock source */ + SystemCoreClock = HSE_VALUE; + break; + case 0x08: /* PLL used as system clock source */ + + /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLL_M) * PLL_N + SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLL_P + */ + pllsource = (RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> 22; + pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; + + if (pllsource != 0) + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } + else + { + /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } + + pllp = (((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) >>16) + 1 ) *2; + SystemCoreClock = pllvco/pllp; + break; + default: + SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + /* Compute HCLK frequency --------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Get HCLK prescaler */ + tmp = AHBPrescTable[((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> 4)]; + /* HCLK frequency */ + SystemCoreClock >>= tmp; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the System clock source, PLL Multiplier and Divider factors, + * AHB/APBx prescalers and Flash settings + * @Note This function should be called only once the RCC clock configuration + * is reset to the default reset state (done in SystemInit() function). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +static void SetSysClock(void) +{ +/******************************************************************************/ +/* PLL (clocked by HSE) used as System clock source */ +/******************************************************************************/ + __IO uint32_t StartUpCounter = 0, HSEStatus = 0; + + /* Enable HSE */ + RCC->CR |= ((uint32_t)RCC_CR_HSEON); + + /* Wait till HSE is ready and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + HSEStatus = RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY; + StartUpCounter++; + } while((HSEStatus == 0) && (StartUpCounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)); + + if ((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + HSEStatus = (uint32_t)0x01; + } + else + { + HSEStatus = (uint32_t)0x00; + } + + if (HSEStatus == (uint32_t)0x01) + { + /* HCLK = SYSCLK / 1*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_HPRE_DIV1; + + /* PCLK2 = HCLK / 2*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_DIV2; + + /* PCLK1 = HCLK / 4*/ + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_DIV4; + + /* Configure the main PLL */ + RCC->PLLCFGR = PLL_M | (PLL_N << 6) | (((PLL_P >> 1) -1) << 16) | + (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE) | (PLL_Q << 24); + + /* Enable the main PLL */ + RCC->CR |= RCC_CR_PLLON; + + /* Wait till the main PLL is ready */ + while((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_PLLRDY) == 0) + { + } + + /* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache and wait state */ + FLASH->ACR = FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN | FLASH_ACR_ICEN | FLASH_ACR_DCEN | FLASH_ACR_LATENCY_3WS; + + /* Select the main PLL as system clock source */ + RCC->CFGR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RCC_CFGR_SW)); + RCC->CFGR |= RCC_CFGR_SW_PLL; + + /* Wait till the main PLL is used as system clock source */ + while ((RCC->CFGR & (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_SWS ) != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL); + { + } + } + else + { /* If HSE fails to start-up, the application will have wrong clock + configuration. User can add here some code to deal with this error */ + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Setup the external memory controller. Called in startup_stm32f2xx.s + * before jump to __main + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +#ifdef DATA_IN_ExtSRAM +/** + * @brief Setup the external memory controller. + * Called in startup_stm32f2xx.s before jump to main. + * This function configures the external SRAM mounted on STM322xG_EVAL board + * This SRAM will be used as program data memory (including heap and stack). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void) +{ +/*-- GPIOs Configuration -----------------------------------------------------*/ +/* + +-------------------+--------------------+------------------+------------------+ + + SRAM pins assignment + + +-------------------+--------------------+------------------+------------------+ + | PD0 <-> FSMC_D2 | PE0 <-> FSMC_NBL0 | PF0 <-> FSMC_A0 | PG0 <-> FSMC_A10 | + | PD1 <-> FSMC_D3 | PE1 <-> FSMC_NBL1 | PF1 <-> FSMC_A1 | PG1 <-> FSMC_A11 | + | PD4 <-> FSMC_NOE | PE7 <-> FSMC_D4 | PF2 <-> FSMC_A2 | PG2 <-> FSMC_A12 | + | PD5 <-> FSMC_NWE | PE8 <-> FSMC_D5 | PF3 <-> FSMC_A3 | PG3 <-> FSMC_A13 | + | PD8 <-> FSMC_D13 | PE9 <-> FSMC_D6 | PF4 <-> FSMC_A4 | PG4 <-> FSMC_A14 | + | PD9 <-> FSMC_D14 | PE10 <-> FSMC_D7 | PF5 <-> FSMC_A5 | PG5 <-> FSMC_A15 | + | PD10 <-> FSMC_D15 | PE11 <-> FSMC_D8 | PF12 <-> FSMC_A6 | PG9 <-> FSMC_NE2 | + | PD11 <-> FSMC_A16 | PE12 <-> FSMC_D9 | PF13 <-> FSMC_A7 |------------------+ + | PD12 <-> FSMC_A17 | PE13 <-> FSMC_D10 | PF14 <-> FSMC_A8 | + | PD14 <-> FSMC_D0 | PE14 <-> FSMC_D11 | PF15 <-> FSMC_A9 | + | PD15 <-> FSMC_D1 | PE15 <-> FSMC_D12 |------------------+ + +-------------------+--------------------+ +*/ + /* Enable GPIOD, GPIOE, GPIOF and GPIOG interface clock */ + RCC->AHB1ENR = 0x00000078; + + /* Connect PDx pins to FSMC Alternate function */ + GPIOD->AFR[0] = 0x00cc00cc; + GPIOD->AFR[1] = 0xcc0ccccc; + /* Configure PDx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOD->MODER = 0xa2aa0a0a; + /* Configure PDx pins speed to 100 MHz */ + GPIOD->OSPEEDR = 0xf3ff0f0f; + /* Configure PDx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOD->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PDx pins */ + GPIOD->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PEx pins to FSMC Alternate function */ + GPIOE->AFR[0] = 0xc00000cc; + GPIOE->AFR[1] = 0xcccccccc; + /* Configure PEx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOE->MODER = 0xaaaa800a; + /* Configure PEx pins speed to 100 MHz */ + GPIOE->OSPEEDR = 0xffffc00f; + /* Configure PEx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOE->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PEx pins */ + GPIOE->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PFx pins to FSMC Alternate function */ + GPIOF->AFR[0] = 0x00cccccc; + GPIOF->AFR[1] = 0xcccc0000; + /* Configure PFx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOF->MODER = 0xaa000aaa; + /* Configure PFx pins speed to 100 MHz */ + GPIOF->OSPEEDR = 0xff000fff; + /* Configure PFx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOF->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PFx pins */ + GPIOF->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + + /* Connect PGx pins to FSMC Alternate function */ + GPIOG->AFR[0] = 0x00cccccc; + GPIOG->AFR[1] = 0x000000c0; + /* Configure PGx pins in Alternate function mode */ + GPIOG->MODER = 0x00080aaa; + /* Configure PGx pins speed to 100 MHz */ + GPIOG->OSPEEDR = 0x000c0fff; + /* Configure PGx pins Output type to push-pull */ + GPIOG->OTYPER = 0x00000000; + /* No pull-up, pull-down for PGx pins */ + GPIOG->PUPDR = 0x00000000; + +/*-- FSMC Configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Enable the FSMC interface clock */ + RCC->AHB3ENR = 0x00000001; + + /* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM2 */ + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[2] = 0x00001015; + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[3] = 0x00010400; + FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[2] = 0x0fffffff; +/* + Bank1_SRAM2 is configured as follow: + + p.FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0; + p.FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0; + p.FSMC_DataSetupTime = 4; + p.FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 1; + p.FSMC_CLKDivision = 0; + p.FSMC_DataLatency = 0; + p.FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A; + + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_AsynchronousWait = FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct = &p; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteTimingStruct = &p; +*/ + +} +#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/system_stm32f2xx.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/system_stm32f2xx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c251c34e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/system_stm32f2xx.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file system_stm32f2xx.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Header File. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/** @addtogroup CMSIS + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup stm32f2xx_system + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Define to prevent recursive inclusion + */ +#ifndef __SYSTEM_STM32F2XX_H +#define __SYSTEM_STM32F2XX_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_System_Includes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_System_Exported_types + * @{ + */ + +extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock) */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_System_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_System_Exported_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_System_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +extern void SystemInit(void); +extern void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void); +/** + * @} + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__SYSTEM_STM32F2XX_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CMSIS debug support.htm b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CMSIS debug support.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..efda685be6 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CMSIS debug support.htm @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ + + + +CMSIS Debug Support + + + + + + + + +

CMSIS Debug Support

+ +
+ +

Cortex-M3 ITM Debug Access

+

+ The Cortex-M3 incorporates the Instrumented Trace Macrocell (ITM) that provides together with + the Serial Viewer Output trace capabilities for the microcontroller system. The ITM has + 32 communication channels which are able to transmit 32 / 16 / 8 bit values; two ITM + communication channels are used by CMSIS to output the following information: +

+
    +
  • ITM Channel 0: used for printf-style output via the debug interface.
    • +
  • ITM Channel 31: is reserved for RTOS kernel awareness debugging.
    • +
+ +

Debug IN / OUT functions

+

CMSIS provides following debug functions:

+
    +
  • ITM_SendChar (uses ITM channel 0)
    • +
  • ITM_ReceiveChar (uses global variable)
    • +
  • ITM_CheckChar (uses global variable)
    • +
+ +

ITM_SendChar

+

+ ITM_SendChar is used to transmit a character over ITM channel 0 from + the microcontroller system to the debug system.
+ Only a 8 bit value is transmitted. +

+
+static __INLINE uint32_t ITM_SendChar (uint32_t ch)
+{
+  /* check if debugger connected and ITM channel enabled for tracing */
+  if ((CoreDebug->DEMCR & CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA)  &&
+      (ITM->TCR & ITM_TCR_ITMENA)                  &&
+      (ITM->TER & (1UL << 0))  ) 
+  {
+    while (ITM->PORT[0].u32 == 0);
+    ITM->PORT[0].u8 = (uint8_t)ch;
+  }  
+  return (ch);
+}
+ +

ITM_ReceiveChar

+

+ ITM communication channel is only capable for OUT direction. For IN direction + a globel variable is used. A simple mechansim detects if a character is received. + The project to test need to be build with debug information. +

+ +

+ The globale variable ITM_RxBuffer is used to transmit a 8 bit value from debug system + to microcontroller system. ITM_RxBuffer is 32 bit wide to enshure a proper handshake. +

+
+extern volatile int ITM_RxBuffer;                    /* variable to receive characters                             */
+
+

+ A dedicated bit pattern is used to determin if ITM_RxBuffer is empty + or contains a valid value. +

+
+#define             ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY    0x5AA55AA5 /* value identifying ITM_RxBuffer is ready for next character */
+
+

+ ITM_ReceiveChar is used to receive a 8 bit value from the debug system. The function is nonblocking. + It returns the received character or '-1' if no character was available. +

+
+static __INLINE int ITM_ReceiveChar (void) {
+  int ch = -1;                               /* no character available */
+
+  if (ITM_RxBuffer != ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) {
+    ch = ITM_RxBuffer;
+    ITM_RxBuffer = ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY;       /* ready for next character */
+  }
+  
+  return (ch); 
+}
+
+ +

ITM_CheckChar

+

+ ITM_CheckChar is used to check if a character is received. +

+
+static __INLINE int ITM_CheckChar (void) {
+
+  if (ITM_RxBuffer == ITM_RXBUFFER_EMPTY) {
+    return (0);                                 /* no character available */
+  } else {
+    return (1);                                 /*    character available */
+  }
+}
+ + +

ITM Debug Support in uVision

+

+ uVision uses in a debug session the Debug (printf) Viewer window to + display the debug data. +

+

Direction microcontroller system -> uVision:

+
    +
  • + Characters received via ITM communication channel 0 are written in a printf style + to Debug (printf) Viewer window. +
    • +
+ +

Direction uVision -> microcontroller system:

+
    +
  • Check if ITM_RxBuffer variable is available (only performed once).
    • +
  • Read character from Debug (printf) Viewer window.
    • +
  • If ITM_RxBuffer empty write character to ITM_RxBuffer.
    • +
+ +

Note

+
    +

  • Current solution does not use a buffer machanism for trasmitting the characters.

    +
    • +
+ +

RTX Kernel awareness in uVision

+

+ uVision / RTX are using a simple and efficient solution for RTX Kernel awareness. + No format overhead is necessary.
+ uVsion debugger decodes the RTX events via the 32 / 16 / 8 bit ITM write access + to ITM communication channel 31. +

+ +

Following RTX events are traced:

+
    +
  • Task Create / Delete event +
      +
    1. 32 bit access. Task start address is transmitted
      2. +
    2. 16 bit access. Task ID and Create/Delete flag are transmitted
      + High byte holds Create/Delete flag, Low byte holds TASK ID. +
      3. +
    +
    • +
  • Task switch event +
      +
    1. 8 bit access. Task ID of current task is transmitted
      2. +
    +
    • +
+ +

Note

+
    +

  • Other RTOS information could be retrieved via memory read access in a polling mode manner.

    +
    • +
+ + +

 

+ +
+ +

Copyright © KEIL - An ARM Company.
+All rights reserved.
+Visit our web site at www.keil.com. +

+ + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CMSIS_changes.htm b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CMSIS_changes.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..162ffcc9dc --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/CMSIS_changes.htm @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ + + + +CMSIS Changes + + + + + + + + +

Changes to CMSIS version V1.20

+ +
+ +

1. Removed CMSIS Middelware packages

+

+ CMSIS Middleware is on hold from ARM side until a agreement between all CMSIS partners is found. +

+ +

2. SystemFrequency renamed to SystemCoreClock

+

+ The variable name SystemCoreClock is more precise than SystemFrequency + because the variable holds the clock value at which the core is running. +

+ +

3. Changed startup concept

+

+ The old startup concept (calling SystemInit_ExtMemCtl from startup file and calling SystemInit + from main) has the weakness that it does not work for controllers which need a already + configuerd clock system to configure the external memory controller. +

+ +

Changed startup concept

+
    +
  • + SystemInit() is called from startup file before premain. +
    • +
  • + SystemInit() configures the clock system and also configures + an existing external memory controller. +
    • +
  • + SystemInit() must not use global variables. +
    • +
  • + SystemCoreClock is initialized with a correct predefined value. +
    • +
  • + Additional function void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void) is provided.
    + SystemCoreClockUpdate() updates the variable SystemCoreClock + and must be called whenever the core clock is changed.
    + SystemCoreClockUpdate() evaluates the clock register settings and calculates + the current core clock. +
    • +
+ + +

4. Advanced Debug Functions

+

+ ITM communication channel is only capable for OUT direction. To allow also communication for + IN direction a simple concept is provided. +

+
    +
  • + Global variable volatile int ITM_RxBuffer used for IN data. +
    • +
  • + Function int ITM_CheckChar (void) checks if a new character is available. +
    • +
  • + Function int ITM_ReceiveChar (void) retrieves the new character. +
    • +
+ +

+ For detailed explanation see file CMSIS debug support.htm. +

+ + +

5. Core Register Bit Definitions

+

+ Files core_cm3.h and core_cm0.h contain now bit definitions for Core Registers. The name for the + defines correspond with the Cortex-M Technical Reference Manual. +

+

+ e.g. SysTick structure with bit definitions +

+
+/** @addtogroup CMSIS_CM3_SysTick CMSIS CM3 SysTick
+  memory mapped structure for SysTick
+  @{
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  __IO uint32_t CTRL;                         /*!< Offset: 0x00  SysTick Control and Status Register */
+  __IO uint32_t LOAD;                         /*!< Offset: 0x04  SysTick Reload Value Register       */
+  __IO uint32_t VAL;                          /*!< Offset: 0x08  SysTick Current Value Register      */
+  __I  uint32_t CALIB;                        /*!< Offset: 0x0C  SysTick Calibration Register        */
+} SysTick_Type;
+
+/* SysTick Control / Status Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos         16                                             /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk         (1ul << SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos)            /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos          2                                             /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk         (1ul << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos)            /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos            1                                             /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk           (1ul << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos)              /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos             0                                             /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk            (1ul << SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos)               /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Reload Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos             0                                             /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Position */
+#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk            (0xFFFFFFul << SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos)        /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Current Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos             0                                             /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Position */
+#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Msk            (0xFFFFFFul << SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos)        /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Calibration Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos            31                                             /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Msk            (1ul << SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos)               /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos             30                                             /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Msk             (1ul << SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos)                /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos             0                                             /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Msk            (0xFFFFFFul << SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos)        /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Mask */
+/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_CM3_SysTick */
+ +

7. DoxyGen Tags

+

+ DoxyGen tags in files core_cm3.[c,h] and core_cm0.[c,h] are reworked to create proper documentation + using DoxyGen. +

+ +

8. Folder Structure

+

+ The folder structure is changed to differentiate the single support packages. +

+ +
    +
  • CM0
    • +
  • CM3 +
      +
    • CoreSupport
      • +
    • DeviceSupport
      • +
        +
      • Vendor +
          +
        • Device +
            +
          • Startup +
              +
            • Toolchain
              • +
            • Toolchain
              • +
            • ...
              • +
            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Device
          • +
        • ...
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Vendor
        • +
      • ...
        • +
      + +
    • Example +
        +
      • Toolchain +
          +
        • Device
          • +
        • Device
          • +
        • ...
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Toolchain
        • +
      • ...
        • +
      +
      • +
    +
    • + +
  • Documentation
    • +
+ +

9. Open Points

+

+ Following points need to be clarified and solved: +

+
    +
  • +

    + Equivalent C and Assembler startup files. +

    +

    + Is there a need for having C startup files although assembler startup files are + very efficient and do not need to be changed? +

    +

    • +
  • +

    + Placing of HEAP in external RAM. +

    +

    + It must be possible to place HEAP in external RAM if the device supports an + external memory controller. +

    +
    • +
  • +

    + Placing of STACK /HEAP. +

    +

    + STACK should always be placed at the end of internal RAM. +

    +

    + If HEAP is placed in internal RAM than it should be placed after RW ZI section. +

    +
    • +
  • +

    + Removing core_cm3.c and core_cm0.c. +

    +

    + On a long term the functions in core_cm3.c and core_cm0.c must be replaced with + appropriate compiler intrinsics. +

    +
    • +
+ + +

10. Limitations

+

+ The following limitations are not covered with the current CMSIS version: +

+
    +
  • + No C startup files for ARM toolchain are provided. +
    • +
  • + No C startup files for GNU toolchain are provided. +
    • +
  • + No C startup files for IAR toolchain are provided. +
    • +
  • + No Tasking projects are provided yet. +
    • +
diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/Documentation/CMSIS_Core.htm b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/Documentation/CMSIS_Core.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6fd131e125 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/Documentation/CMSIS_Core.htm @@ -0,0 +1,1337 @@ + + + + CMSIS: Cortex Microcontroller Software Interface Standard + + + +

Cortex Microcontroller Software Interface Standard

+ +

This file describes the Cortex Microcontroller Software Interface Standard (CMSIS).

+

Version: 1.30 - 30. October 2009

+ +

Information in this file, the accompany manuals, and software is
+ Copyright © ARM Ltd.
All rights reserved. +

+ +
+ +

Revision History

+
    +
  • Version 1.00: initial release.
    • +
  • Version 1.01: added __LDREXx, __STREXx, and __CLREX.
    • +
  • Version 1.02: added Cortex-M0.
    • +
  • Version 1.10: second review.
    • +
  • Version 1.20: third review.
    • +
  • Version 1.30 PRE-RELEASE: reworked Startup Concept, additional Debug Functionality.
    • +
  • Version 1.30 2nd PRE-RELEASE: changed folder structure, added doxyGen comments, added Bit definitions.
    • +
  • Version 1.30: updated Device Support Packages.
    • +
+ +
+ +

Contents

+ +
    +
  1. About
    2. +
  2. Coding Rules and Conventions
    3. +
  3. CMSIS Files
    4. +
  4. Core Peripheral Access Layer
    5. +
  5. CMSIS Example
    6. +
+ +

About

+ +

+ The Cortex Microcontroller Software Interface Standard (CMSIS) answers the challenges + that are faced when software components are deployed to physical microcontroller devices based on a + Cortex-M0 or Cortex-M3 processor. The CMSIS will be also expanded to future Cortex-M + processor cores (the term Cortex-M is used to indicate that). The CMSIS is defined in close co-operation + with various silicon and software vendors and provides a common approach to interface to peripherals, + real-time operating systems, and middleware components. +

+ +

ARM provides as part of the CMSIS the following software layers that are +available for various compiler implementations:

+
    +
  • Core Peripheral Access Layer: contains name definitions, + address definitions and helper functions to + access core registers and peripherals. It defines also a device + independent interface for RTOS Kernels that includes debug channel + definitions.
    • +
+ +

These software layers are expanded by Silicon partners with:

+
    +
  • Device Peripheral Access Layer: provides definitions + for all device peripherals
    • +
  • Access Functions for Peripherals (optional): provides + additional helper functions for peripherals
    • +
+ +

CMSIS defines for a Cortex-M Microcontroller System:

+
    +
  • A common way to access peripheral registers + and a common way to define exception vectors.
    • +
  • The register names of the Core + Peripherals and the names of the Core + Exception Vectors.
    • +
  • An device independent interface for RTOS Kernels including a debug + channel.
    • +
+ +

+ By using CMSIS compliant software components, the user can easier re-use template code. + CMSIS is intended to enable the combination of software components from multiple middleware vendors. +

+ +

Coding Rules and Conventions

+ +

+ The following section describes the coding rules and conventions used in the CMSIS + implementation. It contains also information about data types and version number information. +

+ +

Essentials

+
    +
  • The CMSIS C code conforms to MISRA 2004 rules. In case of MISRA violations, + there are disable and enable sequences for PC-LINT inserted.
    • +
  • ANSI standard data types defined in the ANSI C header file + <stdint.h> are used.
    • +
  • #define constants that include expressions must be enclosed by + parenthesis.
    • +
  • Variables and parameters have a complete data type.
    • +
  • All functions in the Core Peripheral Access Layer are + re-entrant.
    • +
  • The Core Peripheral Access Layer has no blocking code + (which means that wait/query loops are done at other software layers).
    • +
  • For each exception/interrupt there is definition for: +
      +
    • an exception/interrupt handler with the postfix _Handler + (for exceptions) or _IRQHandler (for interrupts).
      • +
    • a default exception/interrupt handler (weak definition) that contains an endless loop.
      • +
    • a #define of the interrupt number with the postfix _IRQn.
      • +
    • +
+ +

Recommendations

+ +

The CMSIS recommends the following conventions for identifiers.

+
    +
  • CAPITAL names to identify Core Registers, Peripheral Registers, and CPU Instructions.
    • +
  • CamelCase names to identify peripherals access functions and interrupts.
    • +
  • PERIPHERAL_ prefix to identify functions that belong to specify peripherals.
    • +
  • Doxygen comments for all functions are included as described under Function Comments below.
    • +
+ +Comments + +
    +
  • Comments use the ANSI C90 style (/* comment */) or C++ style + (// comment). It is assumed that the programming tools support today + consistently the C++ comment style.
    • +
  • Function Comments provide for each function the following information: +
      +
    • one-line brief function overview.
      • +
    • detailed parameter explanation.
      • +
    • detailed information about return values.
      • +
    • detailed description of the actual function.
      • +
    +

    Doxygen Example:

    + 
    +/** 
+ * @brief  Enable Interrupt in NVIC Interrupt Controller
+ * @param  IRQn  interrupt number that specifies the interrupt
+ * @return none.
+ * Enable the specified interrupt in the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
+ * Other settings of the interrupt such as priority are not affected.
+ */
    +
    • +
+ +

Data Types and IO Type Qualifiers

+ +

+ The Cortex-M HAL uses the standard types from the standard ANSI C header file + <stdint.h>. IO Type Qualifiers are used to specify the access + to peripheral variables. IO Type Qualifiers are indented to be used for automatic generation of + debug information of peripheral registers. +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
IO Type Qualifier#defineDescription
__Ivolatile constRead access only
__OvolatileWrite access only
__IOvolatileRead and write access
+ +

CMSIS Version Number

+

+ File core_cm3.h contains the version number of the CMSIS with the following define: +

+ +
+#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN  (0x01)      /* [31:16] main version       */
+#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB   (0x30)      /* [15:0]  sub version        */
+#define __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION       ((__CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16) | __CM3_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB)
+ +

+ File core_cm0.h contains the version number of the CMSIS with the following define: +

+ +
+#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN  (0x01)      /* [31:16] main version       */
+#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB   (0x30)      /* [15:0]  sub version        */
+#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION       ((__CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16) | __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB)
+ + +

CMSIS Cortex Core

+

+ File core_cm3.h contains the type of the CMSIS Cortex-M with the following define: +

+ +
+#define __CORTEX_M                (0x03)
+ +

+ File core_cm0.h contains the type of the CMSIS Cortex-M with the following define: +

+ +
+#define __CORTEX_M                (0x00)
+ + +

CMSIS Files

+

+ This section describes the Files provided in context with the CMSIS to access the Cortex-M + hardware and peripherals. +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
FileProviderDescription
device.hDevice specific (provided by silicon partner)Defines the peripherals for the actual device. The file may use + several other include files to define the peripherals of the actual device.
core_cm0.hARM (for RealView ARMCC, IAR, and GNU GCC)Defines the core peripherals for the Cortex-M0 CPU and core peripherals.
core_cm3.hARM (for RealView ARMCC, IAR, and GNU GCC)Defines the core peripherals for the Cortex-M3 CPU and core peripherals.
core_cm0.cARM (for RealView ARMCC, IAR, and GNU GCC)Provides helper functions that access core registers.
core_cm3.cARM (for RealView ARMCC, IAR, and GNU GCC)Provides helper functions that access core registers.
startup_deviceARM (adapted by compiler partner / silicon partner)Provides the Cortex-M startup code and the complete (device specific) Interrupt Vector Table
system_deviceARM (adapted by silicon partner)Provides a device specific configuration file for the device. It configures the device initializes + typically the oscillator (PLL) that is part of the microcontroller device
+ +

device.h

+ +

+ The file device.h is provided by the silicon vendor and is the + central include file that the application programmer is using in + the C source code. This file contains: +

+
    +
  • +

    Interrupt Number Definition: provides interrupt numbers + (IRQn) for all core and device specific exceptions and interrupts.

    +
    • +
  • +

    Configuration for core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h: reflects the + actual configuration of the Cortex-M processor that is part of the actual + device. As such the file core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h is included that + implements access to processor registers and core peripherals.

    +
    • +
  • +

    Device Peripheral Access Layer: provides definitions + for all device peripherals. It contains all data structures and the address + mapping for the device specific peripherals.

    +
    • +
  • Access Functions for Peripherals (optional): provides + additional helper functions for peripherals that are useful for programming + of these peripherals. Access Functions may be provided as inline functions + or can be extern references to a device specific library provided by the + silicon vendor.
    • +
+ + +

Interrupt Number Definition

+ +

To access the device specific interrupts the device.h file defines IRQn +numbers for the complete device using a enum typedef as shown below:

+
+typedef enum IRQn
+{
+/******  Cortex-M3 Processor Exceptions/Interrupt Numbers ************************************************/
+  NonMaskableInt_IRQn             = -14,      /*!< 2 Non Maskable Interrupt                              */
+  HardFault_IRQn                  = -13,      /*!< 3 Cortex-M3 Hard Fault Interrupt                      */
+  MemoryManagement_IRQn           = -12,      /*!< 4 Cortex-M3 Memory Management Interrupt               */
+  BusFault_IRQn                   = -11,      /*!< 5 Cortex-M3 Bus Fault Interrupt                       */
+  UsageFault_IRQn                 = -10,      /*!< 6 Cortex-M3 Usage Fault Interrupt                     */
+  SVCall_IRQn                     = -5,       /*!< 11 Cortex-M3 SV Call Interrupt                        */
+  DebugMonitor_IRQn               = -4,       /*!< 12 Cortex-M3 Debug Monitor Interrupt                  */
+  PendSV_IRQn                     = -2,       /*!< 14 Cortex-M3 Pend SV Interrupt                        */
+  SysTick_IRQn                    = -1,       /*!< 15 Cortex-M3 System Tick Interrupt                    */
+/******  STM32 specific Interrupt Numbers ****************************************************************/
+  WWDG_STM_IRQn                   = 0,        /*!< Window WatchDog Interrupt                             */
+  PVD_STM_IRQn                    = 1,        /*!< PVD through EXTI Line detection Interrupt             */
+  :
+  :
+  } IRQn_Type;
+ + +

Configuration for core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h

+

+ The Cortex-M core configuration options which are defined for each device implementation. Some + configuration options are reflected in the CMSIS layer using the #define settings described below. +

+

+ To access core peripherals file device.h includes file core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h. + Several features in core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h are configured by the following defines that must be + defined before #include <core_cm0.h> / #include <core_cm3.h> + preprocessor command. +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
#defineFileValueDescription
__NVIC_PRIO_BITScore_cm0.h(2)Number of priority bits implemented in the NVIC (device specific)
__NVIC_PRIO_BITScore_cm3.h(2 ... 8)Number of priority bits implemented in the NVIC (device specific)
__MPU_PRESENTcore_cm0.h, core_cm3.h(0, 1)Defines if an MPU is present or not
__Vendor_SysTickConfigcore_cm0.h, core_cm3.h(1)When this define is setup to 1, the SysTickConfig function + in core_cm3.h is excluded. In this case the device.h + file must contain a vendor specific implementation of this function.
+ + +

Device Peripheral Access Layer

+

+ Each peripheral uses a prefix which consists of <device abbreviation>_ + and <peripheral name>_ to identify peripheral registers that access this + specific peripheral. The intention of this is to avoid name collisions caused + due to short names. If more than one peripheral of the same type exists, + identifiers have a postfix (digit or letter). For example: +

+
    +
  • <device abbreviation>_UART_Type: defines the generic register layout for all UART channels in a device. + 
    +typedef struct
+{
+  union {
+  __I  uint8_t  RBR;                     /*!< Offset: 0x000   Receiver Buffer Register    */
+  __O  uint8_t  THR;                     /*!< Offset: 0x000   Transmit Holding Register   */
+  __IO uint8_t  DLL;                     /*!< Offset: 0x000   Divisor Latch LSB           */
+       uint32_t RESERVED0;
+  };
+  union {
+  __IO uint8_t  DLM;                     /*!< Offset: 0x004   Divisor Latch MSB           */
+  __IO uint32_t IER;                     /*!< Offset: 0x004   Interrupt Enable Register   */
+  };
+  union {
+  __I  uint32_t IIR;                     /*!< Offset: 0x008   Interrupt ID Register       */
+  __O  uint8_t  FCR;                     /*!< Offset: 0x008   FIFO Control Register       */
+  };
+  __IO uint8_t  LCR;                     /*!< Offset: 0x00C   Line Control Register       */
+       uint8_t  RESERVED1[7];
+  __I  uint8_t  LSR;                     /*!< Offset: 0x014   Line Status Register        */
+       uint8_t  RESERVED2[7];
+  __IO uint8_t  SCR;                     /*!< Offset: 0x01C   Scratch Pad Register        */
+       uint8_t  RESERVED3[3];
+  __IO uint32_t ACR;                     /*!< Offset: 0x020   Autobaud Control Register   */
+  __IO uint8_t  ICR;                     /*!< Offset: 0x024   IrDA Control Register       */
+       uint8_t  RESERVED4[3];
+  __IO uint8_t  FDR;                     /*!< Offset: 0x028   Fractional Divider Register */
+       uint8_t  RESERVED5[7];
+  __IO uint8_t  TER;                     /*!< Offset: 0x030   Transmit Enable Register    */
+       uint8_t  RESERVED6[39];
+  __I  uint8_t  FIFOLVL;                 /*!< Offset: 0x058   FIFO Level Register         */
+} LPC_UART_TypeDef;
    +
    • +
  • <device abbreviation>_UART1: is a pointer to a register structure that refers to a specific UART. + For example UART1->DR is the data register of UART1. + 
    +#define LPC_UART2             ((LPC_UART_TypeDef      *) LPC_UART2_BASE    )
+#define LPC_UART3             ((LPC_UART_TypeDef      *) LPC_UART3_BASE    )
    +
    • +
+ +
Minimal Requiements
+

+ To access the peripheral registers and related function in a device the files device.h + and core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h defines as a minimum: +

+
    +
  • The Register Layout Typedef for each peripheral that defines all register names. + Names that start with RESERVE are used to introduce space into the structure to adjust the addresses of + the peripheral registers. For example: + 
    +typedef struct {
+  __IO uint32_t CTRL;      /* SysTick Control and Status Register */
+  __IO uint32_t LOAD;      /* SysTick Reload Value Register       */
+  __IO uint32_t VAL;       /* SysTick Current Value Register      */
+  __I  uint32_t CALIB;     /* SysTick Calibration Register        */
+  } SysTick_Type;
    +
    • + +
  • + Base Address for each peripheral (in case of multiple peripherals + that use the same register layout typedef multiple base addresses are defined). For example: + 
    +#define SysTick_BASE (SCS_BASE + 0x0010)            /* SysTick Base Address */
    +
    • + +
  • + Access Definition for each peripheral (in case of multiple peripherals that use + the same register layout typedef multiple access definitions exist, i.e. LPC_UART0, + LPC_UART2). For Example: + 
    +#define SysTick ((SysTick_Type *) SysTick_BASE)     /* SysTick access definition */
    +
    • +
+ +

+ These definitions allow to access the peripheral registers from user code with simple assignments like: +

+
SysTick->CTRL = 0;
+ +
Optional Features
+

In addition the device.h file may define:

+
    +
  • + #define constants that simplify access to the peripheral registers. + These constant define bit-positions or other specific patterns are that required for the + programming of the peripheral registers. The identifiers used start with + <device abbreviation>_ and <peripheral name>_. + It is recommended to use CAPITAL letters for such #define constants. +
    • +
  • + Functions that perform more complex functions with the peripheral (i.e. status query before + a sending register is accessed). Again these function start with + <device abbreviation>_ and <peripheral name>_. +
    • +
+ +

core_cm0.h and core_cm0.c

+

+ File core_cm0.h describes the data structures for the Cortex-M0 core peripherals and does + the address mapping of this structures. It also provides basic access to the Cortex-M0 core registers + and core peripherals with efficient functions (defined as static inline). +

+

+ File core_cm0.c defines several helper functions that access processor registers. +

+

Together these files implement the Core Peripheral Access Layer for a Cortex-M0.

+ +

core_cm3.h and core_cm3.c

+

+ File core_cm3.h describes the data structures for the Cortex-M3 core peripherals and does + the address mapping of this structures. It also provides basic access to the Cortex-M3 core registers + and core peripherals with efficient functions (defined as static inline). +

+

+ File core_cm3.c defines several helper functions that access processor registers. +

+

Together these files implement the Core Peripheral Access Layer for a Cortex-M3.

+ +

startup_device

+

+ A template file for startup_device is provided by ARM for each supported + compiler. It is adapted by the silicon vendor to include interrupt vectors for all device specific + interrupt handlers. Each interrupt handler is defined as weak function + to an dummy handler. Therefore the interrupt handler can be directly used in application software + without any requirements to adapt the startup_device file. +

+

+ The following exception names are fixed and define the start of the vector table for a Cortex-M0: +

+
+__Vectors       DCD     __initial_sp              ; Top of Stack
+                DCD     Reset_Handler             ; Reset Handler
+                DCD     NMI_Handler               ; NMI Handler
+                DCD     HardFault_Handler         ; Hard Fault Handler
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     SVC_Handler               ; SVCall Handler
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     PendSV_Handler            ; PendSV Handler
+                DCD     SysTick_Handler           ; SysTick Handler
+ +

+ The following exception names are fixed and define the start of the vector table for a Cortex-M3: +

+
+__Vectors       DCD     __initial_sp              ; Top of Stack
+                DCD     Reset_Handler             ; Reset Handler
+                DCD     NMI_Handler               ; NMI Handler
+                DCD     HardFault_Handler         ; Hard Fault Handler
+                DCD     MemManage_Handler         ; MPU Fault Handler
+                DCD     BusFault_Handler          ; Bus Fault Handler
+                DCD     UsageFault_Handler        ; Usage Fault Handler
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     SVC_Handler               ; SVCall Handler
+                DCD     DebugMon_Handler          ; Debug Monitor Handler
+                DCD     0                         ; Reserved
+                DCD     PendSV_Handler            ; PendSV Handler
+                DCD     SysTick_Handler           ; SysTick Handler
+ +

+ In the following examples for device specific interrupts are shown: +

+
+; External Interrupts
+                DCD     WWDG_IRQHandler           ; Window Watchdog
+                DCD     PVD_IRQHandler            ; PVD through EXTI Line detect
+                DCD     TAMPER_IRQHandler         ; Tamper
+ +

+ Device specific interrupts must have a dummy function that can be overwritten in user code. + Below is an example for this dummy function. +

+
+Default_Handler PROC
+                EXPORT WWDG_IRQHandler   [WEAK]
+                EXPORT PVD_IRQHandler    [WEAK]
+                EXPORT TAMPER_IRQHandler [WEAK]
+                :
+                :
+                WWDG_IRQHandler
+                PVD_IRQHandler
+                TAMPER_IRQHandler
+                :
+                :
+                B .
+                ENDP
+ +

+ The user application may simply define an interrupt handler function by using the handler name + as shown below. +

+
+void WWDG_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  :
+  :
+}
+ + +

system_device.c

+

+ A template file for system_device.c is provided by ARM but adapted by + the silicon vendor to match their actual device. As a minimum requirement + this file must provide a device specific system configuration function and a global variable + that contains the system frequency. It configures the device and initializes typically the + oscillator (PLL) that is part of the microcontroller device. +

+

+ The file system_device.c must provide + as a minimum requirement the SystemInit function as shown below. +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Function DefinitionDescription
void SystemInit (void)Setup the microcontroller system. Typically this function configures the + oscillator (PLL) that is part of the microcontroller device. For systems + with variable clock speed it also updates the variable SystemCoreClock.
+ SystemInit is called from startup_device file.
void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void)Updates the variable SystemCoreClock and must be called whenever the + core clock is changed during program execution. SystemCoreClockUpdate() + evaluates the clock register settings and calculates the current core clock. +
+ +

+ Also part of the file system_device.c + is the variable SystemCoreClock which contains the current CPU clock speed shown below. +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + +
Variable DefinitionDescription
uint32_t SystemCoreClockContains the system core clock (which is the system clock frequency supplied + to the SysTick timer and the processor core clock). This variable can be + used by the user application to setup the SysTick timer or configure other + parameters. It may also be used by debugger to query the frequency of the + debug timer or configure the trace clock speed.
+ SystemCoreClock is initialized with a correct predefined value.

+ The compiler must be configured to avoid the removal of this variable in + case that the application program is not using it. It is important for + debug systems that the variable is physically present in memory so that + it can be examined to configure the debugger.
+ +

Note

+
    +

  • The above definitions are the minimum requirements for the file + system_device.c. This + file may export more functions or variables that provide a more flexible + configuration of the microcontroller system.

    +
    • +
+ + +

Core Peripheral Access Layer

+ +

Cortex-M Core Register Access

+

+ The following functions are defined in core_cm0.h / core_cm3.h + and provide access to Cortex-M core registers. +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Function DefinitionCoreCore RegisterDescription
void __enable_irq (void)M0, M3PRIMASK = 0Global Interrupt enable (using the instruction CPSIE + i)
void __disable_irq (void)M0, M3PRIMASK = 1Global Interrupt disable (using the instruction + CPSID i)
void __set_PRIMASK (uint32_t value)M0, M3PRIMASK = valueAssign value to Priority Mask Register (using the instruction + MSR)
uint32_t __get_PRIMASK (void)M0, M3return PRIMASKReturn Priority Mask Register (using the instruction + MRS)
void __enable_fault_irq (void)M3FAULTMASK = 0Global Fault exception and Interrupt enable (using the + instruction CPSIE + f)
void __disable_fault_irq (void)M3FAULTMASK = 1Global Fault exception and Interrupt disable (using the + instruction CPSID f)
void __set_FAULTMASK (uint32_t value)M3FAULTMASK = valueAssign value to Fault Mask Register (using the instruction + MSR)
uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK (void)M3return FAULTMASKReturn Fault Mask Register (using the instruction MRS)
void __set_BASEPRI (uint32_t value)M3BASEPRI = valueSet Base Priority (using the instruction MSR)
uiuint32_t __get_BASEPRI (void)M3return BASEPRIReturn Base Priority (using the instruction MRS)
void __set_CONTROL (uint32_t value)M0, M3CONTROL = valueSet CONTROL register value (using the instruction MSR)
uint32_t __get_CONTROL (void)M0, M3return CONTROLReturn Control Register Value (using the instruction + MRS)
void __set_PSP (uint32_t TopOfProcStack)M0, M3PSP = TopOfProcStackSet Process Stack Pointer value (using the instruction + MSR)
uint32_t __get_PSP (void)M0, M3return PSPReturn Process Stack Pointer (using the instruction MRS)
void __set_MSP (uint32_t TopOfMainStack)M0, M3MSP = TopOfMainStackSet Main Stack Pointer (using the instruction MSR)
uint32_t __get_MSP (void)M0, M3return MSPReturn Main Stack Pointer (using the instruction MRS)
+ +

Cortex-M Instruction Access

+

+ The following functions are defined in core_cm0.h / core_cm3.hand + generate specific Cortex-M instructions. The functions are implemented in the file + core_cm0.c / core_cm3.c. +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameCoreGenerated CPU InstructionDescription
void __NOP (void)M0, M3NOPNo Operation
void __WFI (void)M0, M3WFIWait for Interrupt
void __WFE (void)M0, M3WFEWait for Event
void __SEV (void)M0, M3SEVSet Event
void __ISB (void)M0, M3ISBInstruction Synchronization Barrier
void __DSB (void)M0, M3DSBData Synchronization Barrier
void __DMB (void)M0, M3DMBData Memory Barrier
uint32_t __REV (uint32_t value)M0, M3REVReverse byte order in integer value.
uint32_t __REV16 (uint16_t value)M0, M3REV16Reverse byte order in unsigned short value.
sint32_t __REVSH (sint16_t value)M0, M3REVSHReverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer.
uint32_t __RBIT (uint32_t value)M3RBITReverse bit order of value
uint8_t __LDREXB (uint8_t *addr)M3LDREXBLoad exclusive byte
uint16_t __LDREXH (uint16_t *addr)M3LDREXHLoad exclusive half-word
uint32_t __LDREXW (uint32_t *addr)M3LDREXWLoad exclusive word
uint32_t __STREXB (uint8_t value, uint8_t *addr)M3STREXBStore exclusive byte
uint32_t __STREXB (uint16_t value, uint16_t *addr)M3STREXHStore exclusive half-word
uint32_t __STREXB (uint32_t value, uint32_t *addr)M3STREXWStore exclusive word
void __CLREX (void)M3CLREXRemove the exclusive lock created by __LDREXB, __LDREXH, or __LDREXW
+ + +

NVIC Access Functions

+

+ The CMSIS provides access to the NVIC via the register interface structure and several helper + functions that simplify the setup of the NVIC. The CMSIS HAL uses IRQ numbers (IRQn) to + identify the interrupts. The first device interrupt has the IRQn value 0. Therefore negative + IRQn values are used for processor core exceptions. +

+

+ For the IRQn values of core exceptions the file device.h provides + the following enum names. +

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Core Exception enum ValueCoreIRQnDescription
NonMaskableInt_IRQnM0, M3-14Cortex-M Non Maskable Interrupt
HardFault_IRQnM0, M3-13Cortex-M Hard Fault Interrupt
MemoryManagement_IRQnM3-12Cortex-M Memory Management Interrupt
BusFault_IRQnM3-11Cortex-M Bus Fault Interrupt
UsageFault_IRQnM3-10Cortex-M Usage Fault Interrupt
SVCall_IRQnM0, M3-5Cortex-M SV Call Interrupt
DebugMonitor_IRQnM3-4Cortex-M Debug Monitor Interrupt
PendSV_IRQnM0, M3-2Cortex-M Pend SV Interrupt
SysTick_IRQnM0, M3-1Cortex-M System Tick Interrupt
+ +

The following functions simplify the setup of the NVIC. +The functions are defined as static inline.

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameCoreParameterDescription
void NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping (uint32_t PriorityGroup)M3Priority Grouping ValueSet the Priority Grouping (Groups . Subgroups)
uint32_t NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping (void)M3(void)Get the Priority Grouping (Groups . Subgroups)
void NVIC_EnableIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)M0, M3IRQ NumberEnable IRQn
void NVIC_DisableIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)M0, M3IRQ NumberDisable IRQn
uint32_t NVIC_GetPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)M0, M3IRQ NumberReturn 1 if IRQn is pending else 0
void NVIC_SetPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)M0, M3IRQ NumberSet IRQn Pending
void NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)M0, M3IRQ NumberClear IRQn Pending Status
uint32_t NVIC_GetActive (IRQn_Type IRQn)M3IRQ NumberReturn 1 if IRQn is active else 0
void NVIC_SetPriority (IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t priority)M0, M3IRQ Number, PrioritySet Priority for IRQn
+ (not threadsafe for Cortex-M0)
uint32_t NVIC_GetPriority (IRQn_Type IRQn)M0, M3IRQ NumberGet Priority for IRQn
uint32_t NVIC_EncodePriority (uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)M3IRQ Number, Priority Group, Preemptive Priority, Sub PriorityEncode priority for given group, preemptive and sub priority
NVIC_DecodePriority (uint32_t Priority, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority)M3IRQ Number, Priority, pointer to Priority Group, pointer to Preemptive Priority, pointer to Sub PriorityDeccode given priority to group, preemptive and sub priority
void NVIC_SystemReset (void)M0, M3(void)Resets the System
+

Note

+
    +

  • The processor exceptions have negative enum values. Device specific interrupts + have positive enum values and start with 0. The values are defined in + device.h file. +

    +
    • +

  • The values for PreemptPriority and SubPriority + used in functions NVIC_EncodePriority and NVIC_DecodePriority + depend on the available __NVIC_PRIO_BITS implemented in the NVIC. +

    +
    • +
+ + +

SysTick Configuration Function

+ +

The following function is used to configure the SysTick timer and start the +SysTick interrupt.

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameParameterDescription
uint32_t SysTickConfig + (uint32_t ticks)ticks is SysTick counter reload valueSetup the SysTick timer and enable the SysTick interrupt. After this + call the SysTick timer creates interrupts with the specified time + interval.
+
+ Return: 0 when successful, 1 on failure.
+
+ + +

Cortex-M3 ITM Debug Access

+ +

The Cortex-M3 incorporates the Instrumented Trace Macrocell (ITM) that +provides together with the Serial Viewer Output trace capabilities for the +microcontroller system. The ITM has 32 communication channels; two ITM +communication channels are used by CMSIS to output the following information:

+
    +
  • ITM Channel 0: implements the ITM_SendChar function + which can be used for printf-style output via the debug interface.
    • +
  • ITM Channel 31: is reserved for the RTOS kernel and can be used for + kernel awareness debugging.
    • +
+

Note

+
    +

  • The ITM channel 31 is selected for the RTOS kernel since some kernels + may use the Privileged level for program execution. ITM + channels have 4 groups with 8 channels each, whereby each group can be + configured for access rights in the Unprivileged level. The ITM channel 0 + may be therefore enabled for the user task whereas ITM channel 31 may be + accessible only in Privileged level from the RTOS kernel itself.

    +
    • +
+ +

The prototype of the ITM_SendChar routine is shown in the +table below.

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameParameterDescription
void uint32_t ITM_SendChar(uint32_t chr)character to outputThe function outputs a character via the ITM channel 0. The + function returns when no debugger is connected that has booked the + output. It is blocking when a debugger is connected, but the + previous character send is not transmitted.

+ Return: the input character 'chr'.
+ +

+ Example for the usage of the ITM Channel 31 for RTOS Kernels: +

+
+  // check if debugger connected and ITM channel enabled for tracing
+  if ((CoreDebug->DEMCR & CoreDebug_DEMCR_TRCENA) &&
+  (ITM->TCR & ITM_TCR_ITMENA) &&
+  (ITM->TER & (1UL << 31))) {
+    // transmit trace data
+    while (ITM->PORT31_U32 == 0);
+    ITM->PORT[31].u8 = task_id;      // id of next task
+    while (ITM->PORT[31].u32 == 0);
+    ITM->PORT[31].u32 = task_status; // status information
+  }
+ + +

Cortex-M3 additional Debug Access

+ +

CMSIS provides additional debug functions to enlarge the Cortex-M3 Debug Access. +Data can be transmitted via a certain global buffer variable towards the target system.

+ +

The buffer variable and the prototypes of the additional functions are shown in the +table below.

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
NameParameterDescription
extern volatile int ITM_RxBuffer Buffer to transmit data towards debug system.

+ Value 0x5AA55AA5 indicates that buffer is empty.
int ITM_ReceiveChar (void)noneThe nonblocking functions returns the character stored in + ITM_RxBuffer.

+ Return: -1 indicates that no character was received.
int ITM_CheckChar (void)noneThe function checks if a character is available in ITM_RxBuffer.

+ Return: 1 indicates that a character is available, 0 indicates that + no character is available.
+ + +

CMSIS Example

+

+ The following section shows a typical example for using the CMSIS layer in user applications. + The example is based on a STM32F10x Device. +

+
+#include "stm32f10x.h"
+
+volatile uint32_t msTicks;                       /* timeTicks counter */
+
+void SysTick_Handler(void) {
+  msTicks++;                                     /* increment timeTicks counter */
+}
+
+__INLINE static void Delay (uint32_t dlyTicks) {
+  uint32_t curTicks = msTicks;
+
+  while ((msTicks - curTicks) < dlyTicks);
+}
+
+__INLINE static void LED_Config(void) {
+  ;                                              /* Configure the LEDs */
+}
+
+__INLINE static void LED_On (uint32_t led) {
+  ;                                              /* Turn On  LED */
+}
+
+__INLINE static void LED_Off (uint32_t led) {
+  ;                                              /* Turn Off LED */
+}
+
+int main (void) {
+  if (SysTick_Config (SystemCoreClock / 1000)) { /* Setup SysTick for 1 msec interrupts */
+    ;                                            /* Handle Error */
+    while (1);
+  }
+  
+  LED_Config();                                  /* configure the LEDs */                            
+ 
+  while(1) {
+    LED_On (0x100);                              /* Turn  on the LED   */
+    Delay (100);                                 /* delay  100 Msec    */
+    LED_Off (0x100);                             /* Turn off the LED   */
+    Delay (100);                                 /* delay  100 Msec    */
+  }
+}
+ + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/License.doc b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/CMSIS/License.doc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..b6b8acecc137bca709444106cba045d3d01daedd GIT binary patch literal 39936 zcmeI53w&Hvz3*2ZZBuBVr4Jqg-IP)q2qBafkZ1Flwy9}S@}SfrFqxSo(8g!^moP(odvq z?1-P~rSnWxy)k$1Uu5y=1Ks4`kH|Iruxr=e*@t}heulg3&0El=OJVTdj~gA%QG|Cj zO)+Lpu`#RnaU+7^2}E5={8@zmi%^7jOmp+yxSuhvaXWRk`>gP6Zlm7w=Y;hFFQKlHfxaQ}ERf8S{OfPon%>RWR!E`Qf)aD%tq)`9jqjy!`t7(C??8 zN6#+|{a z7IHL08H+OOzPDoR@5VzOOM$dFX^6)r68iU4Fg?y;)TbzaJ;w zfA-UD=0C%aU$0-4&mXn(2YTc4*$@5p{bxV)%jXOIe4|5O9{n(1c|ZOc=#m^xbd7Gu zfA;z8Kj#bm`hEQn3@<~+{E9)35(eW{#(!42uD!^k`MrctL%f<0wU(VHKEEdlwYX3W z-7+I9V|p%J1rF>!2i7P1Q%++%5=%s4PA2KJrwO`aPAl=m)Fq=aC!B~nt$ndbyfYpN zXX43()0s@!Ty@D*Cbq>{6OW{lkz^v1O7`@`QWWmY41`lLry-Gvr8>h@)S97|a4LFY zd3oEahE^xkRPVI6hFYA)hPqHwUC60f*%At^2{pAjq}Di%p_Mg_fyl+zdl|P?IJKd+ zb)is`v%b0ASsZF;TSYZBPHRKc%Epk>&{W@WMnipjO=G3g+~UW&)lqvx+xiNphQ@1J z*3kBvhPF_>vv>hd3o4uy6reT{<}|Ocx2?_XEl^k2Tn~v9Yh4?vYgo}xSJT$e+~m~M z)itkKThp|jw#g3V9+g#&ZGed8rpEQox`xI^o2A*!K>ccG{L0&!Z4YUtu9;5R2HRHE zwAol%4y|o-Y8o4TO4~v$Yg+04C^~A_J9QBC5jB5(gUiuv;tUB5O|5Ozpd=!i#mIFH z(AF+qDypt|t?in}WR)VQ>1Yg>?)HYB1Y)Yjgjv6_SwAe>cBdHMB$Il0a0jfE3wI|wV_iv}DxJ|Jq`SjCJx(H-apH+cPd`0e9Ivp2 z;=O%6vEEoB<7%X2r;|i)rJTP0j-GhBI~H})L88-6D%KfGNzFy6%T_U>yC+dIRfiLU zPAn0o4iOiNbSIKM$*y=ztPW?K-teH)5pxo;NGzQWrv{}md&8Sz4hpd!)v4lrsbsW2 zl2KG2`ce8)l*J&?))7fUx@r_7#u8HLbo6H&X-{>VlD+9z&t|g6w)CZFwP(;t$1)lO zO52{q)1%b$;#gHzm7{jzQpcSsR5QJbrYnhrhh4EmEEUcqQ$%!xBb&Umo_I$poDyY_ z?sC(wqtXed)3M$TRYxM+*~DFtKPNex!#(k+HySA?8tdrqa?<`vK%s8bzgC5loNylu zaF-G&NcM>s@jE@3&cu4vKr|KKOap%Llbn`@);gFH>5kKAreC$dXN>~6d$s-q6D#a! zGMv5P^rnGiYE#-SVtw6%Y1-{^dcuRr{tW%>goBw_7wsb!k$5W7AJ0H~I^LB?pCm#S z$2V6vEp3g%Ea{GSbvr$=&9NRtN+aUS-~`n%!OH!`Ze>eNQ(J5KF)S0U{T&!|xWY*eB`cXC2o)m|OQezfm_xl<9wnc!$>|FZYNDx;{zSO5 zGu{)o{K|C4Q&CcpacGp4u(+ebiBSq75SC;#?oKu@inclsD_7*lvo9oVzK}oq!ov8InkN-=GR)6$F&|m1#1josM`yQ&%izL>aK$-GP)72AS3N+YE1V}@Z!qhG|nN+*>Z4EMlpakkPy{(7PVaps+6v9+^K zEJu$`cQporCz3V#BQ#Q0&-V4F`jRLYq%|tJOZHh^*&W`jN#jMuqLoN{q91FE=@HB@ z9IHIZPRLX_ScPJtJNmWx)BViLL8ZYyJO2mbG#iblGpRUANhzLkLwR+_Bi&ZVAUnA= z*-3OVUU7$e(N}4ozCp-DFggdVz@(+EJ>zqf)w!7A^_Dh~tw&<(uXum2 zOsaIJd=z=Mvs2U9YL(PxmJ=2~@hpYT$!I-*S7`*-E``JE*zjDEov;M0(l&~jV@-H1 zFs=&lX1k^gn#5HDEDd&il#3yk&V@j74pY+;9&q#6d6ck2k?zMd*M zrqXKCaOAxHxLt!C%lt|w6VIR;#U<&DSXw5@#HvgM^6TTQl9bAf#S>L{O!UHGmZOYZ z<41bIn=S%3=4?M1;ecHtGK@(w6|+oLbB3vA#n^B)ZkIIF7UiLFS-?fz*$$* zqBXoBge!aI+LlmjYo*h$W^H2wrQ`*))wH#@HMguMwyCbMy&i|E5;w37H=xb+JFN#< zX({px1}eo5S`%uiTSXf+wGEB9t(8tIMOs(X)Tv(QbUa)e+tl3D(6pk323+@<)>kyN zH9?W}XKS3bH7#uob?uEcEza8ZmbJ~Tp-C}9j*m-w$O*NyG`F;RY@oBDmNV$MnAy^> za#fpLIsuJswHR(4#tD;#I)%KUQ8ylgQH<&pN*Kz9<8T8o5h zd1vP+=6>c4WbF{w? zS10U5dcyJE>|%xqO<`0IdeCP<1xBO#D^qmXu7i2QHrp7YtZEESXqosG&Vp>E3p|%t zbWwL4p8H!;*1GW@AQZI+O|Fi>_UnagFV$TNu=ebj$pn!-rQF=IKvg=M7=4>QFhB(Ezd01)hM7RMvJ$qUxSO&mCRh3W?u0ScFLs>xw~6 zr>r=)MbQ@PV)3QPa1?g5dAkD%zf(}&i;b&+p?DN~ zEu89zb89Oexy*N6;cr5Z~NOO^(1jBrsPB2P<8 z50-l@C38l$y`&?Sip1giAnsl`oz&g{3GxBFCRF19`vP(%{Y{D7tsw5363~eUEN4ls zWr)FMyF#*MBSqRqq$(YaN9@*tJH@j3B1|OogsXkzN82q3*@+zU4mU?w2DDz?j3aNdpLvhvULhXC!s;OSYtM1$} zX^0;7#oPK9vdJOdZuCfs$N2pT1c;p~_Mkd#*J!{O{7Lj>TQFTDD;x&Ov^V{ zCs=8$E>Nf7WDbh6f-how!&~CL{k_y;RTmT{2V5oZ?K5dhgZae<%<&#;$0ydxudLFs zR-^++!PUiLtOCEZuQdNyf|?UUoYy5@%`iG>v*avVOZ+#AI?eqqGsi zIKQZ8 zTJ9`}Mx8ZWxaM37oU@LQbF?zV`?@t)@pGz=L$ztq`LZqxzndlpY7B)*WnJV z4YjnbcNWwk@BNHYlO<$m{UO?I1i*i8hiyj1QzXK%rbEIp2mC?+zY+| zUjFgR-@5DitsA$l+q&X}!$p`gxBJ$zkD7Vivris0b*uL=&8v&e>ELV-=Gh!Dulvhq zY|EWSX{C*m{q2F|Yfe;&oA8IIum2K;+aF5mOR8}FjFmx5(} z5PbM%@Zo{H51$XFjCcqp1n=QR$-u%s*cwSgmz z;anlP?DJOhm@#mY=e;jGuz1#GzkK^_!gC32`kNKo?V+YX`p82H)YyHY40p?ZstAe!qC>1tRF&;Xv zTT^D-Jggv^CP4-3SEAKLVxBV%9e(@;r=T0#omX<_pmgcQFXm3mmd;y$R;Me+s2+@6 z0jN(Ca2$G}ChsarTk3_|mkHaVrhIGeEREe)!G8e{g0F+e!H>Ydfqw^o1kIcZUkhR& z13nIJ05^g!fv7*>25~FJ5rw z__fiZte{cSF_IVNAdN*DWI#W-0DKDE0{%O=mUVs`coIAX{sm;$f9_ufe**s>%*P&B z0PX{ig6{y?2s?kd^XZ+B?R@$hPv8CYV>f+bAiiPshSmHGkL}32?A*|DnR70~=}({Y z^So)lKKa{u)AH6i8Qnu3l^>U<(6(kpYu@%H1^N1vSF*Ak$(w^#mt?+?x8}R{cqV7s zej1-SoTQ!$_64VbCeRGR;5G0DXv4-k2b>4e;0ACHxDPxHehPj8ehpp)vI*Y+zXxxD zU0@a`-46qcz~Nvi*aU6@H-lTiz2H&sZSc?F8Sv_}+h2X?)jMB(_SI+Yk8WPw{_IuH zUUlbH7kK|VFX+4~JAXE;`0V&hivCtKTuvxwRxapOt_d7eDvt_kx@xcX7gg!E)7 zpRhKwSo|&HIQjwLXfTbxJ}Cp!!CG)SXa{G30dPLJ99#je2KR!Oz#HHl@cIj{KmPE2 zw|(ZKzS}Ok?K9`x)^yP+BPVzEDJ#<(KK!$svN^1AkDhhj1UY`aWJm5C6KIOO+8|5a zU9*qOU2`@^-c_2mrKR)D_Iy6-aKH2Bn54u_C@E&P=BdWJ>|kTApU?O?#{3pE;}fg} zr-M&|E5WCLe1)sPXTde#T5vts25tm5frIfS=7SyCvF7HL;KOslhY=|w9{wemZN$Tf zZ13jb$zav*;{*QQ@b&2MZT7BoZ_^dM;iF5;9($Ye?PaET+pNWh78Sd3_RlLv`*3+Z zJ_*|x4=-`C*aU6{KLalUhrdWW1bhsf4L%QU2mc$q1PJ&&_F^6Ck+z{FbS6X^>ks6Vfk$x@J4 zk3zveCzs`{-x2>G1&1;BD?k`r3#1Ef0;f2}EC&r>JxGHL_^;rfz-z$Q89TXu6TJG9 zNBQ@)&+Fe+{JU_|$5xt2UF^xpd&=(>1@`3VRbF2#%M(qkoccGL<42YMBX15@I`WPz zb+|dk8yh!AUP`ml`e&5uY@KR*T&u*)(RdXff(`)ZEx`T{vm+|MI_H=pF(0kZ?-_h+_G@{|iIX|& z%(j|W(#Dfh`Xb3NyCe7PZWk?z=A6r)fMd02hL-KzqUZ z+y4>U!N1q^^snFgHws5&8}aa~V79{j`_6%YrD%8eOK1AF<;*;`tJ=!`#X08+y8pYy`+*tPe7E=mG*lmuu3la|*X)Cvc`L6aOS63*zRN}x zZVDWDA33lbQ}K7Zip_E}BP)DUO_NEQl<75L(?i=*Kl@=E?PtzeRa6=#>|HgzEDbVX zEOGUwX8F!tUoiD%#uPtw9#1jTNsax~nK6!8%Y6!T+220XP239FO^~Xq#l+3;cYU33 zxRx2FjS?Ny5F__UDi1XKzKMIX^rurz(HVG zAOW_5!RhRxajNRa2*lHR3(s5j47+u|0jj@@o!RU6Wp{;L`QL(OcGcE`)4?afmEcq0 zCU7wQaKHsXJ8zmQDTnVcNfID0drv#r`(S*&duZIP{BR?ipT1}B>3{Y<*jBzgLHe25 z*|MBK$leF*4BiLp&q4oH_m1L8F#o%}SDnQ<%G$OVj=!`_=u2!@fzN_#z_s9dunpV@ ze3_Xakeds+-|ETF&CqN=Mx}7bgYLNsX)YfMeDV13L6Hegwb*NjU%|bK#+eT#|0rpD zS9`r3A{5-q_B~J9czVL}W#%|_=1Ci;&Y_Z9e5w=<2`>&*nOn@c_MO=KuY-eY@_W_4 zwlBH)GwuCI+xTfyJopme;{F4&M1!Ze9=B zn|2pOJ=usO`7OCFx{>-cG;ixNi@&Q?0iWnxD8v zMss*SAYCP$gjs9k`cTC1;@TVnRJTsJ=q-oJY94Y>!8kx^defnKEBZbRJ_4G-Mc`WS zIdCVq3)~GJ0{;ZQ34RUq9z=bZJukEChN0Q*_V*C`d%$oE9oumNxoC2SC@#jM!3VK^ zqqMD{=jG<$-)RE4-}l^QhK7dpcNH^n?TdF@N5V`~wnO_Iwh(h;Z&R{E63o`!4z?1A zpT5JNK|E%!VzY-WXDBm;Smm!J+{cSABA!15!P(w(huHTB4a_u8s2PJNY|2b&iH7sE zk|NvotQ{&~lL?b>{t|F0xB_VLlY{XLcpe#a+_;Nrgwr6@ z4TtY(NaS1h_uaN~;w0M80G$f@JY0=zT?a0rCl>>`-0Gpf#QSbmK37XzcosYdd~V29 zAI%ZD?mjn4=;=s^BgGTI<(l%byTIj-i#7yY-VP8e9!iG(4d~horqF4$_tAM^OYZ1eK@b4)|~T=O-~R9}7Ee&(qI_BZoW2bv9==bLjY9rMTehnPb)Ei}cv zK|FuO;pWAXBaBW<=-lDG$!fb*^@~%EHT$nS*60Mv_YXMHJkxoy(K-A#SJasM!YfQI zf3$Vil+{LWt98moXJ_@-PKow)M(1)uQ`Z}923=aZ!E88TgPGd3!9>qL+vvQ++_S>w zbG02t@53+LZTg_xV)mW9H3;+l@|y>&)+~XMNA;&5qvh zu0H#5^U8)FnR{!VG9_pH*tB2twE5-v|7wnQerj}5_jKo36FL4_qZ2(Z)x2o*R|z_S zaAfx{%qe^P%IN&M-XZJ6LVM$D=IQd+%}e#K8=ZpeDEXb4y5%kNO3&M-YVj^R#&@Ha zwH0+Un#kWavfD(YY8DF>33RV_?OJYz{Ml{HnIAe~&*3LO4=T%7HQGg6E{(yDcFrVj z?d}-0e}wiFu~vF=e0J&+K@r zm@mKEEaxnJ;&S1|6F;+}*bYxEENNhx7E4c4qGaZ=gd<}WqwA0oW0wK9H8-yCJ6R5t zO}k^tL#*_dTypSI{ej&6_N(o(GPa_^h26PEj{!sMU1i69{5*}5FVBAb$Z*w}dY-;x z*WN6>ry280Q2`Z`|JORie0<>30`B?BYpiyuKTtj!mLRc{W|Qn zC;4q>Hn~sTHf&`%jFH2gY1+|mV6ODp_aB;jdRGz#aY`rbOic2QMYXx*LuQMuzb~7| zrEHqHkobFfC-M@KU60;KP_N$kXjY|t@(bbn#({Uxx~Rr6^%oKI(kE`;`KRXYnfF{< zW{y1k>(5ma_b>^PBc-aDs@ymf(@ts2zEZ5JXvv)TC?7Kzw{?27d z{a+@6_ZkE7L7`R#g<3Nd`t)&IxC$I7aG=0}0tX5lC~%;_fdU5#94K(0z<~k>K7bs^ z=l{!(EdI$4e{yTphh|=X6aIhYpYE$CZpx^*K78*=Ab*{J{T|mx?^9kd1hfb6Nx-2- za}Cg&JMA6F*S`bEm;VZoFMmJK+r9q=pY7_V5-K*zq`u_%4TGWR6CBEpY28z=w7?rpP zh~`^>{Piz;&q~w2$H-3@+N@%sAKlnuOVNBb%KHSNt=-=p(L2zw-#T>ZRjYjQFuQA^ z4;2zsxC$I7aG=0}0tX5lC~%;_fdU5#94K(0z<~k>{_Z&-|5N^@{7!j)@=fKn>V3U@ zY`v$~yLma9^26nm%g2^KDo;~Bz24!=cb8|W)3oy6N1x8ssaqYL;i#DPF6R?E;1I9? zyu$&Og@lKJMc{C-7*v2Gz>%O590jU?+*0|^#{iX;|Icw9vkV*ujt3_Io$6KkNrWeZ zQ^2W!qcmnYr~yiU8`OLEdKNwimrly*?|~f?vZr`boPyh(YaXXZd_GBrrcReMx%)N* zE9`^!^VFQxm*~ubB8R-VW9(@-_b;ivsND+o;_oiizT{TnWC|ZjrU$)qTMTBZw*JR68N!YliaPCm8>a?PG-@qtzTACE&pQv*4=K5Vs z`{H;hm~8txd*YveoHC~8yGPFn9{+9UC)t0UTl3p5GIjJ;XUUrRTkVZX*{y3Iw3pxZ zWc#lM&fBe4#?Sn2+8@8h-AjEh?Mrq)D7r4lr^3C zU;jHIYZ|O+)p<3d?3~tpm7iX9g89RTAN+I9wcVQ;h1?Ty;4iuU4^_6tk7NCBgs4Yd zGXeW;_)97i(V8p0u>QZd^_G g!+ZG+YJlCX=dW%57tSBCAIe6m^l&ZsOP@db55$o82LJ#7 literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/SConscript b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/SConscript new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..177ba4ed83 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/SConscript @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +import rtconfig +Import('RTT_ROOT') +from building import * + +# get current directory +cwd = GetCurrentDir() + +# The set of source files associated with this SConscript file. +src = Split(""" +CMSIS/CM3/CoreSupport/core_cm3.c +CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/system_stm32f2xx.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_adc.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_can.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_crc.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp_aes.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp_des.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp_tdes.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dac.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dcmi.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dma.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_exti.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_flash.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_fsmc.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_gpio.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_hash.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_hash_md5.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_hash_sha1.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_i2c.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_iwdg.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_pwr.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rcc.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rng.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rtc.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_sdio.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_spi.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_syscfg.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_tim.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_usart.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_wwdg.c +STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c +""") + +# starupt scripts for STM32F2xx +startup_scripts = 'startup_stm32f2xx.s' + +# add for startup script +if rtconfig.CROSS_TOOL == 'gcc': + src = src + ['CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/gcc_ride7/' + startup_scripts] +elif rtconfig.CROSS_TOOL == 'keil': + src = src + ['CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/arm/' + startup_scripts] +elif rtconfig.CROSS_TOOL == 'iar': + src = src + ['CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx/startup/iar/' + startup_scripts] + +path = [cwd + '/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc', + cwd + '/CMSIS/CM3/CoreSupport', + cwd + '/CMSIS/CM3/DeviceSupport/ST/STM32F2xx'] + +CPPDEFINES = ['USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER'] +group = DefineGroup('STM32_StdPeriph', src, depend = [''], CPPPATH = path, CPPDEFINES = CPPDEFINES) + +Return('group') diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ee7c4a7354 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/Release_Notes.html @@ -0,0 +1,962 @@ + + + + + + + + +Release Notes for STM32F2xx Standard Peripherals Library Drivers + + + + + +
+ +

 

+ +
+ + + + + +
+ + + + + + + +
+

Back to Release page

+
+

Release Notes for STM32F2xx Standard + Peripherals Library Drivers (StdPeriph_Driver)

+

Copyright + 2011 STMicroelectronics

+

+
+

 

+ + + + +
+

Contents

+
    +
  1. STM32F2xx Standard Peripherals Library Drivers + update History
    2. +
  2. License
    3. +
+

STM32F2xx + Standard Peripherals Library Drivers  update History

V1.0.0 / 18-April-2011

Main +Changes

+
  • First official release for STM32F2xx devices
  • All drivers
    • Update file and function's header comments to add more explanation and fix Doxygen tags formatting
  • stm32f2xx_syscfg.h/.c
    • Add 2 functions for Compensation Cell management:
      void SYSCFG_CompensationCellCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
      FlagStatus SYSCFG_GetCompensationCellStatus(void);
  • stm32f2xx_rtc.h
    • RTC_DateTypeDef structure: change RTC_Month and RTC_WeekDay members size to 8bit (instead of 32bit)

V1.0.0RC1 / 18-March-2011

Main +Changes

+
  • Official version (V1.0.0) Release Candidate 1
  • All drivers
    • Add more comments and information about how to use the driver and the functions API
    • Delete registers definition from stm32f2xx_ppp.c and use defines within stm32f2xx.h file
  • stm32f2xx_rcc.h/.c
    • RCC_PLLConfig() function updated to support only Silicon RevisionB and RevisionY (PLLR parameter removed)
  • stm32f2xx_spi.c
    • I2S_Init() function updated to support only the I2S clock scheme available in Silicon RevisionB and RevisionY
  • stm32f2xx_can.h/.c
    • Add 5 new functions
      • 3 +new functions controlling the counter errors: CAN_GetLastErrorCode(), +CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter() and CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter()
      • 1 new function to select the CAN operating mode: CAN_OperatingModeRequest()
      • 1 new function to support CAN TT mode: CAN_TTComModeCmd()
        +
    • CAN_TransmitStatus() function updated to support all CAN transmit intermediate states
  • stm32f2xx_adc.h/.c
    • Name of the possible values of ADC_DMAAccessMode parameter modified as below:
      ADC_DMAAccessMode_HalfWord        -> ADC_DMAAccessMode_1 
      ADC_DMAAccessMode_TwoHalfWords -> ADC_DMAAccessMode_2
      ADC_DMAAccessMode_TwoBytes       -> ADC_DMAAccessMode_3
    • ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(): the 1st parameter ADCx removed 
  • stm32f2xx_cryp.h/.c
    • CRYP_GetITStatus() function coding updated
    • Add 2 functions for CRYP Context swapping:
      ErrorStatus CRYP_SaveContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextSave, CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct);
      void CRYP_RestoreContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextRestore);
    • Name of the possible values of CRYP_DMAReq parameter modified as below:
      CRYP_DMAReq_Rx -> CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN
      CRYP_DMAReq_Tx -> CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT 
  • Add three drivers to provide high level functions for AES, DES and TDES:
    • stm32f2xx_cryp_aes.c: provides high level functions to encrypt and decrypt an input message using AES in ECB/CBC/CTR modes
    • stm32f2xx_cryp_des.c: provides high level functions to encrypt and decrypt an input message using DES in ECB/CBC modes
    • stm32f2xx_cryp_tdes.c: provides high level functions to encrypt and decrypt an input message using TDES in ECB/CBC modes
    • These drivers uses the stm32f2xx_cryp.c/.h driver to access the STM32F2xx CRYP peripheral
  • stm32f2xx_hash.h/.c
    • HASH_GetITStatus() function coding updated
    • Add 2 functions for HASH Context swapping:
      void HASH_ContextSaving(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextSave);
      void HASH_ContextRestoring(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextRestore)
  • Add two drivers to provide high level functions for SHA1 and MD5:
    • stm32f2xx_hash_sha1.c: provides high level functions to compute the HASH SHA1 and HMAC SHA1 Digest of an input message
    • stm32f2xx_hash_md5.c: provides high level functions to compute the HASH MD5 and HMAC MD5 Digest of an input message
    • These drivers uses the stm32f2xx_hash.c/.h driver to access the STM32F2xx HASH peripheral
  • stm32f2xx_rng.h/.c
    • RNG_GetITStatus() function coding updated
    • Add new function:
      void RNG_ClearFlag(uint8_t RNG_FLAG);
  • stm32f2xx_gpio.h
    • Change the name of the parameter GPIO_Mode_AIN by GPIO_Mode_AN
  • stm32f2xx_rtc.h/.c
    • Rename the function RTC_DigitalCalibConfig() to RTC_CoarseCalibConfig() (no change on the parameter name)
    • Rename the function RTC_DigitalCalibCmd() to RTC_CoarseCalibCmd() (no change on the parameter name)
    • Add 3 functions:
      void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct);
      void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct);
      void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct);       
  • stm32f2xx_flash.h/.c
    • Name of the possible values of OB_BOR parameter modified as below:
      OB_BOR_Level_3    -> OB_BOR_LEVEL3
      OB_BOR_Level_2    -> OB_BOR_LEVEL2
      OB_BOR_Level_1    -> OB_BOR_LEVEL1
      OB_BOR_Level_Off  -> OB_BOR_OFF
    • FLASH_OB_GetBOR() function updated to return the BOR level value as defined in OPTCR register
  • stm32f2xx_i2c.h/.c
    • Add 1 new function:
      • I2C_NACKPositionConfig(): +This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_PECPositionConfig() +but is intended to be used in I2C mode while I2C_PECPositionConfig() is +intended to used in SMBUS mode.
  • stm32f2xx_tim.h
    • Change the TIM_DMABurstLength_xBytes definitions to TIM_DMABurstLength_xTansfers

 +

License

+

The enclosed firmware and all the related documentation are + not covered by a License Agreement, if you need such License you can + contact your local STMicroelectronics office.

+

THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING + CUSTOMERS WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR + THEM TO SAVE TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE + FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY + CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY + CUSTOMERS OF THE CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH + THEIR PRODUCTS.

+

 

+
+
+
+

For + complete documentation on STM32(CORTEX M3) 32-Bit + Microcontrollers visit www.st.com/STM32

+
+

+
+ +
+ +

 

+ +
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15b88a6d2b --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/misc.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file misc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the miscellaneous + * firmware library functions (add-on to CMSIS functions). + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __MISC_H +#define __MISC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup MISC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief NVIC Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannel; /*!< Specifies the IRQ channel to be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be an enumerator of @ref IRQn_Type + enumeration (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels + list, please refer to stm32f2xx.h file) */ + + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority; /*!< Specifies the pre-emption priority for the IRQ channel + specified in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value + between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref MISC_NVIC_Priority_Table + A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */ + + uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority; /*!< Specifies the subpriority level for the IRQ channel specified + in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value + between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref MISC_NVIC_Priority_Table + A lower priority value indicates a higher priority */ + + FunctionalState NVIC_IRQChannelCmd; /*!< Specifies whether the IRQ channel defined in NVIC_IRQChannel + will be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ +} NVIC_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Vector_Table_Base + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_VectTab_RAM ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define NVIC_VectTab_FLASH ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(VECTTAB) (((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_RAM) || \ + ((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_FLASH)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_System_Low_Power + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_NVIC_LP(LP) (((LP) == NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND) || \ + ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP) || \ + ((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Preemption_Priority_Group + * @{ + */ + +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 ((uint32_t)0x700) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority + 4 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 ((uint32_t)0x600) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority + 3 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 ((uint32_t)0x500) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority + 2 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 ((uint32_t)0x400) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority + 1 bits for subpriority */ +#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 ((uint32_t)0x300) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority + 0 bits for subpriority */ + +#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_0) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_1) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_2) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_3) || \ + ((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_4)) + +#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) + +#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10) + +#define IS_NVIC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) < 0x000FFFFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_SysTick_clock_source + * @{ + */ + +#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFB) +#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) || \ + ((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup); +void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct); +void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset); +void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState); +void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __MISC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_adc.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_adc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8f11df9673 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_adc.h @@ -0,0 +1,643 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_adc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the ADC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_ADC_H +#define __STM32F2xx_ADC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup ADC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief ADC Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ADC_Resolution; /*!< Configures the ADC resolution dual mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_resolution */ + FunctionalState ADC_ScanConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion + is performed in Scan (multichannels) + or Single (one channel) mode. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE */ + FunctionalState ADC_ContinuousConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion + is performed in Continuous or Single mode. + This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge; /*!< Select the external trigger edge and + enable the trigger of a regular group. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion */ + uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConv; /*!< Select the external event used to trigger + the start of conversion of a regular group. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_extrenal_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion */ + uint32_t ADC_DataAlign; /*!< Specifies whether the ADC data alignment + is left or right. This parameter can be + a value of @ref ADC_data_align */ + uint8_t ADC_NbrOfConversion; /*!< Specifies the number of ADC conversions + that will be done using the sequencer for + regular channel group. + This parameter must range from 1 to 16. */ +}ADC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief ADC Common Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ADC_Mode; /*!< Configures the ADC to operate in + independent or multi mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_Common_mode */ + uint32_t ADC_Prescaler; /*!< Select the frequency of the clock + to the ADC. The clock is common for all the ADCs. + This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_Prescaler */ + uint32_t ADC_DMAAccessMode; /*!< Configures the Direct memory access + mode for multi ADC mode. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode */ + uint32_t ADC_TwoSamplingDelay; /*!< Configures the Delay between 2 sampling phases. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref ADC_delay_between_2_sampling_phases */ + +}ADC_CommonInitTypeDef; + + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == ADC1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == ADC3)) + +/** @defgroup ADC_Common_mode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Mode_Independent ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define ADC_DualMode_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define ADC_DualMode_RegSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define ADC_DualMode_Interl ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define ADC_DualMode_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000009) +#define ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000011) +#define ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000012) +#define ADC_TripleMode_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000015) +#define ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult ((uint32_t)0x00000016) +#define ADC_TripleMode_Interl ((uint32_t)0x00000017) +#define ADC_TripleMode_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00000019) +#define IS_ADC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_Mode_Independent) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_InjecSimult) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_RegSimult) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_Interl) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DualMode_AlterTrig) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_InjecSimult) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult_AlterTrig) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_InjecSimult) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_RegSimult) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_Interl) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_TripleMode_AlterTrig)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Prescaler_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_Prescaler_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define ADC_Prescaler_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define ADC_Prescaler_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00030000) +#define IS_ADC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div6) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == ADC_Prescaler_Div8)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /* DMA mode disabled */ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_1 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /* DMA mode 1 enabled (2 / 3 half-words one by one - 1 then 2 then 3)*/ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_2 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /* DMA mode 2 enabled (2 / 3 half-words by pairs - 2&1 then 1&3 then 3&2)*/ +#define ADC_DMAAccessMode_3 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000) /* DMA mode 3 enabled (2 / 3 bytes by pairs - 2&1 then 1&3 then 3&2) */ +#define IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_1) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_2) || \ + ((MODE) == ADC_DMAAccessMode_3)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_delay_between_2_sampling_phases + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_5Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_6Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_7Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_8Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000300) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_9Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_10Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000500) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_11Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000600) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_12Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000700) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_13Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_14Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000900) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_15Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_16Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_17Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000C00) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_18Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000D00) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_19Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000E00) +#define ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_20Cycles ((uint32_t)0x00000F00) +#define IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY(DELAY) (((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_5Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_6Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_7Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_8Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_9Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_10Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_11Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_12Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_13Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_14Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_15Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_16Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_17Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_18Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_19Cycles) || \ + ((DELAY) == ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_20Cycles)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_resolution + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Resolution_12b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_Resolution_10b ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define ADC_Resolution_8b ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define ADC_Resolution_6b ((uint32_t)0x03000000) +#define IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(RESOLUTION) (((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_12b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_10b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_8b) || \ + ((RESOLUTION) == ADC_Resolution_6b)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_regular_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x30000000) +#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_Falling) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_RisingFalling)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_extrenal_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x03000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x05000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x06000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x09000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x0B000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x0D000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0E000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11 ((uint32_t)0x0F000000) +#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(REGTRIG) (((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC2) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC3) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC4) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_TRGO) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC1) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC2) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC3) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_CC1) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_TRGO) || \ + ((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_data_align + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_DataAlign_Right ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_DataAlign_Left ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Right) || \ + ((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Left)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_channels + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_Channel_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define ADC_Channel_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define ADC_Channel_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define ADC_Channel_3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define ADC_Channel_4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define ADC_Channel_5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define ADC_Channel_6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define ADC_Channel_7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define ADC_Channel_8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define ADC_Channel_9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define ADC_Channel_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define ADC_Channel_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define ADC_Channel_12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define ADC_Channel_13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define ADC_Channel_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define ADC_Channel_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) +#define ADC_Channel_16 ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define ADC_Channel_17 ((uint8_t)0x11) +#define ADC_Channel_18 ((uint8_t)0x12) + +#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_16) +#define ADC_Channel_Vrefint ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_17) +#define ADC_Channel_Vbat ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_18) + +#define IS_ADC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_0) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_7) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_8) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_9) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_10) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_11) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_12) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_13) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_14) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_15) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_16) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_17) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_18)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_sampling_times + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles) || \ + ((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_edge_for_injected_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling ((uint32_t)0x00300000) +#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling) || \ + ((EDGE) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_extrenal_trigger_sources_for_injected_channels_conversion + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00030000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00050000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00060000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00070000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00090000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x000B0000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x000D0000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x000E0000) +#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15 ((uint32_t)0x000F0000) +#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(INJTRIG) (((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC3) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4) || \ + ((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_channel_selection + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_1 ((uint8_t)0x14) +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_2 ((uint8_t)0x18) +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_3 ((uint8_t)0x1C) +#define ADC_InjectedChannel_4 ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_4)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_analog_watchdog_selection + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800200) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400200) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00200) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00000) +#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(WATCHDOG) (((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable) || \ + ((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_IT_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0205) +#define ADC_IT_AWD ((uint16_t)0x0106) +#define ADC_IT_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0407) +#define ADC_IT_OVR ((uint16_t)0x201A) +#define IS_ADC_IT(IT) (((IT) == ADC_IT_EOC) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD) || \ + ((IT) == ADC_IT_JEOC)|| ((IT) == ADC_IT_OVR)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_flags_definition + * @{ + */ +#define ADC_FLAG_AWD ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define ADC_FLAG_EOC ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define ADC_FLAG_JEOC ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define ADC_FLAG_JSTRT ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define ADC_FLAG_STRT ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define ADC_FLAG_OVR ((uint8_t)0x20) + +#define IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint8_t)0xC0) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) +#define IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOC) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JEOC) || \ + ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_JSTRT) || \ + ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_STRT) || \ + ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_OVR)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_thresholds + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) ((THRESHOLD) <= 0xFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_offset + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= 0xFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_length + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x4)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_injected_rank + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x4)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_length + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x10)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_rank + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x10)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_regular_discontinuous_mode_number + * @{ + */ +#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) >= 0x1) && ((NUMBER) <= 0x8)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the ADC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void ADC_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); +void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct); +void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct); +void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct); +void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Analog Watchdog configuration functions ************************************/ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold,uint16_t LowThreshold); +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel); + +/* Temperature Sensor, Vrefint and VBAT management functions ******************/ +void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_VBATCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Regular Channels Configuration functions ***********************************/ +void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); +void ADC_SoftwareStartConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_ContinuousModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number); +void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +uint32_t ADC_GetMultiModeConversionValue(void); + +/* Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions *******************************/ +void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Injected channels Configuration functions **********************************/ +void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime); +void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length); +void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset); +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv); +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvEdgeConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge); +void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx); +void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG); +void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG); +ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT); +void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_ADC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_can.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_can.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bfa1ba0e7d --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_can.h @@ -0,0 +1,638 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_can.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CAN firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_CAN_H +#define __STM32F2xx_CAN_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CAN + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == CAN1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == CAN2)) + +/** + * @brief CAN init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t CAN_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the length of a time quantum. + It ranges from 1 to 1024. */ + + uint8_t CAN_Mode; /*!< Specifies the CAN operating mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_operating_mode */ + + uint8_t CAN_SJW; /*!< Specifies the maximum number of time quanta + the CAN hardware is allowed to lengthen or + shorten a bit to perform resynchronization. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_synchronisation_jump_width */ + + uint8_t CAN_BS1; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit + Segment 1. This parameter can be a value of + @ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 */ + + uint8_t CAN_BS2; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit Segment 2. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 */ + + FunctionalState CAN_TTCM; /*!< Enable or disable the time triggered communication mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_ABOM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic bus-off management. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_AWUM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic wake-up mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_NART; /*!< Enable or disable the non-automatic retransmission mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_RFLM; /*!< Enable or disable the Receive FIFO Locked mode. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ + + FunctionalState CAN_TXFP; /*!< Enable or disable the transmit FIFO priority. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ +} CAN_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CAN filter init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t CAN_FilterIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (MSBs for a 32-bit + configuration, first one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (LSBs for a 32-bit + configuration, second one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, + according to the mode (MSBs for a 32-bit configuration, + first one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, + according to the mode (LSBs for a 32-bit configuration, + second one for a 16-bit configuration). + This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment; /*!< Specifies the FIFO (0 or 1) which will be assigned to the filter. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_FIFO */ + + uint8_t CAN_FilterNumber; /*!< Specifies the filter which will be initialized. It ranges from 0 to 13. */ + + uint8_t CAN_FilterMode; /*!< Specifies the filter mode to be initialized. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_mode */ + + uint8_t CAN_FilterScale; /*!< Specifies the filter scale. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_scale */ + + FunctionalState CAN_FilterActivation; /*!< Enable or disable the filter. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */ +} CAN_FilterInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CAN Tx message structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */ + + uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */ + + uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that + will be transmitted. This parameter can be a value + of @ref CAN_identifier_type */ + + uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the message that will + be transmitted. This parameter can be a value of + @ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */ + + uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be + transmitted. This parameter can be a value between + 0 to 8 */ + + uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be transmitted. It ranges from 0 + to 0xFF. */ +} CanTxMsg; + +/** + * @brief CAN Rx message structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */ + + uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */ + + uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that + will be received. This parameter can be a value of + @ref CAN_identifier_type */ + + uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the received message. + This parameter can be a value of + @ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */ + + uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be received. + This parameter can be a value between 0 to 8 */ + + uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be received. It ranges from 0 to + 0xFF. */ + + uint8_t FMI; /*!< Specifies the index of the filter the message stored in + the mailbox passes through. This parameter can be a + value between 0 to 0xFF */ +} CanRxMsg; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_InitStatus + * @{ + */ + +#define CAN_InitStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN initialization failed */ +#define CAN_InitStatus_Success ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN initialization OK */ + + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANINITFAILED CAN_InitStatus_Failed +#define CANINITOK CAN_InitStatus_Success +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_operating_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define CAN_Mode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< normal mode */ +#define CAN_Mode_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< loopback mode */ +#define CAN_Mode_Silent ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< silent mode */ +#define CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< loopback combined with silent mode */ + +#define IS_CAN_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Normal) || \ + ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_LoopBack)|| \ + ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent) || \ + ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack)) +/** + * @} + */ + + + /** + * @defgroup CAN_operating_mode + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Initialization mode */ +#define CAN_OperatingMode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Normal mode */ +#define CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< sleep mode */ + + +#define IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) ||\ + ((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal)|| \ + ((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup CAN_operating_mode_status + * @{ + */ + +#define CAN_ModeStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode failed */ +#define CAN_ModeStatus_Success ((uint8_t)!CAN_ModeStatus_Failed) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode Succeed */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_synchronisation_jump_width + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_SJW_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ +#define CAN_SJW_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ +#define CAN_SJW_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ +#define CAN_SJW_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ + +#define IS_CAN_SJW(SJW) (((SJW) == CAN_SJW_1tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_2tq)|| \ + ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_3tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_4tq)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_BS1_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_9tq ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< 9 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_10tq ((uint8_t)0x09) /*!< 10 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_11tq ((uint8_t)0x0A) /*!< 11 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_12tq ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< 12 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_13tq ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< 13 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_14tq ((uint8_t)0x0D) /*!< 14 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_15tq ((uint8_t)0x0E) /*!< 15 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS1_16tq ((uint8_t)0x0F) /*!< 16 time quantum */ + +#define IS_CAN_BS1(BS1) ((BS1) <= CAN_BS1_16tq) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_BS2_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */ +#define CAN_BS2_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */ + +#define IS_CAN_BS2(BS2) ((BS2) <= CAN_BS2_8tq) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_clock_prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) >= 1) && ((PRESCALER) <= 1024)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_filter_number + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(NUMBER) ((NUMBER) <= 27) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_filter_mode + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_FilterMode_IdMask ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< identifier/mask mode */ +#define CAN_FilterMode_IdList ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< identifier list mode */ + +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) || \ + ((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdList)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_filter_scale + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_FilterScale_16bit ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Two 16-bit filters */ +#define CAN_FilterScale_32bit ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< One 32-bit filter */ + +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(SCALE) (((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) || \ + ((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_32bit)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_filter_FIFO + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_Filter_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Filter FIFO 0 assignment for filter x */ +#define CAN_Filter_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Filter FIFO 1 assignment for filter x */ +#define IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO0) || \ + ((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO1)) + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CAN_FilterFIFO0 CAN_Filter_FIFO0 +#define CAN_FilterFIFO1 CAN_Filter_FIFO1 +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Start_bank_filter_for_slave_CAN + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(BANKNUMBER) (((BANKNUMBER) >= 1) && ((BANKNUMBER) <= 27)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Tx + * @{ + */ +#define IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TRANSMITMAILBOX) ((TRANSMITMAILBOX) <= ((uint8_t)0x02)) +#define IS_CAN_STDID(STDID) ((STDID) <= ((uint32_t)0x7FF)) +#define IS_CAN_EXTID(EXTID) ((EXTID) <= ((uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF)) +#define IS_CAN_DLC(DLC) ((DLC) <= ((uint8_t)0x08)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_identifier_type + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_Id_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Standard Id */ +#define CAN_Id_Extended ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Extended Id */ +#define IS_CAN_IDTYPE(IDTYPE) (((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Standard) || \ + ((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Extended)) + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CAN_ID_STD CAN_Id_Standard +#define CAN_ID_EXT CAN_Id_Extended +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_remote_transmission_request + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_RTR_Data ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Data frame */ +#define CAN_RTR_Remote ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Remote frame */ +#define IS_CAN_RTR(RTR) (((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Data) || ((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Remote)) + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CAN_RTR_DATA CAN_RTR_Data +#define CAN_RTR_REMOTE CAN_RTR_Remote +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_transmit_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00)/*!< CAN transmission failed */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN transmission succeeded */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_Pending ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< CAN transmission pending */ +#define CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< CAN cell did not provide + an empty mailbox */ +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANTXFAILED CAN_TxStatus_Failed +#define CANTXOK CAN_TxStatus_Ok +#define CANTXPENDING CAN_TxStatus_Pending +#define CAN_NO_MB CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_receive_FIFO_number_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN FIFO 0 used to receive */ +#define CAN_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN FIFO 1 used to receive */ + +#define IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO0) || ((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_sleep_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_Sleep_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not enter the sleep mode */ +#define CAN_Sleep_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN entered the sleep mode */ + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANSLEEPFAILED CAN_Sleep_Failed +#define CANSLEEPOK CAN_Sleep_Ok +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_wake_up_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_WakeUp_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not leave the sleep mode */ +#define CAN_WakeUp_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN leaved the sleep mode */ + +/* Legacy defines */ +#define CANWAKEUPFAILED CAN_WakeUp_Failed +#define CANWAKEUPOK CAN_WakeUp_Ok +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup CAN_Error_Code_constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_NoErr ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< No Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_StuffErr ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< Stuff Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_FormErr ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Form Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_ACKErr ((uint8_t)0x30) /*!< Acknowledgment Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitRecessiveErr ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Bit Recessive Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitDominantErr ((uint8_t)0x50) /*!< Bit Dominant Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_CRCErr ((uint8_t)0x60) /*!< CRC Error */ +#define CAN_ErrorCode_SoftwareSetErr ((uint8_t)0x70) /*!< Software Set Error */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_flags + * @{ + */ +/* If the flag is 0x3XXXXXXX, it means that it can be used with CAN_GetFlagStatus() + and CAN_ClearFlag() functions. */ +/* If the flag is 0x1XXXXXXX, it means that it can only be used with + CAN_GetFlagStatus() function. */ + +/* Transmit Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP0 ((uint32_t)0x38000001) /*!< Request MailBox0 Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP1 ((uint32_t)0x38000100) /*!< Request MailBox1 Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP2 ((uint32_t)0x38010000) /*!< Request MailBox2 Flag */ + +/* Receive Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x12000003) /*!< FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x32000008) /*!< FIFO 0 Full Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x32000010) /*!< FIFO 0 Overrun Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x14000003) /*!< FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x34000008) /*!< FIFO 1 Full Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x34000010) /*!< FIFO 1 Overrun Flag */ + +/* Operating Mode Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_WKU ((uint32_t)0x31000008) /*!< Wake up Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_SLAK ((uint32_t)0x31000012) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Flag */ +/* @note When SLAK interrupt is disabled (SLKIE=0), no polling on SLAKI is possible. + In this case the SLAK bit can be polled.*/ + +/* Error Flags */ +#define CAN_FLAG_EWG ((uint32_t)0x10F00001) /*!< Error Warning Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_EPV ((uint32_t)0x10F00002) /*!< Error Passive Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_BOF ((uint32_t)0x10F00004) /*!< Bus-Off Flag */ +#define CAN_FLAG_LEC ((uint32_t)0x30F00070) /*!< Last error code Flag */ + +#define IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_BOF) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EPV) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EWG) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1)|| ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK )) + +#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG)(((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) ||\ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || \ + ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_interrupts + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_IT_TME ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt*/ + +/* Receive Interrupts */ +#define CAN_IT_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< FIFO 0 full Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< FIFO 1 full Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt*/ + +/* Operating Mode Interrupts */ +#define CAN_IT_WKU ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Wake-up Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_SLK ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Interrupt*/ + +/* Error Interrupts */ +#define CAN_IT_EWG ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Error warning Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_EPV ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Error passive Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_BOF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bus-off Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_LEC ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Last error code Interrupt*/ +#define CAN_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Error Interrupt*/ + +/* Flags named as Interrupts : kept only for FW compatibility */ +#define CAN_IT_RQCP0 CAN_IT_TME +#define CAN_IT_RQCP1 CAN_IT_TME +#define CAN_IT_RQCP2 CAN_IT_TME + + +#define IS_CAN_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP0) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK)) + +#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\ + ((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the CAN configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct); +void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct); +void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct); +void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber); +void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState); +void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* CAN Frames Transmission functions ******************************************/ +uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage); +uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox); +void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox); + +/* CAN Frames Reception functions *********************************************/ +void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage); +void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber); +uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber); + +/* Operation modes functions **************************************************/ +uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode); +uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); +uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); + +/* CAN Bus Error management functions *****************************************/ +uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); +uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); +uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG); +void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG); +ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT); +void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F2xx_CAN_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_crc.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_crc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b10b93b558 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_crc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CRC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_CRC_H +#define __STM32F2xx_CRC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CRC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void CRC_ResetDR(void); +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data); +uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength); +uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void); +void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue); +uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F2xx_CRC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_cryp.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_cryp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f60e3ae97f --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_cryp.h @@ -0,0 +1,338 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_cryp.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the Cryptographic + * processor(CRYP) firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_CRYP_H +#define __STM32F2xx_CRYP_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CRYP + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief CRYP Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t CRYP_AlgoDir; /*!< Encrypt or Decrypt. This parameter can be a + value of @ref CRYP_Algorithm_Direction */ + uint16_t CRYP_AlgoMode; /*!< TDES-ECB, TDES-CBC, DES-ECB, DES-CBC, AES-ECB, + AES-CBC, AES-CTR, AES-Key. This parameter can be + a value of @ref CRYP_Algorithm_Mode */ + uint16_t CRYP_DataType; /*!< 32-bit data, 16-bit data, bit data or bit-string. + This parameter can be a value of @ref CRYP_Data_Type */ + uint16_t CRYP_KeySize; /*!< Used only in AES mode only : 128, 192 or 256 bit + key length. This parameter can be a value of + @ref CRYP_Key_Size_for_AES_only */ +}CRYP_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CRYP Key(s) structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t CRYP_Key0Left; /*!< Key 0 Left */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key0Right; /*!< Key 0 Right */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key1Left; /*!< Key 1 left */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key1Right; /*!< Key 1 Right */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key2Left; /*!< Key 2 left */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key2Right; /*!< Key 2 Right */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key3Left; /*!< Key 3 left */ + uint32_t CRYP_Key3Right; /*!< Key 3 Right */ +}CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef; +/** + * @brief CRYP Initialization Vectors (IV) structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t CRYP_IV0Left; /*!< Init Vector 0 Left */ + uint32_t CRYP_IV0Right; /*!< Init Vector 0 Right */ + uint32_t CRYP_IV1Left; /*!< Init Vector 1 left */ + uint32_t CRYP_IV1Right; /*!< Init Vector 1 Right */ +}CRYP_IVInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief CRYP context swapping structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + /*!< Configuration */ + uint32_t CR_bits9to2; + /*!< KEY */ + uint32_t CRYP_IV0LR; + uint32_t CRYP_IV0RR; + uint32_t CRYP_IV1LR; + uint32_t CRYP_IV1RR; + /*!< IV */ + uint32_t CRYP_K0LR; + uint32_t CRYP_K0RR; + uint32_t CRYP_K1LR; + uint32_t CRYP_K1RR; + uint32_t CRYP_K2LR; + uint32_t CRYP_K2RR; + uint32_t CRYP_K3LR; + uint32_t CRYP_K3RR; +}CRYP_Context; + + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Algorithm_Direction + * @{ + */ +#define CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define IS_CRYP_ALGODIR(ALGODIR) (((ALGODIR) == CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt) || \ + ((ALGODIR) == CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Algorithm_Mode + * @{ + */ + +/*!< TDES Modes */ +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_CBC ((uint16_t)0x0008) + +/*!< DES Modes */ +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_ECB ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_CBC ((uint16_t)0x0018) + +/*!< AES Modes */ +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_ECB ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CBC ((uint16_t)0x0028) +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CTR ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_Key ((uint16_t)0x0038) + +#define IS_CRYP_ALGOMODE(ALGOMODE) (((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_CBC)|| \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_ECB)|| \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_CBC) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_ECB) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CBC) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CTR) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_Key)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Data_Type + * @{ + */ +#define CRYP_DataType_32b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define CRYP_DataType_16b ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define CRYP_DataType_8b ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define CRYP_DataType_1b ((uint16_t)0x00C0) +#define IS_CRYP_DATATYPE(DATATYPE) (((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_32b) || \ + ((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_16b)|| \ + ((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_8b)|| \ + ((DATATYPE) == CRYP_DataType_1b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Key_Size_for_AES_only + * @{ + */ +#define CRYP_KeySize_128b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define CRYP_KeySize_192b ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define CRYP_KeySize_256b ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define IS_CRYP_KEYSIZE(KEYSIZE) (((KEYSIZE) == CRYP_KeySize_128b)|| \ + ((KEYSIZE) == CRYP_KeySize_192b)|| \ + ((KEYSIZE) == CRYP_KeySize_256b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_flags_definition + * @{ + */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_BUSY ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< The CRYP core is currently + processing a block of data + or a key preparation (for + AES decryption). */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_IFEM ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Input Fifo Empty */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_IFNF ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< Input Fifo is Not Full */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_INRIS ((uint8_t)0x22) /*!< Raw interrupt pending */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_OFNE ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< Input Fifo service raw + interrupt status */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_OFFU ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< Output Fifo is Full */ +#define CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS ((uint8_t)0x21) /*!< Output Fifo service raw + interrupt status */ + +#define IS_CRYP_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_IFEM) || \ + ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_IFNF) || \ + ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_OFNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_OFFU) || \ + ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) || \ + ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS)|| \ + ((FLAG) == CRYP_FLAG_INRIS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ +#define CRYP_IT_INI ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< IN Fifo Interrupt */ +#define CRYP_IT_OUTI ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< OUT Fifo Interrupt */ +#define IS_CRYP_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0xFC) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) +#define IS_CRYP_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == CRYP_IT_INI) || ((IT) == CRYP_IT_OUTI)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Encryption_Decryption_modes_definition + * @{ + */ +#define MODE_ENCRYPT ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define MODE_DECRYPT ((uint8_t)0x00) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_DMA_transfer_requests + * @{ + */ +#define CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_CRYP_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint8_t)0xFC) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the CRYP configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void CRYP_DeInit(void); + +/* CRYP Initialization and Configuration functions ****************************/ +void CRYP_Init(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct); +void CRYP_StructInit(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct); +void CRYP_KeyInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct); +void CRYP_KeyStructInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct); +void CRYP_IVInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct); +void CRYP_IVStructInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct); +void CRYP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* CRYP Data processing functions *********************************************/ +void CRYP_DataIn(uint32_t Data); +uint32_t CRYP_DataOut(void); +void CRYP_FIFOFlush(void); + +/* CRYP Context swapping functions ********************************************/ +ErrorStatus CRYP_SaveContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextSave, + CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct); +void CRYP_RestoreContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextRestore); + +/* CRYP's DMA interface function **********************************************/ +void CRYP_DMACmd(uint8_t CRYP_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void CRYP_ITConfig(uint8_t CRYP_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +ITStatus CRYP_GetITStatus(uint8_t CRYP_IT); +FlagStatus CRYP_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t CRYP_FLAG); + +/* High Level AES functions **************************************************/ +ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize, + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_CBC(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t InitVectors[16], + uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize, + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_CTR(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t InitVectors[16], + uint8_t *Key, uint16_t Keysize, + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +/* High Level TDES functions **************************************************/ +ErrorStatus CRYP_TDES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t Key[24], + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +ErrorStatus CRYP_TDES_CBC(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t Key[24], + uint8_t InitVectors[8], + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +/* High Level DES functions **************************************************/ +ErrorStatus CRYP_DES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t Key[8], + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +ErrorStatus CRYP_DES_CBC(uint8_t Mode, + uint8_t Key[8], + uint8_t InitVectors[8], + uint8_t *Input,uint32_t Ilength, + uint8_t *Output); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_CRYP_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dac.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7267827877 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dac.h @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_dac.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DAC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_DAC_H +#define __STM32F2xx_DAC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief DAC Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DAC_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_trigger_selection */ + + uint32_t DAC_WaveGeneration; /*!< Specifies whether DAC channel noise waves or triangle waves + are generated, or whether no wave is generated. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_wave_generation */ + + uint32_t DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude; /*!< Specifies the LFSR mask for noise wave generation or + the maximum amplitude triangle generation for the DAC channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude */ + + uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer; /*!< Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_output_buffer */ +}DAC_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_trigger_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Trigger_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register + has been loaded, and not by external trigger */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000024) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) /*!< TIM4 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /*!< TIM5 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /*!< TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ + +#define DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9 ((uint32_t)0x00000034) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */ +#define DAC_Trigger_Software ((uint32_t)0x0000003C) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */ + +#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_None) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T5_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Software)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_None) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 3 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 7 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 15 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 31 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 63 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 127 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 255 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 511 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 */ +#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 */ + +#define IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047) || \ + ((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_output_buffer + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Channel_selection + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_data_alignement + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Align_12b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DAC_Align_12b_L ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DAC_Align_8b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_DAC_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_R) || \ + ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_L) || \ + ((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_8b_R)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_Wave_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DAC_Wave_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_DAC_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Noise) || \ + ((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Triangle)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_data + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_DAC_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0xFFF0) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ +#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_DAC_IT(IT) (((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_DAC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the DAC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void DAC_DeInit(void); + +/* DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format functions */ +void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); +void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct); +void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState); +void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); +void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data); +void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1); +uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel); + +/* DMA management functions ***************************************************/ +void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); +void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG); +ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); +void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_DAC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4cf422b78a --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DBGMCU firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_DBGMCU_H +#define __STM32F2xx_DBGMCU_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DBGMCU + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define DBGMCU_SLEEP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_STANDBY ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +#define DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define DBGMCU_TIM12_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DBGMCU_TIM13_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define DBGMCU_TIM14_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define DBGMCU_RTC_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DBGMCU_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define DBGMCU_CAN2_STOP ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xF91FE200) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) + +#define DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFF8FFFC) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void); +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void); +void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F2xx_DBGMCU_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dcmi.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dcmi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..640c66e8a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dcmi.h @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_dcmi.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DCMI firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_DCMI_H +#define __STM32F2xx_DCMI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DCMI + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief DCMI Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t DCMI_CaptureMode; /*!< Specifies the Capture Mode: Continuous or Snapshot. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_Capture_Mode */ + + uint16_t DCMI_SynchroMode; /*!< Specifies the Synchronization Mode: Hardware or Embedded. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_Synchronization_Mode */ + + uint16_t DCMI_PCKPolarity; /*!< Specifies the Pixel clock polarity: Falling or Rising. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_PIXCK_Polarity */ + + uint16_t DCMI_VSPolarity; /*!< Specifies the Vertical synchronization polarity: High or Low. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_VSYNC_Polarity */ + + uint16_t DCMI_HSPolarity; /*!< Specifies the Horizontal synchronization polarity: High or Low. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_HSYNC_Polarity */ + + uint16_t DCMI_CaptureRate; /*!< Specifies the frequency of frame capture: All, 1/2 or 1/4. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_Capture_Rate */ + + uint16_t DCMI_ExtendedDataMode; /*!< Specifies the data width: 8-bit, 10-bit, 12-bit or 14-bit. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DCMI_Extended_Data_Mode */ +} DCMI_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DCMI CROP Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t DCMI_VerticalStartLine; /*!< Specifies the Vertical start line count from which the image capture + will start. This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0x1FFF */ + + uint16_t DCMI_HorizontalOffsetCount; /*!< Specifies the number of pixel clocks to count before starting a capture. + This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0x3FFF */ + + uint16_t DCMI_VerticalLineCount; /*!< Specifies the number of lines to be captured from the starting point. + This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0x3FFF */ + + uint16_t DCMI_CaptureCount; /*!< Specifies the number of pixel clocks to be captured from the starting + point on the same line. + This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0x3FFF */ +} DCMI_CROPInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief DCMI Embedded Synchronisation CODE Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t DCMI_FrameStartCode; /*!< Specifies the code of the frame start delimiter. */ + uint8_t DCMI_LineStartCode; /*!< Specifies the code of the line start delimiter. */ + uint8_t DCMI_LineEndCode; /*!< Specifies the code of the line end delimiter. */ + uint8_t DCMI_FrameEndCode; /*!< Specifies the code of the frame end delimiter. */ +} DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Capture_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_CaptureMode_Continuous ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< The received data are transferred continuously + into the destination memory through the DMA */ +#define DCMI_CaptureMode_SnapShot ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Once activated, the interface waits for the start of + frame and then transfers a single frame through the DMA */ +#define IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(MODE)(((MODE) == DCMI_CaptureMode_Continuous) || \ + ((MODE) == DCMI_CaptureMode_SnapShot)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Synchronization_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_SynchroMode_Hardware ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Hardware synchronization data capture (frame/line start/stop) + is synchronized with the HSYNC/VSYNC signals */ +#define DCMI_SynchroMode_Embedded ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< Embedded synchronization data capture is synchronized with + synchronization codes embedded in the data flow */ +#define IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(MODE)(((MODE) == DCMI_SynchroMode_Hardware) || \ + ((MODE) == DCMI_SynchroMode_Embedded)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_PIXCK_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_PCKPolarity_Falling ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Pixel clock active on Falling edge */ +#define DCMI_PCKPolarity_Rising ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Pixel clock active on Rising edge */ +#define IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(POLARITY)(((POLARITY) == DCMI_PCKPolarity_Falling) || \ + ((POLARITY) == DCMI_PCKPolarity_Rising)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_VSYNC_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_VSPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Vertical synchronization active Low */ +#define DCMI_VSPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< Vertical synchronization active High */ +#define IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(POLARITY)(((POLARITY) == DCMI_VSPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == DCMI_VSPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_HSYNC_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_HSPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Horizontal synchronization active Low */ +#define DCMI_HSPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< Horizontal synchronization active High */ +#define IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(POLARITY)(((POLARITY) == DCMI_HSPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == DCMI_HSPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Capture_Rate + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_CaptureRate_All_Frame ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< All frames are captured */ +#define DCMI_CaptureRate_1of2_Frame ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Every alternate frame captured */ +#define DCMI_CaptureRate_1of4_Frame ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< One frame in 4 frames captured */ +#define IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(RATE) (((RATE) == DCMI_CaptureRate_All_Frame) || \ + ((RATE) == DCMI_CaptureRate_1of2_Frame) ||\ + ((RATE) == DCMI_CaptureRate_1of4_Frame)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Extended_Data_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Interface captures 8-bit data on every pixel clock */ +#define DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_10b ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Interface captures 10-bit data on every pixel clock */ +#define DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_12b ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Interface captures 12-bit data on every pixel clock */ +#define DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_14b ((uint16_t)0x0C00) /*!< Interface captures 14-bit data on every pixel clock */ +#define IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(DATA)(((DATA) == DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_8b) || \ + ((DATA) == DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_10b) ||\ + ((DATA) == DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_12b) ||\ + ((DATA) == DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_14b)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_interrupt_sources + * @{ + */ +#define DCMI_IT_FRAME ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define DCMI_IT_OVF ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define DCMI_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define DCMI_IT_VSYNC ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define DCMI_IT_LINE ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define IS_DCMI_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFFE0) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000)) +#define IS_DCMI_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == DCMI_IT_FRAME) || \ + ((IT) == DCMI_IT_OVF) || \ + ((IT) == DCMI_IT_ERR) || \ + ((IT) == DCMI_IT_VSYNC) || \ + ((IT) == DCMI_IT_LINE)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Flags + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief DCMI SR register + */ +#define DCMI_FLAG_HSYNC ((uint16_t)0x2001) +#define DCMI_FLAG_VSYNC ((uint16_t)0x2002) +#define DCMI_FLAG_FNE ((uint16_t)0x2004) +/** + * @brief DCMI RISR register + */ +#define DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define DCMI_FLAG_LINERI ((uint16_t)0x0010) +/** + * @brief DCMI MISR register + */ +#define DCMI_FLAG_FRAMEMI ((uint16_t)0x1001) +#define DCMI_FLAG_OVFMI ((uint16_t)0x1002) +#define DCMI_FLAG_ERRMI ((uint16_t)0x1004) +#define DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCMI ((uint16_t)0x1008) +#define DCMI_FLAG_LINEMI ((uint16_t)0x1010) +#define IS_DCMI_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_HSYNC) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_VSYNC) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_FNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_LINERI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_FRAMEMI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_OVFMI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_ERRMI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCMI) || \ + ((FLAG) == DCMI_FLAG_LINEMI)) + +#define IS_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFFE0) == 0x0000) && ((FLAG) != 0x0000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the DCMI configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void DCMI_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void DCMI_Init(DCMI_InitTypeDef* DCMI_InitStruct); +void DCMI_StructInit(DCMI_InitTypeDef* DCMI_InitStruct); +void DCMI_CROPConfig(DCMI_CROPInitTypeDef* DCMI_CROPInitStruct); +void DCMI_CROPCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void DCMI_SetEmbeddedSynchroCodes(DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef* DCMI_CodesInitStruct); +void DCMI_JPEGCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Image capture functions ****************************************************/ +void DCMI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void DCMI_CaptureCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +uint32_t DCMI_ReadData(void); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void DCMI_ITConfig(uint16_t DCMI_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus DCMI_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t DCMI_FLAG); +void DCMI_ClearFlag(uint16_t DCMI_FLAG); +ITStatus DCMI_GetITStatus(uint16_t DCMI_IT); +void DCMI_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t DCMI_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_DCMI_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dma.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dma.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..80b6af3088 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_dma.h @@ -0,0 +1,603 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_dma.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DMA firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_DMA_H +#define __STM32F2xx_DMA_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief DMA Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t DMA_Channel; /*!< Specifies the channel used for the specified stream. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_channel */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the peripheral base address for DMAy Streamx. */ + + uint32_t DMA_Memory0BaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the memory 0 base address for DMAy Streamx. + This memory is the default memory used when double buffer mode is + not enabled. */ + + uint32_t DMA_DIR; /*!< Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral, + from memory to memory or from peripheral to memory. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_data_transfer_direction */ + + uint32_t DMA_BufferSize; /*!< Specifies the buffer size, in data unit, of the specified Stream. + The data unit is equal to the configuration set in DMA_PeripheralDataSize + or DMA_MemoryDataSize members depending in the transfer direction. */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralInc; /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register should be incremented or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryInc; /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register should be incremented or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_incremented_mode */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_data_size */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Memory data width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_data_size */ + + uint32_t DMA_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Streamx. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_circular_normal_mode + @note The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory + data transfer is configured on the selected Stream */ + + uint32_t DMA_Priority; /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Streamx. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_priority_level */ + + uint32_t DMA_FIFOMode; /*!< Specifies if the FIFO mode or Direct mode will be used for the specified Stream. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_fifo_direct_mode + @note The Direct mode (FIFO mode disabled) cannot be used if the + memory-to-memory data transfer is configured on the selected Stream */ + + uint32_t DMA_FIFOThreshold; /*!< Specifies the FIFO threshold level. + This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_fifo_threshold_level */ + + uint32_t DMA_MemoryBurst; /*!< Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the memory transfers. + It specifies the amount of data to be transferred in a single non interruptable + transaction. This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_burst + @note The burst mode is possible only if the address Increment mode is enabled. */ + + uint32_t DMA_PeripheralBurst; /*!< Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the peripheral transfers. + It specifies the amount of data to be transferred in a single non interruptable + transaction. This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_burst + @note The burst mode is possible only if the address Increment mode is enabled. */ +}DMA_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream0) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA1_Stream7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream0) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == DMA2_Stream7)) + +#define IS_DMA_ALL_CONTROLLER(CONTROLLER) (((CONTROLLER) == DMA1) || \ + ((CONTROLLER) == DMA2)) + +/** @defgroup DMA_channel + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_Channel_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define DMA_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define DMA_Channel_3 ((uint32_t)0x06000000) +#define DMA_Channel_4 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define DMA_Channel_5 ((uint32_t)0x0A000000) +#define DMA_Channel_6 ((uint32_t)0x0C000000) +#define DMA_Channel_7 ((uint32_t)0x0E000000) + +#define IS_DMA_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_0) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == DMA_Channel_7)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_data_transfer_direction + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralToMemory ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_DIR_MemoryToPeripheral ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define DMA_DIR_MemoryToMemory ((uint32_t)0x00000080) + +#define IS_DMA_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralToMemory ) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == DMA_DIR_MemoryToPeripheral) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == DMA_DIR_MemoryToMemory)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_data_buffer_size + * @{ + */ +#define IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) >= 0x1) && ((SIZE) < 0x10000)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_incremented_mode + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_MemoryInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define DMA_MemoryInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_data_size + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00001000) + +#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_data_size + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00004000) + +#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word )) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_circular_normal_mode + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_Mode_Normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_Mode_Circular ((uint32_t)0x00000100) + +#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Normal ) || \ + ((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Circular)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_priority_level + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_Priority_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_Priority_Medium ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define DMA_Priority_High ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define DMA_Priority_VeryHigh ((uint32_t)0x00030000) + +#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Low ) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Medium) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_High) || \ + ((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_VeryHigh)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_fifo_direct_mode + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_FIFOMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_FIFOMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000004) + +#define IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_FIFOMode_Disable ) || \ + ((STATE) == DMA_FIFOMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_fifo_threshold_level + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_FIFOThreshold_1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_FIFOThreshold_HalfFull ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define DMA_FIFOThreshold_3QuartersFull ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA_FIFOThreshold_Full ((uint32_t)0x00000003) + +#define IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) (((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFOThreshold_1QuarterFull ) || \ + ((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFOThreshold_HalfFull) || \ + ((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFOThreshold_3QuartersFull) || \ + ((THRESHOLD) == DMA_FIFOThreshold_Full)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_burst + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_MemoryBurst_Single ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_MemoryBurst_INC4 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define DMA_MemoryBurst_INC8 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define DMA_MemoryBurst_INC16 ((uint32_t)0x01800000) + +#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == DMA_MemoryBurst_Single) || \ + ((BURST) == DMA_MemoryBurst_INC4) || \ + ((BURST) == DMA_MemoryBurst_INC8) || \ + ((BURST) == DMA_MemoryBurst_INC16)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_burst + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_PeripheralBurst_Single ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC4 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC8 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC16 ((uint32_t)0x00600000) + +#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == DMA_PeripheralBurst_Single) || \ + ((BURST) == DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC4) || \ + ((BURST) == DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC8) || \ + ((BURST) == DMA_PeripheralBurst_INC16)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_fifo_status_level + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00000000 << 3) +#define DMA_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull ((uint32_t)0x00000001 << 3) +#define DMA_FIFOStatus_HalfFull ((uint32_t)0x00000002 << 3) +#define DMA_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull ((uint32_t)0x00000003 << 3) +#define DMA_FIFOStatus_Empty ((uint32_t)0x00000004 << 3) +#define DMA_FIFOStatus_Full ((uint32_t)0x00000005 << 3) + +#define IS_DMA_FIFO_STATUS(STATUS) (((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull ) || \ + ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_HalfFull) || \ + ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull) || \ + ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull) || \ + ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_Full) || \ + ((STATUS) == DMA_FIFOStatus_Empty)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_flags_definition + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10800001) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10800004) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10000008) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10000010) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10000020) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000040) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000100) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000200) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000400) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10000800) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10010000) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10040000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10080000) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10100000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10200000) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x10400000) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x11000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x12000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF3 ((uint32_t)0x14000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF3 ((uint32_t)0x18000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000001) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000004) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000008) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000010) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20000020) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000040) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000100) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000200) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000400) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20000800) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20010000) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20040000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20080000) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20100000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20200000) +#define DMA_FLAG_FEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x20400000) +#define DMA_FLAG_DMEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x21000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x22000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_HTIF7 ((uint32_t)0x24000000) +#define DMA_FLAG_TCIF7 ((uint32_t)0x28000000) + +#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & 0x30000000) != 0x30000000) && (((FLAG) & 0x30000000) != 0) && \ + (((FLAG) & 0xC082F082) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00)) + +#define IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF0) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF0) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF0) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF0) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF1) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF1) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF2) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF2) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF2) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF3) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF3) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF3) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF4) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF4) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF4) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF4) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF5) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF5) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF5) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF6) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF6) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF6) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF6) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TCIF7) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_HTIF7) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_TEIF7) || \ + ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_DMEIF7) || ((FLAG) == DMA_FLAG_FEIF7)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_interrupt_enable_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define DMA_IT_DME ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define DMA_IT_FE ((uint32_t)0x00000080) + +#define IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xFFFFFF61) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_interrupts_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_IT_FEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x90000001) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10001004) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10002008) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10004010) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF0 ((uint32_t)0x10008020) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x90000040) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10001100) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10002200) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10004400) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF1 ((uint32_t)0x10008800) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x90010000) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10041000) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10082000) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10104000) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF2 ((uint32_t)0x10208000) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x90400000) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x11001000) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF3 ((uint32_t)0x12002000) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF3 ((uint32_t)0x14004000) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF3 ((uint32_t)0x18008000) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF4 ((uint32_t)0xA0000001) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20001004) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20002008) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20004010) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF4 ((uint32_t)0x20008020) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF5 ((uint32_t)0xA0000040) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20001100) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20002200) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20004400) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF5 ((uint32_t)0x20008800) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF6 ((uint32_t)0xA0010000) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20041000) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20082000) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20104000) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF6 ((uint32_t)0x20208000) +#define DMA_IT_FEIF7 ((uint32_t)0xA0400000) +#define DMA_IT_DMEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x21001000) +#define DMA_IT_TEIF7 ((uint32_t)0x22002000) +#define DMA_IT_HTIF7 ((uint32_t)0x24004000) +#define DMA_IT_TCIF7 ((uint32_t)0x28008000) + +#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0x30000000) != 0x30000000) && \ + (((IT) & 0x30000000) != 0) && ((IT) != 0x00) && \ + (((IT) & 0x40820082) == 0x00)) + +#define IS_DMA_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF0) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF0) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF0) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF0) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF0) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF1) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF1)|| ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF1) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF2) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF2) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF2) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF2) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF3) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF3)|| ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF3) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF4) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF4) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF4) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF4) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF5) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF5)|| ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF5) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF6) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF6) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF6) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF6) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF6) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TCIF7) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_HTIF7) || ((IT) == DMA_IT_TEIF7) || \ + ((IT) == DMA_IT_DMEIF7)|| ((IT) == DMA_IT_FEIF7)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_increment_offset + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_PINCOS_Psize ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_PINCOS_WordAligned ((uint32_t)0x00008000) + +#define IS_DMA_PINCOS_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PINCOS_Psize) || \ + ((SIZE) == DMA_PINCOS_WordAligned)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_flow_controller_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_FlowCtrl_Memory ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_FlowCtrl_Peripheral ((uint32_t)0x00000020) + +#define IS_DMA_FLOW_CTRL(CTRL) (((CTRL) == DMA_FlowCtrl_Memory) || \ + ((CTRL) == DMA_FlowCtrl_Peripheral)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_memory_targets_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define DMA_Memory_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define DMA_Memory_1 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) + +#define IS_DMA_CURRENT_MEM(MEM) (((MEM) == DMA_Memory_0) || ((MEM) == DMA_Memory_1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the DMA configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void DMA_Init(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct); +void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct); +void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Optional Configuration functions *******************************************/ +void DMA_PeriphIncOffsetSizeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_Pincos); +void DMA_FlowControllerConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FlowCtrl); + +/* Data Counter functions *****************************************************/ +void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint16_t Counter); +uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + +/* Double Buffer mode functions ***********************************************/ +void DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t Memory1BaseAddr, + uint32_t DMA_CurrentMemory); +void DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState); +void DMA_MemoryTargetConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t MemoryBaseAddr, + uint32_t DMA_MemoryTarget); +uint32_t DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FunctionalState DMA_GetCmdStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); +uint32_t DMA_GetFIFOStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); +FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG); +void DMA_ClearFlag(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG); +void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT); +void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_DMA_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_exti.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_exti.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..68f4a53d67 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_exti.h @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_exti.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the EXTI firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_EXTI_H +#define __STM32F2xx_EXTI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief EXTI mode enumeration + */ + +typedef enum +{ + EXTI_Mode_Interrupt = 0x00, + EXTI_Mode_Event = 0x04 +}EXTIMode_TypeDef; + +#define IS_EXTI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Interrupt) || ((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Event)) + +/** + * @brief EXTI Trigger enumeration + */ + +typedef enum +{ + EXTI_Trigger_Rising = 0x08, + EXTI_Trigger_Falling = 0x0C, + EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling = 0x10 +}EXTITrigger_TypeDef; + +#define IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Falling) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling)) +/** + * @brief EXTI Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t EXTI_Line; /*!< Specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be any combination value of @ref EXTI_Lines */ + + EXTIMode_TypeDef EXTI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the mode for the EXTI lines. + This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */ + + EXTITrigger_TypeDef EXTI_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the trigger signal active edge for the EXTI lines. + This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTITrigger_TypeDef */ + + FunctionalState EXTI_LineCmd; /*!< Specifies the new state of the selected EXTI lines. + This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */ +}EXTI_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Lines + * @{ + */ + +#define EXTI_Line0 ((uint32_t)0x00001) /*!< External interrupt line 0 */ +#define EXTI_Line1 ((uint32_t)0x00002) /*!< External interrupt line 1 */ +#define EXTI_Line2 ((uint32_t)0x00004) /*!< External interrupt line 2 */ +#define EXTI_Line3 ((uint32_t)0x00008) /*!< External interrupt line 3 */ +#define EXTI_Line4 ((uint32_t)0x00010) /*!< External interrupt line 4 */ +#define EXTI_Line5 ((uint32_t)0x00020) /*!< External interrupt line 5 */ +#define EXTI_Line6 ((uint32_t)0x00040) /*!< External interrupt line 6 */ +#define EXTI_Line7 ((uint32_t)0x00080) /*!< External interrupt line 7 */ +#define EXTI_Line8 ((uint32_t)0x00100) /*!< External interrupt line 8 */ +#define EXTI_Line9 ((uint32_t)0x00200) /*!< External interrupt line 9 */ +#define EXTI_Line10 ((uint32_t)0x00400) /*!< External interrupt line 10 */ +#define EXTI_Line11 ((uint32_t)0x00800) /*!< External interrupt line 11 */ +#define EXTI_Line12 ((uint32_t)0x01000) /*!< External interrupt line 12 */ +#define EXTI_Line13 ((uint32_t)0x02000) /*!< External interrupt line 13 */ +#define EXTI_Line14 ((uint32_t)0x04000) /*!< External interrupt line 14 */ +#define EXTI_Line15 ((uint32_t)0x08000) /*!< External interrupt line 15 */ +#define EXTI_Line16 ((uint32_t)0x10000) /*!< External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD Output */ +#define EXTI_Line17 ((uint32_t)0x20000) /*!< External interrupt line 17 Connected to the RTC Alarm event */ +#define EXTI_Line18 ((uint32_t)0x40000) /*!< External interrupt line 18 Connected to the USB OTG FS Wakeup from suspend event */ +#define EXTI_Line19 ((uint32_t)0x80000) /*!< External interrupt line 19 Connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event */ +#define EXTI_Line20 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< External interrupt line 20 Connected to the USB OTG HS (configured in FS) Wakeup event */ +#define EXTI_Line21 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< External interrupt line 21 Connected to the RTC Tamper and Time Stamp events */ +#define EXTI_Line22 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< External interrupt line 22 Connected to the RTC Wakeup event */ + +#define IS_EXTI_LINE(LINE) ((((LINE) & (uint32_t)0xFF800000) == 0x00) && ((LINE) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(LINE) (((LINE) == EXTI_Line0) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line1) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line2) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line3) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line4) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line5) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line6) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line7) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line8) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line9) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line10) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line11) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line12) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line13) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line14) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line15) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line16) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line17) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line18) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line19) || \ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line20) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line21) ||\ + ((LINE) == EXTI_Line22)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the EXTI configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void EXTI_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct); +void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct); +void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line); +void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F2xx_EXTI_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_flash.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_flash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce2f07ef99 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_flash.h @@ -0,0 +1,334 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_flash.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FLASH + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_FLASH_H +#define __STM32F2xx_FLASH_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** + * @brief FLASH Status + */ +typedef enum +{ + FLASH_BUSY = 1, + FLASH_ERROR_PGS, + FLASH_ERROR_PGP, + FLASH_ERROR_PGA, + FLASH_ERROR_WRP, + FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION, + FLASH_COMPLETE +}FLASH_Status; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup Flash_Latency + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_Latency_0 ((uint8_t)0x0000) /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */ +#define FLASH_Latency_1 ((uint8_t)0x0001) /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */ +#define FLASH_Latency_2 ((uint8_t)0x0002) /*!< FLASH Two Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_3 ((uint8_t)0x0003) /*!< FLASH Three Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_4 ((uint8_t)0x0004) /*!< FLASH Four Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_5 ((uint8_t)0x0005) /*!< FLASH Five Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_6 ((uint8_t)0x0006) /*!< FLASH Six Latency cycles */ +#define FLASH_Latency_7 ((uint8_t)0x0007) /*!< FLASH Seven Latency cycles */ + +#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_0) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_1) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_2) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_3) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_4) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_5) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_6) || \ + ((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Voltage_Range + * @{ + */ +#define VoltageRange_1 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Device operating range: 1.8V to 2.1V */ +#define VoltageRange_2 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) < 0x080FFFFF)) ||\ + (((ADDRESS) >= 0x1FFF7800) && ((ADDRESS) < 0x1FFF7A0F))) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_Write_Protection + * @{ + */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Write protection of Sector0 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Write protection of Sector1 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Write protection of Sector2 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< Write protection of Sector3 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< Write protection of Sector4 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_5 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< Write protection of Sector5 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_6 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< Write protection of Sector6 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< Write protection of Sector7 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Write protection of Sector8 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Write protection of Sector9 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_10 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Write protection of Sector10 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_11 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Write protection of Sector11 */ +#define OB_WRP_Sector_All ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */ + +#define IS_OB_WRP(SECTOR)((((SECTOR) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFF000) == 0x00000000) && ((SECTOR) != 0x00000000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_Read_Protection + * @{ + */ +#define OB_RDP_Level_0 ((uint8_t)0xAA) +#define OB_RDP_Level_1 ((uint8_t)0x55) +/*#define OB_RDP_Level_2 ((uint8_t)0xCC)*/ /*!< Warning: When enabling read protection level 2 + it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 */ +#define IS_OB_RDP(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_0)||\ + ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_1))/*||\ + ((LEVEL) == OB_RDP_Level_2))*/ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_IWatchdog + * @{ + */ +#define OB_IWDG_SW ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Software IWDG selected */ +#define OB_IWDG_HW ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Hardware IWDG selected */ +#define IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_SW) || ((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_HW)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP + * @{ + */ +#define OB_STOP_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STOP */ +#define OB_STOP_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STOP */ +#define IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_RST)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY + * @{ + */ +#define OB_STDBY_NoRST ((uint8_t)0x80) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */ +#define OB_STDBY_RST ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */ +#define IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_RST)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_BOR_Reset_Level + * @{ + */ +#define OB_BOR_LEVEL3 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 2.70 to 3.60 V */ +#define OB_BOR_LEVEL2 ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 2.40 to 2.70 V */ +#define OB_BOR_LEVEL1 ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 2.10 to 2.40 V */ +#define OB_BOR_OFF ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.10 V */ +#define IS_OB_BOR(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL1) || ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL2) ||\ + ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_LEVEL3) || ((LEVEL) == OB_BOR_OFF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupts + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_IT_EOP ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< End of FLASH Operation Interrupt source */ +#define FLASH_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< Error Interrupt source */ +#define IS_FLASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFCFFFFFF) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Flags + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< FLASH End of Operation flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_OPERR ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< FLASH operation Error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< FLASH Programming Alignment error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< FLASH Programming Sequence error flag */ +#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< FLASH Busy flag */ +#define IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFF0C) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) +#define IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Program_Parallelism + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define FLASH_PSIZE_WORD ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD ((uint32_t)0x00000300) +#define CR_PSIZE_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFCFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Keys + * @{ + */ +#define RDP_KEY ((uint16_t)0x00A5) +#define FLASH_KEY1 ((uint32_t)0x45670123) +#define FLASH_KEY2 ((uint32_t)0xCDEF89AB) +#define FLASH_OPT_KEY1 ((uint32_t)0x08192A3B) +#define FLASH_OPT_KEY2 ((uint32_t)0x4C5D6E7F) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief ACR register byte 0 (Bits[8:0]) base address + */ +#define ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C00) +/** + * @brief OPTCR register byte 3 (Bits[24:16]) base address + */ +#define OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C14) +#define OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C15) +#define OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023C16) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* FLASH Interface configuration functions ************************************/ +void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency); +void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_InstructionCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_DataCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_InstructionCacheReset(void); +void FLASH_DataCacheReset(void); + +/* FLASH Memory Programming functions *****************************************/ +void FLASH_Unlock(void); +void FLASH_Lock(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseSector(uint32_t FLASH_Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange); +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllSectors(uint8_t VoltageRange); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); + +/* Option Bytes Programming functions *****************************************/ +void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void); +void FLASH_OB_Lock(void); +void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState); +void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP); +void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY); +void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR); +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Launch(void); +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); +uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); +FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG); +void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG); +FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void); +FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F2xx_FLASH_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_fsmc.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_fsmc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e019e790b --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_fsmc.h @@ -0,0 +1,669 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_fsmc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FSMC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_FSMC_H +#define __STM32F2xx_FSMC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FSMC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief Timing parameters For NOR/SRAM Banks + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FSMC_AddressSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure + the duration of the address setup time. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF. + @note This parameter is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories. */ + + uint32_t FSMC_AddressHoldTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure + the duration of the address hold time. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF. + @note This parameter is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories.*/ + + uint32_t FSMC_DataSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure + the duration of the data setup time. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. + @note This parameter is used for SRAMs, ROMs and asynchronous multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */ + + uint32_t FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure + the duration of the bus turnaround. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF. + @note This parameter is only used for multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */ + + uint32_t FSMC_CLKDivision; /*!< Defines the period of CLK clock output signal, expressed in number of HCLK cycles. + This parameter can be a value between 1 and 0xF. + @note This parameter is not used for asynchronous NOR Flash, SRAM or ROM accesses. */ + + uint32_t FSMC_DataLatency; /*!< Defines the number of memory clock cycles to issue + to the memory before getting the first data. + The parameter value depends on the memory type as shown below: + - It must be set to 0 in case of a CRAM + - It is don't care in asynchronous NOR, SRAM or ROM accesses + - It may assume a value between 0 and 0xF in NOR Flash memories + with synchronous burst mode enable */ + + uint32_t FSMC_AccessMode; /*!< Specifies the asynchronous access mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Access_Mode */ +}FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FSMC NOR/SRAM Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FSMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NOR/SRAM memory bank that will be used. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank */ + + uint32_t FSMC_DataAddressMux; /*!< Specifies whether the address and data values are + multiplexed on the databus or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing */ + + uint32_t FSMC_MemoryType; /*!< Specifies the type of external memory attached to + the corresponding memory bank. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Memory_Type */ + + uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */ + + uint32_t FSMC_BurstAccessMode; /*!< Enables or disables the burst access mode for Flash memory, + valid only with synchronous burst Flash memories. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode */ + + uint32_t FSMC_AsynchronousWait; /*!< Enables or disables wait signal during asynchronous transfers, + valid only with asynchronous Flash memories. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_AsynchronousWait */ + + uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity; /*!< Specifies the wait signal polarity, valid only when accessing + the Flash memory in burst mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity */ + + uint32_t FSMC_WrapMode; /*!< Enables or disables the Wrapped burst access mode for Flash + memory, valid only when accessing Flash memories in burst mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wrap_Mode */ + + uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalActive; /*!< Specifies if the wait signal is asserted by the memory one + clock cycle before the wait state or during the wait state, + valid only when accessing memories in burst mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Timing */ + + uint32_t FSMC_WriteOperation; /*!< Enables or disables the write operation in the selected bank by the FSMC. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Operation */ + + uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignal; /*!< Enables or disables the wait-state insertion via wait + signal, valid for Flash memory access in burst mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal */ + + uint32_t FSMC_ExtendedMode; /*!< Enables or disables the extended mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Extended_Mode */ + + uint32_t FSMC_WriteBurst; /*!< Enables or disables the write burst operation. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Burst */ + + FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write and read access if the ExtendedMode is not used*/ + + FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_WriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write access if the ExtendedMode is used*/ +}FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief Timing parameters For FSMC NAND and PCCARD Banks + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FSMC_SetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to setup address before + the command assertion for NAND-Flash read or write access + to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on + the memory space timing to be configured). + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF.*/ + + uint32_t FSMC_WaitSetupTime; /*!< Defines the minimum number of HCLK cycles to assert the + command for NAND-Flash read or write access to + common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on the + memory space timing to be configured). + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ + + uint32_t FSMC_HoldSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles to hold address + (and data for write access) after the command deassertion + for NAND-Flash read or write access to common/Attribute + or I/O memory space (depending on the memory space timing + to be configured). + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ + + uint32_t FSMC_HiZSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles during which the + databus is kept in HiZ after the start of a NAND-Flash + write access to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending + on the memory space timing to be configured). + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ +}FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FSMC NAND Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FSMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NAND memory bank that will be used. + This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NAND_Bank */ + + uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the NAND Memory Bank. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */ + + uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */ + + uint32_t FSMC_ECC; /*!< Enables or disables the ECC computation. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC */ + + uint32_t FSMC_ECCPageSize; /*!< Defines the page size for the extended ECC. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC_Page_Size */ + + uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the + delay between CLE low and RE low. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the + delay between ALE low and RE low. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */ + + FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Common Space Timing */ + + FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Attribute Space Timing */ +}FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief FSMC PCCARD Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the Memory Bank. + This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */ + + uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the + delay between CLE low and RE low. + This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */ + + uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the + delay between ALE low and RE low. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */ + + + FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Common Space Timing */ + + FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Attribute Space Timing */ + + FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC IO Space Timing */ +}FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND_Bank + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_Bank2_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define FSMC_Bank3_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_PCCARD_Bank + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +/** + * @} + */ + +#define IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4)) + +#define IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)) + +#define IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD)) + +#define IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) || \ + ((BANK) == FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD)) + +/** @defgroup FSMC_NOR_SRAM_Controller + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing + * @{ + */ + +#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_FSMC_MUX(MUX) (((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable) || \ + ((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Memory_Type + * @{ + */ + +#define FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define FSMC_MemoryType_NOR ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY(MEMORY) (((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM) || \ + ((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM)|| \ + ((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Width + * @{ + */ + +#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(WIDTH) (((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b) || \ + ((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_AsynchronousWait + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Wrap_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_WrapMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_WrapMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Disable) || \ + ((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Timing + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(ACTIVE) (((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState) || \ + ((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Operation + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable) || \ + ((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(SIGNAL) (((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable) || \ + ((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Extended_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000) + +#define IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable) || \ + ((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Burst + * @{ + */ + +#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable) || \ + ((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Hold_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 0xFF)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Bus_Turn_around_Duration + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_CLK_Division + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(DIV) ((DIV) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Latency + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(LATENCY) ((LATENCY) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Access_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_AccessMode_A ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_AccessMode_B ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define FSMC_AccessMode_C ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define FSMC_AccessMode_D ((uint32_t)0x30000000) +#define IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_A) || \ + ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_B) || \ + ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_C) || \ + ((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_D)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND_PCCARD_Controller + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_feature + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FEATURE) (((FEATURE) == FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable) || \ + ((FEATURE) == FSMC_Waitfeature_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FSMC_ECC + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_ECC_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_ECC_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_ECC_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == FSMC_ECC_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_ECC_Page_Size + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00060000) +#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) +#define IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes) || \ + ((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_TCLR_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_TAR_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Hold_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_HiZ_Setup_Time + * @{ + */ +#define IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Interrupt_sources + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_IT_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define FSMC_IT_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define FSMC_IT_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define IS_FSMC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFC7) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000)) +#define IS_FSMC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == FSMC_IT_RisingEdge) || \ + ((IT) == FSMC_IT_Level) || \ + ((IT) == FSMC_IT_FallingEdge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Flags + * @{ + */ +#define FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define FSMC_FLAG_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define IS_FSMC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge) || \ + ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_Level) || \ + ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge) || \ + ((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT)) + +#define IS_FSMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* NOR/SRAM Controller functions **********************************************/ +void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank); +void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct); +void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct); +void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* NAND Controller functions **************************************************/ +void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank); +void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct); +void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct); +void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); +void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState); +uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank); + +/* PCCARD Controller functions ************************************************/ +void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void); +void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct); +void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct); +void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG); +void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG); +ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT); +void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_FSMC_H */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_gpio.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_gpio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b42611a982 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_gpio.h @@ -0,0 +1,405 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_gpio.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the GPIO firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_GPIO_H +#define __STM32F2xx_GPIO_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup GPIO + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOC) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOD) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOE) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOF) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOG) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOH) || \ + ((PERIPH) == GPIOI)) + +/** + * @brief GPIO Configuration Mode enumeration + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_Mode_IN = 0x00, /*!< GPIO Input Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_OUT = 0x01, /*!< GPIO Output Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_AF = 0x02, /*!< GPIO Alternate function Mode */ + GPIO_Mode_AN = 0x03 /*!< GPIO Analog Mode */ +}GPIOMode_TypeDef; +#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IN) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || \ + ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AF)|| ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AN)) + +/** + * @brief GPIO Output type enumeration + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_OType_PP = 0x00, + GPIO_OType_OD = 0x01 +}GPIOOType_TypeDef; +#define IS_GPIO_OTYPE(OTYPE) (((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_PP) || ((OTYPE) == GPIO_OType_OD)) + + +/** + * @brief GPIO Output Maximum frequency enumeration + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_Speed_2MHz = 0x00, /*!< Low speed */ + GPIO_Speed_25MHz = 0x01, /*!< Medium speed */ + GPIO_Speed_50MHz = 0x02, /*!< Fast speed */ + GPIO_Speed_100MHz = 0x03 /*!< High speed on 30 pF (80 MHz Output max speed on 15 pF) */ +}GPIOSpeed_TypeDef; +#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_2MHz) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_25MHz) || \ + ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_50MHz)|| ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_100MHz)) + +/** + * @brief GPIO Configuration PullUp PullDown enumeration + */ +typedef enum +{ + GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL = 0x00, + GPIO_PuPd_UP = 0x01, + GPIO_PuPd_DOWN = 0x02 +}GPIOPuPd_TypeDef; +#define IS_GPIO_PUPD(PUPD) (((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL) || ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_UP) || \ + ((PUPD) == GPIO_PuPd_DOWN)) + +/** + * @brief GPIO Bit SET and Bit RESET enumeration + */ +typedef enum +{ + Bit_RESET = 0, + Bit_SET +}BitAction; +#define IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == Bit_RESET) || ((ACTION) == Bit_SET)) + + +/** + * @brief GPIO Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t GPIO_Pin; /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured. + This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */ + + GPIOMode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOMode_TypeDef */ + + GPIOSpeed_TypeDef GPIO_Speed; /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOSpeed_TypeDef */ + + GPIOOType_TypeDef GPIO_OType; /*!< Specifies the operating output type for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOOType_TypeDef */ + + GPIOPuPd_TypeDef GPIO_PuPd; /*!< Specifies the operating Pull-up/Pull down for the selected pins. + This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOPuPd_TypeDef */ +}GPIO_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_pins_define + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_Pin_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /* Pin 0 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /* Pin 1 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /* Pin 2 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /* Pin 3 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /* Pin 4 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /* Pin 5 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /* Pin 6 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /* Pin 7 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /* Pin 8 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /* Pin 9 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /* Pin 10 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /* Pin 11 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /* Pin 12 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /* Pin 13 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /* Pin 14 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /* Pin 15 selected */ +#define GPIO_Pin_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /* All pins selected */ + +#define IS_GPIO_PIN(PIN) ((((PIN) & (uint16_t)0x00) == 0x00) && ((PIN) != (uint16_t)0x00)) +#define IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_0) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_1) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_2) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_3) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_4) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_5) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_6) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_7) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_8) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_9) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_10) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_11) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_12) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_13) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_14) || \ + ((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_15)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Pin_sources + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define GPIO_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define GPIO_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define GPIO_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define GPIO_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define GPIO_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define GPIO_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define GPIO_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define GPIO_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define GPIO_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define GPIO_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define GPIO_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define GPIO_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define GPIO_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define GPIO_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define GPIO_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) + +#define IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource0) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource1) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource2) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource3) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource4) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource5) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource6) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource7) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource8) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource9) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource10) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource11) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource12) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource13) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource14) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource15)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Alternat_function_selection_define + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief AF 0 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz ((uint8_t)0x00) /* RTC_50Hz Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_MCO ((uint8_t)0x00) /* MCO (MCO1 and MCO2) Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TAMPER ((uint8_t)0x00) /* TAMPER (TAMPER_1 and TAMPER_2) Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_SWJ ((uint8_t)0x00) /* SWJ (SWD and JTAG) Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TRACE ((uint8_t)0x00) /* TRACE Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 1 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /* TIM1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM2 ((uint8_t)0x01) /* TIM2 Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 2 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM3 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* TIM3 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM4 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* TIM4 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM5 ((uint8_t)0x02) /* TIM5 Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 3 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM8 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM8 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM9 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM9 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM10 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM10 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM11 ((uint8_t)0x03) /* TIM11 Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 4 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_I2C1 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_I2C2 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_I2C3 ((uint8_t)0x04) /* I2C3 Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 5 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_SPI1 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_SPI2 ((uint8_t)0x05) /* SPI2/I2S2 Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 6 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_SPI3 ((uint8_t)0x06) /* SPI3/I2S3 Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 7 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_USART1 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* USART1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_USART2 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* USART2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_USART3 ((uint8_t)0x07) /* USART3 Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 8 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_UART4 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART4 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_UART5 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* UART5 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_USART6 ((uint8_t)0x08) /* USART6 Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 9 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_CAN1 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* CAN1 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_CAN2 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* CAN2 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM12 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* TIM12 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM13 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* TIM13 Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_TIM14 ((uint8_t)0x09) /* TIM14 Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 10 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_OTG_FS ((uint8_t)0xA) /* OTG_FS Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_OTG_HS ((uint8_t)0xA) /* OTG_HS Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 11 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_ETH ((uint8_t)0x0B) /* ETHERNET Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 12 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_FSMC ((uint8_t)0xC) /* FSMC Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS ((uint8_t)0xC) /* OTG HS configured in FS, Alternate Function mapping */ +#define GPIO_AF_SDIO ((uint8_t)0xC) /* SDIO Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 13 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_DCMI ((uint8_t)0x0D) /* DCMI Alternate Function mapping */ + +/** + * @brief AF 15 selection + */ +#define GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT ((uint8_t)0x0F) /* EVENTOUT Alternate Function mapping */ + +#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF) (((AF) == GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_MCO) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TAMPER) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SWJ) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TRACE) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM4) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM8) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_I2C3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI1) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI2) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM13) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SPI3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_TIM14) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART3) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART4) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_UART5) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_USART6) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_CAN1) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_CAN2) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_FS) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_ETH) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_FSMC) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_SDIO) || \ + ((AF) == GPIO_AF_DCMI) || ((AF) == GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Legacy + * @{ + */ + +#define GPIO_Mode_AIN GPIO_Mode_AN + +#define GPIO_AF_OTG1_FS GPIO_AF_OTG_FS +#define GPIO_AF_OTG2_HS GPIO_AF_OTG_HS +#define GPIO_AF_OTG2_FS GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the GPIO configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); +void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct); +void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); + +/* GPIO Read and Write functions **********************************************/ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); +uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx); +void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); +void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal); +void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal); +void GPIO_ToggleBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin); + +/* GPIO Alternate functions configuration function ****************************/ +void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_GPIO_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_hash.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_hash.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b9613d3af0 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_hash.h @@ -0,0 +1,244 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_hash.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the HASH + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_HASH_H +#define __STM32F2xx_HASH_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup HASH + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief HASH Init structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t HASH_AlgoSelection; /*!< SHA-1 or MD5. This parameter can be a value + of @ref HASH_Algo_Selection */ + uint32_t HASH_AlgoMode; /*!< HASH or HMAC. This parameter can be a value + of @ref HASH_processor_Algorithm_Mode */ + uint32_t HASH_DataType; /*!< 32-bit data, 16-bit data, 8-bit data or + bit-string. This parameter can be a value of + @ref HASH_Data_Type */ + uint32_t HASH_HMACKeyType; /*!< HMAC Short key or HMAC Long Key. This parameter + can be a value of @ref HASH_HMAC_Long_key_only_for_HMAC_mode */ +}HASH_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief HASH message digest result structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t Data[5]; /*!< Message digest result : 5x 32bit words for SHA1 or + 4x 32bit words for MD5 */ +} HASH_MsgDigest; + +/** + * @brief HASH context swapping structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t HASH_IMR; + uint32_t HASH_STR; + uint32_t HASH_CR; + uint32_t HASH_CSR[51]; +}HASH_Context; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Algo_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< HASH function is SHA1 */ +#define HASH_AlgoSelection_MD5 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< HASH function is MD5 */ + +#define IS_HASH_ALGOSELECTION(ALGOSELECTION) (((ALGOSELECTION) == HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA1) || \ + ((ALGOSELECTION) == HASH_AlgoSelection_MD5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_processor_Algorithm_Mode + * @{ + */ +#define HASH_AlgoMode_HASH ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Algorithm is HASH */ +#define HASH_AlgoMode_HMAC ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< Algorithm is HMAC */ + +#define IS_HASH_ALGOMODE(ALGOMODE) (((ALGOMODE) == HASH_AlgoMode_HASH) || \ + ((ALGOMODE) == HASH_AlgoMode_HMAC)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Data_Type + * @{ + */ +#define HASH_DataType_32b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define HASH_DataType_16b ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define HASH_DataType_8b ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define HASH_DataType_1b ((uint16_t)0x0030) + +#define IS_HASH_DATATYPE(DATATYPE) (((DATATYPE) == HASH_DataType_32b)|| \ + ((DATATYPE) == HASH_DataType_16b)|| \ + ((DATATYPE) == HASH_DataType_8b)|| \ + ((DATATYPE) == HASH_DataType_1b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_HMAC_Long_key_only_for_HMAC_mode + * @{ + */ +#define HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< HMAC Key is <= 64 bytes */ +#define HASH_HMACKeyType_LongKey ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< HMAC Key is > 64 bytes */ + +#define IS_HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE(KEYTYPE) (((KEYTYPE) == HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey) || \ + ((KEYTYPE) == HASH_HMACKeyType_LongKey)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup Number_of_valid_bits_in_last_word_of_the_message + * @{ + */ +#define IS_HASH_VALIDBITSNUMBER(VALIDBITS) ((VALIDBITS) <= 0x1F) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ +#define HASH_IT_DINI ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< A new block can be entered into the input buffer (DIN)*/ +#define HASH_IT_DCI ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< Digest calculation complete */ + +#define IS_HASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0xFC) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) +#define IS_HASH_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == HASH_IT_DINI) || ((IT) == HASH_IT_DCI)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_flags_definition + * @{ + */ +#define HASH_FLAG_DINIS ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< 16 locations are free in the DIN : A new block can be entered into the input buffer.*/ +#define HASH_FLAG_DCIS ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Digest calculation complete */ +#define HASH_FLAG_DMAS ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< DMA interface is enabled (DMAE=1) or a transfer is ongoing */ +#define HASH_FLAG_BUSY ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< The hash core is Busy : processing a block of data */ +#define HASH_FLAG_DINNE ((uint16_t)0x1000) /*!< DIN not empty : The input buffer contains at least one word of data */ + +#define IS_HASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DINIS) || \ + ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DCIS) || \ + ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DMAS) || \ + ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY) || \ + ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DINNE)) + +#define IS_HASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG)(((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DINIS) || \ + ((FLAG) == HASH_FLAG_DCIS)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the HASH configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void HASH_DeInit(void); + +/* HASH Configuration function ************************************************/ +void HASH_Init(HASH_InitTypeDef* HASH_InitStruct); +void HASH_StructInit(HASH_InitTypeDef* HASH_InitStruct); +void HASH_Reset(void); + +/* HASH Message Digest generation functions ***********************************/ +void HASH_DataIn(uint32_t Data); +uint8_t HASH_GetInFIFOWordsNbr(void); +void HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(uint16_t ValidNumber); +void HASH_StartDigest(void); +void HASH_GetDigest(HASH_MsgDigest* HASH_MessageDigest); + +/* HASH Context swapping functions ********************************************/ +void HASH_SaveContext(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextSave); +void HASH_RestoreContext(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextRestore); + +/* HASH's DMA interface function **********************************************/ +void HASH_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* HASH Interrupts and flags management functions *****************************/ +void HASH_ITConfig(uint8_t HASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus HASH_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t HASH_FLAG); +void HASH_ClearFlag(uint16_t HASH_FLAG); +ITStatus HASH_GetITStatus(uint8_t HASH_IT); +void HASH_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t HASH_IT); + +/* High Level SHA1 functions **************************************************/ +ErrorStatus HASH_SHA1(uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, uint8_t Output[20]); +ErrorStatus HMAC_SHA1(uint8_t *Key, uint32_t Keylen, + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, + uint8_t Output[20]); + +/* High Level MD5 functions ***************************************************/ +ErrorStatus HASH_MD5(uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, uint8_t Output[16]); +ErrorStatus HMAC_MD5(uint8_t *Key, uint32_t Keylen, + uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, + uint8_t Output[16]); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_HASH_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_i2c.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_i2c.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..73e298ec8c --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_i2c.h @@ -0,0 +1,691 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_i2c.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the I2C firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_I2C_H +#define __STM32F2xx_I2C_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief I2C Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t I2C_ClockSpeed; /*!< Specifies the clock frequency. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 400kHz */ + + uint16_t I2C_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2C mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_mode */ + + uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle; /*!< Specifies the I2C fast mode duty cycle. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode */ + + uint16_t I2C_OwnAddress1; /*!< Specifies the first device own address. + This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address. */ + + uint16_t I2C_Ack; /*!< Enables or disables the acknowledgement. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledgement */ + + uint16_t I2C_AcknowledgedAddress; /*!< Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit address is acknowledged. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledged_address */ +}I2C_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2C1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == I2C2)) +/** @defgroup I2C_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Mode_I2C ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define I2C_Mode_SMBusHost ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define IS_I2C_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Mode_I2C) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice) || \ + ((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusHost)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_DutyCycle_16_9 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */ +#define I2C_DutyCycle_2 ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 */ +#define IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(CYCLE) (((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) || \ + ((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledgement + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Ack_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define I2C_Ack_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_transfer_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Direction_Transmitter ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define I2C_Direction_Receiver ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_I2C_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Transmitter) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Receiver)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledged_address + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit ((uint16_t)0xC000) +#define IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit) || \ + ((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_registers + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_Register_CR1 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define I2C_Register_CR2 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define I2C_Register_OAR1 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define I2C_Register_OAR2 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define I2C_Register_DR ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define I2C_Register_SR1 ((uint8_t)0x14) +#define I2C_Register_SR2 ((uint8_t)0x18) +#define I2C_Register_CCR ((uint8_t)0x1C) +#define I2C_Register_TRISE ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define IS_I2C_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_DR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR1) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR2) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CCR) || \ + ((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TRISE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_NACK_position + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_NACKPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define I2C_NACKPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF) +#define IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Next) || \ + ((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Current)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_SMBus_alert_pin_level + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_SMBusAlert_Low ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define I2C_SMBusAlert_High ((uint16_t)0xDFFF) +#define IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(ALERT) (((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) || \ + ((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_PEC_position + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_PECPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define I2C_PECPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF) +#define IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Next) || \ + ((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Current)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_IT_BUF ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define I2C_IT_EVT ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define I2C_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xF8FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define I2C_IT_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x01008000) +#define I2C_IT_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x01004000) +#define I2C_IT_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x01001000) +#define I2C_IT_OVR ((uint32_t)0x01000800) +#define I2C_IT_AF ((uint32_t)0x01000400) +#define I2C_IT_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x01000200) +#define I2C_IT_BERR ((uint32_t)0x01000100) +#define I2C_IT_TXE ((uint32_t)0x06000080) +#define I2C_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x06000040) +#define I2C_IT_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x02000010) +#define I2C_IT_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x02000008) +#define I2C_IT_BTF ((uint32_t)0x02000004) +#define I2C_IT_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x02000002) +#define I2C_IT_SB ((uint32_t)0x02000001) + +#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_I2C_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == I2C_IT_SMBALERT) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TIMEOUT) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_PECERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_OVR) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_AF) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_ARLO) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_BERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_STOPF) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADD10) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_BTF) || \ + ((IT) == I2C_IT_ADDR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_SB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief SR2 register flags + */ + +#define I2C_FLAG_DUALF ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define I2C_FLAG_GENCALL ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define I2C_FLAG_TRA ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define I2C_FLAG_BUSY ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define I2C_FLAG_MSL ((uint32_t)0x00010000) + +/** + * @brief SR1 register flags + */ + +#define I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x10008000) +#define I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x10004000) +#define I2C_FLAG_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x10001000) +#define I2C_FLAG_OVR ((uint32_t)0x10000800) +#define I2C_FLAG_AF ((uint32_t)0x10000400) +#define I2C_FLAG_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x10000200) +#define I2C_FLAG_BERR ((uint32_t)0x10000100) +#define I2C_FLAG_TXE ((uint32_t)0x10000080) +#define I2C_FLAG_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x10000040) +#define I2C_FLAG_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x10000010) +#define I2C_FLAG_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x10000008) +#define I2C_FLAG_BTF ((uint32_t)0x10000004) +#define I2C_FLAG_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x10000002) +#define I2C_FLAG_SB ((uint32_t)0x10000001) + +#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_DUALF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TRA) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BUSY) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_MSL) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_PECERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_AF) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ARLO) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_RXNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_STOPF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADD10) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BTF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADDR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Events + * @{ + */ + +/** + =============================================================================== + I2C Master Events (Events grouped in order of communication) + =============================================================================== + */ + +/** + * @brief Communication start + * + * After sending the START condition (I2C_GenerateSTART() function) the master + * has to wait for this event. It means that the Start condition has been correctly + * released on the I2C bus (the bus is free, no other devices is communicating). + * + */ +/* --EV5 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT ((uint32_t)0x00030001) /* BUSY, MSL and SB flag */ + +/** + * @brief Address Acknowledge + * + * After checking on EV5 (start condition correctly released on the bus), the + * master sends the address of the slave(s) with which it will communicate + * (I2C_Send7bitAddress() function, it also determines the direction of the communication: + * Master transmitter or Receiver). Then the master has to wait that a slave acknowledges + * his address. If an acknowledge is sent on the bus, one of the following events will + * be set: + * + * 1) In case of Master Receiver (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED + * event is set. + * + * 2) In case of Master Transmitter (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED + * is set + * + * 3) In case of 10-Bit addressing mode, the master (just after generating the START + * and checking on EV5) has to send the header of 10-bit addressing mode (I2C_SendData() + * function). Then master should wait on EV9. It means that the 10-bit addressing + * header has been correctly sent on the bus. Then master should send the second part of + * the 10-bit address (LSB) using the function I2C_Send7bitAddress(). Then master + * should wait for event EV6. + * + */ + +/* --EV6 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00070082) /* BUSY, MSL, ADDR, TXE and TRA flags */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00030002) /* BUSY, MSL and ADDR flags */ +/* --EV9 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 ((uint32_t)0x00030008) /* BUSY, MSL and ADD10 flags */ + +/** + * @brief Communication events + * + * If a communication is established (START condition generated and slave address + * acknowledged) then the master has to check on one of the following events for + * communication procedures: + * + * 1) Master Receiver mode: The master has to wait on the event EV7 then to read + * the data received from the slave (I2C_ReceiveData() function). + * + * 2) Master Transmitter mode: The master has to send data (I2C_SendData() + * function) then to wait on event EV8 or EV8_2. + * These two events are similar: + * - EV8 means that the data has been written in the data register and is + * being shifted out. + * - EV8_2 means that the data has been physically shifted out and output + * on the bus. + * In most cases, using EV8 is sufficient for the application. + * Using EV8_2 leads to a slower communication but ensure more reliable test. + * EV8_2 is also more suitable than EV8 for testing on the last data transmission + * (before Stop condition generation). + * + * @note In case the user software does not guarantee that this event EV7 is + * managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV7 + * and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)). + * In this case the communication may be slower. + * + */ + +/* Master RECEIVER mode -----------------------------*/ +/* --EV7 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00030040) /* BUSY, MSL and RXNE flags */ + +/* Master TRANSMITTER mode --------------------------*/ +/* --EV8 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00070080) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE flags */ +/* --EV8_2 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00070084) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE and BTF flags */ + + +/** + =============================================================================== + I2C Slave Events (Events grouped in order of communication) + =============================================================================== + */ + + +/** + * @brief Communication start events + * + * Wait on one of these events at the start of the communication. It means that + * the I2C peripheral detected a Start condition on the bus (generated by master + * device) followed by the peripheral address. The peripheral generates an ACK + * condition on the bus (if the acknowledge feature is enabled through function + * I2C_AcknowledgeConfig()) and the events listed above are set : + * + * 1) In normal case (only one address managed by the slave), when the address + * sent by the master matches the own address of the peripheral (configured by + * I2C_OwnAddress1 field) the I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_ADDRESS_MATCHED event is set + * (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER). + * + * 2) In case the address sent by the master matches the second address of the + * peripheral (configured by the function I2C_OwnAddress2Config() and enabled + * by the function I2C_DualAddressCmd()) the events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED + * (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER) are set. + * + * 3) In case the address sent by the master is General Call (address 0x00) and + * if the General Call is enabled for the peripheral (using function I2C_GeneralCallCmd()) + * the following event is set I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED. + * + */ + +/* --EV1 (all the events below are variants of EV1) */ +/* 1) Case of One Single Address managed by the slave */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00020002) /* BUSY and ADDR flags */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00060082) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and ADDR flags */ + +/* 2) Case of Dual address managed by the slave */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00820000) /* DUALF and BUSY flags */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00860080) /* DUALF, TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */ + +/* 3) Case of General Call enabled for the slave */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00120000) /* GENCALL and BUSY flags */ + +/** + * @brief Communication events + * + * Wait on one of these events when EV1 has already been checked and: + * + * - Slave RECEIVER mode: + * - EV2: When the application is expecting a data byte to be received. + * - EV4: When the application is expecting the end of the communication: master + * sends a stop condition and data transmission is stopped. + * + * - Slave Transmitter mode: + * - EV3: When a byte has been transmitted by the slave and the application is expecting + * the end of the byte transmission. The two events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED and + * I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING are similar. The second one can optionally be + * used when the user software doesn't guarantee the EV3 is managed before the + * current byte end of transfer. + * - EV3_2: When the master sends a NACK in order to tell slave that data transmission + * shall end (before sending the STOP condition). In this case slave has to stop sending + * data bytes and expect a Stop condition on the bus. + * + * @note In case the user software does not guarantee that the event EV2 is + * managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV2 + * and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)). + * In this case the communication may be slower. + * + */ + +/* Slave RECEIVER mode --------------------------*/ +/* --EV2 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00020040) /* BUSY and RXNE flags */ +/* --EV4 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* STOPF flag */ + +/* Slave TRANSMITTER mode -----------------------*/ +/* --EV3 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00060084) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and BTF flags */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00060080) /* TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */ +/* --EV3_2 */ +#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* AF flag */ + +/* + =============================================================================== + End of Events Description + =============================================================================== + */ + +#define IS_I2C_EVENT(EVENT) (((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \ + ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \ + ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \ + ((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10) || \ + ((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_own_address1 + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) ((ADDRESS1) <= 0x3FF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_clock_speed + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) >= 0x1) && ((SPEED) <= 400000)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the I2C configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct); +void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct); +void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction); +void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address); +void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle); +void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition); +void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert); +void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data); +uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); + +/* PEC management functions ***************************************************/ +void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition); +void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts, events and flags management functions **************************/ +uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register); +void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* + =============================================================================== + I2C State Monitoring Functions + =============================================================================== + This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring + depending on the application requirements and constraints: + + + 1. Basic state monitoring (Using I2C_CheckEvent() function) + ----------------------------------------------------------- + It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event + (can be the combination of one or more flags). + It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags + and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status. + + - When to use + - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup + activity since the events are fully described in the product reference + manual (RM0033). + - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events. + + - Limitations + - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored + flags), the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite + the communication hold or corrupted real state. + In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor + the error events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler. + + Note + For error management, it is advised to use the following functions: + - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR). + - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs. + Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...) + - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into the + I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() function in order to determine which error occurred. + - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd() + and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source + and return to correct communication status. + + + 2. Advanced state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent()) + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status + registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left + by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1). + + - When to use + - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it + allows to overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus() + function. + - The returned value could be compared to events already defined in + this file or to custom values defined by user. + This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the + same time. + - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows + user to choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are + set and no other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set + like I2C_CheckEvent() function. + + - Limitations + - User may need to define his own events. + - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this + function if user decides to check only regular communication flags + (and ignores error flags). + + + 3. Flag-based state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus()) + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of + one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...). + + - When to use + - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug + phase. + - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C + events are monitored through multiple flags). + - Limitations: + - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. + Some flags are cleared when the status register is accessed. + So checking the status of one Flag, may clear other ones. + - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor + one single event. + */ + +/* + =============================================================================== + 1. Basic state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ +ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT); +/* + =============================================================================== + 2. Advanced state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ +uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx); +/* + =============================================================================== + 3. Flag-based state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ +FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); + + +void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG); +ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); +void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_I2C_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_iwdg.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_iwdg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2558666dbd --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_iwdg.h @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_iwdg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the IWDG + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_IWDG_H +#define __STM32F2xx_IWDG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup IWDG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_WriteAccess + * @{ + */ +#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable ((uint16_t)0x5555) +#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(ACCESS) (((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) || \ + ((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define IWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_16 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_32 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_64 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_128 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define IWDG_Prescaler_256 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_128)|| \ + ((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_256)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Flag + * @{ + */ +#define IWDG_FLAG_PVU ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IWDG_FLAG_RVU ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_IWDG_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_PVU) || ((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_RVU)) +#define IS_IWDG_RELOAD(RELOAD) ((RELOAD) <= 0xFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Prescaler and Counter configuration functions ******************************/ +void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess); +void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler); +void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload); +void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void); + +/* IWDG activation function ***************************************************/ +void IWDG_Enable(void); + +/* Flag management function ***************************************************/ +FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F2xx_IWDG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_pwr.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_pwr.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a5db06a10b --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_pwr.h @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_pwr.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the PWR firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_PWR_H +#define __STM32F2xx_PWR_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup PWR + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_detection_level + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_PVDLevel_0 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV0 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_1 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV1 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_2 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV2 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_3 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV3 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_4 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV4 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_5 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV5 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_6 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV6 +#define PWR_PVDLevel_7 PWR_CR_PLS_LEV7 + +#define IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_0) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_1)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_3)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_4) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_5)|| \ + ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_6) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_7)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_state_in_STOP_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_Regulator_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define PWR_Regulator_LowPower PWR_CR_LPDS +#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_ON) || \ + ((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_LowPower)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_STOP_mode_entry + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFE)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Flag + * @{ + */ + +#define PWR_FLAG_WU PWR_CSR_WUF +#define PWR_FLAG_SB PWR_CSR_SBF +#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO PWR_CSR_PVDO +#define PWR_FLAG_BRR PWR_CSR_BRR + +#define IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB) || \ + ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_PVDO) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_BRR)) + +#define IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the PWR configuration to the default reset state ******/ +void PWR_DeInit(void); + +/* Backup Domain Access function **********************************************/ +void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* PVD configuration functions ************************************************/ +void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel); +void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* WakeUp pins configuration functions ****************************************/ +void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Backup Regulator configuration functions ***********************************/ +void PWR_BackupRegulatorCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* FLASH Power Down configuration functions ***********************************/ +void PWR_FlashPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Low Power modes configuration functions ************************************/ +void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry); +void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void); + +/* Flags management functions *************************************************/ +FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG); +void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F2xx_PWR_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_rcc.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_rcc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..84e46b391c --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_rcc.h @@ -0,0 +1,509 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_rcc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RCC firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_RCC_H +#define __STM32F2xx_RCC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RCC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency; /*!< SYSCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */ + uint32_t HCLK_Frequency; /*!< HCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */ + uint32_t PCLK1_Frequency; /*!< PCLK1 clock frequency expressed in Hz */ + uint32_t PCLK2_Frequency; /*!< PCLK2 clock frequency expressed in Hz */ +}RCC_ClocksTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_HSE_configuration + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_HSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_HSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_HSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define IS_RCC_HSE(HSE) (((HSE) == RCC_HSE_OFF) || ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_ON) || \ + ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_Bypass)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_PLL_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_PLLSource_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_PLLSource_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSE)) +#define IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 63) +#define IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(VALUE) ((192 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 432)) +#define IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == 2) || ((VALUE) == 4) || ((VALUE) == 6) || ((VALUE) == 8)) +#define IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(VALUE) ((4 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 15)) + +#define IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(VALUE) ((192 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 432)) +#define IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(VALUE) ((2 <= (VALUE)) && ((VALUE) <= 7)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_System_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_AHB_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000090) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x000000A0) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x000000B0) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div64 ((uint32_t)0x000000C0) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div128 ((uint32_t)0x000000D0) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x000000E0) +#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div512 ((uint32_t)0x000000F0) +#define IS_RCC_HCLK(HCLK) (((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div1) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div2) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div4) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div8) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div16) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div64) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div128) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div256) || \ + ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div512)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_APB1_APB2_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_HCLK_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_HCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RCC_HCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00001400) +#define RCC_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00001800) +#define RCC_HCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00001C00) +#define IS_RCC_PCLK(PCLK) (((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div1) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div2) || \ + ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div4) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div8) || \ + ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div16)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Interrupt_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_IT_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_IT_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RCC_IT_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RCC_IT_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define RCC_IT_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define RCC_IT_CSS ((uint8_t)0x80) +#define IS_RCC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0xC0) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) +#define IS_RCC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RCC_IT_LSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_LSERDY) || \ + ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSERDY) || \ + ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_CSS) || \ + ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY)) +#define IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x40) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_LSE_Configuration + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_LSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_LSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RCC_LSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define IS_RCC_LSE(LSE) (((LSE) == RCC_LSE_OFF) || ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_ON) || \ + ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_Bypass)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_RTC_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00020300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div3 ((uint32_t)0x00030300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00040300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div5 ((uint32_t)0x00050300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00060300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div7 ((uint32_t)0x00070300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00080300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div9 ((uint32_t)0x00090300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div10 ((uint32_t)0x000A0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div11 ((uint32_t)0x000B0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div12 ((uint32_t)0x000C0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div13 ((uint32_t)0x000D0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div14 ((uint32_t)0x000E0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div15 ((uint32_t)0x000F0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00100300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div17 ((uint32_t)0x00110300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div18 ((uint32_t)0x00120300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div19 ((uint32_t)0x00130300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div20 ((uint32_t)0x00140300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div21 ((uint32_t)0x00150300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div22 ((uint32_t)0x00160300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div23 ((uint32_t)0x00170300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div24 ((uint32_t)0x00180300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div25 ((uint32_t)0x00190300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div26 ((uint32_t)0x001A0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div27 ((uint32_t)0x001B0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div28 ((uint32_t)0x001C0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div29 ((uint32_t)0x001D0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div30 ((uint32_t)0x001E0300) +#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div31 ((uint32_t)0x001F0300) +#define IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div2) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div3) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div4) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div5) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div6) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div7) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div8) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div9) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div10) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div11) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div12) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div13) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div14) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div15) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div16) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div17) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div18) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div19) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div20) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div21) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div22) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div23) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div24) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div25) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div26) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div27) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div28) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div29) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div30) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div31)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_I2S_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLLI2S ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext ((uint8_t)0x01) + +#define IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLLI2S) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_AHB1_Peripherals + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOH ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_CRC ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_FLITF ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_SRAM1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_SRAM2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_BKPSRAM ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Tx ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Rx ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_PTP ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS_ULPI ((uint32_t)0x40000000) +#define IS_RCC_AHB1_CLOCK_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x819BEE00) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +#define IS_RCC_AHB1_RESET_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xDD9FEE00) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +#define IS_RCC_AHB1_LPMODE_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x81986E00) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_AHB2_Peripherals + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define RCC_AHB2Periph_OTG_FS ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_RCC_AHB2_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFF0E) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_AHB3_Peripherals + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFFFE) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_APB1_Peripherals + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART5 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_PWR ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define RCC_APB1Periph_DAC ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xC9013600) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_APB2_Peripherals + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_USART6 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFF8A0CC) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +#define IS_RCC_APB2_RESET_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFF8A6CC) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_MCO1_Clock_Source_Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_MCO1Source_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_MCO1Source_LSE ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define RCC_MCO1Source_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define RCC_MCO1Source_PLLCLK ((uint32_t)0x00600000) +#define RCC_MCO1Div_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_MCO1Div_2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define RCC_MCO1Div_3 ((uint32_t)0x05000000) +#define RCC_MCO1Div_4 ((uint32_t)0x06000000) +#define RCC_MCO1Div_5 ((uint32_t)0x07000000) +#define IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO1Source_HSI) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO1Source_LSE) || \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO1Source_HSE) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO1Source_PLLCLK)) + +#define IS_RCC_MCO1DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_1) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_2) || \ + ((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_3) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_4) || \ + ((DIV) == RCC_MCO1Div_5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_MCO2_Clock_Source_Prescaler + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_MCO2Source_SYSCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Source_PLLI2SCLK ((uint32_t)0x40000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Source_HSE ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Source_PLLCLK ((uint32_t)0xC0000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Div_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Div_2 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Div_3 ((uint32_t)0x28000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Div_4 ((uint32_t)0x30000000) +#define RCC_MCO2Div_5 ((uint32_t)0x38000000) +#define IS_RCC_MCO2SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO2Source_SYSCLK) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO2Source_PLLI2SCLK)|| \ + ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO2Source_HSE) || ((SOURCE) == RCC_MCO2Source_PLLCLK)) + +#define IS_RCC_MCO2DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_1) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_2) || \ + ((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_3) || ((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_4) || \ + ((DIV) == RCC_MCO2Div_5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Flag + * @{ + */ +#define RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x21) +#define RCC_FLAG_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x31) +#define RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x39) +#define RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY ((uint8_t)0x3B) +#define RCC_FLAG_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x41) +#define RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x61) +#define RCC_FLAG_BORRST ((uint8_t)0x79) +#define RCC_FLAG_PINRST ((uint8_t)0x7A) +#define RCC_FLAG_PORRST ((uint8_t)0x7B) +#define RCC_FLAG_SFTRST ((uint8_t)0x7C) +#define RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x7D) +#define RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x7E) +#define RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST ((uint8_t)0x7F) +#define IS_RCC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_BORRST) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PINRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PORRST) || \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST)|| \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)|| ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST)|| \ + ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)) +#define IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x1F) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state */ +void RCC_DeInit(void); + +/* Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions *********/ +void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE); +ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void); +void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue); +void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE); +void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t PLLN, uint32_t PLLP, uint32_t PLLQ); +void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SR); +void RCC_PLLI2SCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_MCO1Config(uint32_t RCC_MCO1Source, uint32_t RCC_MCO1Div); +void RCC_MCO2Config(uint32_t RCC_MCO2Source, uint32_t RCC_MCO2Div); + +/* System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions ******************/ +void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource); +uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void); +void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK); +void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK); +void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK); +void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks); + +/* Peripheral clocks configuration functions **********************************/ +void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource); +void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource); + +void RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_AHB3PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +void RCC_AHB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_AHB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_AHB3PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState); +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG); +void RCC_ClearFlag(void); +ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT); +void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F2xx_RCC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_rng.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_rng.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9392145053 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_rng.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_rng.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the Random + * Number Generator(RNG) firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_RNG_H +#define __STM32F2xx_RNG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RNG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RNG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RNG_flags_definition + * @{ + */ +#define RNG_FLAG_DRDY ((uint8_t)0x0001) /*!< Data ready */ +#define RNG_FLAG_CECS ((uint8_t)0x0002) /*!< Clock error current status */ +#define RNG_FLAG_SECS ((uint8_t)0x0004) /*!< Seed error current status */ + +#define IS_RNG_GET_FLAG(RNG_FLAG) (((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_DRDY) || \ + ((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_CECS) || \ + ((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_SECS)) +#define IS_RNG_CLEAR_FLAG(RNG_FLAG) (((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_CECS) || \ + ((RNG_FLAG) == RNG_FLAG_SECS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RNG_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ +#define RNG_IT_CEI ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Clock error interrupt */ +#define RNG_IT_SEI ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Seed error interrupt */ + +#define IS_RNG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x9F) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00)) +#define IS_RNG_GET_IT(RNG_IT) (((RNG_IT) == RNG_IT_CEI) || ((RNG_IT) == RNG_IT_SEI)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the RNG configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void RNG_DeInit(void); + +/* Configuration function *****************************************************/ +void RNG_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Get 32 bit Random number function ******************************************/ +uint32_t RNG_GetRandomNumber(void); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void RNG_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus RNG_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RNG_FLAG); +void RNG_ClearFlag(uint8_t RNG_FLAG); +ITStatus RNG_GetITStatus(uint8_t RNG_IT); +void RNG_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RNG_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_RNG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_rtc.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_rtc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..db0dbde3b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_rtc.h @@ -0,0 +1,644 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_rtc.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RTC firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_RTC_H +#define __STM32F2xx_RTC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief RTC Init structures definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t RTC_HourFormat; /*!< Specifies the RTC Hour Format. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Hour_Formats */ + + uint32_t RTC_AsynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Asynchronous Predivider value. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x7F */ + + uint32_t RTC_SynchPrediv; /*!< Specifies the RTC Synchronous Predivider value. + This parameter must be set to a value lower than 0x1FFF */ +}RTC_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Time structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t RTC_Hours; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Hour. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-12 range + if the RTC_HourFormat_12 is selected or 0-23 range if + the RTC_HourFormat_24 is selected. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Minutes; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Minutes. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Seconds; /*!< Specifies the RTC Time Seconds. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-59 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_H12; /*!< Specifies the RTC AM/PM Time. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AM_PM_Definitions */ +}RTC_TimeTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Date structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t RTC_WeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date WeekDay. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_Month; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Month (in BCD format). + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_Month_Date_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_Date; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. */ + + uint8_t RTC_Year; /*!< Specifies the RTC Date Year. + This parameter must be set to a value in the 0-99 range. */ +}RTC_DateTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief RTC Alarm structure definition + */ +typedef struct +{ + RTC_TimeTypeDef RTC_AlarmTime; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Time members. */ + + uint32_t RTC_AlarmMask; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Masks. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions */ + + uint32_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm is on Date or WeekDay. + This parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions */ + + uint8_t RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay; /*!< Specifies the RTC Alarm Date/WeekDay. + If the Alarm Date is selected, this parameter + must be set to a value in the 1-31 range. + If the Alarm WeekDay is selected, this + parameter can be a value of @ref RTC_WeekDay_Definitions */ +}RTC_AlarmTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Hour_Formats + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_HourFormat_24 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_HourFormat_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_12) || \ + ((FORMAT) == RTC_HourFormat_24)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Asynchronous_Predivider + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x7F) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Synchronous_Predivider + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(PREDIV) ((PREDIV) <= 0x1FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_HOUR12(HOUR) (((HOUR) > 0) && ((HOUR) <= 12)) +#define IS_RTC_HOUR24(HOUR) ((HOUR) <= 23) +#define IS_RTC_MINUTES(MINUTES) ((MINUTES) <= 59) +#define IS_RTC_SECONDS(SECONDS) ((SECONDS) <= 59) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_AM_PM_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_H12_AM ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define RTC_H12_PM ((uint8_t)0x40) +#define IS_RTC_H12(PM) (((PM) == RTC_H12_AM) || ((PM) == RTC_H12_PM)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Year_Date_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_YEAR(YEAR) ((YEAR) <= 99) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Month_Date_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +/* Coded in BCD format */ +#define RTC_Month_January ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RTC_Month_February ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RTC_Month_March ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define RTC_Month_April ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RTC_Month_May ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define RTC_Month_June ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define RTC_Month_July ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define RTC_Month_August ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define RTC_Month_September ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define RTC_Month_October ((uint8_t)0x10) +#define RTC_Month_November ((uint8_t)0x11) +#define RTC_Month_December ((uint8_t)0x12) +#define IS_RTC_MONTH(MONTH) (((MONTH) >= 1) && ((MONTH) <= 12)) +#define IS_RTC_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) >= 1) && ((DATE) <= 31)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_WeekDay_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +#define RTC_Weekday_Monday ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define RTC_Weekday_Tuesday ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define RTC_Weekday_Wednesday ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define RTC_Weekday_Thursday ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define RTC_Weekday_Friday ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define RTC_Weekday_Saturday ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define RTC_Weekday_Sunday ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarm_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(DATE) (((DATE) > 0) && ((DATE) <= 31)) +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(WEEKDAY) (((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Monday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Tuesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Wednesday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Thursday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Friday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Saturday) || \ + ((WEEKDAY) == RTC_Weekday_Sunday)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay ((uint32_t)0x40000000) + +#define IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(SEL) (((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) || \ + ((SEL) == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_WeekDay)) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_AlarmMask_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_DateWeekDay ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Hours ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Minutes ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_Seconds ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define RTC_AlarmMask_All ((uint32_t)0x80808080) +#define IS_ALARM_MASK(MASK) (((MASK) & 0x7F7F7F7F) == (uint32_t)RESET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Alarms_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Alarm_A ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RTC_Alarm_B ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define IS_RTC_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_A) || ((ALARM) == RTC_Alarm_B)) +#define IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(ALARM) (((ALARM) & (RTC_Alarm_A | RTC_Alarm_B)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Wakeup_Timer_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits) || \ + ((CLOCK) == RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits)) +#define IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(COUNTER) ((COUNTER) <= 0xFFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Time_Stamp_Edges_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_selection_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Output_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_Output_AlarmA ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define RTC_Output_AlarmB ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define RTC_Output_WakeUp ((uint32_t)0x00600000) + +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_Disable) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmA) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_AlarmB) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == RTC_Output_WakeUp)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Polarity_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_OutputPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_OutputPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(POL) (((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_High) || \ + ((POL) == RTC_OutputPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Digital_Calibration_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_CalibSign_Positive ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_CalibSign_Negative ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(SIGN) (((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Positive) || \ + ((SIGN) == RTC_CalibSign_Negative)) +#define IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) < 0x20) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_DayLightSaving_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(SAVE) (((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H) || \ + ((SAVE) == RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H)) + +#define RTC_StoreOperation_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_StoreOperation_Set ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Reset) || \ + ((OPERATION) == RTC_StoreOperation_Set)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Trigger_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) || \ + ((TRIGGER) == RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pins_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Tamper_1 RTC_TAFCR_TAMP1E +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER(TAMPER) (((TAMPER) == RTC_Tamper_1)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Tamper_Pin_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TamperPin_PC13 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TamperPin_PI8 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define IS_RTC_TAMPER_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == RTC_TamperPin_PC13) || \ + ((PIN) == RTC_TamperPin_PI8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_TimeStamp_Pin_Selection + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_TimeStampPin_PC13 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_TimeStampPin_PI8 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == RTC_TimeStampPin_PC13) || \ + ((PIN) == RTC_TimeStampPin_PI8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Output_Type_ALARM_OUT + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_OutputType_PushPull ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(TYPE) (((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain) || \ + ((TYPE) == RTC_OutputType_PushPull)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Backup_Registers_Definitions + * @{ + */ + +#define RTC_BKP_DR0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define RTC_BKP_DR1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define RTC_BKP_DR2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_BKP_DR3 ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define RTC_BKP_DR4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_BKP_DR5 ((uint32_t)0x00000005) +#define RTC_BKP_DR6 ((uint32_t)0x00000006) +#define RTC_BKP_DR7 ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define RTC_BKP_DR8 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define RTC_BKP_DR9 ((uint32_t)0x00000009) +#define RTC_BKP_DR10 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A) +#define RTC_BKP_DR11 ((uint32_t)0x0000000B) +#define RTC_BKP_DR12 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) +#define RTC_BKP_DR13 ((uint32_t)0x0000000D) +#define RTC_BKP_DR14 ((uint32_t)0x0000000E) +#define RTC_BKP_DR15 ((uint32_t)0x0000000F) +#define RTC_BKP_DR16 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RTC_BKP_DR17 ((uint32_t)0x00000011) +#define RTC_BKP_DR18 ((uint32_t)0x00000012) +#define RTC_BKP_DR19 ((uint32_t)0x00000013) +#define IS_RTC_BKP(BKP) (((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR0) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR1) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR2) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR3) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR4) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR5) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR6) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR7) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR8) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR9) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR10) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR11) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR12) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR13) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR14) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR15) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR16) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR17) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR18) || \ + ((BKP) == RTC_BKP_DR19)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Input_parameter_format_definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_Format_BIN ((uint32_t)0x000000000) +#define RTC_Format_BCD ((uint32_t)0x000000001) +#define IS_RTC_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BIN) || ((FORMAT) == RTC_Format_BCD)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Flags_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TSOVF ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RTC_FLAG_TSF ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define RTC_FLAG_WUTF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBF ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAF ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define RTC_FLAG_INITF ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define RTC_FLAG_RSF ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define RTC_FLAG_INITS ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define RTC_FLAG_WUTWF ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSOVF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TSF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_INITF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RSF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) || \ + ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F)) +#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((FLAG) & 0xFFFFC0DF) == (uint32_t)RESET)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Interrupts_Definitions + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_IT_TS ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define RTC_IT_WUT ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define RTC_IT_ALRB ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define RTC_IT_ALRA ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define RTC_IT_TAMP ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /* Used only to Enable the Tamper Interrupt */ +#define RTC_IT_TAMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) + +#define IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFFF0FFB) == (uint32_t)RESET)) +#define IS_RTC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RTC_IT_TS) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_WUT) || \ + ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRB) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALRA) || \ + ((IT) == RTC_IT_TAMP1)) +#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (((IT) & 0xFFFD0FFF) == (uint32_t)RESET)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Legacy + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_DigitalCalibConfig RTC_CoarseCalibConfig +#define RTC_DigitalCalibCmd RTC_CoarseCalibCmd + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the RTC configuration to the default reset state *****/ +ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct); +void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct); +void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void); +void RTC_ExitInitMode(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Time and Date configuration functions **************************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct); +ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); +void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); +void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct); + +/* Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions **********************/ +void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct); +ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* WakeUp Timer configuration functions ***************************************/ +void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock); +void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter); +uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void); +ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Daylight Saving configuration functions ************************************/ +void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation); +uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void); + +/* Output pin Configuration function ******************************************/ +void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity); + +/* Coarse Calibration configuration functions *********************************/ +ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibSign, uint32_t Value); +ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* TimeStamp configuration functions ******************************************/ +void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState); +void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct, + RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct); + +/* Tampers configuration functions ********************************************/ +void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger); +void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Backup Data Registers configuration functions ******************************/ +void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data); +uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR); + +/* RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config configuration + functions ******************************************************************/ +void RTC_TamperPinSelection(uint32_t RTC_TamperPin); +void RTC_TimeStampPinSelection(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin); +void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG); +void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG); +ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT); +void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_RTC_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_sdio.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_sdio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..73e8b2fd85 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_sdio.h @@ -0,0 +1,530 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_sdio.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SDIO firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_SDIO_H +#define __STM32F2xx_SDIO_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SDIO + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SDIO_ClockEdge; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Edge */ + + uint32_t SDIO_ClockBypass; /*!< Specifies whether the SDIO Clock divider bypass is + enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Bypass */ + + uint32_t SDIO_ClockPowerSave; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Clock output is enabled or + disabled when the bus is idle. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Power_Save */ + + uint32_t SDIO_BusWide; /*!< Specifies the SDIO bus width. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Bus_Wide */ + + uint32_t SDIO_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies whether the SDIO hardware flow control is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control */ + + uint8_t SDIO_ClockDiv; /*!< Specifies the clock frequency of the SDIO controller. + This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0xFF. */ + +} SDIO_InitTypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SDIO_Argument; /*!< Specifies the SDIO command argument which is sent + to a card as part of a command message. If a command + contains an argument, it must be loaded into this register + before writing the command to the command register */ + + uint32_t SDIO_CmdIndex; /*!< Specifies the SDIO command index. It must be lower than 0x40. */ + + uint32_t SDIO_Response; /*!< Specifies the SDIO response type. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Response_Type */ + + uint32_t SDIO_Wait; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO wait-for-interrupt request is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State */ + + uint32_t SDIO_CPSM; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Command path state machine (CPSM) + is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_CPSM_State */ +} SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef; + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t SDIO_DataTimeOut; /*!< Specifies the data timeout period in card bus clock periods. */ + + uint32_t SDIO_DataLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bytes to be transferred. */ + + uint32_t SDIO_DataBlockSize; /*!< Specifies the data block size for block transfer. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Data_Block_Size */ + + uint32_t SDIO_TransferDir; /*!< Specifies the data transfer direction, whether the transfer + is a read or write. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Direction */ + + uint32_t SDIO_TransferMode; /*!< Specifies whether data transfer is in stream or block mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Type */ + + uint32_t SDIO_DPSM; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Data path state machine (DPSM) + is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_DPSM_State */ +} SDIO_DataInitTypeDef; + + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Edge + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising) || \ + ((EDGE) == SDIO_ClockEdge_Falling)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Bypass + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(BYPASS) (((BYPASS) == SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable) || \ + ((BYPASS) == SDIO_ClockBypass_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Power_Save + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(SAVE) (((SAVE) == SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable) || \ + ((SAVE) == SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Bus_Wide + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_BusWide_1b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_BusWide_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define SDIO_BusWide_8b ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(WIDE) (((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_1b) || ((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_4b) || \ + ((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_8b)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL) (((CONTROL) == SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable) || \ + ((CONTROL) == SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Power_State + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_PowerState_OFF ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_PowerState_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define IS_SDIO_POWER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == SDIO_PowerState_OFF) || ((STATE) == SDIO_PowerState_ON)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Interrupt_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define SDIO_IT_RXOVERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define SDIO_IT_CMDREND ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define SDIO_IT_CMDSENT ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define SDIO_IT_DATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define SDIO_IT_STBITERR ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define SDIO_IT_DBCKEND ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define SDIO_IT_CMDACT ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define SDIO_IT_TXACT ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define SDIO_IT_RXACT ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define SDIO_IT_TXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define SDIO_IT_RXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define SDIO_IT_SDIOIT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define SDIO_IT_CEATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define IS_SDIO_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFF000000) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint32_t)0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Command_Index + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(INDEX) ((INDEX) < 0x40) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Response_Type + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_Response_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_Response_Short ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define SDIO_Response_Long ((uint32_t)0x000000C0) +#define IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(RESPONSE) (((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_No) || \ + ((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_Short) || \ + ((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_Long)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_Wait_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< SDIO No Wait, TimeOut is enabled */ +#define SDIO_Wait_IT ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< SDIO Wait Interrupt Request */ +#define SDIO_Wait_Pend ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< SDIO Wait End of transfer */ +#define IS_SDIO_WAIT(WAIT) (((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_No) || ((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_IT) || \ + ((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_Pend)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_CPSM_State + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_CPSM_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_CPSM_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define IS_SDIO_CPSM(CPSM) (((CPSM) == SDIO_CPSM_Enable) || ((CPSM) == SDIO_CPSM_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Response_Registers + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_RESP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_RESP2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define SDIO_RESP3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define SDIO_RESP4 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) +#define IS_SDIO_RESP(RESP) (((RESP) == SDIO_RESP1) || ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP2) || \ + ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP3) || ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Data_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(LENGTH) ((LENGTH) <= 0x01FFFFFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Data_Block_Size + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2b ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000030) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_32b ((uint32_t)0x00000050) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_64b ((uint32_t)0x00000060) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_128b ((uint32_t)0x00000070) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_256b ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_512b ((uint32_t)0x00000090) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1024b ((uint32_t)0x000000A0) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2048b ((uint32_t)0x000000B0) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4096b ((uint32_t)0x000000C0) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8192b ((uint32_t)0x000000D0) +#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16384b ((uint32_t)0x000000E0) +#define IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_2b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_4b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_8b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_16b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_32b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_64b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_128b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_256b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_512b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_1024b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_2048b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_4096b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_8192b) || \ + ((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_16384b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Transfer_Direction + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToSDIO ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(DIR) (((DIR) == SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard) || \ + ((DIR) == SDIO_TransferDir_ToSDIO)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Transfer_Type + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_TransferMode_Block ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_TransferMode_Stream ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDIO_TransferMode_Stream) || \ + ((MODE) == SDIO_TransferMode_Block)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_DPSM_State + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_DPSM_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_DPSM_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_SDIO_DPSM(DPSM) (((DPSM) == SDIO_DPSM_Enable) || ((DPSM) == SDIO_DPSM_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR ((uint32_t)0x00000200) +#define SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define SDIO_FLAG_TXACT ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_RXACT ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define IS_SDIO_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXACT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXACT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT) || \ + ((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND)) + +#define IS_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFF3FF800) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint32_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_SDIO_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXOVERR) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDREND) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDSENT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DATAEND) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_STBITERR) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_DBCKEND) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDACT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXACT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXACT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXDAVL) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXDAVL) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_SDIOIT) || \ + ((IT) == SDIO_IT_CEATAEND)) + +#define IS_SDIO_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFF3FF800) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint32_t)0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Read_Wait_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK) || \ + ((MODE) == SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Function used to set the SDIO configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void SDIO_DeInit(void); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct); +void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct); +void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState); +uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void); + +/* Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions *********************/ +void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct); +void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct); +uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void); +uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP); + +/* Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions ************************/ +void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct); +void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct); +uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void); +uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void); +void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data); +uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void); + +/* SDIO IO Cards mode management functions ************************************/ +void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState); +void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState); +void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode); +void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState); +void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* CE-ATA mode management functions *******************************************/ +void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG); +void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG); +ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT); +void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F2xx_SDIO_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_spi.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_spi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa9bd9aa1a --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_spi.h @@ -0,0 +1,520 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_spi.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SPI + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_SPI_H +#define __STM32F2xx_SPI_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPI + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief SPI Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t SPI_Direction; /*!< Specifies the SPI unidirectional or bidirectional data mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_direction */ + + uint16_t SPI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the SPI operating mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_mode */ + + uint16_t SPI_DataSize; /*!< Specifies the SPI data size. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_size */ + + uint16_t SPI_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the serial clock steady state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity */ + + uint16_t SPI_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase */ + + uint16_t SPI_NSS; /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by + hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management */ + + uint16_t SPI_BaudRatePrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be + used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler + @note The communication clock is derived from the master + clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. */ + + uint16_t SPI_FirstBit; /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit. + This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */ + + uint16_t SPI_CRCPolynomial; /*!< Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. */ +}SPI_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief I2S Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t I2S_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2S operating mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Mode */ + + uint16_t I2S_Standard; /*!< Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Standard */ + + uint16_t I2S_DataFormat; /*!< Specifies the data format for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Data_Format */ + + uint16_t I2S_MCLKOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_MCLK_Output */ + + uint32_t I2S_AudioFreq; /*!< Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Audio_Frequency */ + + uint16_t I2S_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Clock_Polarity */ +}I2S_InitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3)) + +#define IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == SPI3)) + +/** @defgroup SPI_data_direction + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx ((uint16_t)0x8000) +#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx ((uint16_t)0xC000) +#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_mode + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Mode_Master ((uint16_t)0x0104) +#define SPI_Mode_Slave ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Master) || \ + ((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Slave)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_data_size + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_DataSize_16b ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define SPI_DataSize_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_DATASIZE(DATASIZE) (((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_16b) || \ + ((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_8b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_SPI_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_Low) || \ + ((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Phase + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_SPI_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_1Edge) || \ + ((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_2Edge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Slave_Select_management + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_NSS_Soft ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define SPI_NSS_Hard ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_SPI_NSS(NSS) (((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Soft) || \ + ((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Hard)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16 ((uint16_t)0x0018) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64 ((uint16_t)0x0028) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256 ((uint16_t)0x0038) +#define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_FirstBit_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define SPI_FirstBit_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(BIT) (((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_MSB) || \ + ((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_LSB)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_Mode_SlaveTx ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_Mode_SlaveRx ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define I2S_Mode_MasterTx ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define I2S_Mode_MasterRx ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define IS_I2S_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx) || \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx) || \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterTx)|| \ + ((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterRx)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Standard + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_Standard_Phillips ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_Standard_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define I2S_Standard_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define I2S_Standard_PCMShort ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define I2S_Standard_PCMLong ((uint16_t)0x00B0) +#define IS_I2S_STANDARD(STANDARD) (((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_Phillips) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_MSB) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_LSB) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMShort) || \ + ((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMLong)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Data_Format + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_DataFormat_16b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_DataFormat_16bextended ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define I2S_DataFormat_24b ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define I2S_DataFormat_32b ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16b) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16bextended) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_24b) || \ + ((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_32b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_MCLK_Output + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) || \ + ((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Audio_Frequency + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_AudioFreq_192k ((uint32_t)192000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_96k ((uint32_t)96000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_48k ((uint32_t)48000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_44k ((uint32_t)44100) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_32k ((uint32_t)32000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_22k ((uint32_t)22050) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_16k ((uint32_t)16000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_11k ((uint32_t)11025) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_8k ((uint32_t)8000) +#define I2S_AudioFreq_Default ((uint32_t)2) + +#define IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(FREQ) ((((FREQ) >= I2S_AudioFreq_8k) && \ + ((FREQ) <= I2S_AudioFreq_192k)) || \ + ((FREQ) == I2S_AudioFreq_Default)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define I2S_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define I2S_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define IS_I2S_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_Low) || \ + ((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_DMA_transfer_requests + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFFFC) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != 0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_NSS_internal_software_management + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFEFF) +#define IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(INTERNAL) (((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set) || \ + ((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_Transmit_Receive + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_CRC_Tx ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define SPI_CRC_Rx ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define IS_SPI_CRC(CRC) (((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Tx) || ((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Rx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_direction_transmit_receive + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_Direction_Rx ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) +#define SPI_Direction_Tx ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Rx) || \ + ((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Tx)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_interrupts_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_IT_TXE ((uint8_t)0x71) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE ((uint8_t)0x60) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_ERR ((uint8_t)0x50) +#define I2S_IT_UDR ((uint8_t)0x53) +#define SPI_I2S_IT_TIFRFE ((uint8_t)0x58) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_ERR)) + +#define SPI_I2S_IT_OVR ((uint8_t)0x56) +#define SPI_IT_MODF ((uint8_t)0x55) +#define SPI_IT_CRCERR ((uint8_t)0x54) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR)) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE)|| ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR) || ((IT) == SPI_IT_MODF) || \ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_OVR) || ((IT) == I2S_IT_UDR) ||\ + ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TIFRFE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_flags_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define I2S_FLAG_UDR ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define SPI_FLAG_CRCERR ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define SPI_FLAG_MODF ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE ((uint16_t)0x0100) + +#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR)) +#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_MODF) || ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \ + ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_UDR) || ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE) || \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE)|| \ + ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_polynomial + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(POLYNOMIAL) ((POLYNOMIAL) >= 0x1) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_Legacy + * @{ + */ + +#define SPI_DMAReq_Tx SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx +#define SPI_DMAReq_Rx SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx +#define SPI_IT_TXE SPI_I2S_IT_TXE +#define SPI_IT_RXNE SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE +#define SPI_IT_ERR SPI_I2S_IT_ERR +#define SPI_IT_OVR SPI_I2S_IT_OVR +#define SPI_FLAG_RXNE SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE +#define SPI_FLAG_TXE SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE +#define SPI_FLAG_OVR SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR +#define SPI_FLAG_BSY SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY +#define SPI_DeInit SPI_I2S_DeInit +#define SPI_ITConfig SPI_I2S_ITConfig +#define SPI_DMACmd SPI_I2S_DMACmd +#define SPI_SendData SPI_I2S_SendData +#define SPI_ReceiveData SPI_I2S_ReceiveData +#define SPI_GetFlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus +#define SPI_ClearFlag SPI_I2S_ClearFlag +#define SPI_GetITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus +#define SPI_ClearITPendingBit SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the SPI configuration to the default reset state *****/ +void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); +void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); +void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct); +void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct); +void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize); +void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction); +void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft); +void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data); +uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* Hardware CRC Calculation functions *****************************************/ +void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState); +void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); +uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC); +uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); +void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); +ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); +void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_SPI_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_syscfg.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_syscfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a7f4185a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_syscfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_syscfg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SYSCFG firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_SYSCFG_H +#define __STM32F2xx_SYSCFG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SYSCFG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EXTI_Port_Sources + * @{ + */ +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOG ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOH ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define EXTI_PortSourceGPIOI ((uint8_t)0x08) + +#define IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(PORTSOURCE) (((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOA) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOB) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOC) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOD) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOE) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOF) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOG) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOH) || \ + ((PORTSOURCE) == EXTI_PortSourceGPIOI)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_EXTI_Pin_Sources + * @{ + */ +#define EXTI_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define EXTI_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define EXTI_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define EXTI_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03) +#define EXTI_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04) +#define EXTI_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05) +#define EXTI_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06) +#define EXTI_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define EXTI_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08) +#define EXTI_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09) +#define EXTI_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A) +#define EXTI_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B) +#define EXTI_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C) +#define EXTI_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D) +#define EXTI_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E) +#define EXTI_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F) +#define IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource0) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource1) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource2) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource3) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource4) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource5) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource6) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource7) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource8) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource9) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource10) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource11) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource12) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource13) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource14) || \ + ((PINSOURCE) == EXTI_PinSource15)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Memory_Remap_Config + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FSMC ((uint8_t)0x02) +#define SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM ((uint8_t)0x03) + +#define IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(REMAP) (((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM) || \ + ((REMAP) == SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FSMC)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_ETHERNET_Media_Interface + * @{ + */ +#define SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_MII ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII ((uint32_t)0x00000001) + +#define IS_SYSCFG_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(INTERFACE) (((INTERFACE) == SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_MII) || \ + ((INTERFACE) == SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void SYSCFG_DeInit(void); +void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint8_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap); +void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex); +void SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface); +void SYSCFG_CompensationCellCmd(FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus SYSCFG_GetCompensationCellStatus(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_SYSCFG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_tim.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_tim.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8c5bbba6cf --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_tim.h @@ -0,0 +1,1144 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_tim.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the TIM firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_TIM_H +#define __STM32F2xx_TIM_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief TIM Time Base Init structure definition + * @note This structure is used with all TIMx except for TIM6 and TIM7. + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t TIM_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_CounterMode; /*!< Specifies the counter mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Counter_Mode */ + + uint32_t TIM_Period; /*!< Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active + Auto-Reload Register at the next update event. + This parameter must be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF. */ + + uint16_t TIM_ClockDivision; /*!< Specifies the clock division. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Clock_Division_CKD */ + + uint8_t TIM_RepetitionCounter; /*!< Specifies the repetition counter value. Each time the RCR downcounter + reaches zero, an update event is generated and counting restarts + from the RCR value (N). + This means in PWM mode that (N+1) corresponds to: + - the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode + - the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode + This parameter must be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF. + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ +} TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Output Compare Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t TIM_OCMode; /*!< Specifies the TIM mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes */ + + uint16_t TIM_OutputState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_State */ + + uint16_t TIM_OutputNState; /*!< Specifies the TIM complementary Output Compare state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ + + uint32_t TIM_Pulse; /*!< Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity; /*!< Specifies the output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity; /*!< Specifies the complementary output polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ + + uint16_t TIM_OCNIdleState; /*!< Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State + @note This parameter is valid only for TIM1 and TIM8. */ +} TIM_OCInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief TIM Input Capture Init structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t TIM_Channel; /*!< Specifies the TIM channel. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Channel */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity; /*!< Specifies the active edge of the input signal. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICSelection; /*!< Specifies the input. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Selection */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICPrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler */ + + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter; /*!< Specifies the input capture filter. + This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xF */ +} TIM_ICInitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief BDTR structure definition + * @note This structure is used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t TIM_OSSRState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State selection used in Run mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state */ + + uint16_t TIM_OSSIState; /*!< Specifies the Off-State used in Idle state. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state */ + + uint16_t TIM_LOCKLevel; /*!< Specifies the LOCK level parameters. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Lock_level */ + + uint16_t TIM_DeadTime; /*!< Specifies the delay time between the switching-off and the + switching-on of the outputs. + This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */ + + uint16_t TIM_Break; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Break input is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable */ + + uint16_t TIM_BreakPolarity; /*!< Specifies the TIM Break Input pin polarity. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_Break_Polarity */ + + uint16_t TIM_AutomaticOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the TIM Automatic Output feature is enabled or not. + This parameter can be a value of @ref TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset */ +} TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM10) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM11) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM12) || \ + (((PERIPH) == TIM13) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM14))) +/* LIST1: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM8, TIM9, TIM10, TIM11, TIM12, TIM13 and TIM14 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM10) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM11) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM12) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM13) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM14)) + +/* LIST2: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM8, TIM9 and TIM12 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM9) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM12)) +/* LIST3: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) +/* LIST4: TIM1 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) +/* LIST5: TIM1, TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == TIM1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM6) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM7) || \ + ((PERIPH) == TIM8)) +/* LIST6: TIM2, TIM5 and TIM11 */ +#define IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)(((TIMx) == TIM2) || \ + ((TIMx) == TIM5) || \ + ((TIMx) == TIM11)) + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCMode_Timing ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCMode_Active ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_OCMode_Inactive ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_OCMode_Toggle ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_OCMode_PWM1 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_OCMode_PWM2 ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_OC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2)) +#define IS_TIM_OCM(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Timing) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Inactive) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_Toggle)|| \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OCMode_PWM2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_One_Pulse_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OPMode_Single ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OPMode_Repetitive ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Single) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_OPMode_Repetitive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Channel + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Channel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_Channel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_Channel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_Channel_4 ((uint16_t)0x000C) + +#define IS_TIM_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_4)) + +#define IS_TIM_PWMI_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2)) +#define IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == TIM_Channel_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Clock_Division_CKD + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CKD_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_CKD_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_CKD_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(DIV) (((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV1) || \ + ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV2) || \ + ((DIV) == TIM_CKD_DIV4)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Counter_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CounterMode_Up ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_CounterMode_Down ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2 ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Up) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_Down) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_High) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCNPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OCNPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_High) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_OCNPolarity_Low)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OutputState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OutputState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OutputState_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OutputNState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_OutputNState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Disable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OutputNState_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CCx_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_CCx_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_CCX(CCX) (((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Enable) || \ + ((CCX) == TIM_CCx_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Capture_Compare_N_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_CCxN_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_CCxN_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_CCXN(CCXN) (((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Enable) || \ + ((CCXN) == TIM_CCxN_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_Break_Enable ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_Break_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_Break_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_Break_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Break_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_BreakPolarity_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_BreakPolarity_High ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_Low) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_BreakPolarity_High)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Lock_level + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_1 ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_2 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_LOCKLevel_3 ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_1) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_2) || \ + ((LEVEL) == TIM_LOCKLevel_3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OSSIState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_OSSIState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OSSIState_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OSSRState_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_OSSRState_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OSSRState_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_OCIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Set) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCIdleState_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Set ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Set) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICPolarity_Rising ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_ICPolarity_Falling ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_Falling)|| \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be + connected to IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively */ +#define TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be + connected to IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively. */ +#define TIM_ICSelection_TRC ((uint16_t)0x0003) /*!< TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. */ +#define IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_ICSelection_TRC)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture input. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Capture performed once every 2 events. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Capture performed once every 4 events. */ +#define TIM_ICPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x000C) /*!< Capture performed once every 8 events. */ +#define IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ICPSC_DIV8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_interrupt_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_IT_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_IT_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_IT_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_IT_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_IT_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_IT_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_IT_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_IT_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_TIM_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((IT) != 0x0000)) + +#define IS_TIM_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == TIM_IT_Update) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC1) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC2) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC3) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_CC4) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_COM) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_Trigger) || \ + ((IT) == TIM_IT_Break)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Base_address + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABase_CR1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_DMABase_CR2 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_DMABase_SMCR ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_DMABase_DIER ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define TIM_DMABase_SR ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_DMABase_EGR ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 ((uint16_t)0x0006) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 ((uint16_t)0x0007) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCER ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_DMABase_CNT ((uint16_t)0x0009) +#define TIM_DMABase_PSC ((uint16_t)0x000A) +#define TIM_DMABase_ARR ((uint16_t)0x000B) +#define TIM_DMABase_RCR ((uint16_t)0x000C) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR1 ((uint16_t)0x000D) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR2 ((uint16_t)0x000E) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR3 ((uint16_t)0x000F) +#define TIM_DMABase_CCR4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_DMABase_BDTR ((uint16_t)0x0011) +#define TIM_DMABase_DCR ((uint16_t)0x0012) +#define TIM_DMABase_OR ((uint16_t)0x0013) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BASE) (((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SMCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DIER) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_SR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_EGR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCMR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCER) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CNT) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_PSC) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_ARR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_RCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR1) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR2) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR3) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_CCR4) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_BDTR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_DCR) || \ + ((BASE) == TIM_DMABase_OR)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_Burst_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0500) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0600) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0700) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0900) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0A00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0B00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0C00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0D00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0E00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers ((uint16_t)0x0F00) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers ((uint16_t)0x1100) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers) || \ + ((LENGTH) == TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_DMA_sources + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMA_Update ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define TIM_DMA_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_DMA_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_DMA_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_DMA_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_DMA_COM ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define TIM_DMA_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x4000) +#define IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0x80FF) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4 ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8 ((uint16_t)0x3000) +#define IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Internal_Trigger_Selection + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TS_ITR0 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_TS_ITR1 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_TS_ITR2 ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_TS_ITR3 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_TS_TI1F_ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_TS_TI1FP1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TS_TI2FP2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TS_ETRF ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1F_ED) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI1FP1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_TI2FP2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ETRF)) +#define IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR0) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR1) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR2) || \ + ((SELECTION) == TIM_TS_ITR3)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_TIx_External_Clock_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED ((uint16_t)0x0040) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Polarity + * @{ + */ +#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted ((uint16_t)0x8000) +#define TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted) || \ + ((POLARITY) == TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Prescaler_Reload_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update) || \ + ((RELOAD) == TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Forced_Action + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_ForcedAction_Active ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_ForcedAction_InActive ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_Active) || \ + ((ACTION) == TIM_ForcedAction_InActive)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Encoder_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI1 ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI2 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_EncoderMode_TI12 ((uint16_t)0x0003) +#define IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI1) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI2) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_EncoderMode_TI12)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup TIM_Event_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_EventSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_EventSource_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_EventSource_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_EventSource_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_EventSource_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(SOURCE) ((((SOURCE) & (uint16_t)0xFF00) == 0x0000) && ((SOURCE) != 0x0000)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Update_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_UpdateSource_Global ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow + or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation + through the slave mode controller. */ +#define TIM_UpdateSource_Regular ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. */ +#define IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Global) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_UpdateSource_Regular)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Preload_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCPreload_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_OCPreload_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCPreload_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Fast_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCFast_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_OCFast_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCFast_Disable)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Output_Compare_Clear_State + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_OCClear_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_OCClear_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_OCClear_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Trigger_Output_Source + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_Update ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1 ((uint16_t)0x0030) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref ((uint16_t)0x0050) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref ((uint16_t)0x0070) +#define IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Reset) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Enable) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_Update) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref) || \ + ((SOURCE) == TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Slave_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Reset ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Gated ((uint16_t)0x0005) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0006) +#define TIM_SlaveMode_External1 ((uint16_t)0x0007) +#define IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Reset) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Gated) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger) || \ + ((MODE) == TIM_SlaveMode_External1)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Master_Slave_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable) || \ + ((STATE) == TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable)) +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Remap + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM2_TIM8_TRGO ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM2_ETH_PTP ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM2_USBFS_SOF ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM2_USBHS_SOF ((uint16_t)0x0C00) + +#define TIM5_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM5_LSI ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM5_LSE ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM5_RTC ((uint16_t)0x00C0) + +#define TIM11_GPIO ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define TIM11_HSE ((uint16_t)0x0002) + +#define IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_REMAP) (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_TIM8_TRGO)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_ETH_PTP)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_USBFS_SOF)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM2_USBHS_SOF)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_GPIO)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_LSI)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_LSE)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM5_RTC)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_GPIO)||\ + ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM11_HSE)) + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_FLAG_Update ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define TIM_FLAG_COM ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define TIM_FLAG_Trigger ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define TIM_FLAG_Break ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC1OF ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC2OF ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC3OF ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define TIM_FLAG_CC4OF ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Update) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_COM) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Trigger) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_Break) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC1OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC2OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC3OF) || \ + ((FLAG) == TIM_FLAG_CC4OF)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Input_Capture_Filer_Value + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_External_Trigger_Filter + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(EXTFILTER) ((EXTFILTER) <= 0xF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Legacy + * @{ + */ + +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_1Byte TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_2Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_2Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_3Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_3Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_4Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_4Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_5Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_5Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_6Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_6Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_7Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_7Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_8Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_8Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_9Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_9Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_10Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_10Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_11Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_11Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_12Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_12Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_13Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_13Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_14Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_14Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_15Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_15Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_16Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_16Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_17Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_17Transfers +#define TIM_DMABurstLength_18Bytes TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* TimeBase management ********************************************************/ +void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); +void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct); +void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode); +void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode); +void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter); +void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload); +uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource); +void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode); +void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD); +void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Output Compare management **************************************************/ +void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct); +void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode); +void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1); +void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2); +void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3); +void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4); +void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction); +void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload); +void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast); +void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear); +void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity); +void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity); +void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx); +void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN); + +/* Input Capture management ***************************************************/ +void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); +void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC); + +/* Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features ******************/ +void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct); +void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct); +void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts, DMA and flags management ***************************************/ +void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource); +FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG); +void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG); +ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); +void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT); +void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength); +void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState); +void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Clocks management **********************************************************/ +void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx); +void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); +void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter); +void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); +void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + +/* Synchronization management *************************************************/ +void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource); +void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); +void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode); +void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + +/* Specific interface management **********************************************/ +void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, + uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity); +void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Specific remapping management **********************************************/ +void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /*__STM32F2xx_TIM_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_usart.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_usart.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..076cf4dcce --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_usart.h @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_usart.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the USART + * firmware library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_USART_H +#define __STM32F2xx_USART_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup USART + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief USART Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t USART_BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the USART communication baud rate. + The baud rate is computed using the following formula: + - IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (8 * (OVR8+1) * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))) + - FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((u32) IntegerDivider)) * 8 * (OVR8+1)) + 0.5 + Where OVR8 is the "oversampling by 8 mode" configuration bit in the CR1 register. */ + + uint16_t USART_WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Word_Length */ + + uint16_t USART_StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Stop_Bits */ + + uint16_t USART_Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Parity + @note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted + at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when + the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the + word length is set to 8 data bits). */ + + uint16_t USART_Mode; /*!< Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Mode */ + + uint16_t USART_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled + or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Hardware_Flow_Control */ +} USART_InitTypeDef; + +/** + * @brief USART Clock Init Structure definition + */ + +typedef struct +{ + + uint16_t USART_Clock; /*!< Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock */ + + uint16_t USART_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the steady state of the serial clock. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Polarity */ + + uint16_t USART_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Phase */ + + uint16_t USART_LastBit; /*!< Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted + data bit (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. + This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Last_Bit */ +} USART_ClockInitTypeDef; + +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART4) || \ + ((PERIPH) == UART5) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART6)) + +#define IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART2) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART3) || \ + ((PERIPH) == USART6)) + +/** @defgroup USART_Word_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WordLength_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_WordLength_9b ((uint16_t)0x1000) + +#define IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_8b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_9b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Stop_Bits + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_StopBits_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_StopBits_0_5 ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define USART_StopBits_2 ((uint16_t)0x2000) +#define USART_StopBits_1_5 ((uint16_t)0x3000) +#define IS_USART_STOPBITS(STOPBITS) (((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_0_5) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_2) || \ + ((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1_5)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Parity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Parity_No ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_Parity_Even ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define USART_Parity_Odd ((uint16_t)0x0600) +#define IS_USART_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == USART_Parity_No) || \ + ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Even) || \ + ((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Odd)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Mode + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_Mode_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define USART_Mode_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define IS_USART_MODE(MODE) ((((MODE) & (uint16_t)0xFFF3) == 0x00) && ((MODE) != (uint16_t)0x00)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Hardware_Flow_Control + * @{ + */ +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_None ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0300) +#define IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL)\ + (((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS) || \ + ((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock + * @{ + */ +#define USART_Clock_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_Clock_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define IS_USART_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Disable) || \ + ((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Polarity + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define IS_USART_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_Low) || ((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_High)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Phase + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define IS_USART_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_1Edge) || ((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_2Edge)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Last_Bit + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_LastBit_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_LastBit_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define IS_USART_LASTBIT(LASTBIT) (((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Disable) || \ + ((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Enable)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Interrupt_definition + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_IT_PE ((uint16_t)0x0028) +#define USART_IT_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0727) +#define USART_IT_TC ((uint16_t)0x0626) +#define USART_IT_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0525) +#define USART_IT_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0424) +#define USART_IT_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0846) +#define USART_IT_CTS ((uint16_t)0x096A) +#define USART_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0060) +#define USART_IT_ORE ((uint16_t)0x0360) +#define USART_IT_NE ((uint16_t)0x0260) +#define USART_IT_FE ((uint16_t)0x0160) +#define IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ERR)) +#define IS_USART_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_FE)) +#define IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \ + ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Requests + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define USART_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define IS_USART_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFF3F) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_WakeUp_methods + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_WakeUp_IdleLine ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_WakeUp_AddressMark ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define IS_USART_WAKEUP(WAKEUP) (((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_IdleLine) || \ + ((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_AddressMark)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(LENGTH) \ + (((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b) || \ + ((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_IrDA_Low_Power + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_IrDAMode_LowPower ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define USART_IrDAMode_Normal ((uint16_t)0x0000) +#define IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_LowPower) || \ + ((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_Normal)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Flags + * @{ + */ + +#define USART_FLAG_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define USART_FLAG_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define USART_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define USART_FLAG_TC ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define USART_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define USART_FLAG_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define USART_FLAG_ORE ((uint16_t)0x0008) +#define USART_FLAG_NE ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define USART_FLAG_FE ((uint16_t)0x0002) +#define USART_FLAG_PE ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define IS_USART_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TXE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RXNE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \ + ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE)) + +#define IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFC9F) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00)) + +#define IS_USART_BAUDRATE(BAUDRATE) (((BAUDRATE) > 0) && ((BAUDRATE) < 7500001)) +#define IS_USART_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= 0xF) +#define IS_USART_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0x1FF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the USART configuration to the default reset state ***/ +void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); + +/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/ +void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); +void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct); +void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); +void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct); +void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler); +void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Data transfers functions ***************************************************/ +void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data); +uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); + +/* Multi-Processor Communication functions ************************************/ +void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address); +void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp); +void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* LIN mode functions *********************************************************/ +void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength); +void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx); + +/* Half-duplex mode function **************************************************/ +void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Smartcard mode functions ***************************************************/ +void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); +void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime); + +/* IrDA mode functions ********************************************************/ +void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode); +void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* DMA transfers management functions *****************************************/ +void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState); +FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); +void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); +ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); +void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F2xx_USART_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_wwdg.h b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_wwdg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8527539069 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/inc/stm32f2xx_wwdg.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_wwdg.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the WWDG firmware + * library. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/ +#ifndef __STM32F2xx_WWDG_H +#define __STM32F2xx_WWDG_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus + extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup WWDG + * @{ + */ + +/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Prescaler + * @{ + */ + +#define WWDG_Prescaler_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define WWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000180) +#define IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_1) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_2) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_4) || \ + ((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_8)) +#define IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x7F) +#define IS_WWDG_COUNTER(COUNTER) (((COUNTER) >= 0x40) && ((COUNTER) <= 0x7F)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Function used to set the WWDG configuration to the default reset state ****/ +void WWDG_DeInit(void); + +/* Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions **************/ +void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler); +void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue); +void WWDG_EnableIT(void); +void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter); + +/* WWDG activation function ***************************************************/ +void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter); + +/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/ +FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void); +void WWDG_ClearFlag(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __STM32F2xx_WWDG_H */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4352b26e61 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file misc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the miscellaneous firmware functions (add-on + * to CMSIS functions). + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to configure Interrupts using driver + * =================================================================== + * + * This section provide functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). + * The Cortex-M3 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions. + * + * 1. Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() + * function according to the following table. + + * The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according + * to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function + * ========================================================================================================================== + * NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description + * ========================================================================================================================== + * NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority + * | | | 4 bits for subpriority + * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority + * | | | 3 bits for subpriority + * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority + * | | | 2 bits for subpriority + * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority + * | | | 1 bits for subpriority + * -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority + * | | | 0 bits for subpriority + * ========================================================================================================================== + * + * 2. Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using NVIC_Init() + * + * @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. + * The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. + * + * @note IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority): + * - Lowest pre-emption priority + * - Lowest subpriority + * - Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number) + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "misc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC + * @brief MISC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK ((uint32_t)0x05FA0000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the priority grouping: pre-emption priority and subpriority. + * @param NVIC_PriorityGroup: specifies the priority grouping bits length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority + * 4 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority + * 3 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority + * 2 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority + * 1 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority + * 0 bits for subpriority + * @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. + * The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(NVIC_PriorityGroup)); + + /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to NVIC_PriorityGroup value */ + SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK | NVIC_PriorityGroup; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the NVIC peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the NVIC_InitStruct. + * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() + * function should be called before. + * @param NVIC_InitStruct: pointer to a NVIC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified NVIC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct) +{ + uint8_t tmppriority = 0x00, tmppre = 0x00, tmpsub = 0x0F; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority)); + + if (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd != DISABLE) + { + /* Compute the Corresponding IRQ Priority --------------------------------*/ + tmppriority = (0x700 - ((SCB->AIRCR) & (uint32_t)0x700))>> 0x08; + tmppre = (0x4 - tmppriority); + tmpsub = tmpsub >> tmppriority; + + tmppriority = NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority << tmppre; + tmppriority |= (uint8_t)(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority & tmpsub); + + tmppriority = tmppriority << 0x04; + + NVIC->IP[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel] = tmppriority; + + /* Enable the Selected IRQ Channels --------------------------------------*/ + NVIC->ISER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] = + (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Selected IRQ Channels -------------------------------------*/ + NVIC->ICER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] = + (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the vector table location and Offset. + * @param NVIC_VectTab: specifies if the vector table is in RAM or FLASH memory. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_VectTab_RAM: Vector Table in internal SRAM. + * @arg NVIC_VectTab_FLASH: Vector Table in internal FLASH. + * @param Offset: Vector Table base offset field. This value must be a multiple of 0x200. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(NVIC_VectTab)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_OFFSET(Offset)); + + SCB->VTOR = NVIC_VectTab | (Offset & (uint32_t)0x1FFFFF80); +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the condition for the system to enter low power mode. + * @param LowPowerMode: Specifies the new mode for the system to enter low power mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND: Low Power SEV on Pend. + * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP: Low Power DEEPSLEEP request. + * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT: Low Power Sleep on Exit. + * @param NewState: new state of LP condition. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_LP(LowPowerMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + SCB->SCR |= LowPowerMode; + } + else + { + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)LowPowerMode); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source. + * @param SysTick_CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. + * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. + * @retval None + */ +void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SysTick_CLKSource)); + if (SysTick_CLKSource == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) + { + SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK; + } + else + { + SysTick->CTRL &= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_adc.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..406c628a24 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1742 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_adc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC) peripheral: + * - Initialization and Configuration (in addition to ADC multi mode + * selection) + * - Analog Watchdog configuration + * - Temperature Sensor & Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) & VBAT + * management + * - Regular Channels Configuration + * - Regular Channels DMA Configuration + * - Injected channels Configuration + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + + * 1. Enable the ADC interface clock using + * RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADCx, ENABLE); + * + * 2. ADC pins configuration + * - Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function: + * RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + * - Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using GPIO_Init(); + * + * 3. Configure the ADC Prescaler, conversion resolution and data + * alignment using the ADC_Init() function. + * 4. Activate the ADC peripheral using ADC_Cmd() function. + * + * Regular channels group configuration + * ==================================== + * - To configure the ADC regular channels group features, use + * ADC_Init() and ADC_RegularChannelConfig() functions. + * - To activate the continuous mode, use the ADC_continuousModeCmd() + * function. + * - To configurate and activate the Discontinuous mode, use the + * ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig() and ADC_DiscModeCmd() functions. + * - To read the ADC converted values, use the ADC_GetConversionValue() + * function. + * + * Multi mode ADCs Regular channels configuration + * =============================================== + * - Refer to "Regular channels group configuration" description to + * configure the ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular channels. + * - Select the Multi mode ADC regular channels features (dual or + * triple mode) using ADC_CommonInit() function and configure + * the DMA mode using ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() + * functions. + * - Read the ADCs converted values using the + * ADC_GetMultiModeConversionValue() function. + * + * DMA for Regular channels group features configuration + * ====================================================== + * - To enable the DMA mode for regular channels group, use the + * ADC_DMACmd() function. + * - To enable the generation of DMA requests continuously at the end + * of the last DMA transfer, use the ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() + * function. + * + * Injected channels group configuration + * ===================================== + * - To configure the ADC Injected channels group features, use + * ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() and ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig() + * functions. + * - To activate the continuous mode, use the ADC_continuousModeCmd() + * function. + * - To activate the Injected Discontinuous mode, use the + * ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd() function. + * - To activate the AutoInjected mode, use the ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd() + * function. + * - To read the ADC converted values, use the ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue() + * function. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_adc.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC + * @brief ADC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ADC DISCNUM mask */ +#define CR1_DISCNUM_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFF1FFF) + +/* ADC AWDCH mask */ +#define CR1_AWDCH_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFE0) + +/* ADC Analog watchdog enable mode mask */ +#define CR1_AWDMode_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFF3FFDFF) + +/* CR1 register Mask */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFCFFFEFF) + +/* ADC EXTEN mask */ +#define CR2_EXTEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0xCFFFFFFF) + +/* ADC JEXTEN mask */ +#define CR2_JEXTEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFCFFFFF) + +/* ADC JEXTSEL mask */ +#define CR2_JEXTSEL_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFF0FFFF) + +/* CR2 register Mask */ +#define CR2_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xC0FFF7FD) + +/* ADC SQx mask */ +#define SQR3_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) +#define SQR2_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) +#define SQR1_SQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) + +/* ADC L Mask */ +#define SQR1_L_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFF0FFFFF) + +/* ADC JSQx mask */ +#define JSQR_JSQ_SET ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) + +/* ADC JL mask */ +#define JSQR_JL_SET ((uint32_t)0x00300000) +#define JSQR_JL_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFCFFFFF) + +/* ADC SMPx mask */ +#define SMPR1_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define SMPR2_SMP_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000007) + +/* ADC JDRx registers offset */ +#define JDR_OFFSET ((uint8_t)0x28) + +/* ADC CDR register base address */ +#define CDR_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40012308) + +/* ADC CCR register Mask */ +#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFC30E0) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to: + - Initialize and configure the ADC Prescaler + - ADC Conversion Resolution (12bit..6bit) + - Scan Conversion Mode (multichannels or one channel) for regular group + - ADC Continuous Conversion Mode (Continuous or Single conversion) for + regular group + - External trigger Edge and source of regular group, + - Converted data alignment (left or right) + - The number of ADC conversions that will be done using the sequencer for + regular channel group + - Multi ADC mode selection + - Direct memory access mode selection for multi ADC mode + - Delay between 2 sampling phases (used in dual or triple interleaved modes) + - Enable or disable the ADC peripheral + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes all ADCs peripherals registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable all ADCs reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC, ENABLE); + + /* Release all ADCs from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the ADC_InitStruct. + * @note This function is used to configure the global features of the ADC ( + * Resolution and Data Alignment), however, the rest of the configuration + * parameters are specific to the regular channels group (scan mode + * activation, continuous mode activation, External trigger source and + * edge, number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer). + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint8_t tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion)); + + /*---------------------------- ADCx CR1 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx CR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; + + /* Clear RES and SCAN bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Configure ADCx: scan conversion mode and resolution */ + /* Set SCAN bit according to ADC_ScanConvMode value */ + /* Set RES bit according to ADC_Resolution value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode << 8) | \ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution); + /* Write to ADCx CR1 */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; + /*---------------------------- ADCx CR2 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx CR2 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR2; + + /* Clear CONT, ALIGN, EXTEN and EXTSEL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CR2_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Configure ADCx: external trigger event and edge, data alignment and + continuous conversion mode */ + /* Set ALIGN bit according to ADC_DataAlign value */ + /* Set EXTEN bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge value */ + /* Set EXTSEL bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConv value */ + /* Set CONT bit according to ADC_ContinuousConvMode value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign | \ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv | + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge | \ + ((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode << 1)); + + /* Write to ADCx CR2 */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg1; + /*---------------------------- ADCx SQR1 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx SQR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; + + /* Clear L bits */ + tmpreg1 &= SQR1_L_RESET; + + /* Configure ADCx: regular channel sequence length */ + /* Set L bits according to ADC_NbrOfConversion value */ + tmpreg2 |= (uint8_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion - (uint8_t)1); + tmpreg1 |= ((uint32_t)tmpreg2 << 20); + + /* Write to ADCx SQR1 */ + ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each ADC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @note This function is used to initialize the global features of the ADC ( + * Resolution and Data Alignment), however, the rest of the configuration + * parameters are specific to the regular channels group (scan mode + * activation, continuous mode activation, External trigger source and + * edge, number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer). + * @param ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the ADC_Mode member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Resolution = ADC_Resolution_12b; + + /* initialize the ADC_ScanConvMode member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the ADC_ContinuousConvMode member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge = ADC_ExternalTrigConvEdge_None; + + /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConv member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv = ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1; + + /* Initialize the ADC_DataAlign member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign = ADC_DataAlign_Right; + + /* Initialize the ADC_NbrOfConversion member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfConversion = 1; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADCs peripherals according to the specified parameters + * in the ADC_CommonInitStruct. + * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct: pointer to an ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for All ADCs peripherals. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_CommonInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_PRESCALER(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAAccessMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_TwoSamplingDelay)); + /*---------------------------- ADC CCR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADC CCR value */ + tmpreg1 = ADC->CCR; + + /* Clear MULTI, DELAY, DMA and ADCPRE bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CR_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Configure ADCx: Multi mode, Delay between two sampling time, ADC prescaler, + and DMA access mode for multimode */ + /* Set MULTI bits according to ADC_Mode value */ + /* Set ADCPRE bits according to ADC_Prescaler value */ + /* Set DMA bits according to ADC_DMAAccessMode value */ + /* Set DELAY bits according to ADC_TwoSamplingDelay value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Mode | + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler | + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAAccessMode | + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_TwoSamplingDelay); + + /* Write to ADC CCR */ + ADC->CCR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each ADC_CommonInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct: pointer to an ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_CommonStructInit(ADC_CommonInitTypeDef* ADC_CommonInitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the ADC_Mode member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Mode = ADC_Mode_Independent; + + /* initialize the ADC_Prescaler member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_Prescaler = ADC_Prescaler_Div2; + + /* Initialize the ADC_DMAAccessMode member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_DMAAccessMode = ADC_DMAAccessMode_Disabled; + + /* Initialize the ADC_TwoSamplingDelay member */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->ADC_TwoSamplingDelay = ADC_TwoSamplingDelay_5Cycles; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC peripheral. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ADON bit to wake up the ADC from power down mode */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_ADON; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC peripheral */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_ADON); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group2 Analog Watchdog configuration functions + * @brief Analog Watchdog configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Analog Watchdog configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to configure the Analog Watchdog + (AWD) feature in the ADC. + + A typical configuration Analog Watchdog is done following these steps : + 1. the ADC guarded channel(s) is (are) selected using the + ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig() function. + 2. The Analog watchdog lower and higher threshold are configured using the + ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig() function. + 3. The Analog watchdog is enabled and configured to enable the check, on one + or more channels, using the ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the analog watchdog on single/all regular or + * injected channels + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_AnalogWatchdog: the ADC analog watchdog configuration. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular or injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular and injected channels + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None: No channel guarded by the analog watchdog + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(ADC_AnalogWatchdog)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; + + /* Clear AWDEN, JAWDEN and AWDSGL bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_AWDMode_RESET; + + /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */ + tmpreg |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the high and low thresholds of the analog watchdog. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param HighThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 12-bit value. + * @param LowThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog Low threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 12-bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold, + uint16_t LowThreshold) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(HighThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(LowThreshold)); + + /* Set the ADCx high threshold */ + ADCx->HTR = HighThreshold; + + /* Set the ADCx low threshold */ + ADCx->LTR = LowThreshold; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the analog watchdog guarded single channel + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure for the analog watchdog. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; + + /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_AWDCH_RESET; + + /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */ + tmpreg |= ADC_Channel; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group3 Temperature Sensor, Vrefint (Voltage Reference internal) + * and VBAT (Voltage BATtery) management functions + * @brief Temperature Sensor, Vrefint and VBAT management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Temperature Sensor, Vrefint and VBAT management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to enable/ disable the internal + connections between the ADC and the Temperature Sensor, the Vrefint and the + Vbat sources. + + A typical configuration to get the Temperature sensor and Vrefint channels + voltages is done following these steps : + 1. Enable the internal connection of Temperature sensor and Vrefint sources + with the ADC channels using ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd() function. + 2. Select the ADC_Channel_TempSensor and/or ADC_Channel_Vrefint using + ADC_RegularChannelConfig() or ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() functions + 3. Get the voltage values, using ADC_GetConversionValue() or + ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(). + + A typical configuration to get the VBAT channel voltage is done following + these steps : + 1. Enable the internal connection of VBAT source with the ADC channel using + ADC_VBATCmd() function. + 2. Select the ADC_Channel_Vbat using ADC_RegularChannelConfig() or + ADC_InjectedChannelConfig() functions + 3. Get the voltage value, using ADC_GetConversionValue() or + ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the temperature sensor and Vrefint channels. + * @param NewState: new state of the temperature sensor and Vrefint channels. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ + ADC->CCR |= (uint32_t)ADC_CCR_TSVREFE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ + ADC->CCR &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CCR_TSVREFE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the VBAT (Voltage Battery) channel. + * @param NewState: new state of the VBAT channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_VBATCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the VBAT channel*/ + ADC->CCR |= (uint32_t)ADC_CCR_VBATE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the VBAT channel*/ + ADC->CCR &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CCR_VBATE); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group4 Regular Channels Configuration functions + * @brief Regular Channels Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Regular Channels Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to manage the ADC's regular channels, + it is composed of 2 sub sections : + + 1. Configuration and management functions for regular channels: This subsection + provides functions allowing to configure the ADC regular channels : + - Configure the rank in the regular group sequencer for each channel + - Configure the sampling time for each channel + - select the conversion Trigger for regular channels + - select the desired EOC event behavior configuration + - Activate the continuous Mode (*) + - Activate the Discontinuous Mode + Please Note that the following features for regular channels are configurated + using the ADC_Init() function : + - scan mode activation + - continuous mode activation (**) + - External trigger source + - External trigger edge + - number of conversion in the regular channels group sequencer. + + @note (*) and (**) are performing the same configuration + + 2. Get the conversion data: This subsection provides an important function in + the ADC peripheral since it returns the converted data of the current + regular channel. When the Conversion value is read, the EOC Flag is + automatically cleared. + + @note For multi ADC mode, the last ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular conversions + results data (in the selected multi mode) can be returned in the same + time using ADC_GetMultiModeConversionValue() function. + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @param Rank: The rank in the regular group sequencer. + * This parameter must be between 1 to 16. + * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles: Sample time equal to 3 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles: Sample time equal to 15 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles: Sample time equal to 28 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles: Sample time equal to 56 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles: Sample time equal to 84 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles: Sample time equal to 112 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles: Sample time equal to 144 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles: Sample time equal to 480 cycles + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(Rank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); + + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */ + if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; + + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_SET << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; + } + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; + + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_SET << (3 * ADC_Channel); + + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); + + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 1 to 6 */ + if (Rank < 7) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR3; + + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR3_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 1)); + + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 1)); + + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR3 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 7 to 12 */ + else if (Rank < 13) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR2; + + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR2_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 7)); + + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 7)); + + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR2 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 13 to 16 */ + else + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; + + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR1_SQ_SET << (5 * (Rank - 13)); + + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 13)); + + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the regular channels. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SoftwareStartConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for regular group */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start regular conversion Status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC software start conversion (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Check the status of SWSTART bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_JSWSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* SWSTART bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SWSTART bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the SWSTART bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the EOC on each regular channel conversion + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC EOC flag rising + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_EOCS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_EOCS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADC continuous conversion mode + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC continuous conversion mode + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ContinuousModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC continuous conversion mode */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_CONT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC continuous conversion mode */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_CONT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the discontinuous mode for the selected ADC regular group + * channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param Number: specifies the discontinuous mode regular channel count value. + * This number must be between 1 and 8. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(Number)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; + + /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */ + tmpreg1 &= CR1_DISCNUM_RESET; + + /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */ + tmpreg2 = Number - 1; + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 13; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode on regular group channel + * for the specified ADC + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode on + * regular group channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_DISCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_DISCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last ADCx conversion result data for regular channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Return the selected ADC conversion value */ + return (uint16_t) ADCx->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular conversions results + * data in the selected multi mode. + * @param None + * @retval The Data conversion value. + * @note In dual mode, the value returned by this function is as following + * Data[15:0] : these bits contain the regular data of ADC1. + * Data[31:16]: these bits contain the regular data of ADC2. + * @note In triple mode, the value returned by this function is as following + * Data[15:0] : these bits contain alternatively the regular data of ADC1, ADC3 and ADC2. + * Data[31:16]: these bits contain alternatively the regular data of ADC2, ADC1 and ADC3. + */ +uint32_t ADC_GetMultiModeConversionValue(void) +{ + /* Return the multi mode conversion value */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *) CDR_ADDRESS); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group5 Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions + * @brief Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Regular Channels DMA Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA for ADC regular + channels. + Since converted regular channel values are stored into a unique data register, + it is useful to use DMA for conversion of more than one regular channel. This + avoids the loss of the data already stored in the ADC Data register. + + When the DMA mode is enabled (using the ADC_DMACmd() function), after each + conversion of a regular channel, a DMA request is generated. + + Depending on the "DMA disable selection for Independent ADC mode" + configuration (using the ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() function), + at the end of the last DMA transfer, two possibilities are allowed: + - No new DMA request is issued to the DMA controller (feature DISABLED) + - Requests can continue to be generated (feature ENABLED). + + Depending on the "DMA disable selection for multi ADC mode" configuration + (using the void ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd() function), + at the end of the last DMA transfer, two possibilities are allowed: + - No new DMA request is issued to the DMA controller (feature DISABLED) + - Requests can continue to be generated (feature ENABLED). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + /** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC DMA request. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_DMA; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_DMA); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADC DMA request after last transfer (Single-ADC mode) + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_DDS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ + ADCx->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR2_DDS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADC DMA request after last transfer in multi ADC mode + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note if Enabled, DMA requests are issued as long as data are converted and + * DMA mode for multi ADC mode (selected using ADC_CommonInit() function + * by ADC_CommonInitStruct.ADC_DMAAccessMode structure member) is + * ADC_DMAAccessMode_1, ADC_DMAAccessMode_2 or ADC_DMAAccessMode_3. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_MultiModeDMARequestAfterLastTransferCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ + ADC->CCR |= (uint32_t)ADC_CCR_DDS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ + ADC->CCR &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CCR_DDS); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group6 Injected channels Configuration functions + * @brief Injected channels Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Injected channels Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to configure the ADC Injected channels, + it is composed of 2 sub sections : + + 1. Configuration functions for Injected channels: This subsection provides + functions allowing to configure the ADC injected channels : + - Configure the rank in the injected group sequencer for each channel + - Configure the sampling time for each channel + - Activate the Auto injected Mode + - Activate the Discontinuous Mode + - scan mode activation + - External/software trigger source + - External trigger edge + - injected channels sequencer. + + 2. Get the Specified Injected channel conversion data: This subsection + provides an important function in the ADC peripheral since it returns the + converted data of the specific injected channel. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_18: ADC Channel18 selected + * @param Rank: The rank in the injected group sequencer. + * This parameter must be between 1 to 4. + * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_3Cycles: Sample time equal to 3 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_15Cycles: Sample time equal to 15 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles: Sample time equal to 28 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_56Cycles: Sample time equal to 56 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_84Cycles: Sample time equal to 84 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_112Cycles: Sample time equal to 112 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_144Cycles: Sample time equal to 144 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_480Cycles: Sample time equal to 480 cycles + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0, tmpreg3 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(Rank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */ + if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_SET << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; + } + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_SET << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Clear the old sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Set the new sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; + } + /* Rank configuration */ + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; + /* Get JL value: Number = JL+1 */ + tmpreg3 = (tmpreg1 & JSQR_JL_SET)>> 20; + /* Calculate the mask to clear: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */ + tmpreg2 = JSQR_JSQ_SET << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); + /* Clear the old JSQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); + /* Set the JSQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the sequencer length for injected channels + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param Length: The sequencer length. + * This parameter must be a number between 1 to 4. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(Length)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; + + /* Clear the old injected sequence length JL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= JSQR_JL_RESET; + + /* Set the injected sequence length JL bits */ + tmpreg2 = Length - 1; + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 20; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the injected channels conversion value offset + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the ADC injected channel to set its offset. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected + * @param Offset: the offset value for the selected ADC injected channel + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET(Offset)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx; + tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel; + + /* Set the selected injected channel data offset */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = (uint32_t)Offset; +} + + /** + * @brief Configures the ADCx external trigger for injected channels conversion. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv: specifies the ADC trigger to start injected conversion. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4: Timer1 capture compare4 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO: Timer1 TRGO event selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1: Timer2 capture compare1 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO: Timer2 TRGO event selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC2: Timer3 capture compare2 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4: Timer3 capture compare4 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC1: Timer4 capture compare1 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC2: Timer4 capture compare2 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3: Timer4 capture compare3 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO: Timer4 TRGO event selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4: Timer5 capture compare4 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO: Timer5 TRGO event selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2: Timer8 capture compare2 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC3: Timer8 capture compare3 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4: Timer8 capture compare4 selected + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15: External interrupt line 15 event selected + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR2; + + /* Clear the old external event selection for injected group */ + tmpreg &= CR2_JEXTSEL_RESET; + + /* Set the external event selection for injected group */ + tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv; + + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the ADCx external trigger edge for injected channels conversion. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge: specifies the ADC external trigger edge + * to start injected conversion. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_None: external trigger disabled for + * injected conversion + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Rising: detection on rising edge + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_Falling: detection on falling edge + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge_RisingFalling: detection on both rising + * and falling edge + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvEdgeConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR2; + /* Clear the old external trigger edge for injected group */ + tmpreg &= CR2_JEXTEN_RESET; + /* Set the new external trigger edge for injected group */ + tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the injected channels. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConv(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for injected group */ + ADCx->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_JSWSTART; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start injected conversion Status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC software start injected conversion (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + /* Check the status of JSWSTART bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & ADC_CR2_JSWSTART) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* JSWSTART bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* JSWSTART bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the JSWSTART bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC automatic injected group + * conversion after regular one. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC auto injected conversion + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_JAUTO; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_JAUTO); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode for injected group + * channel for the specified ADC + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode on injected + * group channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_JDISCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~ADC_CR1_JDISCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the ADC injected channel conversion result + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the converted ADC injected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx; + tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel + JDR_OFFSET; + + /* Returns the selected injected channel conversion data value */ + return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to configure the ADC Interrupts and + to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + + Each ADC provides 4 Interrupts sources and 6 Flags which can be divided into + 3 groups: + + I. Flags and Interrupts for ADC regular channels + ================================================= + Flags : + ---------- + 1. ADC_FLAG_OVR : Overrun detection when regular converted data are lost + + 2. ADC_FLAG_EOC : Regular channel end of conversion ==> to indicate (depending + on EOCS bit, managed by ADC_EOCOnEachRegularChannelCmd() ) the end of: + ==> a regular CHANNEL conversion + ==> sequence of regular GROUP conversions . + + 3. ADC_FLAG_STRT: Regular channel start ==> to indicate when regular CHANNEL + conversion starts. + + Interrupts : + ------------ + 1. ADC_IT_OVR : specifies the interrupt source for Overrun detection event. + 2. ADC_IT_EOC : specifies the interrupt source for Regular channel end of + conversion event. + + + II. Flags and Interrupts for ADC Injected channels + ================================================= + Flags : + ---------- + 1. ADC_FLAG_JEOC : Injected channel end of conversion ==> to indicate at + the end of injected GROUP conversion + + 2. ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Injected channel start ==> to indicate hardware when + injected GROUP conversion starts. + + Interrupts : + ------------ + 1. ADC_IT_JEOC : specifies the interrupt source for Injected channel end of + conversion event. + + III. General Flags and Interrupts for the ADC + ================================================= + Flags : + ---------- + 1. ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog ==> to indicate if the converted voltage + crosses the programmed thresholds values. + + Interrupts : + ------------ + 1. ADC_IT_AWD : specifies the interrupt source for Analog watchdog event. + + + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the ADC controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - ADC_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + - ADC_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. + + In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - ADC_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + - ADC_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + - ADC_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit + (corresponding Flag). +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC interrupts. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt enable + * @param NewState: new state of the specified ADC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t itmask = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = (uint8_t)ADC_IT; + itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC interrupts */ + ADCx->CR1 |= itmask; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC interrupts */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (~(uint32_t)itmask); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC flag is set or not. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag + * @retval The new state of ADC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified ADC flag */ + if ((ADCx->SR & ADC_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* ADC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ADCx's pending flags. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected ADC flags */ + ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)ADC_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt mask + * @retval The new state of ADC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = ADC_IT >> 8; + + /* Get the ADC_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (ADCx->CR1 & ((uint32_t)0x01 << (uint8_t)ADC_IT)) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified ADC interrupt */ + if (((ADCx->SR & itmask) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* ADC_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADC_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ADCx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt mask + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT) +{ + uint8_t itmask = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = (uint8_t)(ADC_IT >> 8); + /* Clear the selected ADC interrupt pending bits */ + ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)itmask; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_can.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_can.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..407b4b518b --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_can.c @@ -0,0 +1,1698 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_can.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Controller area network (CAN) peripheral: + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - CAN Frames Transmission + * - CAN Frames Reception + * - Operation modes switch + * - Error management + * - Interrupts and flags + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + + * 1. Enable the CAN controller interface clock using + * RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, ENABLE); for CAN1 + * and RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2, ENABLE); for CAN2 + * @note In case you are using CAN2 only, you have to enable the CAN1 clock. + * + * 2. CAN pins configuration + * - Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs using the following function: + * RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + * - Connect the involved CAN pins to AF9 using the following function + * GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_CANx); + * - Configure these CAN pins in alternate function mode by calling + * the function GPIO_Init(); + * + * 3. Initialise and configure the CAN using CAN_Init() and + * CAN_FilterInit() functions. + * + * 4. Transmit the desired CAN frame using CAN_Transmit() function. + * + * 5. Check the transmission of a CAN frame using CAN_TransmitStatus() + * function. + * + * 6. Cancel the transmission of a CAN frame using CAN_CancelTransmit() + * function. + * + * 7. Receive a CAN frame using CAN_Recieve() function. + * + * 8. Release the receive FIFOs using CAN_FIFORelease() function. + * + * 9. Return the number of pending received frames using + * CAN_MessagePending() function. + * + * 10. To control CAN events you can use one of the following two methods: + * - Check on CAN flags using the CAN_GetFlagStatus() function. + * - Use CAN interrupts through the function CAN_ITConfig() at + * initialization phase and CAN_GetITStatus() function into + * interrupt routines to check if the event has occurred or not. + * After checking on a flag you should clear it using CAN_ClearFlag() + * function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should + * clear it using CAN_ClearITPendingBit() function. + * + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_can.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN + * @brief CAN driver modules + * @{ + */ +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* CAN Master Control Register bits */ +#define MCR_DBF ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /* software master reset */ + +/* CAN Mailbox Transmit Request */ +#define TMIDxR_TXRQ ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Transmit mailbox request */ + +/* CAN Filter Master Register bits */ +#define FMR_FINIT ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /* Filter init mode */ + +/* Time out for INAK bit */ +#define INAK_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) +/* Time out for SLAK bit */ +#define SLAK_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) + +/* Flags in TSR register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_TSR ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +/* Flags in RF1R register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_RF1R ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +/* Flags in RF0R register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_RF0R ((uint32_t)0x02000000) +/* Flags in MSR register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_MSR ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +/* Flags in ESR register */ +#define CAN_FLAGS_ESR ((uint32_t)0x00F00000) + +/* Mailboxes definition */ +#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_0 ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_1 ((uint8_t)0x01) +#define CAN_TXMAILBOX_2 ((uint8_t)0x02) + +#define CAN_MODE_MASK ((uint32_t) 0x00000003) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +static ITStatus CheckITStatus(uint32_t CAN_Reg, uint32_t It_Bit); + +/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to + - Initialize the CAN peripherals : Prescaler, operating mode, the maximum number + of time quanta to perform resynchronization, the number of time quanta in + Bit Segment 1 and 2 and many other modes. + Refer to @ref CAN_InitTypeDef for more details. + - Configures the CAN reception filter. + - Select the start bank filter for slave CAN. + - Enables or disables the Debug Freeze mode for CAN + - Enables or disables the CAN Time Trigger Operation communication mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the CAN peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @retval None. + */ +void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + if (CANx == CAN1) + { + /* Enable CAN1 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, ENABLE); + /* Release CAN1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1, DISABLE); + } + else + { + /* Enable CAN2 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2, ENABLE); + /* Release CAN2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2, DISABLE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_InitStruct. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the CAN peripheral. + * @retval Constant indicates initialization succeed which will be + * CAN_InitStatus_Failed or CAN_InitStatus_Success. + */ +uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct) +{ + uint8_t InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; + uint32_t wait_ack = 0x00000000; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler)); + + /* Exit from sleep mode */ + CANx->MCR &= (~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Request initialisation */ + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_INRQ ; + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) && (wait_ack != INAK_TIMEOUT)) + { + wait_ack++; + } + + /* Check acknowledge */ + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + /* Set the time triggered communication mode */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM; + } + + /* Set the automatic bus-off management */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_ABOM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_ABOM; + } + + /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_AWUM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_AWUM; + } + + /* Set the no automatic retransmission */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_NART; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_NART; + } + + /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_RFLM; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_RFLM; + } + + /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */ + if (CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP == ENABLE) + { + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TXFP; + } + else + { + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TXFP; + } + + /* Set the bit timing register */ + CANx->BTR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode << 30) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 << 20) | \ + ((uint32_t)CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler - 1); + + /* Request leave initialisation */ + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ; + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + wait_ack = 0; + + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) && (wait_ack != INAK_TIMEOUT)) + { + wait_ack++; + } + + /* ...and check acknowledged */ + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + InitStatus = CAN_InitStatus_Success ; + } + } + + /* At this step, return the status of initialization */ + return InitStatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct. + * @param CAN_FilterInitStruct: pointer to a CAN_FilterInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t filter_number_bit_pos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation)); + + filter_number_bit_pos = ((uint32_t)1) << CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber; + + /* Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR |= FMR_FINIT; + + /* Filter Deactivation */ + CAN1->FA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + + /* Filter Scale */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) + { + /* 16-bit scale for the filter */ + CAN1->FS1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + + /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */ + /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); + + /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */ + /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh); + } + + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterScale == CAN_FilterScale_32bit) + { + /* 32-bit scale for the filter */ + CAN1->FS1R |= filter_number_bit_pos; + /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterIdLow); + /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMaskIdLow); + } + + /* Filter Mode */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) + { + /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/ + CAN1->FM1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */ + { + /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/ + CAN1->FM1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Filter FIFO assignment */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO0) + { + /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */ + CAN1->FFA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_Filter_FIFO1) + { + /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */ + CAN1->FFA1R |= (uint32_t)filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Filter activation */ + if (CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterActivation == ENABLE) + { + CAN1->FA1R |= filter_number_bit_pos; + } + + /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each CAN_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param CAN_InitStruct: pointer to a CAN_InitTypeDef structure which ill be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset CAN init structure parameters values */ + + /* Initialize the time triggered communication mode */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TTCM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the automatic bus-off management */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_ABOM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the automatic wake-up mode */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_AWUM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the no automatic retransmission */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_NART = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the receive FIFO locked mode */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_RFLM = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the transmit FIFO priority */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_TXFP = DISABLE; + + /* Initialize the CAN_Mode member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Mode = CAN_Mode_Normal; + + /* Initialize the CAN_SJW member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_SJW = CAN_SJW_1tq; + + /* Initialize the CAN_BS1 member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS1 = CAN_BS1_4tq; + + /* Initialize the CAN_BS2 member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_BS2 = CAN_BS2_3tq; + + /* Initialize the CAN_Prescaler member */ + CAN_InitStruct->CAN_Prescaler = 1; +} + +/** + * @brief Select the start bank filter for slave CAN. + * @param CAN_BankNumber: Select the start slave bank filter from 1..27. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(CAN_BankNumber)); + + /* Enter Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR |= FMR_FINIT; + + /* Select the start slave bank */ + CAN1->FMR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFC0F1 ; + CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)(CAN_BankNumber)<<8; + + /* Leave Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR &= ~FMR_FINIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DBG Freeze for CAN. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the CAN peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE (CAN reception/transmission is frozen + * during debug. Reception FIFOs can still be accessed/controlled normally) + * or DISABLE (CAN is working during debug). + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable Debug Freeze */ + CANx->MCR |= MCR_DBF; + } + else + { + /* Disable Debug Freeze */ + CANx->MCR &= ~MCR_DBF; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CAN Time TriggerOperation communication mode. + * @note DLC must be programmed as 8 in order Time Stamp (2 bytes) to be + * sent over the CAN bus. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param NewState: Mode new state. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * When enabled, Time stamp (TIME[15:0]) value is sent in the last two + * data bytes of the 8-byte message: TIME[7:0] in data byte 6 and TIME[15:8] + * in data byte 7. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TTCM mode */ + CANx->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM; + + /* Set TGT bits */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[0].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT0R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[1].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT1R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[2].TDTR |= ((uint32_t)CAN_TDT2R_TGT); + } + else + { + /* Disable the TTCM mode */ + CANx->MCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM); + + /* Reset TGT bits */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[0].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT0R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[1].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT1R_TGT); + CANx->sTxMailBox[2].TDTR &= ((uint32_t)~CAN_TDT2R_TGT); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group2 CAN Frames Transmission functions + * @brief CAN Frames Transmission functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + CAN Frames Transmission functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to + - Initiate and transmit a CAN frame message (if there is an empty mailbox). + - Check the transmission status of a CAN Frame + - Cancel a transmit request + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param TxMessage: pointer to a structure which contains CAN Id, CAN DLC and CAN data. + * @retval The number of the mailbox that is used for transmission or + * CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox if there is no empty mailbox. + */ +uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage) +{ + uint8_t transmit_mailbox = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(TxMessage->IDE)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(TxMessage->RTR)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(TxMessage->DLC)); + + /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ + if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) + { + transmit_mailbox = 0; + } + else if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) + { + transmit_mailbox = 1; + } + else if ((CANx->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2) + { + transmit_mailbox = 2; + } + else + { + transmit_mailbox = CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox; + } + + if (transmit_mailbox != CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox) + { + /* Set up the Id */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR &= TMIDxR_TXRQ; + if (TxMessage->IDE == CAN_Id_Standard) + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(TxMessage->StdId)); + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= ((TxMessage->StdId << 21) | \ + TxMessage->RTR); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(TxMessage->ExtId)); + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= ((TxMessage->ExtId << 3) | \ + TxMessage->IDE | \ + TxMessage->RTR); + } + + /* Set up the DLC */ + TxMessage->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F; + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0; + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDTR |= TxMessage->DLC; + + /* Set up the data field */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[3] << 24) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[2] << 16) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[1] << 8) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[0])); + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[7] << 24) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[6] << 16) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[5] << 8) | + ((uint32_t)TxMessage->Data[4])); + /* Request transmission */ + CANx->sTxMailBox[transmit_mailbox].TIR |= TMIDxR_TXRQ; + } + return transmit_mailbox; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks the transmission status of a CAN Frame. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param TransmitMailbox: the number of the mailbox that is used for transmission. + * @retval CAN_TxStatus_Ok if the CAN driver transmits the message, + * CAN_TxStatus_Failed in an other case. + */ +uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox) +{ + uint32_t state = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TransmitMailbox)); + + switch (TransmitMailbox) + { + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_0): + state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TXOK0 | CAN_TSR_TME0); + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_1): + state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TXOK1 | CAN_TSR_TME1); + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_2): + state = CANx->TSR & (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TXOK2 | CAN_TSR_TME2); + break; + default: + state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + } + switch (state) + { + /* transmit pending */ + case (0x0): state = CAN_TxStatus_Pending; + break; + /* transmit failed */ + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TME0): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TME1): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TME2): state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + /* transmit succeeded */ + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_TXOK0 | CAN_TSR_TME0):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_TXOK1 | CAN_TSR_TME1):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; + break; + case (CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | CAN_TSR_TXOK2 | CAN_TSR_TME2):state = CAN_TxStatus_Ok; + break; + default: state = CAN_TxStatus_Failed; + break; + } + return (uint8_t) state; +} + +/** + * @brief Cancels a transmit request. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param Mailbox: Mailbox number. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(Mailbox)); + /* abort transmission */ + switch (Mailbox) + { + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_0): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ0; + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_1): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ1; + break; + case (CAN_TXMAILBOX_2): CANx->TSR |= CAN_TSR_ABRQ2; + break; + default: + break; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group3 CAN Frames Reception functions + * @brief CAN Frames Reception functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + CAN Frames Reception functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to + - Receive a correct CAN frame + - Release a specified receive FIFO (2 FIFOs are available) + - Return the number of the pending received CAN frames + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. + * @param RxMessage: pointer to a structure receive frame which contains CAN Id, + * CAN DLC, CAN data and FMI number. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + /* Get the Id */ + RxMessage->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + if (RxMessage->IDE == CAN_Id_Standard) + { + RxMessage->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21); + } + else + { + RxMessage->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3); + } + + RxMessage->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + /* Get the DLC */ + RxMessage->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR; + /* Get the FMI */ + RxMessage->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8); + /* Get the data field */ + RxMessage->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR; + RxMessage->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8); + RxMessage->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16); + RxMessage->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24); + RxMessage->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR; + RxMessage->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8); + RxMessage->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16); + RxMessage->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (CANx->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24); + /* Release the FIFO */ + /* Release FIFO0 */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + CANx->RF0R |= CAN_RF0R_RFOM0; + } + /* Release FIFO1 */ + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + CANx->RF1R |= CAN_RF1R_RFOM1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Releases the specified receive FIFO. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param FIFONumber: FIFO to release, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + /* Release FIFO0 */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + CANx->RF0R |= CAN_RF0R_RFOM0; + } + /* Release FIFO1 */ + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + CANx->RF1R |= CAN_RF1R_RFOM1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of pending received messages. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param FIFONumber: Receive FIFO number, CAN_FIFO0 or CAN_FIFO1. + * @retval NbMessage : which is the number of pending message. + */ +uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + uint8_t message_pending=0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + message_pending = (uint8_t)(CANx->RF0R&(uint32_t)0x03); + } + else if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1) + { + message_pending = (uint8_t)(CANx->RF1R&(uint32_t)0x03); + } + else + { + message_pending = 0; + } + return message_pending; +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group4 CAN Operation modes functions + * @brief CAN Operation modes functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + CAN Operation modes functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to select the CAN Operation modes + - sleep mode + - normal mode + - initialization mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Selects the CAN Operation mode. + * @param CAN_OperatingMode: CAN Operating Mode. + * This parameter can be one of @ref CAN_OperatingMode_TypeDef enumeration. + * @retval status of the requested mode which can be + * - CAN_ModeStatus_Failed: CAN failed entering the specific mode + * - CAN_ModeStatus_Success: CAN Succeed entering the specific mode + */ +uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode) +{ + uint8_t status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + + /* Timeout for INAK or also for SLAK bits*/ + uint32_t timeout = INAK_TIMEOUT; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(CAN_OperatingMode)); + + if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) + { + /* Request initialisation */ + CANx->MCR = (uint32_t)((CANx->MCR & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP)) | CAN_MCR_INRQ); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) && (timeout != 0)) + { + timeout--; + } + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; + } + } + else if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal) + { + /* Request leave initialisation and sleep mode and enter Normal mode */ + CANx->MCR &= (uint32_t)(~(CAN_MCR_SLEEP|CAN_MCR_INRQ)); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != 0) && (timeout!=0)) + { + timeout--; + } + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != 0) + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; + } + } + else if (CAN_OperatingMode == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep) + { + /* Request Sleep mode */ + CANx->MCR = (uint32_t)((CANx->MCR & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) && (timeout!=0)) + { + timeout--; + } + if ((CANx->MSR & CAN_MODE_MASK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Success; + } + } + else + { + status = CAN_ModeStatus_Failed; + } + + return (uint8_t) status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the Sleep (low power) mode. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @retval CAN_Sleep_Ok if sleep entered, CAN_Sleep_Failed otherwise. + */ +uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t sleepstatus = CAN_Sleep_Failed; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Request Sleep mode */ + CANx->MCR = (((CANx->MCR) & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Sleep mode status */ + if ((CANx->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) == CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + /* Sleep mode not entered */ + sleepstatus = CAN_Sleep_Ok; + } + /* return sleep mode status */ + return (uint8_t)sleepstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Wakes up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode . + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @retval CAN_WakeUp_Ok if sleep mode left, CAN_WakeUp_Failed otherwise. + */ +uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint32_t wait_slak = SLAK_TIMEOUT; + uint8_t wakeupstatus = CAN_WakeUp_Failed; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Wake up request */ + CANx->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP; + + /* Sleep mode status */ + while(((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK)&&(wait_slak!=0x00)) + { + wait_slak--; + } + if((CANx->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + /* wake up done : Sleep mode exited */ + wakeupstatus = CAN_WakeUp_Ok; + } + /* return wakeup status */ + return (uint8_t)wakeupstatus; +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group5 CAN Bus Error management functions + * @brief CAN Bus Error management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + CAN Bus Error management functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to + - Return the CANx's last error code (LEC) + - Return the CANx Receive Error Counter (REC) + - Return the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC). + + @note If TEC is greater than 255, The CAN is in bus-off state. + @note if REC or TEC are greater than 96, an Error warning flag occurs. + @note if REC or TEC are greater than 127, an Error Passive Flag occurs. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the CANx's last error code (LEC). + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the CAN peripheral. + * @retval Error code: + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_NoErr: No Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_StuffErr: Stuff Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_FormErr: Form Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_ACKErr : Acknowledgment Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_BitRecessiveErr: Bit Recessive Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_BitDominantErr: Bit Dominant Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_CRCErr: CRC Error + * - CAN_ERRORCODE_SoftwareSetErr: Software Set Error + */ +uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t errorcode=0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Get the error code*/ + errorcode = (((uint8_t)CANx->ESR) & (uint8_t)CAN_ESR_LEC); + + /* Return the error code*/ + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the CANx Receive Error Counter (REC). + * @note In case of an error during reception, this counter is incremented + * by 1 or by 8 depending on the error condition as defined by the CAN + * standard. After every successful reception, the counter is + * decremented by 1 or reset to 120 if its value was higher than 128. + * When the counter value exceeds 127, the CAN controller enters the + * error passive state. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @retval CAN Receive Error Counter. + */ +uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t counter=0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Get the Receive Error Counter*/ + counter = (uint8_t)((CANx->ESR & CAN_ESR_REC)>> 24); + + /* Return the Receive Error Counter*/ + return counter; +} + + +/** + * @brief Returns the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC). + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @retval LSB of the 9-bit CAN Transmit Error Counter. + */ +uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx) +{ + uint8_t counter=0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + + /* Get the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC) */ + counter = (uint8_t)((CANx->ESR & CAN_ESR_TEC)>> 16); + + /* Return the LSB of the 9-bit CANx Transmit Error Counter(TEC) */ + return counter; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Group6 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to configure the CAN Interrupts and + to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + + The CAN provides 14 Interrupts sources and 15 Flags: + + =============== + Flags : + =============== + The 15 flags can be divided on 4 groups: + + A. Transmit Flags + ----------------------- + CAN_FLAG_RQCP0, + CAN_FLAG_RQCP1, + CAN_FLAG_RQCP2 : Request completed MailBoxes 0, 1 and 2 Flags + Set when when the last request (transmit or abort) has + been performed. + + B. Receive Flags + ----------------------- + + CAN_FLAG_FMP0, + CAN_FLAG_FMP1 : FIFO 0 and 1 Message Pending Flags + set to signal that messages are pending in the receive + FIFO. + These Flags are cleared only by hardware. + + CAN_FLAG_FF0, + CAN_FLAG_FF1 : FIFO 0 and 1 Full Flags + set when three messages are stored in the selected + FIFO. + + CAN_FLAG_FOV0 + CAN_FLAG_FOV1 : FIFO 0 and 1 Overrun Flags + set when a new message has been received and passed + the filter while the FIFO was full. + + C. Operating Mode Flags + ----------------------- + CAN_FLAG_WKU : Wake up Flag + set to signal that a SOF bit has been detected while + the CAN hardware was in Sleep mode. + + CAN_FLAG_SLAK : Sleep acknowledge Flag + Set to signal that the CAN has entered Sleep Mode. + + D. Error Flags + ----------------------- + CAN_FLAG_EWG : Error Warning Flag + Set when the warning limit has been reached (Receive + Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter greater than 96). + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + CAN_FLAG_EPV : Error Passive Flag + Set when the Error Passive limit has been reached + (Receive Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter + greater than 127). + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + CAN_FLAG_BOF : Bus-Off Flag + set when CAN enters the bus-off state. The bus-off + state is entered on TEC overflow, greater than 255. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + CAN_FLAG_LEC : Last error code Flag + set If a message has been transferred (reception or + transmission) with error, and the error code is hold. + + =============== + Interrupts : + =============== + The 14 interrupts can be divided on 4 groups: + + A. Transmit interrupt + ----------------------- + CAN_IT_TME : Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + no transmit request are pending for Tx mailboxes. + + B. Receive Interrupts + ----------------------- + CAN_IT_FMP0, + CAN_IT_FMP1 : FIFO 0 and FIFO1 message pending Interrupts + if enabled, these interrupt sources are pending when + messages are pending in the receive FIFO. + The corresponding interrupt pending bits are cleared + only by hardware. + + CAN_IT_FF0, + CAN_IT_FF1 : FIFO 0 and FIFO1 full Interrupts + if enabled, these interrupt sources are pending when + three messages are stored in the selected FIFO. + + CAN_IT_FOV0, + CAN_IT_FOV1 : FIFO 0 and FIFO1 overrun Interrupts + if enabled, these interrupt sources are pending when + a new message has been received and passed the filter + while the FIFO was full. + + C. Operating Mode Interrupts + ------------------------------- + CAN_IT_WKU : Wake-up Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + a SOF bit has been detected while the CAN hardware was + in Sleep mode. + + CAN_IT_SLK : Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + the CAN has entered Sleep Mode. + + D. Error Interrupts + ----------------------- + CAN_IT_EWG : Error warning Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + the warning limit has been reached (Receive Error + Counter or Transmit Error Counter=96). + + CAN_IT_EPV : Error passive Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + the Error Passive limit has been reached (Receive + Error Counter or Transmit Error Counter>127). + + CAN_IT_BOF : Bus-off Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + CAN enters the bus-off state. The bus-off state is + entered on TEC overflow, greater than 255. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + CAN_IT_LEC : Last error code Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + a message has been transferred (reception or + transmission) with error, and the error code is hold. + + CAN_IT_ERR : Error Interrupt + if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when + an error condition is pending. + + + Managing the CAN controller events : + ------------------------------------ + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the CAN controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + 1. In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - CAN_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + - CAN_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. + + + + 2. In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - CAN_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + - CAN_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + - CAN_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit (corresponding Flag). + @note This function has no impact on CAN_IT_FMP0 and CAN_IT_FMP1 Interrupts + pending bits since there are cleared only by hardware. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified CANx interrupts. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_IT: specifies the CAN interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP0: FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP1: FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the CAN interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(CAN_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected CANx interrupt */ + CANx->IER |= CAN_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected CANx interrupt */ + CANx->IER &= ~CAN_IT; + } +} +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CAN flag is set or not. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP0: Request MailBox0 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP1: Request MailBox1 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP2: Request MailBox2 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FMP0: FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FMP1: FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep acknowledge Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_EWG: Error Warning Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_EPV: Error Passive Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_BOF: Bus-Off Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_LEC: Last error code Flag + * @retval The new state of CAN_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(CAN_FLAG)); + + + if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_ESR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->ESR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_MSR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->MSR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_TSR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->TSR & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else if((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF0R) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((CANx->RF0R & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else /* If(CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF1R != (uint32_t)RESET) */ + { + /* Check the status of the specified CAN flag */ + if ((uint32_t)(CANx->RF1R & (CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + /* Return the CAN_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CAN's pending flags. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP0: Request MailBox0 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP1: Request MailBox1 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_RQCP2: Request MailBox2 Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF0: FIFO 0 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV0: FIFO 0 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FF1: FIFO 1 Full Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_FOV1: FIFO 1 Overrun Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_WKU: Wake up Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_SLAK: Sleep acknowledge Flag + * @arg CAN_FLAG_LEC: Last error code Flag + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t flagtmp=0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(CAN_FLAG)); + + if (CAN_FLAG == CAN_FLAG_LEC) /* ESR register */ + { + /* Clear the selected CAN flags */ + CANx->ESR = (uint32_t)RESET; + } + else /* MSR or TSR or RF0R or RF1R */ + { + flagtmp = CAN_FLAG & 0x000FFFFF; + + if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF0R)!=(uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Receive Flags */ + CANx->RF0R = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + else if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_RF1R)!=(uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Receive Flags */ + CANx->RF1R = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + else if ((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_TSR)!=(uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Transmit Flags */ + CANx->TSR = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + else /* If((CAN_FLAG & CAN_FLAGS_MSR)!=(uint32_t)RESET) */ + { + /* Operating mode Flags */ + CANx->MSR = (uint32_t)(flagtmp); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CANx interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_IT: specifies the CAN interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP0: FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FMP1: FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt + * @retval The current state of CAN_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT) +{ + ITStatus itstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_IT(CAN_IT)); + + /* check the interrupt enable bit */ + if((CANx->IER & CAN_IT) != RESET) + { + /* in case the Interrupt is enabled, .... */ + switch (CAN_IT) + { + case CAN_IT_TME: + /* Check CAN_TSR_RQCPx bits */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->TSR, CAN_TSR_RQCP0|CAN_TSR_RQCP1|CAN_TSR_RQCP2); + break; + case CAN_IT_FMP0: + /* Check CAN_RF0R_FMP0 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FMP0); + break; + case CAN_IT_FF0: + /* Check CAN_RF0R_FULL0 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FULL0); + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV0: + /* Check CAN_RF0R_FOVR0 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF0R, CAN_RF0R_FOVR0); + break; + case CAN_IT_FMP1: + /* Check CAN_RF1R_FMP1 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FMP1); + break; + case CAN_IT_FF1: + /* Check CAN_RF1R_FULL1 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FULL1); + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV1: + /* Check CAN_RF1R_FOVR1 bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->RF1R, CAN_RF1R_FOVR1); + break; + case CAN_IT_WKU: + /* Check CAN_MSR_WKUI bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_WKUI); + break; + case CAN_IT_SLK: + /* Check CAN_MSR_SLAKI bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAKI); + break; + case CAN_IT_EWG: + /* Check CAN_ESR_EWGF bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_EWGF); + break; + case CAN_IT_EPV: + /* Check CAN_ESR_EPVF bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_EPVF); + break; + case CAN_IT_BOF: + /* Check CAN_ESR_BOFF bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_BOFF); + break; + case CAN_IT_LEC: + /* Check CAN_ESR_LEC bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC); + break; + case CAN_IT_ERR: + /* Check CAN_MSR_ERRI bit */ + itstatus = CheckITStatus(CANx->MSR, CAN_MSR_ERRI); + break; + default: + /* in case of error, return RESET */ + itstatus = RESET; + break; + } + } + else + { + /* in case the Interrupt is not enabled, return RESET */ + itstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the CAN_IT status */ + return itstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CANx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param CANx: where x can be 1 or 2 to to select the CAN peripheral. + * @param CAN_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CAN_IT_TME: Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF0: FIFO 0 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV0: FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FF1: FIFO 1 full Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_FOV1: FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_WKU: Wake-up Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_SLK: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EWG: Error warning Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_EPV: Error passive Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_BOF: Bus-off Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_LEC: Last error code Interrupt + * @arg CAN_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(CANx)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(CAN_IT)); + + switch (CAN_IT) + { + case CAN_IT_TME: + /* Clear CAN_TSR_RQCPx (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->TSR = CAN_TSR_RQCP0|CAN_TSR_RQCP1|CAN_TSR_RQCP2; + break; + case CAN_IT_FF0: + /* Clear CAN_RF0R_FULL0 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FULL0; + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV0: + /* Clear CAN_RF0R_FOVR0 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF0R = CAN_RF0R_FOVR0; + break; + case CAN_IT_FF1: + /* Clear CAN_RF1R_FULL1 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FULL1; + break; + case CAN_IT_FOV1: + /* Clear CAN_RF1R_FOVR1 (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->RF1R = CAN_RF1R_FOVR1; + break; + case CAN_IT_WKU: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_WKUI (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_WKUI; + break; + case CAN_IT_SLK: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_SLAKI (rc_w1)*/ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_SLAKI; + break; + case CAN_IT_EWG: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + case CAN_IT_EPV: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + case CAN_IT_BOF: + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note the corresponding Flag is cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + case CAN_IT_LEC: + /* Clear LEC bits */ + CANx->ESR = RESET; + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + break; + case CAN_IT_ERR: + /*Clear LEC bits */ + CANx->ESR = RESET; + /* Clear CAN_MSR_ERRI (rc_w1) */ + CANx->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* @note BOFF, EPVF and EWGF Flags are cleared by hardware depending on the CAN Bus status*/ + break; + default: + break; + } +} + /** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the CAN interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param CAN_Reg: specifies the CAN interrupt register to check. + * @param It_Bit: specifies the interrupt source bit to check. + * @retval The new state of the CAN Interrupt (SET or RESET). + */ +static ITStatus CheckITStatus(uint32_t CAN_Reg, uint32_t It_Bit) +{ + ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET; + + if ((CAN_Reg & It_Bit) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAN_IT is set */ + pendingbitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAN_IT is reset */ + pendingbitstatus = RESET; + } + return pendingbitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_crc.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_crc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..21449458c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_crc.c @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_crc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the CRC firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_crc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC + * @brief CRC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the CRC Data register (DR). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_ResetDR(void) +{ + /* Reset CRC generator */ + CRC->CR = CRC_CR_RESET; +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given data word(32-bit). + * @param Data: data word(32-bit) to compute its CRC + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data) +{ + CRC->DR = Data; + + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given buffer of data word(32-bit). + * @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed + * @param BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + + for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++) + { + CRC->DR = pBuffer[index]; + } + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current CRC value. + * @param None + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void) +{ + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Stores a 8-bit data in the Independent Data(ID) register. + * @param IDValue: 8-bit value to be stored in the ID register + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue) +{ + CRC->IDR = IDValue; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the 8-bit data stored in the Independent Data(ID) register + * @param None + * @retval 8-bit value of the ID register + */ +uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void) +{ + return (CRC->IDR); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..639f831768 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp.c @@ -0,0 +1,850 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_cryp.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Cryptographic processor (CRYP) peripheral: + * - Initialization and Configuration functions + * - Data treatment functions + * - Context swapping functions + * - DMA interface function + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable the CRYP controller clock using + * RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP, ENABLE); function. + * + * 2. Initialise the CRYP using CRYP_Init(), CRYP_KeyInit() and if + * needed CRYP_IVInit(). + * + * 3. Flush the IN and OUT FIFOs by using CRYP_FIFOFlush() function. + * + * 4. Enable the CRYP controller using the CRYP_Cmd() function. + * + * 5. If using DMA for Data input and output transfer, + * Activate the needed DMA Requests using CRYP_DMACmd() function + + * 6. If DMA is not used for data transfer, use CRYP_DataIn() and + * CRYP_DataOut() functions to enter data to IN FIFO and get result + * from OUT FIFO. + * + * 7. To control CRYP events you can use one of the following + * two methods: + * - Check on CRYP flags using the CRYP_GetFlagStatus() function. + * - Use CRYP interrupts through the function CRYP_ITConfig() at + * initialization phase and CRYP_GetITStatus() function into + * interrupt routines in processing phase. + * + * 8. Save and restore Cryptographic processor context using + * CRYP_SaveContext() and CRYP_RestoreContext() functions. + * + * + * =================================================================== + * Procedure to perform an encryption or a decryption + * =================================================================== + * + * Initialization + * =============== + * 1. Initialize the peripheral using CRYP_Init(), CRYP_KeyInit() and + * CRYP_IVInit functions: + * - Configure the key size (128-, 192- or 256-bit, in the AES only) + * - Enter the symmetric key + * - Configure the data type + * - In case of decryption in AES-ECB or AES-CBC, you must prepare + * the key: configure the key preparation mode. Then Enable the CRYP + * peripheral using CRYP_Cmd() function: the BUSY flag is set. + * Wait until BUSY flag is reset : the key is prepared for decryption + * - Configure the algorithm and chaining (the DES/TDES in ECB/CBC, the + * AES in ECB/CBC/CTR) + * - Configure the direction (encryption/decryption). + * - Write the initialization vectors (in CBC or CTR modes only) + * + * 2. Flush the IN and OUT FIFOs using the CRYP_FIFOFlush() function + * + * + * Basic Processing mode (polling mode) + * ==================================== + * 1. Enable the cryptographic processor using CRYP_Cmd() function. + * + * 2. Write the first blocks in the input FIFO (2 to 8 words) using + * CRYP_DataIn() function. + * + * 3. Repeat the following sequence until the complete message has been + * processed: + * + * a) Wait for flag CRYP_FLAG_OFNE occurs (using CRYP_GetFlagStatus() + * function), then read the OUT-FIFO using CRYP_DataOut() function + * (1 block or until the FIFO is empty) + * + * b) Wait for flag CRYP_FLAG_IFNF occurs, (using CRYP_GetFlagStatus() + * function then write the IN FIFO using CRYP_DataIn() function + * (1 block or until the FIFO is full) + * + * 4. At the end of the processing, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY flag will be reset and + * both FIFOs are empty (CRYP_FLAG_IFEM is set and CRYP_FLAG_OFNE is + * reset). You can disable the peripheral using CRYP_Cmd() function. + * + * Interrupts Processing mode + * =========================== + * In this mode, Processing is done when the data are transferred by the + * CPU during interrupts. + * + * 1. Enable the interrupts CRYP_IT_INI and CRYP_IT_OUTI using + * CRYP_ITConfig() function. + * + * 2. Enable the cryptographic processor using CRYP_Cmd() function. + * + * 3. In the CRYP_IT_INI interrupt handler : load the input message into the + * IN FIFO using CRYP_DataIn() function . You can load 2 or 4 words at a + * time, or load data until the IN FIFO is full. When the last word of + * the message has been entered into the IN FIFO, disable the CRYP_IT_INI + * interrupt (using CRYP_ITConfig() function). + * + * 4. In the CRYP_IT_OUTI interrupt handler : read the output message from + * the OUT FIFO using CRYP_DataOut() function. You can read 1 block (2 or + * 4 words) at a time or read data until the FIFO is empty. + * When the last word has been read, INIM=0, BUSY=0 and both FIFOs are + * empty (CRYP_FLAG_IFEM is set and CRYP_FLAG_OFNE is reset). + * You can disable the CRYP_IT_OUTI interrupt (using CRYP_ITConfig() + * function) and you can disable the peripheral using CRYP_Cmd() function. + * + * DMA Processing mode + * ==================== + * In this mode, Processing is done when the DMA is used to transfer the + * data from/to the memory. + * + * 1. Configure the DMA controller to transfer the input data from the + * memory using DMA_Init() function. + * The transfer length is the length of the message. + * As message padding is not managed by the peripheral, the message + * length must be an entire number of blocks. The data are transferred + * in burst mode. The burst length is 4 words in the AES and 2 or 4 + * words in the DES/TDES. The DMA should be configured to set an + * interrupt on transfer completion of the output data to indicate that + * the processing is finished. + * Refer to DMA peripheral driver for more details. + * + * 2. Enable the cryptographic processor using CRYP_Cmd() function. + * Enable the DMA requests CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN and CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT + * using CRYP_DMACmd() function. + * + * 3. All the transfers and processing are managed by the DMA and the + * cryptographic processor. The DMA transfer complete interrupt indicates + * that the processing is complete. Both FIFOs are normally empty and + * CRYP_FLAG_BUSY flag is reset. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_cryp.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP + * @brief CRYP driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define FLAG_MASK ((uint8_t)0x20) +#define MAX_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to + - Initialize the cryptographic Processor using CRYP_Init() function + - Encrypt or Decrypt + - mode : TDES-ECB, TDES-CBC, + DES-ECB, DES-CBC, + AES-ECB, AES-CBC, AES-CTR, AES-Key + - DataType : 32-bit data, 16-bit data, bit data or bit-string + - Key Size (only in AES modes) + - Configure the Encrypt or Decrypt Key using CRYP_KeyInit() function + - Configure the Initialization Vectors(IV) for CBC and CTR modes using + CRYP_IVInit() function. + - Flushes the IN and OUT FIFOs : using CRYP_FIFOFlush() function. + - Enable or disable the CRYP Processor using CRYP_Cmd() function + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the CRYP peripheral registers to their default reset values + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable CRYP reset state */ + RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP, ENABLE); + + /* Release CRYP from reset state */ + RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CRYP peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the CRYP_InitStruct. + * @param CRYP_InitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the CRYP peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_Init(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRYP_ALGOMODE(CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode)); + assert_param(IS_CRYP_DATATYPE(CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_DataType)); + assert_param(IS_CRYP_ALGODIR(CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoDir)); + + /* Select Algorithm mode*/ + CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE; + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode; + + /* Select dataType */ + CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_DATATYPE; + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_DataType; + + /* select Key size (used only with AES algorithm) */ + if ((CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_ECB) || + (CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CBC) || + (CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_CTR) || + (CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode == CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_Key)) + { + assert_param(IS_CRYP_KEYSIZE(CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_KeySize)); + CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_KEYSIZE; + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_KeySize; /* Key size and value must be + configured once the key has + been prepared */ + } + + /* Select data Direction */ + CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_ALGODIR; + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoDir; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each CRYP_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param CRYP_InitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_StructInit(CRYP_InitTypeDef* CRYP_InitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the CRYP_AlgoDir member */ + CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt; + + /* initialize the CRYP_AlgoMode member */ + CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB; + + /* initialize the CRYP_DataType member */ + CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_32b; + + /* Initialize the CRYP_KeySize member */ + CRYP_InitStruct->CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_128b; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CRYP Keys according to the specified parameters in + * the CRYP_KeyInitStruct. + * @param CRYP_KeyInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the CRYP Keys. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_KeyInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct) +{ + /* Key Initialisation */ + CRYP->K0LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Left; + CRYP->K0RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Right; + CRYP->K1LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Left; + CRYP->K1RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Right; + CRYP->K2LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Left; + CRYP->K2RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Right; + CRYP->K3LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Left; + CRYP->K3RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Right; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each CRYP_KeyInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param CRYP_KeyInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_KeyStructInit(CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct) +{ + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Left = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Right = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Left = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Right = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Left = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Right = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Left = 0; + CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Right = 0; +} +/** + * @brief Initializes the CRYP Initialization Vectors(IV) according to the + * specified parameters in the CRYP_IVInitStruct. + * @param CRYP_IVInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_IVInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the CRYP Initialization Vectors(IV). + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_IVInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct) +{ + CRYP->IV0LR = CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV0Left; + CRYP->IV0RR = CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV0Right; + CRYP->IV1LR = CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV1Left; + CRYP->IV1RR = CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV1Right; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each CRYP_IVInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param CRYP_IVInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_IVInitTypeDef Initialization + * Vectors(IV) structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_IVStructInit(CRYP_IVInitTypeDef* CRYP_IVInitStruct) +{ + CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV0Left = 0; + CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV0Right = 0; + CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV1Left = 0; + CRYP_IVInitStruct->CRYP_IV1Right = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Flushes the IN and OUT FIFOs (that is read and write pointers of the + * FIFOs are reset) + * @note The FIFOs must be flushed only when BUSY flag is reset. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_FIFOFlush(void) +{ + /* Reset the read and write pointers of the FIFOs */ + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_CR_FFLUSH; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CRYP peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the CRYP peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Cryptographic processor */ + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_CR_CRYPEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Cryptographic processor */ + CRYP->CR &= ~CRYP_CR_CRYPEN; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group2 CRYP Data processing functions + * @brief CRYP Data processing functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + CRYP Data processing functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing the encryption and decryption + operations: + - Enter data to be treated in the IN FIFO : using CRYP_DataIn() function. + - Get the data result from the OUT FIFO : using CRYP_DataOut() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes data in the Data Input register (DIN). + * @note After the DIN register has been read once or several times, + * the FIFO must be flushed (using CRYP_FIFOFlush() function). + * @param Data: data to write in Data Input register + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_DataIn(uint32_t Data) +{ + CRYP->DR = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data entered into the output FIFO. + * @param None + * @retval Last data entered into the output FIFO. + */ +uint32_t CRYP_DataOut(void) +{ + return CRYP->DOUT; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group3 Context swapping functions + * @brief Context swapping functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Context swapping functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to save and store CRYP Context + + It is possible to interrupt an encryption/ decryption/ key generation process + to perform another processing with a higher priority, and to complete the + interrupted process later on, when the higher-priority task is complete. To do + so, the context of the interrupted task must be saved from the CRYP registers + to memory, and then be restored from memory to the CRYP registers. + + 1. To save the current context, use CRYP_SaveContext() function + 2. To restore the saved context, use CRYP_RestoreContext() function + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Saves the CRYP peripheral Context. + * @note This function stops DMA transfer before to save the context. After + * restoring the context, you have to enable the DMA again (if the DMA + * was previously used). + * @param CRYP_ContextSave: pointer to a CRYP_Context structure that contains + * the repository for current context. + * @param CRYP_KeyInitStruct: pointer to a CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the CRYP Keys. + * @retval None + */ +ErrorStatus CRYP_SaveContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextSave, + CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef* CRYP_KeyInitStruct) +{ + __IO uint32_t timeout = 0; + uint32_t ckeckmask = 0, bitstatus; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Stop DMA transfers on the IN FIFO by clearing the DIEN bit in the CRYP_DMACR */ + CRYP->DMACR &= ~(uint32_t)CRYP_DMACR_DIEN; + + /* Wait until both the IN and OUT FIFOs are empty + (IFEM=1 and OFNE=0 in the CRYP_SR register) and the + BUSY bit is cleared. */ + + if ((CRYP->CR & (uint32_t)(CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB | CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC)) != (uint32_t)0 )/* TDES */ + { + ckeckmask = CRYP_SR_IFEM | CRYP_SR_BUSY ; + } + else /* AES or DES */ + { + ckeckmask = CRYP_SR_IFEM | CRYP_SR_BUSY | CRYP_SR_OFNE; + } + + do + { + bitstatus = CRYP->SR & ckeckmask; + timeout++; + } + while ((timeout != MAX_TIMEOUT) && (bitstatus != CRYP_SR_IFEM)); + + if ((CRYP->SR & ckeckmask) != CRYP_SR_IFEM) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Stop DMA transfers on the OUT FIFO by + - writing the DOEN bit to 0 in the CRYP_DMACR register + - and clear the CRYPEN bit. */ + + CRYP->DMACR &= ~(uint32_t)CRYP_DMACR_DOEN; + CRYP->CR &= ~(uint32_t)CRYP_CR_CRYPEN; + + /* Save the current configuration (bits [9:2] in the CRYP_CR register) */ + CRYP_ContextSave->CR_bits9to2 = CRYP->CR & (CRYP_CR_KEYSIZE | + CRYP_CR_DATATYPE | + CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE | + CRYP_CR_ALGODIR); + + /* and, if not in ECB mode, the initialization vectors. */ + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_IV0LR = CRYP->IV0LR; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_IV0RR = CRYP->IV0RR; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_IV1LR = CRYP->IV1LR; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_IV1RR = CRYP->IV1RR; + + /* save The key value */ + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K0LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Left; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K0RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key0Right; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K1LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Left; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K1RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key1Right; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K2LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Left; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K2RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key2Right; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K3LR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Left; + CRYP_ContextSave->CRYP_K3RR = CRYP_KeyInitStruct->CRYP_Key3Right; + + /* When needed, save the DMA status (pointers for IN and OUT messages, + number of remaining bytes, etc.) */ + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Restores the CRYP peripheral Context. + * @note Since teh DMA transfer is stopped in CRYP_SaveContext() function, + * after restoring the context, you have to enable the DMA again (if the + * DMA was previously used). + * @param CRYP_ContextRestore: pointer to a CRYP_Context structure that contains + * the repository for saved context. + * @note The data that were saved during context saving must be rewrited into + * the IN FIFO. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_RestoreContext(CRYP_Context* CRYP_ContextRestore) +{ + + /* Configure the processor with the saved configuration */ + CRYP->CR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CR_bits9to2; + + /* restore The key value */ + CRYP->K0LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K0LR; + CRYP->K0RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K0RR; + CRYP->K1LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K1LR; + CRYP->K1RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K1RR; + CRYP->K2LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K2LR; + CRYP->K2RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K2RR; + CRYP->K3LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K3LR; + CRYP->K3RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_K3RR; + + /* and the initialization vectors. */ + CRYP->IV0LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_IV0LR; + CRYP->IV0RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_IV0RR; + CRYP->IV1LR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_IV1LR; + CRYP->IV1RR = CRYP_ContextRestore->CRYP_IV1RR; + + /* Enable the cryptographic processor */ + CRYP->CR |= CRYP_CR_CRYPEN; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group4 CRYP's DMA interface Configuration function + * @brief CRYP's DMA interface Configuration function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + CRYP's DMA interface Configuration function + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA interface for + CRYP data input and output transfer. + + When the DMA mode is enabled (using the CRYP_DMACmd() function), data can be + transferred: + - From memory to the CRYP IN FIFO using the DMA peripheral by enabling + the CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN request. + - From the CRYP OUT FIFO to the memory using the DMA peripheral by enabling + the CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT request. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CRYP DMA interface. + * @param CRYP_DMAReq: specifies the CRYP DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg CRYP_DMAReq_DataOUT: DMA for outgoing(Tx) data transfer + * @arg CRYP_DMAReq_DataIN: DMA for incoming(Rx) data transfer + * @param NewState: new state of the selected CRYP DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_DMACmd(uint8_t CRYP_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRYP_DMAREQ(CRYP_DMAReq)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected CRYP DMA request */ + CRYP->DMACR |= CRYP_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected CRYP DMA request */ + CRYP->DMACR &= (uint8_t)~CRYP_DMAReq; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to configure the CRYP Interrupts and + to get the status and Interrupts pending bits. + + The CRYP provides 2 Interrupts sources and 7 Flags: + + Flags : + ------- + + 1. CRYP_FLAG_IFEM : Set when Input FIFO is empty. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + 2. CRYP_FLAG_IFNF : Set when Input FIFO is not full. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + + 3. CRYP_FLAG_INRIS : Set when Input FIFO Raw interrupt is pending + it gives the raw interrupt state prior to masking + of the input FIFO service interrupt. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + 4. CRYP_FLAG_OFNE : Set when Output FIFO not empty. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + 5. CRYP_FLAG_OFFU : Set when Output FIFO is full. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + 6. CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS : Set when Output FIFO Raw interrupt is pending + it gives the raw interrupt state prior to masking + of the output FIFO service interrupt. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + 7. CRYP_FLAG_BUSY : Set when the CRYP core is currently processing a + block of data or a key preparation (for AES + decryption). + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + To clear it, the CRYP core must be disabled and the + last processing has completed. + + Interrupts : + ------------ + + 1. CRYP_IT_INI : The input FIFO service interrupt is asserted when there + are less than 4 words in the input FIFO. + This interrupt is associated to CRYP_FLAG_INRIS flag. + + @note This interrupt is cleared by performing write operations + to the input FIFO until it holds 4 or more words. The + input FIFO service interrupt INMIS is enabled with the + CRYP enable bit. Consequently, when CRYP is disabled, the + INMIS signal is low even if the input FIFO is empty. + + + + 2. CRYP_IT_OUTI : The output FIFO service interrupt is asserted when there + is one or more (32-bit word) data items in the output FIFO. + This interrupt is associated to CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS flag. + + @note This interrupt is cleared by reading data from the output + FIFO until there is no valid (32-bit) word left (that is, + the interrupt follows the state of the OFNE (output FIFO + not empty) flag). + + + Managing the CRYP controller events : + ------------------------------------ + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the CRYP controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + 1. In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - CRYP_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + + @note The CRYPT flags do not need to be cleared since they are cleared as + soon as the associated event are reset. + + + 2. In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - CRYP_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + - CRYP_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + + @note The CRYPT interrupts have no pending bits, the interrupt is cleared as + soon as the associated event is reset. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified CRYP interrupts. + * @param CRYP_IT: specifies the CRYP interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg CRYP_IT_INI: Input FIFO interrupt + * @arg CRYP_IT_OUTI: Output FIFO interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified CRYP interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CRYP_ITConfig(uint8_t CRYP_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRYP_CONFIG_IT(CRYP_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected CRYP interrupt */ + CRYP->IMSCR |= CRYP_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected CRYP interrupt */ + CRYP->IMSCR &= (uint8_t)~CRYP_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CRYP interrupt has occurred or not. + * @note This function checks the status of the masked interrupt (i.e the + * interrupt should be previously enabled). + * @param CRYP_IT: specifies the CRYP (masked) interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CRYP_IT_INI: Input FIFO interrupt + * @arg CRYP_IT_OUTI: Output FIFO interrupt + * @retval The new state of CRYP_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus CRYP_GetITStatus(uint8_t CRYP_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRYP_GET_IT(CRYP_IT)); + + /* Check the status of the specified CRYP interrupt */ + if ((CRYP->MISR & CRYP_IT) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* CRYP_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CRYP_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the CRYP_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CRYP flag is set or not. + * @param CRYP_FLAG: specifies the CRYP flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_IFEM: Input FIFO Empty flag. + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_IFNF: Input FIFO Not Full flag. + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_OFNE: Output FIFO Not Empty flag. + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_OFFU: Output FIFO Full flag. + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag. + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS: Output FIFO raw interrupt flag. + * @arg CRYP_FLAG_INRIS: Input FIFO raw interrupt flag. + * @retval The new state of CRYP_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus CRYP_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t CRYP_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tempreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRYP_GET_FLAG(CRYP_FLAG)); + + /* check if the FLAG is in RISR register */ + if ((CRYP_FLAG & FLAG_MASK) != 0x00) + { + tempreg = CRYP->RISR; + } + else /* The FLAG is in SR register */ + { + tempreg = CRYP->SR; + } + + + /* Check the status of the specified CRYP flag */ + if ((tempreg & CRYP_FLAG ) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* CRYP_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CRYP_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the CRYP_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp_aes.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp_aes.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a611fc06c --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_cryp_aes.c @@ -0,0 +1,638 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_cryp_aes.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides high level functions to encrypt and decrypt an + * input message using AES in ECB/CBC/CTR modes. + * It uses the stm32f2xx_cryp.c/.h drivers to access the STM32F2xx CRYP + * peripheral. + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable The CRYP controller clock using + * RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP, ENABLE); function. + * + * 2. Encrypt and decrypt using AES in ECB Mode using CRYP_AES_ECB() + * function. + * + * 3. Encrypt and decrypt using AES in CBC Mode using CRYP_AES_CBC() + * function. + * + * 4. Encrypt and decrypt using AES in CTR Mode using CRYP_AES_CTR() + * function. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_cryp.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP + * @brief CRYP driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define AESBUSY_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group6 High Level AES functions + * @brief High Level AES functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + High Level AES functions + =============================================================================== + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Encrypt and decrypt using AES in ECB Mode + * @param Mode: encryption or decryption Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg MODE_ENCRYPT: Encryption + * @arg MODE_DECRYPT: Decryption + * @param Key: Key used for AES algorithm. + * @param Keysize: length of the Key, must be a 128, 192 or 256. + * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer. + * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16. + * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Operation done + * - ERROR: Operation failed + */ +ErrorStatus CRYP_AES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, uint8_t* Key, uint16_t Keysize, + uint8_t* Input, uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output) +{ + CRYP_InitTypeDef AES_CRYP_InitStructure; + CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure; + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + uint32_t busystatus = 0; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key; + uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; + uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; + uint32_t i = 0; + + /* Crypto structures initialisation*/ + CRYP_KeyStructInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + switch(Keysize) + { + case 128: + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_128b; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + break; + case 192: + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_192b; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + break; + case 256: + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_KeySize = CRYP_KeySize_256b; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key0Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key0Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + break; + default: + break; + } + + /*------------------ AES Decryption ------------------*/ + if(Mode == MODE_DECRYPT) /* AES decryption */ + { + /* Flush IN/OUT FIFOs */ + CRYP_FIFOFlush(); + + /* Crypto Init for Key preparation for decryption process */ + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_Key; + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_32b; + CRYP_Init(&AES_CRYP_InitStructure); + + /* Key Initialisation */ + CRYP_KeyInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + /* wait until the Busy flag is RESET */ + do + { + busystatus = CRYP_GetFlagStatus(CRYP_FLAG_BUSY); + counter++; + }while ((counter != AESBUSY_TIMEOUT) && (busystatus != RESET)); + + if (busystatus != RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Crypto Init for decryption process */ + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; + } + } + /*------------------ AES Encryption ------------------*/ + else /* AES encryption */ + { + + CRYP_KeyInit(&AES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + /* Crypto Init for Encryption process */ + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt; + } + + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_AES_ECB; + AES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_8b; + CRYP_Init(&AES_CRYP_InitStructure); + + /* Flush IN/OUT FIFOs */ + CRYP_FIFOFlush(); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + for(i=0; ((i
© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics
+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_cryp.h" + + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP + * @brief CRYP driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define DESBUSY_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group8 High Level DES functions + * @brief High Level DES functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + High Level DES functions + =============================================================================== +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Encrypt and decrypt using DES in ECB Mode + * @param Mode: encryption or decryption Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg MODE_ENCRYPT: Encryption + * @arg MODE_DECRYPT: Decryption + * @param Key: Key used for DES algorithm. + * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 8. + * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer. + * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Operation done + * - ERROR: Operation failed + */ +ErrorStatus CRYP_DES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, uint8_t Key[8], uint8_t *Input, + uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t *Output) +{ + CRYP_InitTypeDef DES_CRYP_InitStructure; + CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef DES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure; + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + uint32_t busystatus = 0; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key; + uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; + uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; + uint32_t i = 0; + + /* Crypto structures initialisation*/ + CRYP_KeyStructInit(&DES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + /* Crypto Init for Encryption process */ + if( Mode == MODE_ENCRYPT ) /* DES encryption */ + { + DES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt; + } + else/* if( Mode == MODE_DECRYPT )*/ /* DES decryption */ + { + DES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; + } + + DES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_DES_ECB; + DES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_8b; + CRYP_Init(&DES_CRYP_InitStructure); + + /* Key Initialisation */ + DES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + DES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + CRYP_KeyInit(& DES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + /* Flush IN/OUT FIFO */ + CRYP_FIFOFlush(); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + for(i=0; ((i
© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics
+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_cryp.h" + + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP + * @brief CRYP driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define TDESBUSY_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRYP_Group7 High Level TDES functions + * @brief High Level TDES functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + High Level TDES functions + =============================================================================== + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Encrypt and decrypt using TDES in ECB Mode + * @param Mode: encryption or decryption Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg MODE_ENCRYPT: Encryption + * @arg MODE_DECRYPT: Decryption + * @param Key: Key used for TDES algorithm. + * @param Ilength: length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 8. + * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer. + * @param Output: pointer to the returned buffer. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Operation done + * - ERROR: Operation failed + */ +ErrorStatus CRYP_TDES_ECB(uint8_t Mode, uint8_t Key[24], uint8_t *Input, + uint32_t Ilength, uint8_t *Output) +{ + CRYP_InitTypeDef TDES_CRYP_InitStructure; + CRYP_KeyInitTypeDef TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure; + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + uint32_t busystatus = 0; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key; + uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; + uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; + uint32_t i = 0; + + /* Crypto structures initialisation*/ + CRYP_KeyStructInit(&TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + /* Crypto Init for Encryption process */ + if(Mode == MODE_ENCRYPT) /* TDES encryption */ + { + TDES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Encrypt; + } + else /*if(Mode == MODE_DECRYPT)*/ /* TDES decryption */ + { + TDES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoDir = CRYP_AlgoDir_Decrypt; + } + + TDES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_AlgoMode = CRYP_AlgoMode_TDES_ECB; + TDES_CRYP_InitStructure.CRYP_DataType = CRYP_DataType_8b; + CRYP_Init(&TDES_CRYP_InitStructure); + + /* Key Initialisation */ + TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key1Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key2Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Left = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + keyaddr+=4; + TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure.CRYP_Key3Right= __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr)); + CRYP_KeyInit(& TDES_CRYP_KeyInitStructure); + + /* Flush IN/OUT FIFO */ + CRYP_FIFOFlush(); + + /* Enable Crypto processor */ + CRYP_Cmd(ENABLE); + + for(i=0; ((i
© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics
+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_dac.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC + * @brief DAC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* CR register Mask */ +#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFE) + +/* DAC Dual Channels SWTRIG masks */ +#define DUAL_SWTRIG_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) + +/* DHR registers offsets */ +#define DHR12R1_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DHR12R2_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000014) +#define DHR12RD_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000020) + +/* DOR register offset */ +#define DOR_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group1 DAC channels configuration + * @brief DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + DAC channels configuration: trigger, output buffer, data format + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable DAC reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE); + /* Release DAC from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the DAC_InitStruct. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC channel. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the DAC parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer)); + +/*---------------------------- DAC CR Configuration --------------------------*/ + /* Get the DAC CR value */ + tmpreg1 = DAC->CR; + /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(CR_CLEAR_MASK << DAC_Channel); + /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger, + wave generation, mask/amplitude for wave generation */ + /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ + /* Set WAVEx bits according to DAC_WaveGeneration value */ + /* Set MAMPx bits according to DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude value */ + /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */ + tmpreg2 = (DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration | + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude | \ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer); + /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << DAC_Channel; + /* Write to DAC CR */ + DAC->CR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DAC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset DAC init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the DAC_Trigger member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger = DAC_Trigger_None; + /* Initialize the DAC_WaveGeneration member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration = DAC_WaveGeneration_None; + /* Initialize the DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude = DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0; + /* Initialize the DAC_OutputBuffer member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the DAC channel is enabled the trigger source can no more be modified. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel software trigger. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel software trigger. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4); + } + else + { + /* Disable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->SWTRIGR &= ~((uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables simultaneously the two DAC channels software triggers. + * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channels software triggers. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable software trigger for both DAC channels */ + DAC->SWTRIGR |= DUAL_SWTRIG_SET; + } + else + { + /* Disable software trigger for both DAC channels */ + DAC->SWTRIGR &= DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_Wave: specifies the wave type to enable or disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Wave_Noise: noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_Wave_Triangle: triangle wave generation + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_WAVE(DAC_Wave)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR |= DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel1. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel1. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12R1_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel2. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel2. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12R2_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the DAC channel2 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual channel DAC. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both + * DAC channels at the same time. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1) +{ + uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2)); + + /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */ + if (DAC_Align == DAC_Align_8b_R) + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1; + } + else + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1; + } + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12RD_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) DAC_BASE ; + tmp += DOR_OFFSET + ((uint32_t)DAC_Channel >> 2); + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group2 DMA management functions + * @brief DMA management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + DMA management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel DMA request. + * @note When enabled DMA1 is generated when an external trigger (EXTI Line9, + * TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 or TIM8 but not a software trigger) occurs. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel DMA request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note The DAC channel1 is mapped on DMA1 Stream 5 channel7 which must be + * already configured. + * @note The DAC channel2 is mapped on DMA1 Stream 6 channel7 which must be + * already configured. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + DAC->CR &= (~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel)); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC interrupts. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the + * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DAC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC interrupts */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC interrupts */ + DAC->CR &= (~(uint32_t)(DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC flag is set or not. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be only of the following value: + * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the + * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval The new state of DAC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified DAC flag */ + if ((DAC->SR & (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel)) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* DAC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DAC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DAC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DAC channel's pending flags. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be of the following value: + * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the + * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected DAC flags */ + DAC->SR = (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the + * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval The new state of DAC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + /* Get the DAC_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (DAC->CR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified DAC interrupt */ + if (((DAC->SR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* DAC_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DAC_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DAC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DAC channel's interrupt pending bits. + * @param DAC_Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @note The DMA underrun occurs when a second external trigger arrives before the + * acknowledgement for the first external trigger is received (first request). + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected DAC interrupt pending bits */ + DAC->SR = (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bce0074698 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.c @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the DBGMCU firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_dbgmcu.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU + * @brief DBGMCU driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. + * @param None + * @retval Device revision identifier + */ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void) +{ + return(DBGMCU->IDCODE >> 16); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device identifier. + * @param None + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void) +{ + return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures low power mode behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the low power mode. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode + * @arg DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode + * @arg DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode + * @param NewState: new state of the specified low power mode in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->CR |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->CR &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures APB1 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP: TIM2 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP: TIM3 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP: TIM4 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP: TIM5 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP: TIM6 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP: TIM7 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM12_STOP: TIM12 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM13_STOP: TIM13 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM14_STOP: TIM14 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_RTC_STOP: RTC Wakeup counter stopped when Core is halted. + * @arg DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP: Debug WWDG stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP: Debug IWDG stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C1 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C2 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C3_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C3 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_CAN2_STOP: Debug CAN1 stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP: Debug CAN2 stopped when Core is halted + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_APB1PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB1PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->APB1FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->APB1FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures APB2 peripheral behavior when the MCU is in Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP: TIM1 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP: TIM8 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP: TIM9 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP: TIM10 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP: TIM11 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_APB2PeriphConfig(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_APB2PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->APB2FZ |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->APB2FZ &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dcmi.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dcmi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d2036639d --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dcmi.c @@ -0,0 +1,534 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_dcmi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the DCMI peripheral: + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - Image capture functions + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * + * The sequence below describes how to use this driver to capture image + * from a camera module connected to the DCMI Interface. + * This sequence does not take into account the configuration of the + * camera module, which should be made before to configure and enable + * the DCMI to capture images. + * + * 1. Enable the clock for the DCMI and associated GPIOs using the following functions: + * RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI, ENABLE); + * RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + * + * 2. DCMI pins configuration + * - Connect the involved DCMI pins to AF13 using the following function + * GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_DCMI); + * - Configure these DCMI pins in alternate function mode by calling the function + * GPIO_Init(); + * + * 3. Declare a DCMI_InitTypeDef structure, for example: + * DCMI_InitTypeDef DCMI_InitStructure; + * and fill the DCMI_InitStructure variable with the allowed values + * of the structure member. + * + * 4. Initialize the DCMI interface by calling the function + * DCMI_Init(&DCMI_InitStructure); + * + * 5. Configure the DMA2_Stream1 channel1 to transfer Data from DCMI DR + * register to the destination memory buffer. + * + * 6. Enable DCMI interface using the function + * DCMI_Cmd(ENABLE); + * + * 7. Start the image capture using the function + * DCMI_CaptureCmd(ENABLE); + * + * 8. At this stage the DCMI interface waits for the first start of frame, + * then a DMA request is generated continuously/once (depending on the + * mode used, Continuous/Snapshot) to transfer the received data into + * the destination memory. + * + * @note If you need to capture only a rectangular window from the received + * image, you have to use the DCMI_CROPConfig() function to configure + * the coordinates and size of the window to be captured, then enable + * the Crop feature using DCMI_CROPCmd(ENABLE); + * In this case, the Crop configuration should be made before to enable + * and start the DCMI interface. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_dcmi.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DCMI + * @brief DCMI driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DCMI registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_DeInit(void) +{ + DCMI->CR = 0x0; + DCMI->IER = 0x0; + DCMI->ICR = 0x1F; + DCMI->ESCR = 0x0; + DCMI->ESUR = 0x0; + DCMI->CWSTRTR = 0x0; + DCMI->CWSIZER = 0x0; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DCMI according to the specified parameters in the DCMI_InitStruct. + * @param DCMI_InitStruct: pointer to a DCMI_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the DCMI. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_Init(DCMI_InitTypeDef* DCMI_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t temp = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureMode)); + assert_param(IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_SynchroMode)); + assert_param(IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_PCKPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_VSPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_HSPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureRate)); + assert_param(IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_ExtendedDataMode)); + + /* The DCMI configuration registers should be programmed correctly before + enabling the CR_ENABLE Bit and the CR_CAPTURE Bit */ + DCMI->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_ENABLE | DCMI_CR_CAPTURE); + + /* Reset the old DCMI configuration */ + temp = DCMI->CR; + + temp &= ~((uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CM | DCMI_CR_ESS | DCMI_CR_PCKPOL | + DCMI_CR_HSPOL | DCMI_CR_VSPOL | DCMI_CR_FCRC_0 | + DCMI_CR_FCRC_1 | DCMI_CR_EDM_0 | DCMI_CR_EDM_1); + + /* Sets the new configuration of the DCMI peripheral */ + temp |= ((uint32_t)DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureMode | + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_SynchroMode | + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_PCKPolarity | + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_VSPolarity | + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_HSPolarity | + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureRate | + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_ExtendedDataMode); + + DCMI->CR = temp; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DCMI_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DCMI_InitStruct : pointer to a DCMI_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_StructInit(DCMI_InitTypeDef* DCMI_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureMode = DCMI_CaptureMode_Continuous; + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_SynchroMode = DCMI_SynchroMode_Hardware; + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_PCKPolarity = DCMI_PCKPolarity_Falling; + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_VSPolarity = DCMI_VSPolarity_Low; + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_HSPolarity = DCMI_HSPolarity_Low; + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_CaptureRate = DCMI_CaptureRate_All_Frame; + DCMI_InitStruct->DCMI_ExtendedDataMode = DCMI_ExtendedDataMode_8b; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DCMI peripheral CROP mode according to the specified + * parameters in the DCMI_CROPInitStruct. + * @note This function should be called before to enable and start the DCMI interface. + * @param DCMI_CROPInitStruct: pointer to a DCMI_CROPInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the DCMI peripheral CROP mode. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_CROPConfig(DCMI_CROPInitTypeDef* DCMI_CROPInitStruct) +{ + /* Sets the CROP window coordinates */ + DCMI->CWSTRTR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)DCMI_CROPInitStruct->DCMI_HorizontalOffsetCount | + ((uint32_t)DCMI_CROPInitStruct->DCMI_VerticalStartLine << 16)); + + /* Sets the CROP window size */ + DCMI->CWSIZER = (uint32_t)(DCMI_CROPInitStruct->DCMI_CaptureCount | + ((uint32_t)DCMI_CROPInitStruct->DCMI_VerticalLineCount << 16)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI Crop feature. + * @note This function should be called before to enable and start the DCMI interface. + * @param NewState: new state of the DCMI Crop feature. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_CROPCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DCMI Crop feature */ + DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DCMI Crop feature */ + DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the embedded synchronization codes + * @param DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef: pointer to a DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the embedded synchronization codes for the DCMI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_SetEmbeddedSynchroCodes(DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef* DCMI_CodesInitStruct) +{ + DCMI->ESCR = (uint32_t)(DCMI_CodesInitStruct->DCMI_FrameStartCode | + ((uint32_t)DCMI_CodesInitStruct->DCMI_LineStartCode << 8)| + ((uint32_t)DCMI_CodesInitStruct->DCMI_LineEndCode << 16)| + ((uint32_t)DCMI_CodesInitStruct->DCMI_FrameEndCode << 24)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI JPEG format. + * @note The Crop and Embedded Synchronization features cannot be used in this mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the DCMI JPEG format. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_JPEGCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DCMI JPEG format */ + DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_JPEG; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DCMI JPEG format */ + DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_JPEG; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Group2 Image capture functions + * @brief Image capture functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Image capture functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI interface. + * @param NewState: new state of the DCMI interface. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DCMI by setting ENABLE bit */ + DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_ENABLE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DCMI by clearing ENABLE bit */ + DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_ENABLE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI Capture. + * @param NewState: new state of the DCMI capture. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_CaptureCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DCMI Capture */ + DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CAPTURE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DCMI Capture */ + DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CAPTURE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the data stored in the DR register. + * @param None + * @retval Data register value + */ +uint32_t DCMI_ReadData(void) +{ + return DCMI->DR; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DCMI_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the DCMI interface interrupts. + * @param DCMI_IT: specifies the DCMI interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DCMI_IT_FRAME: Frame capture complete interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_OVF: Overflow interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_ERR: Synchronization error interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_VSYNC: VSYNC interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_LINE: Line interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DCMI interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_ITConfig(uint16_t DCMI_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DCMI_CONFIG_IT(DCMI_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt sources */ + DCMI->IER |= DCMI_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt sources */ + DCMI->IER &= (uint16_t)(~DCMI_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the DCMI interface flag is set or not. + * @param DCMI_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI: Frame capture complete Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI: Overflow Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI: Synchronization error Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI: VSYNC Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_LINERI: Line Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_FRAMEMI: Frame capture complete Masked flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_OVFMI: Overflow Masked flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_ERRMI: Synchronization error Masked flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCMI: VSYNC Masked flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_LINEMI: Line Masked flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_HSYNC: HSYNC flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_VSYNC: VSYNC flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_FNE: Fifo not empty flag mask + * @retval The new state of DCMI_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DCMI_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t DCMI_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t dcmireg, tempreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DCMI_GET_FLAG(DCMI_FLAG)); + + /* Get the DCMI register index */ + dcmireg = (((uint16_t)DCMI_FLAG) >> 12); + + if (dcmireg == 0x01) /* The FLAG is in RISR register */ + { + tempreg= DCMI->RISR; + } + else if (dcmireg == 0x02) /* The FLAG is in SR register */ + { + tempreg = DCMI->SR; + } + else /* The FLAG is in MISR register */ + { + tempreg = DCMI->MISR; + } + + if ((tempreg & DCMI_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET ) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DCMI_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DCMI's pending flags. + * @param DCMI_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI: Frame capture complete Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI: Overflow Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI: Synchronization error Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI: VSYNC Raw flag mask + * @arg DCMI_FLAG_LINERI: Line Raw flag mask + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_ClearFlag(uint16_t DCMI_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(DCMI_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the flag by writing in the ICR register 1 in the corresponding + Flag position*/ + + DCMI->ICR = DCMI_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the DCMI interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DCMI_IT: specifies the DCMI interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DCMI_IT_FRAME: Frame capture complete interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_OVF: Overflow interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_ERR: Synchronization error interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_VSYNC: VSYNC interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_LINE: Line interrupt mask + * @retval The new state of DCMI_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DCMI_GetITStatus(uint16_t DCMI_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t itstatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DCMI_GET_IT(DCMI_IT)); + + itstatus = DCMI->MISR & DCMI_IT; /* Only masked interrupts are checked */ + + if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DCMI's interrupt pending bits. + * @param DCMI_IT: specifies the DCMI interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DCMI_IT_FRAME: Frame capture complete interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_OVF: Overflow interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_ERR: Synchronization error interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_VSYNC: VSYNC interrupt mask + * @arg DCMI_IT_LINE: Line interrupt mask + * @retval None + */ +void DCMI_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t DCMI_IT) +{ + /* Clear the interrupt pending Bit by writing in the ICR register 1 in the + corresponding pending Bit position*/ + + DCMI->ICR = DCMI_IT; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dma.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f605006898 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,1283 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access controller (DMA): + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - Data Counter + * - Double Buffer mode configuration and command + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable The DMA controller clock using RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1, ENABLE) + * function for DMA1 or using RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2, ENABLE) + * function for DMA2. + * + * 2. Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Stream + * (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is + * necessary). + * + * 3. For a given Stream, program the required configuration through following parameters: + * Source and Destination addresses, Transfer Direction, Transfer size, Source and Destination + * data formats, Circular or Normal mode, Stream Priority level, Source and Destination + * Incrementation mode, FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed), Burst mode for Source and/or + * Destination (if needed) using the DMA_Init() function. + * To avoid filling un-nesecessary fields, you can call DMA_StructInit() function + * to initialize a given structure with default values (reset values), the modify + * only necessary fields (ie. Source and Destination addresses, Transfer size and Data Formats). + * + * 4. Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt(s) using the function + * DMA_ITConfig() if you need to use DMA interrupts. + * + * 5. Optionally, if the Circular mode is enabled, you can use the Double buffer mode by configuring + * the second Memory address and the first Memory to be used through the function + * DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig(). Then enable the Double buffer mode through the function + * DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd(). These operations must be done before step 6. + * + * 6. Enable the DMA stream using the DMA_Cmd() function. + * + * 7. Activate the needed Stream Request using PPP_DMACmd() function for + * any PPP peripheral except internal SRAM and FLASH (ie. SPI, USART ...) + * The function allowing this operation is provided in each PPP peripheral + * driver (ie. SPI_DMACmd for SPI peripheral). + * Once the Stream is enabled, it is not possible to modify its configuration + * unless the stream is stopped and disabled. + * After enabling the Stream, it is advised to monitor the EN bit status using + * the function DMA_GetCmdStatus(). In case of configuration errors or bus errors + * this bit will remain reset and all transfers on this Stream will remain on hold. + * + * 8. Optionally, you can configure the number of data to be transferred + * when the Stream is disabled (ie. after each Transfer Complete event + * or when a Transfer Error occurs) using the function DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(). + * And you can get the number of remaining data to be transferred using + * the function DMA_GetCurrDataCounter() at run time (when the DMA Stream is + * enabled and running). + * + * 9. To control DMA events you can use one of the following + * two methods: + * a- Check on DMA Stream flags using the function DMA_GetFlagStatus(). + * b- Use DMA interrupts through the function DMA_ITConfig() at initialization + * phase and DMA_GetITStatus() function into interrupt routines in + * communication phase. + * After checking on a flag you should clear it using DMA_ClearFlag() + * function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should + * clear it using DMA_ClearITPendingBit() function. + * + * 10. Optionally, if Circular mode and Double Buffer mode are enabled, you can modify + * the Memory Addresses using the function DMA_MemoryTargetConfig(). Make sure that + * the Memory Address to be modified is not the one currently in use by DMA Stream. + * This condition can be monitored using the function DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(). + * + * 11. Optionally, Pause-Resume operations may be performed: + * The DMA_Cmd() function may be used to perform Pause-Resume operation. When a + * transfer is ongoing, calling this function to disable the Stream will cause the + * transfer to be paused. All configuration registers and the number of remaining + * data will be preserved. When calling again this function to re-enable the Stream, + * the transfer will be resumed from the point where it was paused. + * + * @note Memory-to-Memory transfer is possible by setting the address of the memory into + * the Peripheral registers. In this mode, Circular mode and Double Buffer mode + * are not allowed. + * + * @note The FIFO is used mainly to reduce bus usage and to allow data packing/unpacking: it is + * possible to set different Data Sizes for the Peripheral and the Memory (ie. you can set + * Half-Word data size for the peripheral to access its data register and set Word data size + * for the Memory to gain in access time. Each two Half-words will be packed and written in + * a single access to a Word in the Memory). + * + * @note When FIFO is disabled, it is not allowed to configure different Data Sizes for Source + * and Destination. In this case the Peripheral Data Size will be applied to both Source + * and Destination. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_dma.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA + * @brief DMA driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Masks Definition */ +#define TRANSFER_IT_ENABLE_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_TCIE | DMA_SxCR_HTIE | \ + DMA_SxCR_TEIE | DMA_SxCR_DMEIE) + +#define DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_LISR_FEIF0 | DMA_LISR_DMEIF0 | \ + DMA_LISR_TEIF0 | DMA_LISR_HTIF0 | \ + DMA_LISR_TCIF0) + +#define DMA_Stream1_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK << 6) +#define DMA_Stream2_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK << 16) +#define DMA_Stream3_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK << 22) +#define DMA_Stream4_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK | (uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define DMA_Stream5_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream1_IT_MASK | (uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define DMA_Stream6_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream2_IT_MASK | (uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define DMA_Stream7_IT_MASK (uint32_t)(DMA_Stream3_IT_MASK | (uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define TRANSFER_IT_MASK (uint32_t)0x0F3C0F3C +#define HIGH_ISR_MASK (uint32_t)0x20000000 +#define RESERVED_MASK (uint32_t)0x0F7D0F7D + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + + +/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Stream source + and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, + buffer size, circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection + and Stream priority value. + + The DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in + reference manual (RM0033) except the first point: waiting on EN bit to be reset. + This condition should be checked by user application using the function DMA_GetCmdStatus() + before calling the DMA_Init() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitialize the DMAy Streamx registers to their default reset values. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + + /* Disable the selected DMAy Streamx */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~((uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_EN); + + /* Reset DMAy Streamx control register */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Streamx Number of Data to Transfer register */ + DMAy_Streamx->NDTR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Streamx peripheral address register */ + DMAy_Streamx->PAR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Streamx memory 0 address register */ + DMAy_Streamx->M0AR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Streamx memory 1 address register */ + DMAy_Streamx->M1AR = 0; + + /* Reset DMAy Streamx FIFO control register */ + DMAy_Streamx->FCR = (uint32_t)0x00000021; + + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for the selected stream */ + if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream0) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream0 */ + DMA1->LIFCR = DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream1) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream1 */ + DMA1->LIFCR = DMA_Stream1_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream2) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream2 */ + DMA1->LIFCR = DMA_Stream2_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream3) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream3 */ + DMA1->LIFCR = DMA_Stream3_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream4) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream4 */ + DMA1->HIFCR = DMA_Stream4_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream5) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream5 */ + DMA1->HIFCR = DMA_Stream5_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream6) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream6 */ + DMA1->HIFCR = (uint32_t)DMA_Stream6_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA1_Stream7) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Stream7 */ + DMA1->HIFCR = DMA_Stream7_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream0) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream0 */ + DMA2->LIFCR = DMA_Stream0_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream1) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream1 */ + DMA2->LIFCR = DMA_Stream1_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream2) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream2 */ + DMA2->LIFCR = DMA_Stream2_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream3) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream3 */ + DMA2->LIFCR = DMA_Stream3_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream4) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream4 */ + DMA2->HIFCR = DMA_Stream4_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream5) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream5 */ + DMA2->HIFCR = DMA_Stream5_IT_MASK; + } + else if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream6) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream6 */ + DMA2->HIFCR = DMA_Stream6_IT_MASK; + } + else + { + if (DMAy_Streamx == DMA2_Stream7) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Stream7 */ + DMA2->HIFCR = DMA_Stream7_IT_MASK; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DMAy Streamx according to the specified parameters in + * the DMA_InitStruct structure. + * @note Before calling this function, it is recommended to check that the Stream + * is actually disabled using the function DMA_GetCmdStatus(). + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_Init(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CHANNEL(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOMode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBurst)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBurst)); + + /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx CR Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Get the DMAy_Streamx CR value */ + tmpreg = DMAy_Streamx->CR; + + /* Clear CHSEL, MBURST, PBURST, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */ + tmpreg &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_SxCR_CHSEL | DMA_SxCR_MBURST | DMA_SxCR_PBURST | \ + DMA_SxCR_PL | DMA_SxCR_MSIZE | DMA_SxCR_PSIZE | \ + DMA_SxCR_MINC | DMA_SxCR_PINC | DMA_SxCR_CIRC | \ + DMA_SxCR_DIR)); + + /* Configure DMAy Streamx: */ + /* Set CHSEL bits according to DMA_CHSEL value */ + /* Set DIR bits according to DMA_DIR value */ + /* Set PINC bit according to DMA_PeripheralInc value */ + /* Set MINC bit according to DMA_MemoryInc value */ + /* Set PSIZE bits according to DMA_PeripheralDataSize value */ + /* Set MSIZE bits according to DMA_MemoryDataSize value */ + /* Set CIRC bit according to DMA_Mode value */ + /* Set PL bits according to DMA_Priority value */ + /* Set MBURST bits according to DMA_MemoryBurst value */ + /* Set PBURST bits according to DMA_PeripheralBurst value */ + tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Channel | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority | + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBurst | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBurst; + + /* Write to DMAy Streamx CR register */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR = tmpreg; + + /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx FCR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the DMAy_Streamx FCR value */ + tmpreg = DMAy_Streamx->FCR; + + /* Clear DMDIS and FTH bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(DMA_SxFCR_DMDIS | DMA_SxFCR_FTH); + + /* Configure DMAy Streamx FIFO: + Set DMDIS bits according to DMA_FIFOMode value + Set FTH bits according to DMA_FIFOThreshold value */ + tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOMode | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOThreshold; + + /* Write to DMAy Streamx CR */ + DMAy_Streamx->FCR = tmpreg; + + /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx NDTR Configuration ----------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Streamx NDTR register */ + DMAy_Streamx->NDTR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize; + + /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx PAR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Streamx PAR */ + DMAy_Streamx->PAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; + + /*------------------------- DMAy Streamx M0AR Configuration ----------------*/ + /* Write to DMAy Streamx M0AR */ + DMAy_Streamx->M0AR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Memory0BaseAddr; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DMA_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DMA_InitStruct : pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct) +{ + /*-------------- Reset DMA init structure parameters values ----------------*/ + /* Initialize the DMA_Channel member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Channel = 0; + + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = 0; + + /* Initialize the DMA_Memory0BaseAddr member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Memory0BaseAddr = 0; + + /* Initialize the DMA_DIR member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralToMemory; + + /* Initialize the DMA_BufferSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize = 0; + + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralInc member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable; + + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryInc member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Disable; + + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralDataSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte; + + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryDataSize member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte; + + /* Initialize the DMA_Mode member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal; + + /* Initialize the DMA_Priority member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_Low; + + /* Initialize the DMA_FIFOMode member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOMode = DMA_FIFOMode_Disable; + + /* Initialize the DMA_FIFOThreshold member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_FIFOThreshold = DMA_FIFOThreshold_1QuarterFull; + + /* Initialize the DMA_MemoryBurst member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBurst = DMA_MemoryBurst_Single; + + /* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBurst member */ + DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBurst = DMA_PeripheralBurst_Single; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Streamx. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param NewState: new state of the DMAy Streamx. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * + * @note This function may be used to perform Pause-Resume operation. When a + * transfer is ongoing, calling this function to disable the Stream will + * cause the transfer to be paused. All configuration registers and the + * number of remaining data will be preserved. When calling again this + * function to re-enable the Stream, the transfer will be resumed from + * the point where it was paused. + * + * @note After configuring the DMA Stream (DMA_Init() function) and enabling the + * stream, it is recommended to check (or wait until) the DMA Stream is + * effectively enabled. A Stream may remain disabled if a configuration + * parameter is wrong. + * After disabling a DMA Stream, it is also recommended to check (or wait + * until) the DMA Stream is effectively disabled. If a Stream is disabled + * while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred + * and the Stream will be effectively disabled only after the transfer of + * this single data is finished. + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMAy Streamx by setting EN bit */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_EN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMAy Streamx by clearing EN bit */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_EN; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures, when the PINC (Peripheral Increment address mode) bit is + * set, if the peripheral address should be incremented with the data + * size (configured with PSIZE bits) or by a fixed offset equal to 4 + * (32-bit aligned addresses). + * + * @note This function has no effect if the Peripheral Increment mode is disabled. + * + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_Pincos: specifies the Peripheral increment offset size. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA_PINCOS_Psize: Peripheral address increment is done + * accordingly to PSIZE parameter. + * @arg DMA_PINCOS_WordAligned: Peripheral address increment offset is + * fixed to 4 (32-bit aligned addresses). + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_PeriphIncOffsetSizeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_Pincos) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PINCOS_SIZE(DMA_Pincos)); + + /* Check the needed Peripheral increment offset */ + if(DMA_Pincos != DMA_PINCOS_Psize) + { + /* Configure DMA_SxCR_PINCOS bit with the input parameter */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PINCOS; + } + else + { + /* Clear the PINCOS bit: Peripheral address incremented according to PSIZE */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PINCOS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures, when the DMAy Streamx is disabled, the flow controller for + * the next transactions (Peripheral or Memory). + * + * @note Before enabling this feature, check if the used peripheral supports + * the Flow Controller mode or not. + * + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_FlowCtrl: specifies the DMA flow controller. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA_FlowCtrl_Memory: DMAy_Streamx transactions flow controller is + * the DMA controller. + * @arg DMA_FlowCtrl_Peripheral: DMAy_Streamx transactions flow controller + * is the peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_FlowControllerConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FlowCtrl) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_FLOW_CTRL(DMA_FlowCtrl)); + + /* Check the needed flow controller */ + if(DMA_FlowCtrl != DMA_FlowCtrl_Memory) + { + /* Configure DMA_SxCR_PFCTRL bit with the input parameter */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PFCTRL; + } + else + { + /* Clear the PFCTRL bit: Memory is the flow controller */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_PFCTRL; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group2 Data Counter functions + * @brief Data Counter functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Data Counter functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides function allowing to configure and read the buffer size + (number of data to be transferred). + + The DMA data counter can be written only when the DMA Stream is disabled + (ie. after transfer complete event). + + The following function can be used to write the Stream data counter value: + - void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint16_t Counter); + +@note It is advised to use this function rather than DMA_Init() in situations where + only the Data buffer needs to be reloaded. + +@note If the Source and Destination Data Sizes are different, then the value written in + data counter, expressing the number of transfers, is relative to the number of + transfers from the Peripheral point of view. + ie. If Memory data size is Word, Peripheral data size is Half-Words, then the value + to be configured in the data counter is the number of Half-Words to be transferred + from/to the peripheral. + + The DMA data counter can be read to indicate the number of remaining transfers for + the relative DMA Stream. This counter is decremented at the end of each data + transfer and when the transfer is complete: + - If Normal mode is selected: the counter is set to 0. + - If Circular mode is selected: the counter is reloaded with the initial value + (configured before enabling the DMA Stream) + + The following function can be used to read the Stream data counter value: + - uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes the number of data units to be transferred on the DMAy Streamx. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param Counter: Number of data units to be transferred (from 0 to 65535) + * Number of data items depends only on the Peripheral data format. + * + * @note If Peripheral data format is Bytes: number of data units is equal + * to total number of bytes to be transferred. + * + * @note If Peripheral data format is Half-Word: number of data units is + * equal to total number of bytes to be transferred / 2. + * + * @note If Peripheral data format is Word: number of data units is equal + * to total number of bytes to be transferred / 4. + * + * @note In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, the memory buffer pointed by + * DMAy_SxPAR register is considered as Peripheral. + * + * @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Streamx transfer. + */ +void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint16_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + + /* Write the number of data units to be transferred */ + DMAy_Streamx->NDTR = (uint16_t)Counter; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Streamx transfer. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Streamx transfer. + */ +uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + + /* Return the number of remaining data units for DMAy Streamx */ + return ((uint16_t)(DMAy_Streamx->NDTR)); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group3 Double Buffer mode functions + * @brief Double Buffer mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Double Buffer mode functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides function allowing to configure and control the double + buffer mode parameters. + + The Double Buffer mode can be used only when Circular mode is enabled. + The Double Buffer mode cannot be used when transferring data from Memory to Memory. + + The Double Buffer mode allows to set two different Memory addresses from/to which + the DMA controller will access alternatively (after completing transfer to/from target + memory 0, it will start transfer to/from target memory 1). + This allows to reduce software overhead for double buffering and reduce the CPU + access time. + + Two functions must be called before calling the DMA_Init() function: + - void DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t Memory1BaseAddr, + uint32_t DMA_CurrentMemory); + - void DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState); + + DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig() is called to configure the Memory 1 base address and the first + Memory target from/to which the transfer will start after enabling the DMA Stream. + Then DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd() must be called to enable the Double Buffer mode (or disable + it when it should not be used). + + + Two functions can be called dynamically when the transfer is ongoing (or when the DMA Stream is + stopped) to modify on of the target Memories addresses or to check wich Memory target is currently + used: + - void DMA_MemoryTargetConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t MemoryBaseAddr, + uint32_t DMA_MemoryTarget); + - uint32_t DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + + DMA_MemoryTargetConfig() can be called to modify the base address of one of the two target Memories. + The Memory of which the base address will be modified must not be currently be used by the DMA Stream + (ie. if the DMA Stream is currently transferring from Memory 1 then you can only modify base address + of target Memory 0 and vice versa). + To check this condition, it is recommended to use the function DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget() which + returns the index of the Memory target currently in use by the DMA Stream. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures, when the DMAy Streamx is disabled, the double buffer mode + * and the current memory target. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param Memory1BaseAddr: the base address of the second buffer (Memory 1) + * @param DMA_CurrentMemory: specifies which memory will be first buffer for + * the transactions when the Stream will be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA_Memory_0: Memory 0 is the current buffer. + * @arg DMA_Memory_1: Memory 1 is the current buffer. + * + * @note Memory0BaseAddr is set by the DMA structure configuration in DMA_Init(). + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_DoubleBufferModeConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t Memory1BaseAddr, + uint32_t DMA_CurrentMemory) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CURRENT_MEM(DMA_CurrentMemory)); + + if (DMA_CurrentMemory != DMA_Memory_0) + { + /* Set Memory 1 as current memory address */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_CT); + } + else + { + /* Set Memory 0 as current memory address */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_CT); + } + + /* Write to DMAy Streamx M1AR */ + DMAy_Streamx->M1AR = Memory1BaseAddr; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the double buffer mode for the selected DMA stream. + * @note This function can be called only when the DMA Stream is disabled. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param NewState: new state of the DMAy Streamx double buffer mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_DoubleBufferModeCmd(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Configure the Double Buffer mode */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Double buffer mode */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Double buffer mode */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Memory address for the next buffer transfer in double + * buffer mode (for dynamic use). This function can be called when the + * DMA Stream is enabled and when the transfer is ongoing. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param MemoryBaseAddr: The base address of the target memory buffer + * @param DMA_MemoryTarget: Next memory target to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA_Memory_0: To use the memory address 0 + * @arg DMA_Memory_1: To use the memory address 1 + * + * @note It is not allowed to modify the Base Address of a target Memory when + * this target is involved in the current transfer. ie. If the DMA Stream + * is currently transferring to/from Memory 1, then it not possible to + * modify Base address of Memory 1, but it is possible to modify Base + * address of Memory 0. + * To know which Memory is currently used, you can use the function + * DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(). + * + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_MemoryTargetConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t MemoryBaseAddr, + uint32_t DMA_MemoryTarget) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CURRENT_MEM(DMA_MemoryTarget)); + + /* Check the Memory target to be configured */ + if (DMA_MemoryTarget != DMA_Memory_0) + { + /* Write to DMAy Streamx M1AR */ + DMAy_Streamx->M1AR = MemoryBaseAddr; + } + else + { + /* Write to DMAy Streamx M0AR */ + DMAy_Streamx->M0AR = MemoryBaseAddr; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current memory target used by double buffer transfer. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval The memory target number: 0 for Memory0 or 1 for Memory1. + */ +uint32_t DMA_GetCurrentMemoryTarget(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + + /* Get the current memory target */ + if ((DMAy_Streamx->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) + { + /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */ + tmp = 1; + } + else + { + /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */ + tmp = 0; + } + return tmp; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides functions allowing to + - Check the DMA enable status + - Check the FIFO status + - Configure the DMA Interrupts sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + + 1. DMA Enable status: + After configuring the DMA Stream (DMA_Init() function) and enabling the stream, + it is recommended to check (or wait until) the DMA Stream is effectively enabled. + A Stream may remain disabled if a configuration parameter is wrong. + After disabling a DMA Stream, it is also recommended to check (or wait until) the DMA + Stream is effectively disabled. If a Stream is disabled while a data transfer is ongoing, + the current data will be transferred and the Stream will be effectively disabled only after + this data transfer completion. + To monitor this state it is possible to use the following function: + - FunctionalState DMA_GetCmdStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + + 2. FIFO Status: + It is possible to monitor the FIFO status when a transfer is ongoing using the following + function: + - uint32_t DMA_GetFIFOStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx); + + 3. DMA Interrupts and Flags: + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage the + DMA controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + Polling Mode + ============= + Each DMA stream can be managed through 4 event Flags: + (x : DMA Stream number ) + 1. DMA_FLAG_FEIFx : to indicate that a FIFO Mode Transfer Error event occurred. + 2. DMA_FLAG_DMEIFx : to indicate that a Direct Mode Transfer Error event occurred. + 3. DMA_FLAG_TEIFx : to indicate that a Transfer Error event occurred. + 4. DMA_FLAG_HTIFx : to indicate that a Half-Transfer Complete event occurred. + 5. DMA_FLAG_TCIFx : to indicate that a Transfer Complete event occurred . + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG); + - void DMA_ClearFlag(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG); + + Interrupt Mode + =============== + Each DMA Stream can be managed through 4 Interrupts: + + Interrupt Source + ---------------- + 1. DMA_IT_FEIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the FIFO Mode Transfer Error event. + 2. DMA_IT_DMEIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the Direct Mode Transfer Error event. + 3. DMA_IT_TEIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the Transfer Error event. + 4. DMA_IT_HTIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the Half-Transfer Complete event. + 5. DMA_IT_TCIFx : specifies the interrupt source for the a Transfer Complete event. + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + - ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT); + - void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the status of EN bit for the specified DMAy Streamx. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * + * @note After configuring the DMA Stream (DMA_Init() function) and enabling + * the stream, it is recommended to check (or wait until) the DMA Stream + * is effectively enabled. A Stream may remain disabled if a configuration + * parameter is wrong. + * After disabling a DMA Stream, it is also recommended to check (or wait + * until) the DMA Stream is effectively disabled. If a Stream is disabled + * while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred + * and the Stream will be effectively disabled only after the transfer + * of this single data is finished. + * + * @retval Current state of the DMAy Streamx (ENABLE or DISABLE). + */ +FunctionalState DMA_GetCmdStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) +{ + FunctionalState state = DISABLE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + + if ((DMAy_Streamx->CR & (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_EN) != 0) + { + /* The selected DMAy Streamx EN bit is set (DMA is still transferring) */ + state = ENABLE; + } + else + { + /* The selected DMAy Streamx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and + all transfers are complete) */ + state = DISABLE; + } + return state; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current DMAy Streamx FIFO filled level. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval The FIFO filling state. + * - DMA_FIFOStatus_Less1QuarterFull: when FIFO is less than 1 quarter-full + * and not empty. + * - DMA_FIFOStatus_1QuarterFull: if more than 1 quarter-full. + * - DMA_FIFOStatus_HalfFull: if more than 1 half-full. + * - DMA_FIFOStatus_3QuartersFull: if more than 3 quarters-full. + * - DMA_FIFOStatus_Empty: when FIFO is empty + * - DMA_FIFOStatus_Full: when FIFO is full + */ +uint32_t DMA_GetFIFOStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + + /* Get the FIFO level bits */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((DMAy_Streamx->FCR & DMA_SxFCR_FS)); + + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Streamx flag is set or not. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Streamx transfer complete flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Streamx half transfer complete flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Streamx transfer error flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_DMEIFx: Streamx direct mode error flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_FEIFx: Streamx FIFO error flag + * Where x can be 0 to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval The new state of DMA_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + DMA_TypeDef* DMAy; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(DMA_FLAG)); + + /* Determine the DMA to which belongs the stream */ + if (DMAy_Streamx < DMA2_Stream0) + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA1 */ + DMAy = DMA1; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA2 */ + DMAy = DMA2; + } + + /* Check if the flag is in HISR or LISR */ + if ((DMA_FLAG & HIGH_ISR_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get DMAy HISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMAy->HISR; + } + else + { + /* Get DMAy LISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMAy->LISR; + } + + /* Mask the reserved bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)RESERVED_MASK; + + /* Check the status of the specified DMA flag */ + if ((tmpreg & DMA_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* DMA_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DMA_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the DMA_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMAy Streamx's pending flags. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx: Streamx transfer complete flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx: Streamx half transfer complete flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx: Streamx transfer error flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_DMEIFx: Streamx direct mode error flag + * @arg DMA_FLAG_FEIFx: Streamx FIFO error flag + * Where x can be 0 to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ClearFlag(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_FLAG) +{ + DMA_TypeDef* DMAy; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(DMA_FLAG)); + + /* Determine the DMA to which belongs the stream */ + if (DMAy_Streamx < DMA2_Stream0) + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA1 */ + DMAy = DMA1; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA2 */ + DMAy = DMA2; + } + + /* Check if LIFCR or HIFCR register is targeted */ + if ((DMA_FLAG & HIGH_ISR_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Set DMAy HIFCR register clear flag bits */ + DMAy->HIFCR = (uint32_t)(DMA_FLAG & RESERVED_MASK); + } + else + { + /* Set DMAy LIFCR register clear flag bits */ + DMAy->LIFCR = (uint32_t)(DMA_FLAG & RESERVED_MASK); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Streamx interrupts. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer complete interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask + * @arg DMA_IT_FE: FIFO error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DMA interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(DMA_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Check if the DMA_IT parameter contains a FIFO interrupt */ + if ((DMA_IT & DMA_IT_FE) != 0) + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMA FIFO interrupts */ + DMAy_Streamx->FCR |= (uint32_t)DMA_IT_FE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMA FIFO interrupts */ + DMAy_Streamx->FCR &= ~(uint32_t)DMA_IT_FE; + } + } + + /* Check if the DMA_IT parameter contains a Transfer interrupt */ + if (DMA_IT != DMA_IT_FE) + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DMA transfer interrupts */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR |= (uint32_t)(DMA_IT & TRANSFER_IT_ENABLE_MASK); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DMA transfer interrupts */ + DMAy_Streamx->CR &= ~(uint32_t)(DMA_IT & TRANSFER_IT_ENABLE_MASK); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Streamx interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DMA_IT_TCIFx: Streamx transfer complete interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_HTIFx: Streamx half transfer complete interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_TEIFx: Streamx transfer error interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_DMEIFx: Streamx direct mode error interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_FEIFx: Streamx FIFO error interrupt + * Where x can be 0 to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval The new state of DMA_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + DMA_TypeDef* DMAy; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_IT(DMA_IT)); + + /* Determine the DMA to which belongs the stream */ + if (DMAy_Streamx < DMA2_Stream0) + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA1 */ + DMAy = DMA1; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA2 */ + DMAy = DMA2; + } + + /* Check if the interrupt enable bit is in the CR or FCR register */ + if ((DMA_IT & TRANSFER_IT_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get the interrupt enable position mask in CR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((DMA_IT >> 11) & TRANSFER_IT_ENABLE_MASK); + + /* Check the enable bit in CR register */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)(DMAy_Streamx->CR & tmpreg); + } + else + { + /* Check the enable bit in FCR register */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)(DMAy_Streamx->FCR & DMA_IT_FE); + } + + /* Check if the interrupt pending flag is in LISR or HISR */ + if ((DMA_IT & HIGH_ISR_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Get DMAy HISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMAy->HISR ; + } + else + { + /* Get DMAy LISR register value */ + tmpreg = DMAy->LISR ; + } + + /* mask all reserved bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)RESERVED_MASK; + + /* Check the status of the specified DMA interrupt */ + if (((tmpreg & DMA_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + /* DMA_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DMA_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the DMA_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DMAy Streamx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param DMAy_Streamx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and x can be 0 + * to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DMA_IT_TCIFx: Streamx transfer complete interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_HTIFx: Streamx half transfer complete interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_TEIFx: Streamx transfer error interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_DMEIFx: Streamx direct mode error interrupt + * @arg DMA_IT_FEIFx: Streamx FIFO error interrupt + * Where x can be 0 to 7 to select the DMA Stream. + * @retval None + */ +void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(DMA_Stream_TypeDef* DMAy_Streamx, uint32_t DMA_IT) +{ + DMA_TypeDef* DMAy; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Streamx)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(DMA_IT)); + + /* Determine the DMA to which belongs the stream */ + if (DMAy_Streamx < DMA2_Stream0) + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA1 */ + DMAy = DMA1; + } + else + { + /* DMAy_Streamx belongs to DMA2 */ + DMAy = DMA2; + } + + /* Check if LIFCR or HIFCR register is targeted */ + if ((DMA_IT & HIGH_ISR_MASK) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Set DMAy HIFCR register clear interrupt bits */ + DMAy->HIFCR = (uint32_t)(DMA_IT & RESERVED_MASK); + } + else + { + /* Set DMAy LIFCR register clear interrupt bits */ + DMAy->LIFCR = (uint32_t)(DMA_IT & RESERVED_MASK); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_exti.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_exti.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..592543c587 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_exti.c @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_exti.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the EXTI peripheral: + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * EXTI features + * =================================================================== + * + * External interrupt/event lines are mapped as following: + * 1- All available GPIO pins are connected to the 16 external + * interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. + * 2- EXTI line 16 is connected to the PVD Output + * 3- EXTI line 17 is connected to the RTC Alarm event + * 4- EXTI line 18 is connected to the USB OTG FS Wakeup from suspend event + * 5- EXTI line 19 is connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event + * 6- EXTI line 20 is connected to the USB OTG HS (configured in FS) Wakeup event + * 7- EXTI line 21 is connected to the RTC Tamper and Time Stamp events + * 8- EXTI line 22 is connected to the RTC Wakeup event + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * + * In order to use an I/O pin as an external interrupt source, follow + * steps below: + * 1- Configure the I/O in input mode using GPIO_Init() + * 2- Select the input source pin for the EXTI line using SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig() + * 3- Select the mode(interrupt, event) and configure the trigger + * selection (Rising, falling or both) using EXTI_Init() + * 4- Configure NVIC IRQ channel mapped to the EXTI line using NVIC_Init() + * + * @note SYSCFG APB clock must be enabled to get write access to SYSCFG_EXTICRx + * registers using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_exti.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI + * @brief EXTI driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define EXTI_LINENONE ((uint32_t)0x00000) /* No interrupt selected */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the EXTI peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_DeInit(void) +{ + EXTI->IMR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->EMR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->RTSR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->FTSR = 0x00000000; + EXTI->PR = 0x007FFFFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the EXTI peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the EXTI_InitStruct. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the EXTI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; + + if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd != DISABLE) + { + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + EXTI->IMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + EXTI->EMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode; + + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + EXTI->RTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + EXTI->FTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + + /* Select the trigger for the selected external interrupts */ + if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling) + { + /* Rising Falling edge */ + EXTI->RTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + EXTI->FTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + } + else + { + tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE; + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger; + + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + } + } + else + { + tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode; + + /* Disable the selected external lines */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each EXTI_InitStruct member with its reset value. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line = EXTI_LINENONE; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling; + EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line on which the software interrupt + * will be generated. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22) + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + EXTI->SWIER |= EXTI_Line; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup EXTI_Group2 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line flag to check. + * This parameter can be EXTI_Linex where x can be(0..22) + * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + if ((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending flags. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22) + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line to check. + * This parameter can be EXTI_Linex where x can be(0..22) + * @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + enablestatus = EXTI->IMR & EXTI_Line; + if (((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending bits. + * @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..22) + * @retval None + */ +void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line)); + + EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_flash.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_flash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5da1899fa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_flash.c @@ -0,0 +1,1054 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_flash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the FLASH peripheral: + * - FLASH Interface configuration + * - FLASH Memory Programming + * - Option Bytes Programming + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * + * This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH + * memory of all STM32F2xx devices. + * These functions are split in 4 groups: + * + * 1. FLASH Interface configuration functions: this group includes the + * management of the following features: + * - Set the latency + * - Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer + * - Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache + * - Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache + * + * 2. FLASH Memory Programming functions: this group includes all needed + * functions to erase and program the main memory: + * - Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface + * - Erase function: Erase sector, erase all sectors + * - Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word + * + * 3. Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed + * functions to manage the Option Bytes: + * - Set/Reset the write protection + * - Set the Read protection Level + * - Set the BOR level + * - Program the user Option Bytes + * - Launch the Option Bytes loader + * + * 4. Interrupts and flags management functions: this group + * includes all needed functions to: + * - Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupt sources + * - Get flags status + * - Clear flags + * - Get FLASH operation status + * - Wait for last FLASH operation + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_flash.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH + * @brief FLASH driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define SECTOR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group1 FLASH Interface configuration functions + * @brief FLASH Interface configuration functions + * + +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + FLASH Interface configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This group includes the following functions: + - void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency) + To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY) + must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock + (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| + | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | + | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 18 |0 < HCLK <= 16 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |18 < HCLK <= 36 |16 < HCLK <= 32 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |36 < HCLK <= 54 |32 < HCLK <= 48 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 120|72 < HCLK <= 96 |54 < HCLK <= 72 |48 < HCLK <= 64 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |4WS(5CPU cycle)| NA |96 < HCLK <= 120|72 < HCLK <= 90 |64 < HCLK <= 80 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |5WS(6CPU cycle)| NA | NA |90 < HCLK <= 108 |80 < HCLK <= 96 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA | NA |108 < HCLK <= 120|96 < HCLK <= 112 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |7WS(8CPU cycle)| NA | NA | NA |112 < HCLK <= 120| + |***************|****************|****************|*****************|*****************|*****************************+ + | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range 2.7 V - 3.6 V | + | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | with External Vpp = 9V | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------------------| + |Max Parallelism| x32 | x16 | x8 | x64 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------|-----------------------------| + |PSIZE[1:0] | 10 | 01 | 00 | 11 | + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + - void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState) + - void FLASH_InstructionCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState) + - void FLASH_DataCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState) + - void FLASH_InstructionCacheReset(void) + - void FLASH_DataCacheReset(void) + + The unlock sequence is not needed for these functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the code latency value. + * @param FLASH_Latency: specifies the FLASH Latency value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_Latency_0: FLASH Zero Latency cycle + * @arg FLASH_Latency_1: FLASH One Latency cycle + * @arg FLASH_Latency_2: FLASH Two Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_3: FLASH Three Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_4: FLASH Four Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_5: FLASH Five Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_6: FLASH Six Latency cycles + * @arg FLASH_Latency_7: FLASH Seven Latency cycles + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLASH_Latency)); + + /* Perform Byte access to FLASH_ACR[8:0] to set the Latency value */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)ACR_BYTE0_ADDRESS = (uint8_t)FLASH_Latency; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Prefetch Buffer. + * @param NewState: new state of the Prefetch Buffer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Enable or disable the Prefetch Buffer */ + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN; + } + else + { + FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Instruction Cache feature. + * @param NewState: new state of the Instruction Cache. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_InstructionCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ICEN; + } + else + { + FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_ICEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Data Cache feature. + * @param NewState: new state of the Data Cache. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_DataCacheCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_DCEN; + } + else + { + FLASH->ACR &= (~FLASH_ACR_DCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Resets the Instruction Cache. + * @note This function must be used only when the Instruction Cache is disabled. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_InstructionCacheReset(void) +{ + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_ICRST; +} + +/** + * @brief Resets the Data Cache. + * @note This function must be used only when the Data Cache is disabled. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_DataCacheReset(void) +{ + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_DCRST; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group2 FLASH Memory Programming functions + * @brief FLASH Memory Programming functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + FLASH Memory Programming functions + =============================================================================== + + This group includes the following functions: + - void FLASH_Unlock(void) + - void FLASH_Lock(void) + - FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseSector(uint32_t FLASH_Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange) + - FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllSectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) + - FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) + - FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) + - FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) + - FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) + + Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + 1. Call the FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the FLASH control register access + + 2. Call the desired function to erase sector(s) or program data + + 3. Call the FLASH_Lock() function to disable the FLASH control register access + (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlocks the FLASH control register access + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_Unlock(void) +{ + if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET) + { + /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */ + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases a specified FLASH Sector. + * + * @param FLASH_Sector: The Sector number to be erased. + * This parameter can be a value between FLASH_Sector_0 and FLASH_Sector_11 + * + * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg VoltageRange_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, + * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, + * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, + * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, + * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) + * + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseSector(uint32_t FLASH_Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange) +{ + uint32_t tmp_psize = 0x0; + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_SECTOR(FLASH_Sector)); + assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); + + if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_1) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; + } + else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_2) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; + } + else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_3) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; + } + else + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; + } + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the sector */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; + FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_SER | FLASH_Sector; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the SER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_SER); + FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK; + } + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases all FLASH Sectors. + * + * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg VoltageRange_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, + * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, + * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, + * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) + * @arg VoltageRange_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, + * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) + * + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllSectors(uint8_t VoltageRange) +{ + uint32_t tmp_psize = 0x0; + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); + + if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_1) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; + } + else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_2) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; + } + else if(VoltageRange == VoltageRange_3) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; + } + else + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; + } + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_MER); + + } + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a double word (64-bit) at a specified address. + * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from + * 2.7V to 3.6V and an External Vpp is present. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint64_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); + } + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a word (32-bit) at a specified address. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * This parameter can be any address in Program memory zone or in OTP zone. + * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from 2.7V to 3.6V. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint32_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); + } + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a half word (16-bit) at a specified address. + * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from 2.1V to 3.6V. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * This parameter can be any address in Program memory zone or in OTP zone. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); + } + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a byte (8-bit) at a specified address. + * @note This function can be used within all the device supply voltage ranges. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * This parameter can be any address in Program memory zone or in OTP zone. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint8_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); + } + + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group3 Option Bytes Programming functions + * @brief Option Bytes Programming functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Option Bytes Programming functions + =============================================================================== + + This group includes the following functions: + - void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) + - void FLASH_OB_Lock(void) + - void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) + - void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) + - void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) + - void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) + - FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOTP(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) + - FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Launch(void) + - uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) + - uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) + - uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) + - uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void) + + Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps: + 1. Call the FLASH_OB_Unlock() function to enable the FLASH option control register access + + 2. Call one or several functions to program the desired Option Bytes: + - void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) => to Enable/Disable + the desired sector write protection + - void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) => to set the desired read Protection Level + - void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) => to configure + the user Option Bytes. + - void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) => to set the BOR Level + + 3. Once all needed Option Bytes to be programmed are correctly written, call the + FLASH_OB_Launch() function to launch the Option Bytes programming process. + + @note When changing the IWDG mode from HW to SW or from SW to HW, a system + reset is needed to make the change effective. + + 4. Call the FLASH_OB_Lock() function to disable the FLASH option control register + access (recommended to protect the Option Bytes against possible unwanted operations) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlocks the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) +{ + if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK) != RESET) + { + /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY2; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */ + FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the write protection of the desired sectors + * @param OB_WRP: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected or unprotected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_WRP: A value between OB_WRP_Sector0 and OB_WRP_Sector11 + * @arg OB_WRP_Sector_All + * @param Newstate: new state of the Write Protection. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_WRPConfig(uint32_t OB_WRP, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(OB_WRP)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (~OB_WRP); + } + else + { + *(__IO uint16_t*)OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= (uint16_t)OB_WRP; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the read protection level. + * @param OB_RDP: specifies the read protection level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_0: No protection + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_1: Read protection of the memory + * @arg OB_RDP_Level_2: Full chip protection + * + * !!!Warning!!! When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 + * + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_RDPConfig(uint8_t OB_RDP) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_RDP(OB_RDP)); + + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + *(__IO uint8_t*)OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS = OB_RDP; + + } +} + +/** + * @brief Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY. + * @param OB_IWDG: Selects the IWDG mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected + * @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected + * @param OB_STOP: Reset event when entering STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STOP_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STOP + * @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP + * @param OB_STDBY: Reset event when entering Standby mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STDBY_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t OB_IWDG, uint8_t OB_STOP, uint8_t OB_STDBY) +{ + uint8_t optiontmp = 0xFF; + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(OB_IWDG)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(OB_STOP)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(OB_STDBY)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Mask OPTLOCK, OPTSTRT and BOR_LEV bits */ + optiontmp = (uint8_t)((*(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x0F); + + /* Update User Option Byte */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS = OB_IWDG | (uint8_t)(OB_STDBY | (uint8_t)(OB_STOP | ((uint8_t)optiontmp))); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the BOR Level. + * @param OB_BOR: specifies the Option Bytes BOR Reset Level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V + * @arg OB_BOR_OFF: Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_OB_BORConfig(uint8_t OB_BOR) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_BOR(OB_BOR)); + + /* Set the BOR Level */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS &= (~FLASH_OPTCR_BOR_LEV); + *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= OB_BOR; + +} + +/** + * @brief Launch the option byte loading. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_OB_Launch(void) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Set the OPTSTRT bit in OPTCR register */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTSTRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1) + * and RST_STDBY(Bit2). + */ +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) +{ + /* Return the User Option Byte */ + return (uint8_t)(FLASH->OPTCR >> 5); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value + */ +uint16_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ + return (*(__IO uint16_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE2_ADDRESS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status: + * - SET, when OB_RDP_Level_1 or OB_RDP_Level_2 is set + * - RESET, when OB_RDP_Level_0 is set + */ +FlagStatus FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) +{ + FlagStatus readstatus = RESET; + + if ((*(__IO uint8_t*)(OPTCR_BYTE1_ADDRESS) != (uint8_t)OB_RDP_Level_0)) + { + readstatus = SET; + } + else + { + readstatus = RESET; + } + return readstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH BOR level. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH BOR level: + * - OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V + * - OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V + * - OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V + * - OB_BOR_OFF : Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V + */ +uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH BOR level */ + return (uint8_t)(*(__IO uint8_t *)(OPTCR_BYTE0_ADDRESS) & (uint8_t)0x0C); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts. + * @param FLASH_IT: specifies the FLASH interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_IT_ERR: FLASH Error Interrupt + * @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: FLASH end of operation Interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FLASH flag is set or not. + * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPERR: FLASH operation Error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH Busy flag + * @retval The new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)); + + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FLASH's pending flags. + * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flags to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPERR: FLASH operation Error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGSERR: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the flags */ + FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Status. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void) +{ + FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) != (uint32_t)0x00) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & (uint32_t)0xEF) != (uint32_t)0x00) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) != (uint32_t)0x00) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION; + } + else + { + flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + } + } + } + } + /* Return the FLASH Status */ + return flashstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits for a FLASH operation to complete. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PROGRAM, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION or FLASH_COMPLETE. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(void) +{ + __IO FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check for the FLASH Status */ + status = FLASH_GetStatus(); + + /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. + Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error + flag will be set */ + while(status == FLASH_BUSY) + { + status = FLASH_GetStatus(); + } + /* Return the operation status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_fsmc.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_fsmc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd148bc11a --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_fsmc.c @@ -0,0 +1,982 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_fsmc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the FSMC peripheral: + * - Interface with SRAM, PSRAM, NOR and OneNAND memories + * - Interface with NAND memories + * - Interface with 16-bit PC Card compatible memories + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + ****************************************************************************** + + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_fsmc.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC + * @brief FSMC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* --------------------- FSMC registers bit mask ---------------------------- */ +/* FSMC BCRx Mask */ +#define BCR_MBKEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define BCR_MBKEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFE) +#define BCR_FACCEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000040) + +/* FSMC PCRx Mask */ +#define PCR_PBKEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define PCR_PBKEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFB) +#define PCR_ECCEN_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define PCR_ECCEN_RESET ((uint32_t)0x000FFFBF) +#define PCR_MEMORYTYPE_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000008) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Group1 NOR/SRAM Controller functions + * @brief NOR/SRAM Controller functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + NOR/SRAM Controller functions + =============================================================================== + + The following sequence should be followed to configure the FSMC to interface with + SRAM, PSRAM, NOR or OneNAND memory connected to the NOR/SRAM Bank: + + 1. Enable the clock for the FSMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: + RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + + 2. FSMC pins configuration + - Connect the involved FSMC pins to AF12 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FSMC); + - Configure these FSMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function + GPIO_Init(); + + 3. Declare a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure, for example: + FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure; + and fill the FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure variable with the allowed values of + the structure member. + + 4. Initialize the NOR/SRAM Controller by calling the function + FSMC_NORSRAMInit(&FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure); + + 5. Then enable the NOR/SRAM Bank, for example: + FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, ENABLE); + + 6. At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the NOR/SRAM Bank. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks registers to their default + * reset values. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + + /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) + { + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030DB; + } + /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 or FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 */ + else + { + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030D2; + } + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF; + FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks according to the specified + * parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct. + * @param FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the FSMC NOR/SRAM + * specified Banks. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode)); + + /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM control register configuration */ + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = + (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst; + if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR) + { + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] |= (uint32_t)BCR_FACCEN_SET; + } + /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register configuration */ + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank+1] = + (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode; + + + /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */ + if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable) + { + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode)); + FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = + (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4 )| + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset NOR/SRAM Init structure parameters values */ + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait = FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified NOR/SRAM Memory Bank. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 + * @param NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] |= BCR_MBKEN_SET; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] &= BCR_MBKEN_RESET; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Group2 NAND Controller functions + * @brief NAND Controller functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + NAND Controller functions + =============================================================================== + + The following sequence should be followed to configure the FSMC to interface with + 8-bit or 16-bit NAND memory connected to the NAND Bank: + + 1. Enable the clock for the FSMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: + RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + + 2. FSMC pins configuration + - Connect the involved FSMC pins to AF12 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FSMC); + - Configure these FSMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function + GPIO_Init(); + + 3. Declare a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure, for example: + FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef FSMC_NANDInitStructure; + and fill the FSMC_NANDInitStructure variable with the allowed values of + the structure member. + + 4. Initialize the NAND Controller by calling the function + FSMC_NANDInit(&FSMC_NANDInitStructure); + + 5. Then enable the NAND Bank, for example: + FSMC_NANDCmd(FSMC_Bank3_NAND, ENABLE); + + 6. At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the NAND Bank. + +@note To enable the Error Correction Code (ECC), you have to use the function + FSMC_NANDECCCmd(FSMC_Bank3_NAND, ENABLE); + and to get the current ECC value you have to use the function + ECCval = FSMC_GetECC(FSMC_Bank3_NAND); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the FSMC NAND Banks registers to their default reset values. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Set the FSMC_Bank2 registers to their reset values */ + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = 0x00000018; + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 = 0x00000040; + FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + } + /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND */ + else + { + /* Set the FSMC_Bank3 registers to their reset values */ + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = 0x00000018; + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 = 0x00000040; + FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC NAND Banks according to the specified parameters + * in the FSMC_NANDInitStruct. + * @param FSMC_NANDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the FSMC NAND specified Banks. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmppcr = 0x00000000, tmppmem = 0x00000000, tmppatt = 0x00000000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param( IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + + /* Set the tmppcr value according to FSMC_NANDInitStruct parameters */ + tmppcr = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature | + PCR_MEMORYTYPE_NAND | + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth | + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC | + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9 )| + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13); + + /* Set tmppmem value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmppmem = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + /* Set tmppatt value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmppatt = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* FSMC_Bank2_NAND registers configuration */ + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = tmppcr; + FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = tmppmem; + FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = tmppatt; + } + else + { + /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND registers configuration */ + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = tmppcr; + FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = tmppmem; + FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = tmppatt; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Fills each FSMC_NANDInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FSMC_NANDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset NAND Init structure parameters values */ + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank2_NAND; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC = FSMC_ECC_Disable; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize = FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified NAND Memory Bank. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @param NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected NAND Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected NAND Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; + } + } +} +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the FSMC NAND ECC feature. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @param NewState: new state of the FSMC NAND ECC feature. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by setting the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_ECCEN_SET; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_ECCEN_SET; + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by clearing the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_ECCEN_RESET; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_ECCEN_RESET; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the error correction code register value. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @retval The Error Correction Code (ECC) value. + */ +uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank) +{ + uint32_t eccval = 0x00000000; + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Get the ECCR2 register value */ + eccval = FSMC_Bank2->ECCR2; + } + else + { + /* Get the ECCR3 register value */ + eccval = FSMC_Bank3->ECCR3; + } + /* Return the error correction code value */ + return(eccval); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Group3 PCCARD Controller functions + * @brief PCCARD Controller functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + PCCARD Controller functions + =============================================================================== + + The following sequence should be followed to configure the FSMC to interface with + 16-bit PC Card compatible memory connected to the PCCARD Bank: + + 1. Enable the clock for the FSMC and associated GPIOs using the following functions: + RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + + 2. FSMC pins configuration + - Connect the involved FSMC pins to AF12 using the following function + GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIOx, GPIO_PinSourcex, GPIO_AF_FSMC); + - Configure these FSMC pins in alternate function mode by calling the function + GPIO_Init(); + + 3. Declare a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure, for example: + FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef FSMC_PCCARDInitStructure; + and fill the FSMC_PCCARDInitStructure variable with the allowed values of + the structure member. + + 4. Initialize the PCCARD Controller by calling the function + FSMC_PCCARDInit(&FSMC_PCCARDInitStructure); + + 5. Then enable the PCCARD Bank: + FSMC_PCCARDCmd(ENABLE); + + 6. At this stage you can read/write from/to the memory connected to the PCCARD Bank. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void) +{ + /* Set the FSMC_Bank4 registers to their reset values */ + FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = 0x00000018; + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 = 0x00000000; + FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank according to the specified parameters + * in the FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct. + * @param FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the FSMC PCCARD Bank. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime)); + + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + + /* Set the PCR4 register value according to FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct parameters */ + FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature | + FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9) | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13); + + /* Set PMEM4 register value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + /* Set PATT4 register value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + /* Set PIO4 register value according to FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset PCCARD Init structure parameters values */ + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PCCARD Memory Bank. + * @param NewState: new state of the PCCARD Memory Bank. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the PCCARD Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ + FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 |= PCR_PBKEN_SET; + } + else + { + /* Disable the PCCARD Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ + FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 &= PCR_PBKEN_RESET; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified FSMC interrupts. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. + * @param NewState: new state of the specified FSMC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 |= FSMC_IT; + } + /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */ + else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 |= FSMC_IT; + } + /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */ + else + { + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 |= FSMC_IT; + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT; + } + /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */ + else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT; + } + /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */ + else + { + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FSMC flag is set or not. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT: Fifo empty Flag. + * @retval The new state of FSMC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpsr = 0x00000000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG)); + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2; + } + else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3; + } + /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ + else + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4; + } + + /* Get the flag status */ + if ((tmpsr & FSMC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET ) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FSMC's pending flags. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection Flag. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG)) ; + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; + } + else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; + } + /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ + else + { + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FSMC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. + * @retval The new state of FSMC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpsr = 0x0, itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_IT(FSMC_IT)); + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2; + } + else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3; + } + /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ + else + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4; + } + + itstatus = tmpsr & FSMC_IT; + + itenable = tmpsr & (FSMC_IT >> 3); + if ((itstatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FSMC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT)); + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); + } + else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); + } + /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ + else + { + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_gpio.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8af994391 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,560 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the GPIO peripheral: + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - GPIO Read and Write + * - GPIO Alternate functions configuration + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function + * RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOx, ENABLE); + * + * 2. Configure the GPIO pin(s) using GPIO_Init() + * Four possible configuration are available for each pin: + * - Input: Floating, Pull-up, Pull-down. + * - Output: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull) + * Open Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull). + * In output mode, the speed is configurable: 2 MHz, 25 MHz, + * 50 MHz or 100 MHz. + * - Alternate Function: Push-Pull (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull) + * Open Drain (Pull-up, Pull-down or no Pull). + * - Analog: required mode when a pin is to be used as ADC channel + * or DAC output. + * + * 3- Peripherals alternate function: + * - For ADC and DAC, configure the desired pin in analog mode using + * GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AN; + * - For other peripherals (TIM, USART...): + * - Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + * Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function + * - Configure the desired pin in alternate function mode using + * GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + * - Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + * GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + * - Call GPIO_Init() function + * + * 4. To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use GPIO_ReadInputDataBit() + * + * 5. To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use + * GPIO_SetBits()/GPIO_ResetBits() + * + * 6. During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not + * active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode + * (except JTAG pins). + * + * 7. The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as + * general-purpose (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE + * oscillator is off. The LSE has priority over the GPIO function. + * + * 8. The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as + * general-purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE + * oscillator is off. The HSE has priority over the GPIO function. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_gpio.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO + * @brief GPIO driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group1 Initialization and Configuration + * @brief Initialization and Configuration + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @note By default, The GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG pins). + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + if (GPIOx == GPIOA) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOB) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOC) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOD) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOE) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOF) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOG) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOH) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOH, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOH, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (GPIOx == GPIOI) + { + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI, ENABLE); + RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_InitStruct. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t pinpos = 0x00, pos = 0x00 , currentpin = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PUPD(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd)); + + /* -------------------------Configure the port pins---------------- */ + /*-- GPIO Mode Configuration --*/ + for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x10; pinpos++) + { + pos = ((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos; + /* Get the port pins position */ + currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos; + + if (currentpin == pos) + { + GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (pinpos * 2)); + GPIOx->MODER |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) << (pinpos * 2)); + + if ((GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_OUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_AF)) + { + /* Check Speed mode parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed)); + + /* Speed mode configuration */ + GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (pinpos * 2)); + GPIOx->OSPEEDR |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed) << (pinpos * 2)); + + /* Check Output mode parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_OTYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType)); + + /* Output mode configuration*/ + GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~((GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)) ; + GPIOx->OTYPER |= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType) << ((uint16_t)pinpos)); + } + + /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/ + GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << ((uint16_t)pinpos * 2)); + GPIOx->PUPDR |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd) << (pinpos * 2)); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct : pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */ + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_All; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_2MHz; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_OType = GPIO_OType_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_PuPd = GPIO_PuPd_NOPULL; +} + +/** + * @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. + * @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR, + * GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH. + * @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified + * until the next reset. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0x00010000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + tmp |= GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Reset LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Read LCKK bit*/ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; + /* Read LCKK bit*/ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group2 GPIO Read and Write + * @brief GPIO Read and Write + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + GPIO Read and Write + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified GPIO input data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval GPIO input data port value. + */ +uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->IDR); +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified output data port bit. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval The output port pin value. + */ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->ODR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified GPIO output data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval GPIO output data port value. + */ +uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->ODR); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the selected data port bits. + * @note This functions uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify + * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between + * the read and the modify access. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->BSRRL = GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the selected data port bits. + * @note This functions uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify + * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between + * the read and the modify access. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->BSRRH = GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @param BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. + * This parameter can be one of the BitAction enum values: + * @arg Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin + * @arg Bit_SET: to set the port pin + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(BitVal)); + + if (BitVal != Bit_RESET) + { + GPIOx->BSRRL = GPIO_Pin; + } + else + { + GPIOx->BSRRH = GPIO_Pin ; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Writes data to the specified GPIO data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the port output data register. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + GPIOx->ODR = PortVal; +} + +/** + * @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pins.. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_ToggleBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Group3 GPIO Alternate functions configuration function + * @brief GPIO Alternate functions configuration function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + GPIO Alternate functions configuration function + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Changes the mapping of the specified pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_PinSource: specifies the pin for the Alternate function. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15). + * @param GPIO_AFSelection: selects the pin to used as Alternate function. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg GPIO_AF_RTC_50Hz: Connect RTC_50Hz pin to AF0 (default after reset) + * @arg GPIO_AF_MCO: Connect MCO pin (MCO1 and MCO2) to AF0 (default after reset) + * @arg GPIO_AF_TAMPER: Connect TAMPER pins (TAMPER_1 and TAMPER_2) to AF0 (default after reset) + * @arg GPIO_AF_SWJ: Connect SWJ pins (SWD and JTAG)to AF0 (default after reset) + * @arg GPIO_AF_TRACE: Connect TRACE pins to AF0 (default after reset) + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM1: Connect TIM1 pins to AF1 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM2: Connect TIM2 pins to AF1 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM3: Connect TIM3 pins to AF2 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM4: Connect TIM4 pins to AF2 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM5: Connect TIM5 pins to AF2 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM8: Connect TIM8 pins to AF3 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM9: Connect TIM9 pins to AF3 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM10: Connect TIM10 pins to AF3 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM11: Connect TIM11 pins to AF3 + * @arg GPIO_AF_I2C1: Connect I2C1 pins to AF4 + * @arg GPIO_AF_I2C2: Connect I2C2 pins to AF4 + * @arg GPIO_AF_I2C3: Connect I2C3 pins to AF4 + * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI1: Connect SPI1 pins to AF5 + * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI2: Connect SPI2/I2S2 pins to AF5 + * @arg GPIO_AF_SPI3: Connect SPI3/I2S3 pins to AF6 + * @arg GPIO_AF_USART1: Connect USART1 pins to AF7 + * @arg GPIO_AF_USART2: Connect USART2 pins to AF7 + * @arg GPIO_AF_USART3: Connect USART3 pins to AF7 + * @arg GPIO_AF_UART4: Connect UART4 pins to AF8 + * @arg GPIO_AF_UART5: Connect UART5 pins to AF8 + * @arg GPIO_AF_USART6: Connect USART6 pins to AF8 + * @arg GPIO_AF_CAN1: Connect CAN1 pins to AF9 + * @arg GPIO_AF_CAN2: Connect CAN2 pins to AF9 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM12: Connect TIM12 pins to AF9 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM13: Connect TIM13 pins to AF9 + * @arg GPIO_AF_TIM14: Connect TIM14 pins to AF9 + * @arg GPIO_AF_OTG_FS: Connect OTG_FS pins to AF10 + * @arg GPIO_AF_OTG_HS: Connect OTG_HS pins to AF10 + * @arg GPIO_AF_ETH: Connect ETHERNET pins to AF11 + * @arg GPIO_AF_FSMC: Connect FSMC pins to AF12 + * @arg GPIO_AF_OTG_HS_FS: Connect OTG HS (configured in FS) pins to AF12 + * @arg GPIO_AF_SDIO: Connect SDIO pins to AF12 + * @arg GPIO_AF_DCMI: Connect DCMI pins to AF13 + * @arg GPIO_AF_EVENTOUT: Connect EVENTOUT pins to AF15 + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_PinAFConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_PinSource, uint8_t GPIO_AF) +{ + uint32_t temp = 0x00; + uint32_t temp_2 = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_AF)); + + temp = ((uint32_t)(GPIO_AF) << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ; + GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)GPIO_PinSource & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ; + temp_2 = GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] | temp; + GPIOx->AFR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x03] = temp_2; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_hash.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_hash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c218c35ab2 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_hash.c @@ -0,0 +1,700 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_hash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the HASH / HMAC Processor (HASH) peripheral: + * - Initialization and Configuration functions + * - Message Digest generation functions + * - context swapping functions + * - DMA interface function + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * HASH operation : + * ---------------- + * 1. Enable the HASH controller clock using + * RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH, ENABLE) function. + * + * 2. Initialise the HASH using HASH_Init() function. + * + * 3 . Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready + * to compute he message digest of a new message by using + * HASH_Reset() function. + * + * 4. Enable the HASH controller using the HASH_Cmd() function. + * + * 5. if using DMA for Data input transfer, Activate the DMA Request + * using HASH_DMACmd() function + * + * 6. if DMA is not used for data transfer, use HASH_DataIn() function + * to enter data to IN FIFO. + * + * + * 7. Configure the Number of valid bits in last word of the message + * using HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr() function. + * + * 8. if the message length is not an exact multiple of 512 bits, + * then the function HASH_StartDigest() must be called to + * launch the computation of the final digest. + * + * 9. Once computed, the digest can be read using HASH_GetDigest() + * function. + * + * 10. To control HASH events you can use one of the following + * two methods: + * a- Check on HASH flags using the HASH_GetFlagStatus() function. + * b- Use HASH interrupts through the function HASH_ITConfig() at + * initialization phase and HASH_GetITStatus() function into + * interrupt routines in hashing phase. + * After checking on a flag you should clear it using HASH_ClearFlag() + * function. And after checking on an interrupt event you should + * clear it using HASH_ClearITPendingBit() function. + * + * 11. Save and restore hash processor context using + * HASH_SaveContext() and HASH_RestoreContext() functions. + * + * + * + * HMAC operation : + * ---------------- + * The HMAC algorithm is used for message authentication, by + * irreversibly binding the message being processed to a key chosen + * by the user. + * For HMAC specifications, refer to "HMAC: keyed-hashing for message + * authentication, H. Krawczyk, M. Bellare, R. Canetti, February 1997" + * + * Basically, the HMAC algorithm consists of two nested hash operations: + * HMAC(message) = Hash[((key | pad) XOR 0x5C) | Hash(((key | pad) XOR 0x36) | message)] + * where: + * - "pad" is a sequence of zeroes needed to extend the key to the + * length of the underlying hash function data block (that is + * 512 bits for both the SHA-1 and MD5 hash algorithms) + * - "|" represents the concatenation operator + * + * + * To compute the HMAC, four different phases are required: + * + * 1. Initialise the HASH using HASH_Init() function to do HMAC + * operation. + * + * 2. The key (to be used for the inner hash function) is then given + * to the core. This operation follows the same mechanism as the + * one used to send the message in the hash operation (that is, + * by HASH_DataIn() function and, finally, + * HASH_StartDigest() function. + * + * 3. Once the last word has been entered and computation has started, + * the hash processor elaborates the key. It is then ready to + * accept the message text using the same mechanism as the one + * used to send the message in the hash operation. + * + * 4. After the first hash round, the hash processor returns "ready" + * to indicate that it is ready to receive the key to be used for + * the outer hash function (normally, this key is the same as the + * one used for the inner hash function). When the last word of + * the key is entered and computation starts, the HMAC result is + * made available using HASH_GetDigest() function. + * + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_hash.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH + * @brief HASH driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to + - Initialize the HASH peripheral + - Configure the HASH Processor + - MD5/SHA1, + - HASH/HMAC, + - datatype + - HMAC Key (if mode = HMAC) + - Reset the HASH Processor + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the HASH peripheral registers to their default reset values + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable HASH reset state */ + RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH, ENABLE); + /* Release HASH from reset state */ + RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the HASH peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the HASH_InitStruct structure. + * @note the hash processor is reset when calling this function so that the + * HASH will be ready to compute the message digest of a new message. + * There is no need to call HASH_Reset() function. + * @param HASH_InitStruct: pointer to a HASH_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the HASH peripheral. + * @note The field HASH_HMACKeyType in HASH_InitTypeDef must be filled only + * if the algorithm mode is HMAC. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_Init(HASH_InitTypeDef* HASH_InitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_ALGOSELECTION(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoSelection)); + assert_param(IS_HASH_DATATYPE(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_DataType)); + assert_param(IS_HASH_ALGOMODE(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoMode)); + + /* Configure the Algorithm used, algorithm mode and the datatype */ + HASH->CR &= ~ (HASH_CR_ALGO | HASH_CR_DATATYPE | HASH_CR_MODE); + HASH->CR |= (HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoSelection | \ + HASH_InitStruct->HASH_DataType | \ + HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoMode); + + /* if algorithm mode is HMAC, set the Key */ + if(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoMode == HASH_AlgoMode_HMAC) + { + assert_param(IS_HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE(HASH_InitStruct->HASH_HMACKeyType)); + HASH->CR &= ~HASH_CR_LKEY; + HASH->CR |= HASH_InitStruct->HASH_HMACKeyType; + } + + /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute + the message digest of a new message */ + HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each HASH_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param HASH_InitStruct : pointer to a HASH_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @note The default values set are : Processor mode is HASH, Algorithm selected is SHA1, + * Data type selected is 32b and HMAC Key Type is short key. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_StructInit(HASH_InitTypeDef* HASH_InitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the HASH_AlgoSelection member */ + HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoSelection = HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA1; + + /* Initialize the HASH_AlgoMode member */ + HASH_InitStruct->HASH_AlgoMode = HASH_AlgoMode_HASH; + + /* Initialize the HASH_DataType member */ + HASH_InitStruct->HASH_DataType = HASH_DataType_32b; + + /* Initialize the HASH_HMACKeyType member */ + HASH_InitStruct->HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey; +} + +/** + * @brief Resets the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready + * to compute the message digest of a new message. + * @note Calling this function will clear the HASH_SR_DCIS (Digest calculation + * completion interrupt status) bit corresponding to HASH_IT_DCI + * interrupt and HASH_FLAG_DCIS flag. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_Reset(void) +{ + /* Reset the HASH processor core */ + HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Group2 Message Digest generation functions + * @brief Message Digest generation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Message Digest generation functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing the generation of message digest: + - Push data in the IN FIFO : using HASH_DataIn() + - Get the number of words set in IN FIFO, use HASH_GetInFIFOWordsNbr() + - set the last word valid bits number using HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr() + - start digest calculation : using HASH_StartDigest() + - Get the Digest message : using HASH_GetDigest() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Configure the Number of valid bits in last word of the message + * @param ValidNumber: Number of valid bits in last word of the message. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F. + * - 0x00: All 32 bits of the last data written are valid + * - 0x01: Only bit [0] of the last data written is valid + * - 0x02: Only bits[1:0] of the last data written are valid + * - 0x03: Only bits[2:0] of the last data written are valid + * - ... + * - 0x1F: Only bits[30:0] of the last data written are valid + * @note The Number of valid bits must be set before to start the message + * digest competition (in Hash and HMAC) and key treatment(in HMAC). + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(uint16_t ValidNumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_VALIDBITSNUMBER(ValidNumber)); + + /* Configure the Number of valid bits in last word of the message */ + HASH->STR &= ~(HASH_STR_NBW); + HASH->STR |= ValidNumber; +} + +/** + * @brief Writes data in the Data Input FIFO + * @param Data: new data of the message to be processed. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_DataIn(uint32_t Data) +{ + /* Write in the DIN register a new data */ + HASH->DIN = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of words already pushed into the IN FIFO. + * @param None + * @retval The value of words already pushed into the IN FIFO. + */ +uint8_t HASH_GetInFIFOWordsNbr(void) +{ + /* Return the value of NBW bits */ + return ((HASH->CR & HASH_CR_NBW) >> 8); +} + +/** + * @brief Provides the message digest result. + * @note In MD5 mode, Data[4] filed of HASH_MsgDigest structure is not used + * and is read as zero. + * @param HASH_MessageDigest: pointer to a HASH_MsgDigest structure which will + * hold the message digest result + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_GetDigest(HASH_MsgDigest* HASH_MessageDigest) +{ + /* Get the data field */ + HASH_MessageDigest->Data[0] = HASH->HR[0]; + HASH_MessageDigest->Data[1] = HASH->HR[1]; + HASH_MessageDigest->Data[2] = HASH->HR[2]; + HASH_MessageDigest->Data[3] = HASH->HR[3]; + HASH_MessageDigest->Data[4] = HASH->HR[4]; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the message padding and calculation of the final message + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_StartDigest(void) +{ + /* Start the Digest calculation */ + HASH->STR |= HASH_STR_DCAL; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Group3 Context swapping functions + * @brief Context swapping functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Context swapping functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to save and store HASH Context + + It is possible to interrupt a HASH/HMAC process to perform another processing + with a higher priority, and to complete the interrupted process later on, when + the higher priority task is complete. To do so, the context of the interrupted + task must be saved from the HASH registers to memory, and then be restored + from memory to the HASH registers. + + 1. To save the current context, use HASH_SaveContext() function + 2. To restore the saved context, use HASH_RestoreContext() function + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Save the Hash peripheral Context. + * @note The context can be saved only when no block is currently being + * processed. So user must wait for DINIS = 1 (the last block has been + * processed and the input FIFO is empty) or NBW != 0 (the FIFO is not + * full and no processing is ongoing). + * @param HASH_ContextSave: pointer to a HASH_Context structure that contains + * the repository for current context. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_SaveContext(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextSave) +{ + uint8_t i = 0; + + /* save context registers */ + HASH_ContextSave->HASH_IMR = HASH->IMR; + HASH_ContextSave->HASH_STR = HASH->STR; + HASH_ContextSave->HASH_CR = HASH->CR; + for(i=0; i<=50;i++) + { + HASH_ContextSave->HASH_CSR[i] = HASH->CSR[i]; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Restore the Hash peripheral Context. + * @note After calling this function, user can restart the processing from the + * point where it has been interrupted. + * @param HASH_ContextRestore: pointer to a HASH_Context structure that contains + * the repository for saved context. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_RestoreContext(HASH_Context* HASH_ContextRestore) +{ + uint8_t i = 0; + + /* restore context registers */ + HASH->IMR = HASH_ContextRestore->HASH_IMR; + HASH->STR = HASH_ContextRestore->HASH_STR; + HASH->CR = HASH_ContextRestore->HASH_CR; + + /* Initialize the hash processor */ + HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT; + + /* continue restoring context registers */ + for(i=0; i<=50;i++) + { + HASH->CSR[i] = HASH_ContextRestore->HASH_CSR[i]; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Group4 HASH's DMA interface Configuration function + * @brief HASH's DMA interface Configuration function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + HASH's DMA interface Configuration function + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to configure the DMA interface for + HASH/ HMAC data input transfer. + + When the DMA mode is enabled (using the HASH_DMACmd() function), data can be + sent to the IN FIFO using the DMA peripheral. + + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the HASH DMA interface. + * @note The DMA is disabled by hardware after the end of transfer. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected HASH DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the HASH DMA request */ + HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_DMAE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the HASH DMA request */ + HASH->CR &= ~HASH_CR_DMAE; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to configure the HASH Interrupts and + to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + + The HASH provides 2 Interrupts sources and 5 Flags: + + Flags : + ---------- + 1. HASH_FLAG_DINIS : set when 16 locations are free in the Data IN FIFO + which means that a new block (512 bit) can be entered + into the input buffer. + + 2. HASH_FLAG_DCIS : set when Digest calculation is complete + + 3. HASH_FLAG_DMAS : set when HASH's DMA interface is enabled (DMAE=1) or + a transfer is ongoing. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + 4. HASH_FLAG_BUSY : set when The hash core is processing a block of data + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + 5. HASH_FLAG_DINNE : set when Data IN FIFO is not empty which means that + the Data IN FIFO contains at least one word of data. + This Flag is cleared only by hardware. + + Interrupts : + ------------ + + 1. HASH_IT_DINI : if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when 16 + locations are free in the Data IN FIFO which means that + a new block (512 bit) can be entered into the input buffer. + This interrupt source is cleared using + HASH_ClearITPendingBit(HASH_IT_DINI) function. + + 2. HASH_IT_DCI : if enabled, this interrupt source is pending when Digest + calculation is complete. + This interrupt source is cleared using + HASH_ClearITPendingBit(HASH_IT_DCI) function. + + Managing the HASH controller events : + ------------------------------------ + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the HASH controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + 1. In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - HASH_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + - HASH_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. + + 2. In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - HASH_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + - HASH_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + - HASH_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit + (corresponding Flag). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified HASH interrupts. + * @param HASH_IT: specifies the HASH interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg HASH_IT_DINI: Data Input interrupt + * @arg HASH_IT_DCI: Digest Calculation Completion Interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified HASH interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_ITConfig(uint8_t HASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_IT(HASH_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected HASH interrupt */ + HASH->IMR |= HASH_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected HASH interrupt */ + HASH->IMR &= (uint8_t) ~HASH_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified HASH flag is set or not. + * @param HASH_FLAG: specifies the HASH flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg HASH_FLAG_DINIS: Data input interrupt status flag + * @arg HASH_FLAG_DCIS: Digest calculation completion interrupt status flag + * @arg HASH_FLAG_BUSY: Busy flag + * @arg HASH_FLAG_DMAS: DMAS Status flag + * @arg HASH_FLAG_DINNE: Data Input register (DIN) not empty status flag + * @retval The new state of HASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus HASH_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t HASH_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tempreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG)); + + /* check if the FLAG is in CR register */ + if ((HASH_FLAG & HASH_FLAG_DINNE) != (uint16_t)RESET ) + { + tempreg = HASH->CR; + } + else /* The FLAG is in SR register */ + { + tempreg = HASH->SR; + } + + /* Check the status of the specified HASH flag */ + if ((tempreg & HASH_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + /* HASH is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* HASH_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the HASH_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} +/** + * @brief Clears the HASH flags. + * @param HASH_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg HASH_FLAG_DINIS: Data Input Flag + * @arg HASH_FLAG_DCIS: Digest Calculation Completion Flag + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_ClearFlag(uint16_t HASH_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_CLEAR_FLAG(HASH_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected HASH flags */ + HASH->SR = ~(uint32_t)HASH_FLAG; +} +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified HASH interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param HASH_IT: specifies the HASH interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg HASH_IT_DINI: Data Input interrupt + * @arg HASH_IT_DCI: Digest Calculation Completion Interrupt + * @retval The new state of HASH_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus HASH_GetITStatus(uint8_t HASH_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_GET_IT(HASH_IT)); + + + /* Check the status of the specified HASH interrupt */ + tmpreg = HASH->SR; + + if (((HASH->IMR & tmpreg) & HASH_IT) != RESET) + { + /* HASH_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* HASH_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the HASH_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the HASH interrupt pending bit(s). + * @param HASH_IT: specifies the HASH interrupt pending bit(s) to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg HASH_IT_DINI: Data Input interrupt + * @arg HASH_IT_DCI: Digest Calculation Completion Interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void HASH_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t HASH_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HASH_IT(HASH_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected HASH interrupt pending bit */ + HASH->SR = (uint8_t)~HASH_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_hash_md5.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_hash_md5.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36f3c237c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_hash_md5.c @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_hash_md5.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides high level functions to compute the HASH MD5 and + * HMAC MD5 Digest of an input message. + * It uses the stm32f2xx_hash.c/.h drivers to access the STM32F2xx HASH + * peripheral. + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable The HASH controller clock using + * RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH, ENABLE); function. + * + * 2. Calculate the HASH MD5 Digest using HASH_MD5() function. + * + * 3. Calculate the HMAC MD5 Digest using HMAC_MD5() function. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_hash.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH + * @brief HASH driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define MD5BUSY_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Group7 High Level MD5 functions + * @brief High Level MD5 Hash and HMAC functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + High Level MD5 Hash and HMAC functions + =============================================================================== + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Compute the HASH MD5 digest. + * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer to be treated. + * @param Ilen: length of the Input buffer. + * @param Output: the returned digest + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: digest computation done + * - ERROR: digest computation failed + */ +ErrorStatus HASH_MD5(uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, uint8_t Output[16]) +{ + HASH_InitTypeDef MD5_HASH_InitStructure; + HASH_MsgDigest MD5_MessageDigest; + __IO uint16_t nbvalidbitsdata = 0; + uint32_t i = 0; + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + uint32_t busystatus = 0; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; + uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; + + + /* Number of valid bits in last word of the Input data */ + nbvalidbitsdata = 8 * (Ilen % 4); + + /* HASH peripheral initialization */ + HASH_DeInit(); + + /* HASH Configuration */ + MD5_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_AlgoSelection = HASH_AlgoSelection_MD5; + MD5_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_AlgoMode = HASH_AlgoMode_HASH; + MD5_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_DataType = HASH_DataType_8b; + HASH_Init(&MD5_HASH_InitStructure); + + /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the data */ + HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(nbvalidbitsdata); + + /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ + for(i=0; i 64) + { + /* HMAC long Key */ + MD5_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_LongKey; + } + else + { + /* HMAC short Key */ + MD5_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey; + } + HASH_Init(&MD5_HASH_InitStructure); + + /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the Key */ + HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(nbvalidbitskey); + + /* Write the Key */ + for(i=0; i
© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics
+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_hash.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH + * @brief HASH driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define SHA1BUSY_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HASH_Group6 High Level SHA1 functions + * @brief High Level SHA1 Hash and HMAC functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + High Level SHA1 Hash and HMAC functions + =============================================================================== + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Compute the HASH SHA1 digest. + * @param Input: pointer to the Input buffer to be treated. + * @param Ilen: length of the Input buffer. + * @param Output: the returned digest + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: digest computation done + * - ERROR: digest computation failed + */ +ErrorStatus HASH_SHA1(uint8_t *Input, uint32_t Ilen, uint8_t Output[20]) +{ + HASH_InitTypeDef SHA1_HASH_InitStructure; + HASH_MsgDigest SHA1_MessageDigest; + __IO uint16_t nbvalidbitsdata = 0; + uint32_t i = 0; + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + uint32_t busystatus = 0; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t)Input; + uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output; + + /* Number of valid bits in last word of the Input data */ + nbvalidbitsdata = 8 * (Ilen % 4); + + /* HASH peripheral initialization */ + HASH_DeInit(); + + /* HASH Configuration */ + SHA1_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_AlgoSelection = HASH_AlgoSelection_SHA1; + SHA1_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_AlgoMode = HASH_AlgoMode_HASH; + SHA1_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_DataType = HASH_DataType_8b; + HASH_Init(&SHA1_HASH_InitStructure); + + /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the data */ + HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(nbvalidbitsdata); + + /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */ + for(i=0; i 64) + { + /* HMAC long Key */ + SHA1_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_LongKey; + } + else + { + /* HMAC short Key */ + SHA1_HASH_InitStructure.HASH_HMACKeyType = HASH_HMACKeyType_ShortKey; + } + HASH_Init(&SHA1_HASH_InitStructure); + + /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the Key */ + HASH_SetLastWordValidBitsNbr(nbvalidbitskey); + + /* Write the Key */ + for(i=0; iGPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + * - Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + * GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + * - Call GPIO_Init() function + * Recommended configuration is Push-Pull, Pull-up, Open-Drain. + * Add an external pull up if necessary (typically 4.7 KOhm). + * + * 4. Program the Mode, duty cycle , Own address, Ack, Speed and Acknowledged + * Address using the I2C_Init() function. + * + * 5. Optionally you can enable/configure the following parameters without + * re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again I2C_Init() function): + * - Enable the acknowledge feature using I2C_AcknowledgeConfig() function + * - Enable the dual addressing mode using I2C_DualAddressCmd() function + * - Enable the general call using the I2C_GeneralCallCmd() function + * - Enable the clock stretching using I2C_StretchClockCmd() function + * - Enable the fast mode duty cycle using the I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig() + * function. + * - Configure the NACK position for Master Receiver mode in case of + * 2 bytes reception using the function I2C_NACKPositionConfig(). + * - Enable the PEC Calculation using I2C_CalculatePEC() function + * - For SMBus Mode: + * - Enable the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) using I2C_ARPCmd() function + * - Configure the SMBusAlert pin using I2C_SMBusAlertConfig() function + * + * 6. Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + * I2C_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + * + * 7. When using the DMA mode + * - Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function + * - Active the needed channel Request using I2C_DMACmd() or + * I2C_DMALastTransferCmd() function. + * @note When using DMA mode, I2C interrupts may be used at the same time to + * control the communication flow (Start/Stop/Ack... events and errors). + * + * 8. Enable the I2C using the I2C_Cmd() function. + * + * 9. Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode in the + * transfers. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_i2c.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C + * @brief I2C driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFBF5) /*I2C_ClockSpeed)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress)); + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR2 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + /* Clear frequency FREQ[5:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_FREQ); + /* Get pclk1 frequency value */ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks); + pclk1 = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; + /* Set frequency bits depending on pclk1 value */ + freqrange = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / 1000000); + tmpreg |= freqrange; + /* Write to I2Cx CR2 */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral to configure TRISE */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + /* Reset tmpreg value */ + /* Clear F/S, DUTY and CCR[11:0] bits */ + tmpreg = 0; + + /* Configure speed in standard mode */ + if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 100000) + { + /* Standard mode speed calculate */ + result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed << 1)); + /* Test if CCR value is under 0x4*/ + if (result < 0x04) + { + /* Set minimum allowed value */ + result = 0x04; + } + /* Set speed value for standard mode */ + tmpreg |= result; + /* Set Maximum Rise Time for standard mode */ + I2Cx->TRISE = freqrange + 1; + } + /* Configure speed in fast mode */ + /* To use the I2C at 400 KHz (in fast mode), the PCLK1 frequency (I2C peripheral + input clock) must be a multiple of 10 MHz */ + else /*(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 400000)*/ + { + if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_2) + { + /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 2 */ + result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 3)); + } + else /*I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9*/ + { + /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */ + result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 25)); + /* Set DUTY bit */ + result |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9; + } + + /* Test if CCR value is under 0x1*/ + if ((result & I2C_CCR_CCR) == 0) + { + /* Set minimum allowed value */ + result |= (uint16_t)0x0001; + } + /* Set speed value and set F/S bit for fast mode */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(result | I2C_CCR_FS); + /* Set Maximum Rise Time for fast mode */ + I2Cx->TRISE = (uint16_t)(((freqrange * (uint16_t)300) / (uint16_t)1000) + (uint16_t)1); + } + + /* Write to I2Cx CCR */ + I2Cx->CCR = tmpreg; + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR1; + /* Clear ACK, SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure I2Cx: mode and acknowledgement */ + /* Set SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits according to I2C_Mode value */ + /* Set ACK bit according to I2C_Ack value */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack); + /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */ + I2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Set I2Cx Own Address1 and acknowledged address */ + I2Cx->OAR1 = (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1); +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct) +{ +/*---------------- Reset I2C init structure parameters values ----------------*/ + /* initialize the I2C_ClockSpeed member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed = 5000; + /* Initialize the I2C_Mode member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C; + /* Initialize the I2C_DutyCycle member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle = I2C_DutyCycle_2; + /* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress1 member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0; + /* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable; + /* Initialize the I2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication START condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a START condition */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + } + else + { + /* Disable the START condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_START); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a STOP condition */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the STOP condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_STOP); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits the address byte to select the slave device. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address which will be transmitted + * @param I2C_Direction: specifies whether the I2C device will be a Transmitter + * or a Receiver. + * This parameter can be one of the following values + * @arg I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Transmitter mode + * @arg I2C_Direction_Receiver: Receiver mode + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION(I2C_Direction)); + /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */ + if (I2C_Direction != I2C_Direction_Transmitter) + { + /* Set the address bit0 for read */ + Address |= I2C_OAR1_ADD0; + } + else + { + /* Reset the address bit0 for write */ + Address &= (uint8_t)~((uint8_t)I2C_OAR1_ADD0); + } + /* Send the address */ + I2Cx->DR = Address; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C acknowledge feature. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C Acknowledgement. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the acknowledgement */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + } + else + { + /* Disable the acknowledgement */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ACK); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the specified I2C own address2. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the 7bit I2C own address2. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->OAR2; + + /* Reset I2Cx Own address2 bit [7:1] */ + tmpreg &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_OAR2_ADD2); + + /* Set I2Cx Own address2 */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)Address & (uint16_t)0x00FE); + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C dual addressing mode. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C dual addressing mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable dual addressing mode */ + I2Cx->OAR2 |= I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL; + } + else + { + /* Disable dual addressing mode */ + I2Cx->OAR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_OAR2_ENDUAL); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C general call feature. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C General call. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable generall call */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENGC; + } + else + { + /* Disable generall call */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENGC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset. + * @note When software reset is enabled, the I2C IOs are released (this can + * be useful to recover from bus errors). + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C software reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Peripheral under reset */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SWRST; + } + else + { + /* Peripheral not under reset */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_SWRST); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C Clock stretching. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Clock stretching. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState == DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C Clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C Clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the specified I2C fast mode duty cycle. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_DutyCycle: specifies the fast mode duty cycle. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_2: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 + * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_16_9: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_DutyCycle)); + if (I2C_DutyCycle != I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) + { + /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=2 */ + I2Cx->CCR &= I2C_DutyCycle_2; + } + else + { + /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=16/9 */ + I2Cx->CCR |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the specified I2C NACK position in master receiver mode. + * @note This function is useful in I2C Master Receiver mode when the number + * of data to be received is equal to 2. In this case, this function + * should be called (with parameter I2C_NACKPosition_Next) before data + * reception starts,as described in the 2-byte reception procedure + * recommended in Reference Manual in Section: Master receiver. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_NACKPosition: specifies the NACK position. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte will be the last + * received byte. + * @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is the last + * received byte. + * + * @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_PECPositionConfig() + * but is intended to be used in I2C mode while I2C_PECPositionConfig() + * is intended to used in SMBUS mode. + * + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(I2C_NACKPosition)); + + /* Check the input parameter */ + if (I2C_NACKPosition == I2C_NACKPosition_Next) + { + /* Next byte in shift register is the last received byte */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_NACKPosition_Next; + } + else + { + /* Current byte in shift register is the last received byte */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_NACKPosition_Current; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Drives the SMBusAlert pin high or low for the specified I2C. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_SMBusAlert: specifies SMBAlert pin level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_Low: SMBAlert pin driven low + * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_High: SMBAlert pin driven high + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(I2C_SMBusAlert)); + if (I2C_SMBusAlert == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) + { + /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin Low */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_SMBusAlert_Low; + } + else + { + /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin High */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_SMBusAlert_High; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C ARP. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx ARP. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C ARP */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENARP; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C ARP */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENARP); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Data transfers functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Data: Byte to be transmitted.. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ + I2Cx->DR = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + /* Return the data in the DR register */ + return (uint8_t)I2Cx->DR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group3 PEC management functions + * @brief PEC management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + PEC management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C PEC transfer. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C PEC transmission. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C PEC transmission */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PEC; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C PEC transmission */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_PEC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the specified I2C PEC position. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_PECPosition: specifies the PEC position. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte is PEC + * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is PEC + * + * @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_NACKPositionConfig() + * but is intended to be used in SMBUS mode while I2C_NACKPositionConfig() + * is intended to used in I2C mode. + * + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(I2C_PECPosition)); + if (I2C_PECPosition == I2C_PECPosition_Next) + { + /* Next byte in shift register is PEC */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_PECPosition_Next; + } + else + { + /* Current byte in shift register is PEC */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_PECPosition_Current; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PEC value calculation of the transferred bytes. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC value calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENPEC; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR1_ENPEC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the PEC value for the specified I2C. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The PEC value. + */ +uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + /* Return the selected I2C PEC value */ + return ((I2Cx->SR2) >> 8); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group4 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + DMA transfers management functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C DMA channels + requests. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C DMA requests. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_DMAEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Specifies that the next DMA transfer is the last one. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA last transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Next DMA transfer is the last transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_LAST; + } + else + { + /* Next DMA transfer is not the last transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)I2C_CR2_LAST); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Group5 Interrupts events and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts, events and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts, events and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to configure the I2C Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. + + =============================================================================== + I2C State Monitoring Functions + =============================================================================== + This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring + depending on the application requirements and constraints: + + + 1. Basic state monitoring (Using I2C_CheckEvent() function) + ----------------------------------------------------------- + It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event + (can be the combination of one or more flags). + It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags + and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status. + + - When to use + - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup + activity since the events are fully described in the product reference + manual (RM0033). + - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events. + + - Limitations + - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored + flags), the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite + the communication hold or corrupted real state. + In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor + the error events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler. + + @note + For error management, it is advised to use the following functions: + - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR). + - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs. + Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...) + - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into the + I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() function in order to determine which error occurred. + - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd() + and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source + and return to correct communication status. + + + 2. Advanced state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent()) + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status + registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left + by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1). + + - When to use + - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it + allows to overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus() + function. + - The returned value could be compared to events already defined in + the library (stm32f2xx_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user. + This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the + same time. + - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows + user to choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are + set and no other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set + like I2C_CheckEvent() function. + + - Limitations + - User may need to define his own events. + - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this + function if user decides to check only regular communication flags + (and ignores error flags). + + + 3. Flag-based state monitoring (Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus()) + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of + one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...). + + - When to use + - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug + phase. + - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C + events are monitored through multiple flags). + - Limitations: + - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. + Some flags are cleared when the status register is accessed. + So checking the status of one Flag, may clear other ones. + - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor + one single event. + + For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events in + stm32f2xx_i2c.h file. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value. + * @param I2C_Register: specifies the register to read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_DR: DR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_SR1: SR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_SR2: SR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_CCR: CCR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_TRISE: TRISE register. + * @retval The value of the read register. + */ +uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_REGISTER(I2C_Register)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) I2Cx; + tmp += I2C_Register; + + /* Return the selected register value */ + return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified I2C interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(I2C_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~I2C_IT; + } +} + +/* + =============================================================================== + 1. Basic state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the last I2Cx Event is equal to the one passed + * as parameter. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_EVENT: specifies the event to be checked. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED: EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED: EV2 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF): EV2 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL): EV2 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED: EV3 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF): EV3 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL): EV3 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE: EV3_2 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED: EV4 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT: EV5 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED: EV6 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED: EV6 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED: EV7 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING: EV8 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED: EV8_2 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10: EV9 + * + * @note For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events + * in stm32f2xx_i2c.h file. + * + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Last event is equal to the I2C_EVENT + * - ERROR: Last event is different from the I2C_EVENT + */ +ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT) +{ + uint32_t lastevent = 0; + uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_EVENT(I2C_EVENT)); + + /* Read the I2Cx status register */ + flag1 = I2Cx->SR1; + flag2 = I2Cx->SR2; + flag2 = flag2 << 16; + + /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */ + lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_MASK; + + /* Check whether the last event contains the I2C_EVENT */ + if ((lastevent & I2C_EVENT) == I2C_EVENT) + { + /* SUCCESS: last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */ + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* ERROR: last event is different from I2C_EVENT */ + status = ERROR; + } + /* Return status */ + return status; +} + +/* + =============================================================================== + 2. Advanced state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the last I2Cx Event. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * + * @note For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events + * in stm32f2xx_i2c.h file. + * + * @retval The last event + */ +uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + uint32_t lastevent = 0; + uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Read the I2Cx status register */ + flag1 = I2Cx->SR1; + flag2 = I2Cx->SR2; + flag2 = flag2 << 16; + + /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */ + lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_MASK; + + /* Return status */ + return lastevent; +} + +/* + =============================================================================== + 3. Flag-based state monitoring + =============================================================================== + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_DUALF: Dual flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST: SMBus host header (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT: SMBus default header (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_GENCALL: General call header flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_MSL: Master/Slave flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL" + * Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD" + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode) + * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + __IO uint32_t i2creg = 0, i2cxbase = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + + /* Get the I2Cx peripheral base address */ + i2cxbase = (uint32_t)I2Cx; + + /* Read flag register index */ + i2creg = I2C_FLAG >> 28; + + /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */ + I2C_FLAG &= FLAG_MASK; + + if(i2creg != 0) + { + /* Get the I2Cx SR1 register address */ + i2cxbase += 0x14; + } + else + { + /* Flag in I2Cx SR2 Register */ + I2C_FLAG = (uint32_t)(I2C_FLAG >> 16); + /* Get the I2Cx SR2 register address */ + i2cxbase += 0x18; + } + + if(((*(__IO uint32_t *)i2cxbase) & I2C_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* I2C_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the I2C_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx's pending flags. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag + * + * @note STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation + * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation + * to I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral). + * @note ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by writing the + * second byte of the address in DR register. + * @note BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a + * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). + * @note ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a read operation to + * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)). + * @note SB (Start Bit) is cleared software sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 + * register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation to I2C_DR + * register (I2C_SendData()). + * + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t flagpos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + /* Get the I2C flag position */ + flagpos = I2C_FLAG & FLAG_MASK; + /* Clear the selected I2C flag */ + I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error flag + * @arg I2C_IT_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter) + * @arg I2C_IT_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag + * @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL" + * Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD" + * @arg I2C_IT_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode) + * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_IT(I2C_IT)); + + /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)(((I2C_IT & ITEN_MASK) >> 16) & (I2Cx->CR2)) ; + + /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */ + I2C_IT &= FLAG_MASK; + + /* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */ + if (((I2Cx->SR1 & I2C_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* I2C_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the I2C_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun interrupt (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost interrupt (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error interrupt + * + * @note STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation + * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to + * I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral). + * @note ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by writing the second + * byte of the address in I2C_DR register. + * @note BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a + * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). + * @note ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to + * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)). + * @note SB (Start Bit) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to + * I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + uint32_t flagpos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(I2C_IT)); + + /* Get the I2C flag position */ + flagpos = I2C_IT & FLAG_MASK; + + /* Clear the selected I2C flag */ + I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_iwdg.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_iwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03279d13fd --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_iwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_iwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Independent watchdog (IWDG) peripheral: + * - Prescaler and Counter configuration + * - IWDG activation + * - Flag management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * IWDG features + * =================================================================== + * + * The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable + * through option byte). + * + * The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated low-speed clock (LSI) and + * thus stays active even if the main clock fails. + * Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and cannot be disabled + * (LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down from + * the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) + * a system reset is generated. + * The IWDG counter should be reloaded at regular intervals to prevent + * an MCU reset. + * + * The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional + * in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY). + * + * IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a IWDG + * reset occurs. + * + * Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s + * The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F2xx + * devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock + * connected internally to TIM5 CH4 input capture). The measured value + * can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy. + * For more information, please refer to the STM32F2xx Reference manual + * + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers using + * IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) function + * + * 2. Configure the IWDG prescaler using IWDG_SetPrescaler() function + * + * 3. Configure the IWDG counter value using IWDG_SetReload() function. + * This value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter + * is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value. + * + * 4. Start the IWDG using IWDG_Enable() function, when the IWDG is used + * in software mode (no need to enable the LSI, it will be enabled + * by hardware) + * + * 5. Then the application program must reload the IWDG counter at regular + * intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using + * IWDG_ReloadCounter() function. + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_iwdg.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG + * @brief IWDG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* KR register bit mask */ +#define KR_KEY_RELOAD ((uint16_t)0xAAAA) +#define KR_KEY_ENABLE ((uint16_t)0xCCCC) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group1 Prescaler and Counter configuration functions + * @brief Prescaler and Counter configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Prescaler and Counter configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. + * @param IWDG_WriteAccess: new state of write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable: Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers + * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable: Disable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(IWDG_WriteAccess)); + IWDG->KR = IWDG_WriteAccess; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets IWDG Prescaler value. + * @param IWDG_Prescaler: specifies the IWDG Prescaler value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_4: IWDG prescaler set to 4 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_8: IWDG prescaler set to 8 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_16: IWDG prescaler set to 16 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_32: IWDG prescaler set to 32 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_64: IWDG prescaler set to 64 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_128: IWDG prescaler set to 128 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_256: IWDG prescaler set to 256 + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(IWDG_Prescaler)); + IWDG->PR = IWDG_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets IWDG Reload value. + * @param Reload: specifies the IWDG Reload value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x0FFF. + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(Reload)); + IWDG->RLR = Reload; +} + +/** + * @brief Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register + * (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void) +{ + IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_RELOAD; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group2 IWDG activation function + * @brief IWDG activation function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + IWDG activation function + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables IWDG (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_Enable(void) +{ + IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Group3 Flag management function + * @brief Flag management function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Flag management function + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified IWDG flag is set or not. + * @param IWDG_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Prescaler Value Update on going + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Reload Value Update on going + * @retval The new state of IWDG_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_FLAG(IWDG_FLAG)); + if ((IWDG->SR & IWDG_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_pwr.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62b7cd9b4d --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,612 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_pwr.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: + * - Backup Domain Access + * - PVD configuration + * - WakeUp pin configuration + * - Backup Regulator configuration + * - FLASH Power Down configuration + * - Low Power modes configuration + * - Flags management + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_pwr.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR + * @brief PWR driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* --------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------- */ +#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of DBP bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define DBP_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CR_DBP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (DBP_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */ +#define PVDE_BitNumber 0x04 +#define CR_PVDE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PVDE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of FPDS bit */ +#define FPDS_BitNumber 0x09 +#define CR_FPDS_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (FPDS_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CSR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of EWUP bit */ +#define CSR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define EWUP_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CSR_EWUP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of BRE bit */ +#define BRE_BitNumber 0x09 +#define CSR_BRE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (BRE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* ------------------ PWR registers bit mask ------------------------ */ + +/* CR register bit mask */ +#define CR_DS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) +#define CR_PLS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF1F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group1 Backup Domain Access function + * @brief Backup Domain Access function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Backup Domain Access function + =============================================================================== + + After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data + registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted + write accesses. + To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + - Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function. + - Enable access to RTC domain using the PWR_BackupAccessCmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC + * backup data registers and backup SRAM). + * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @param NewState: new state of the access to the backup domain. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group2 PVD configuration functions + * @brief PVD configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + PVD configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + - The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a threshold + selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR). + - A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower than the + PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI line16 + and can generate an interrupt if enabled through the EXTI registers. + - The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param PWR_PVDLevel: specifies the PVD detection level + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_0: PVD detection level set to 2.0V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_1: PVD detection level set to 2.2V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2: PVD detection level set to 2.3V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_3: PVD detection level set to 2.5V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_4: PVD detection level set to 2.7V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_5: PVD detection level set to 2.8V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_6: PVD detection level set to 2.9V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_7: PVD detection level set to 3.0V + * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of you device datasheet for more details. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(PWR_PVDLevel)); + + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + + /* Clear PLS[7:5] bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_PLS_MASK; + + /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PWR_PVDLevel value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_PVDLevel; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param NewState: new state of the PVD. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group3 WakeUp pin configuration functions + * @brief WakeUp pin configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + WakeUp pin configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + - WakeUp pin is used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. This pin is + forced in input pull down configuration and is active on rising edges. + - There is only one WakeUp pin: WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group4 Backup Regulator configuration functions + * @brief Backup Regulator configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Backup Regulator configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + - The backup domain includes 4 Kbytes of backup SRAM accessible only from the + CPU, and address in 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit mode. Its content is retained + even in Standby or VBAT mode when the low power backup regulator is enabled. + It can be considered as an internal EEPROM when VBAT is always present. + You can use the PWR_BackupRegulatorCmd() function to enable the low power + backup regulator and use the PWR_GetFlagStatus(PWR_FLAG_BRR) to check if it is + ready or not. + + - When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD) + the backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to + save battery life. + + - The backup SRAM is not mass erased by an tamper event. It is read protected + to prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private key, from being + accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through the Flash interface when + a protection level change from level 1 to level 0 is requested. + Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the Flash programming manual. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Backup Regulator. + * @param NewState: new state of the Backup Regulator. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_BackupRegulatorCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_BRE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group5 FLASH Power Down configuration functions + * @brief FLASH Power Down configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + FLASH Power Down configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + - By setting the FPDS bit in the PWR_CR register by using the PWR_FlashPowerDownCmd() + function, the Flash memory also enters power down mode when the device enters + Stop mode. When the Flash memory is in power down mode, an additional startup + delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Flash Power Down in STOP mode. + * @param NewState: new state of the Flash power mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_FlashPowerDownCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FPDS_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group6 Low Power modes configuration functions + * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Low Power modes configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + The devices feature 3 low-power modes: + - Sleep mode: Cortex-M3 core stopped, peripherals kept running. + - Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator in low power mode + - Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off. + + Sleep mode + =========== + - Entry: + - The Sleep mode is entered by using the __WFI() or __WFE() functions. + - Exit: + - Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt + controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. + + Stop mode + ========== + In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI, + and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents + are preserved. + The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. + To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before + entering the Stop mode. It can be switched on again by software after exiting + the Stop mode using the PWR_FlashPowerDownCmd() function. + + - Entry: + - The Stop mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_Regulator_LowPower,) + function with regulator in LowPower or with Regulator ON. + - Exit: + - Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode. + + Standby mode + ============ + The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based + on the Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. + The 1.2V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and + the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost + except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby + circuitry. + + The voltage regulator is OFF. + + - Entry: + - The Standby mode is entered using the PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function. + - Exit: + - WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup, + tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset. + + Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode + ===================================== + The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC + Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event, + without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode). + + - RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode + ---------------------------------------- + + - To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: + - Configure the EXTI Line 17 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + - Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() + and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + - To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to: + - Configure the EXTI Line 21 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() + function + - Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() + functions. + - To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to: + - Configure the EXTI Line 22 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt + or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + - Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), + RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions. + + - RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Standby mode + ------------------------------------------- + - To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to: + - Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + - Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the RTC_SetAlarm() + and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + - To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to: + - Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() + function + - Configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampConfig(), RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() + functions. + - To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to: + - Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the RTC_ITConfig() function + - Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), + RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enters STOP mode. + * + * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * + * @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_Regulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_Regulator_LowPower: STOP mode with regulator in low power mode + * @param PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry)); + + /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/ + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + /* Clear PDDS and LPDSR bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK; + + /* Set LPDSR bit according to PWR_Regulator value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + + /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __WFE(); + } + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters STANDBY mode. + * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: + * - Reset pad (still available) + * - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC + * Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out. + * - RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) if configured for tamper or time-stamp. + * - WKUP pin 1 (PA0) if enabled. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) +{ + /* Clear Wakeup flag */ + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_CWUF; + + /* Select STANDBY mode */ + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_PDDS; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + +/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + __force_stores(); +#endif + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Group7 Flags management functions + * @brief Flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified PWR flag is set or not. + * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag indicates that a wakeup event + * was received from the WKUP pin or from the RTC alarm (Alarm A + * or Alarm B), RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp event or RTC Wakeup. + * An additional wakeup event is detected if the WKUP pin is enabled + * (by setting the EWUP bit) when the WKUP pin level is already high. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag indicates that the system was + * resumed from StandBy mode. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is valid only if PVD is enabled + * by the PWR_PVDCmd() function. The PVD is stopped by Standby mode + * For this reason, this bit is equal to 0 after Standby or reset + * until the PVDE bit is set. + * @arg PWR_FLAG_BRR: Backup regulator ready flag. This bit is not reset + * when the device wakes up from Standby mode or by a system reset + * or power reset. + * @retval The new state of PWR_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); + + if ((PWR->CSR & PWR_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the PWR's pending flags. + * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag + * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); + + PWR->CR |= PWR_FLAG << 2; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rcc.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e23107dbeb --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1811 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_rcc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Reset and clock control (RCC) peripheral: + * - Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration + * - System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration + * - Peripheral clocks configuration + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * RCC specific features + * =================================================================== + * + * After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator + * (HSI 16MHz) with Flash 0 wait state, Flash prefetch buffer, D-Cache + * and I-Cache are disabled, and all peripherals are off except internal + * SRAM, Flash and JTAG. + * - There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses; + * all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at HSI speed. + * - The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. + * - All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which + * are assigned to be used for debug purpose. + * + * Once the device started from reset, the user application has to: + * - Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock + * (if the application needs higher frequency/performance) + * - Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings + * - Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers + * - Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used + * - Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not + * derived from the System clock (I2S, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS/SDIO/RNG) + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC + * @brief RCC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define RCC_OFFSET (RCC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) +/* --- CR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of HSION bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define HSION_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CR_HSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (HSION_BitNumber * 4)) +/* Alias word address of CSSON bit */ +#define CSSON_BitNumber 0x13 +#define CR_CSSON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (CSSON_BitNumber * 4)) +/* Alias word address of PLLON bit */ +#define PLLON_BitNumber 0x18 +#define CR_PLLON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLON_BitNumber * 4)) +/* Alias word address of PLLI2SON bit */ +#define PLLI2SON_BitNumber 0x1A +#define CR_PLLI2SON_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PLLI2SON_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CFGR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of I2SSRC bit */ +#define CFGR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x08) +#define I2SSRC_BitNumber 0x17 +#define CFGR_I2SSRC_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (I2SSRC_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- BDCR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of RTCEN bit */ +#define BDCR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x70) +#define RTCEN_BitNumber 0x0F +#define BDCR_RTCEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (RTCEN_BitNumber * 4)) +/* Alias word address of BDRST bit */ +#define BDRST_BitNumber 0x10 +#define BDCR_BDRST_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (BDCR_OFFSET * 32) + (BDRST_BitNumber * 4)) +/* --- CSR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of LSION bit */ +#define CSR_OFFSET (RCC_OFFSET + 0x74) +#define LSION_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CSR_LSION_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (LSION_BitNumber * 4)) +/* ---------------------- RCC registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +/* CFGR register bit mask */ +#define CFGR_MCO2_RESET_MASK ((uint32_t)0x07FFFFFF) +#define CFGR_MCO1_RESET_MASK ((uint32_t)0xF89FFFFF) + +/* RCC Flag Mask */ +#define FLAG_MASK ((uint8_t)0x1F) + +/* CR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ +#define CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x40023802) + +/* CIR register byte 2 (Bits[15:8]) base address */ +#define CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)(RCC_BASE + 0x0C + 0x01)) + +/* CIR register byte 3 (Bits[23:16]) base address */ +#define CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)(RCC_BASE + 0x0C + 0x02)) + +/* BDCR register base address */ +#define BDCR_ADDRESS (PERIPH_BASE + BDCR_OFFSET) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +static __I uint8_t APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}; + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group1 Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions + * @brief Internal and external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Internal/external clocks, PLL, CSS and MCO configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to configure the internal/external clocks, + PLLs, CSS and MCO pins. + + 1. HSI (high-speed internal), 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through + the PLL as System clock source. + + 2. LSI (low-speed internal), 32 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC + clock source. + + 3. HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 26 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or + through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source. + + 4. LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source. + + 5. PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), featuring two different output clocks: + - The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 120 MHz) + - The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz), + the random analog generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDIO (<= 48 MHz). + + 6. PLLI2S (clocked by HSI or HSE), used to generate an accurate clock to achieve + high-quality audio performance on the I2S interface. + + 7. CSS (Clock security system), once enable and if a HSE clock failure occurs + (HSE used directly or through PLL as System clock source), the System clock + is automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt is generated if enabled. + The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M3 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) + exception vector. + + 8. MCO1 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSI, LSE, HSE or PLL + clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PA8 pin. + + 9. MCO2 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSE, PLL, SYSCLK or PLLI2S + clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PC9 pin. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. + * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: + * - HSI ON and used as system clock source + * - HSE, PLL and PLLI2S OFF + * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1. + * - CSS, MCO1 and MCO2 OFF + * - All interrupts disabled + * @note This function doesn't modify the configuration of the + * - Peripheral clocks + * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Set HSION bit */ + RCC->CR |= (uint32_t)0x00000001; + + /* Reset CFGR register */ + RCC->CFGR = 0x00000000; + + /* Reset HSEON, CSSON and PLLON bits */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFEF6FFFF; + + /* Reset PLLCFGR register */ + RCC->PLLCFGR = 0x24003010; + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + RCC->CR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFBFFFF; + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + RCC->CIR = 0x00000000; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External High Speed oscillator (HSE). + * @note After enabling the HSE (RCC_HSE_ON or RCC_HSE_Bypass), the application + * software should wait on HSERDY flag to be set indicating that HSE clock + * is stable and can be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock. + * @note HSE state can not be changed if it is used directly or through the + * PLL as system clock. In this case, you have to select another source + * of the system clock then change the HSE state (ex. disable it). + * @note The HSE is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @note This function reset the CSSON bit, so if the Clock security system(CSS) + * was previously enabled you have to enable it again after calling this + * function. + * @param RCC_HSE: specifies the new state of the HSE. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HSE_OFF: turn OFF the HSE oscillator, HSERDY flag goes low after + * 6 HSE oscillator clock cycles. + * @arg RCC_HSE_ON: turn ON the HSE oscillator + * @arg RCC_HSE_Bypass: HSE oscillator bypassed with external clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_HSE) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_HSE)); + + /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE ------------------*/ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE_OFF; + + /* Set the new HSE configuration -------------------------------------------*/ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_HSE; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits for HSE start-up. + * @note This functions waits on HSERDY flag to be set and return SUCCESS if + * this flag is set, otherwise returns ERROR if the timeout is reached + * and this flag is not set. The timeout value is defined by the constant + * HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT in stm32f2xx.h file. You can tailor it depending + * on the HSE crystal used in your application. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: HSE oscillator is stable and ready to use + * - ERROR: HSE oscillator not yet ready + */ +ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t startupcounter = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + FlagStatus hsestatus = RESET; + /* Wait till HSE is ready and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + hsestatus = RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY); + startupcounter++; + } while((startupcounter != HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT) && (hsestatus == RESET)); + + if (RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value. + * @note The calibration is used to compensate for the variations in voltage + * and temperature that influence the frequency of the internal HSI RC. + * @param HSICalibrationValue: specifies the calibration trimming value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x1F. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(HSICalibrationValue)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CR; + + /* Clear HSITRIM[4:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CR_HSITRIM; + + /* Set the HSITRIM[4:0] bits according to HSICalibrationValue value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)HSICalibrationValue << 3; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). + * @note The HSI is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * It is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after startup + * from Reset, wakeup from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case of failure + * of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock (if the Clock + * Security System CSS is enabled). + * @note HSI can not be stopped if it is used as system clock source. In this case, + * you have to select another source of the system clock then stop the HSI. + * @note After enabling the HSI, the application software should wait on HSIRDY + * flag to be set indicating that HSI clock is stable and can be used as + * system clock source. + * @param NewState: new state of the HSI. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the HSI is stopped, HSIRDY flag goes low after 6 HSI oscillator + * clock cycles. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_HSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE). + * @note As the LSE is in the Backup domain and write access is denied to + * this domain after reset, you have to enable write access using + * PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure the LSE + * (to be done once after reset). + * @note After enabling the LSE (RCC_LSE_ON or RCC_LSE_Bypass), the application + * software should wait on LSERDY flag to be set indicating that LSE clock + * is stable and can be used to clock the RTC. + * @param RCC_LSE: specifies the new state of the LSE. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_LSE_OFF: turn OFF the LSE oscillator, LSERDY flag goes low after + * 6 LSE oscillator clock cycles. + * @arg RCC_LSE_ON: turn ON the LSE oscillator + * @arg RCC_LSE_Bypass: LSE oscillator bypassed with external clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_LSE)); + + /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ------------------*/ + /* Reset LSEON bit */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_OFF; + + /* Reset LSEBYP bit */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_OFF; + + /* Configure LSE (RCC_LSE_OFF is already covered by the code section above) */ + switch (RCC_LSE) + { + case RCC_LSE_ON: + /* Set LSEON bit */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_ON; + break; + case RCC_LSE_Bypass: + /* Set LSEBYP and LSEON bits */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) BDCR_ADDRESS = RCC_LSE_Bypass | RCC_LSE_ON; + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). + * @note After enabling the LSI, the application software should wait on + * LSIRDY flag to be set indicating that LSI clock is stable and can + * be used to clock the IWDG and/or the RTC. + * @note LSI can not be disabled if the IWDG is running. + * @param NewState: new state of the LSI. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note When the LSI is stopped, LSIRDY flag goes low after 6 LSI oscillator + * clock cycles. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_LSION_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. + * @note This function must be used only when the main PLL is disabled. + * + * @param RCC_PLLSource: specifies the PLL entry clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry + * @arg RCC_PLLSource_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry + * @note This clock source (RCC_PLLSource) is common for the main PLL and PLLI2S. + * + * @param PLLM: specifies the division factor for PLL VCO input clock + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 63. + * @note You have to set the PLLM parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO input + * frequency ranges from 1 to 2 MHz. It is recommended to select a frequency + * of 2 MHz to limit PLL jitter. + * + * @param PLLN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLL VCO output clock + * This parameter must be a number between 192 and 432. + * @note You have to set the PLLN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO + * output frequency is between 192 and 432 MHz. + * + * @param PLLP: specifies the division factor for main system clock (SYSCLK) + * This parameter must be a number in the range {2, 4, 6, or 8}. + * @note You have to set the PLLP parameter correctly to not exceed 120 MHz on + * the System clock frequency. + * + * @param PLLQ: specifies the division factor for OTG FS, SDIO and RNG clocks + * This parameter must be a number between 4 and 15. + * @note If the USB OTG FS is used in your application, you have to set the + * PLLQ parameter correctly to have 48 MHz clock for the USB. However, + * the SDIO and RNG need a frequency lower than or equal to 48 MHz to work + * correctly. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t PLLN, uint32_t PLLP, uint32_t PLLQ) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(RCC_PLLSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(PLLM)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(PLLN)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(PLLP)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(PLLQ)); + + RCC->PLLCFGR = PLLM | (PLLN << 6) | (((PLLP >> 1) -1) << 16) | (RCC_PLLSource) | + (PLLQ << 24); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the main PLL. + * @note After enabling the main PLL, the application software should wait on + * PLLRDY flag to be set indicating that PLL clock is stable and can + * be used as system clock source. + * @note The main PLL can not be disabled if it is used as system clock source + * @note The main PLL is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @param NewState: new state of the main PLL. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the PLLI2S clock multiplication and division factors. + * + * @note PLLI2S is available only in Silicon RevisionB and RevisionY. + * @note This function must be used only when the PLLI2S is disabled. + * @note PLLI2S clock source is common with the main PLL (configured in + * RCC_PLLConfig function ) + * + * @param PLLI2SN: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLI2S VCO output clock + * This parameter must be a number between 192 and 432. + * @note You have to set the PLLI2SN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO + * output frequency is between 192 and 432 MHz. + * + * @param PLLI2SR: specifies the division factor for I2S clock + * This parameter must be a number between 2 and 7. + * @note You have to set the PLLI2SR parameter correctly to not exceed 192 MHz + * on the I2S clock frequency. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLI2SConfig(uint32_t PLLI2SN, uint32_t PLLI2SR) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PLLI2SN)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PLLI2SR)); + + RCC->PLLI2SCFGR = (PLLI2SN << 6) | (PLLI2SR << 28); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PLLI2S. + * @note PLLI2S is available only in RevisionB and RevisionY + * @note The PLLI2S is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @param NewState: new state of the PLLI2S. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PLLI2SCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PLLI2SON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Clock Security System. + * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator + * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the + * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), + * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to + * the Cortex-M3 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + * @param NewState: new state of the Clock Security System. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8). + * @note PA8 should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @param RCC_MCO1Source: specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCO1Source_HSI: HSI clock selected as MCO1 source + * @arg RCC_MCO1Source_LSE: LSE clock selected as MCO1 source + * @arg RCC_MCO1Source_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO1 source + * @arg RCC_MCO1Source_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO1 source + * @param RCC_MCO1Div: specifies the MCO1 prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_1: no division applied to MCO1 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_2: division by 2 applied to MCO1 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_3: division by 3 applied to MCO1 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_4: division by 4 applied to MCO1 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO1Div_5: division by 5 applied to MCO1 clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_MCO1Config(uint32_t RCC_MCO1Source, uint32_t RCC_MCO1Div) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCO1Source)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1DIV(RCC_MCO1Div)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear MCO1[1:0] and MCO1PRE[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= CFGR_MCO1_RESET_MASK; + + /* Select MCO1 clock source and prescaler */ + tmpreg |= RCC_MCO1Source | RCC_MCO1Div; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO2 pin(PC9). + * @note PC9 should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @param RCC_MCO2Source: specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCO2Source_SYSCLK: System clock (SYSCLK) selected as MCO2 source + * @arg RCC_MCO2Source_PLLI2SCLK: PLLI2S clock selected as MCO2 source + * @arg RCC_MCO2Source_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO2 source + * @arg RCC_MCO2Source_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO2 source + * @param RCC_MCO2Div: specifies the MCO2 prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_1: no division applied to MCO2 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_2: division by 2 applied to MCO2 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_3: division by 3 applied to MCO2 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_4: division by 4 applied to MCO2 clock + * @arg RCC_MCO2Div_5: division by 5 applied to MCO2 clock + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_MCO2Config(uint32_t RCC_MCO2Source, uint32_t RCC_MCO2Div) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO2SOURCE(RCC_MCO2Source)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO2DIV(RCC_MCO2Div)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear MCO2 and MCO2PRE[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= CFGR_MCO2_RESET_MASK; + + /* Select MCO2 clock source and prescaler */ + tmpreg |= RCC_MCO2Source | RCC_MCO2Div; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group2 System AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions + * @brief System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to configure the System, AHB, APB1 and + APB2 busses clocks. + + 1. Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI, + HSE and PLL. + The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable prescaler + and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). + APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived from AHB clock through + configurable prescalers and used to clock the peripherals mapped on these busses. + You can use "RCC_GetClocksFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. + +@note All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: + - I2S: the I2S clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLI2S) or + from an external clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin. + You have to use RCC_I2SCLKConfig() function to configure this clock. + - RTC: the RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock + divided by 2 to 31. You have to use RCC_RTCCLKConfig() and RCC_RTCCLKCmd() + functions to configure this clock. + - USB OTG FS, SDIO and RTC: USB OTG FS require a frequency equal to 48 MHz + to work correctly, while the SDIO require a frequency equal or lower than + to 48. This clock is derived of the main PLL through PLLQ divider. + - IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. + + 2. The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK is 120 MHz, PCLK2 60 MHz and PCLK1 30 MHz. + Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should be + adapted accordingly: + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + | |---------------------------------------------------------------------| + | | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | + | | 2.7 V - 3.6 V | 2.4 V - 2.7 V | 2.1 V - 2.4 V | 1.8 V - 2.1 V | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)|0 < HCLK <= 30 |0 < HCLK <= 24 |0 < HCLK <= 18 |0 < HCLK <= 16 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)|30 < HCLK <= 60 |24 < HCLK <= 48 |18 < HCLK <= 36 |16 < HCLK <= 32 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)|60 < HCLK <= 90 |48 < HCLK <= 72 |36 < HCLK <= 54 |32 < HCLK <= 48 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |3WS(4CPU cycle)|90 < HCLK <= 120|72 < HCLK <= 96 |54 < HCLK <= 72 |48 < HCLK <= 64 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |4WS(5CPU cycle)| NA |96 < HCLK <= 120|72 < HCLK <= 90 |64 < HCLK <= 80 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |5WS(6CPU cycle)| NA | NA |90 < HCLK <= 108 |80 < HCLK <= 96 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |6WS(7CPU cycle)| NA | NA |108 < HCLK <= 120|96 < HCLK <= 112 | + |---------------|----------------|----------------|-----------------|-----------------| + |7WS(8CPU cycle)| NA | NA | NA |112 < HCLK <= 120| + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the system clock (SYSCLK). + * @note The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after + * startup from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case + * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock + * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). + * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target + * clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked). + * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will + * occur when the clock source will be ready. + * You can use RCC_GetSYSCLKSource() function to know which clock is + * currently used as system clock source. + * @param RCC_SYSCLKSource: specifies the clock source used as system clock. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI: HSI selected as system clock source + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE: HSE selected as system clock source + * @arg RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK: PLL selected as system clock source + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(RCC_SYSCLKSource)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear SW[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_SW; + + /* Set SW[1:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLKSource value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLKSource; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the clock source used as system clock. + * @param None + * @retval The clock source used as system clock. The returned value can be one + * of the following: + * - 0x00: HSI used as system clock + * - 0x04: HSE used as system clock + * - 0x08: PLL used as system clock + */ +uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void) +{ + return ((uint8_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the AHB clock (HCLK). + * @note Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly + * these bits to ensure that HCLK not exceed the maximum allowed frequency + * (for more details refer to section above + * "CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration functions") + * @param RCC_SYSCLK: defines the AHB clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the system clock (SYSCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div1: AHB clock = SYSCLK + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div2: AHB clock = SYSCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div4: AHB clock = SYSCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div8: AHB clock = SYSCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div16: AHB clock = SYSCLK/16 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div64: AHB clock = SYSCLK/64 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div128: AHB clock = SYSCLK/128 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div256: AHB clock = SYSCLK/256 + * @arg RCC_SYSCLK_Div512: AHB clock = SYSCLK/512 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_SYSCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear HPRE[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_HPRE; + + /* Set HPRE[3:0] bits according to RCC_SYSCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_SYSCLK; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + + +/** + * @brief Configures the Low Speed APB clock (PCLK1). + * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB1 clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the AHB clock (HCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB1 clock = HCLK + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB1 clock = HCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB1 clock = HCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB1 clock = HCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB1 clock = HCLK/16 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear PPRE1[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE1; + + /* Set PPRE1[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the High Speed APB clock (PCLK2). + * @param RCC_HCLK: defines the APB2 clock divider. This clock is derived from + * the AHB clock (HCLK). + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div1: APB2 clock = HCLK + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div2: APB2 clock = HCLK/2 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div4: APB2 clock = HCLK/4 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div8: APB2 clock = HCLK/8 + * @arg RCC_HCLK_Div16: APB2 clock = HCLK/16 + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_HCLK)); + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear PPRE2[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_PPRE2; + + /* Set PPRE2[2:0] bits according to RCC_HCLK value */ + tmpreg |= RCC_HCLK << 3; + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the frequencies of different on chip clocks; SYSCLK, HCLK, + * PCLK1 and PCLK2. + * + * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real + * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined + * constant and the selected clock source: + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*) + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) + * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) + * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. + * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f2xx.h file (default value + * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature. + * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f2xx.h file (default value + * 25 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * have wrong result. + * + * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @param RCC_Clocks: pointer to a RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold + * the clocks frequencies. + * + * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the + * baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. + * @note Each time SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and/or PCLK2 clock changes, this function + * must be called to update the structure's field. Otherwise, any + * configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0, presc = 0, pllvco = 0, pllp = 2, pllsource = 0, pllm = 2; + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS; + + switch (tmp) + { + case 0x00: /* HSI used as system clock source */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + break; + case 0x04: /* HSE used as system clock source */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSE_VALUE; + break; + case 0x08: /* PLL used as system clock source */ + + /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLLM) * PLLN + SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLP + */ + pllsource = (RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) >> 22; + pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; + + if (pllsource != 0) + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } + else + { + /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = (HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> 6); + } + + pllp = (((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) >>16) + 1 ) *2; + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = pllvco/pllp; + break; + default: + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + /* Compute HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 clocks frequencies ------------------------*/ + + /* Get HCLK prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE; + tmp = tmp >> 4; + presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* HCLK clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency >> presc; + + /* Get PCLK1 prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1; + tmp = tmp >> 10; + presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* PCLK1 clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc; + + /* Get PCLK2 prescaler */ + tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2; + tmp = tmp >> 13; + presc = APBAHBPrescTable[tmp]; + /* PCLK2 clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency = RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency >> presc; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group3 Peripheral clocks configuration functions + * @brief Peripheral clocks configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Peripheral clocks configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to configure the Peripheral clocks. + + 1. The RTC clock which is derived from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock divided by 2 to 31. + + 2. After restart from Reset or wakeup from STANDBY, all peripherals are off + except internal SRAM, Flash and JTAG. Before to start using a peripheral you + have to enable its interface clock. You can do this using RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd() + , RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd() and RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() functions. + + 3. To reset the peripherals configuration (to the default state after device reset) + you can use RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd() and + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd() functions. + + 4. To further reduce power consumption in SLEEP mode the peripheral clocks can + be disabled prior to executing the WFI or WFE instructions. You can do this + using RCC_AHBPeriphClockLPModeCmd(), RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd() and + RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd() functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC clock (RTCCLK). + * @note As the RTC clock configuration bits are in the Backup domain and write + * access is denied to this domain after reset, you have to enable write + * access using PWR_BackupAccessCmd(ENABLE) function before to configure + * the RTC clock source (to be done once after reset). + * @note Once the RTC clock is configured it can't be changed unless the + * Backup domain is reset using RCC_BackupResetCmd() function, or by + * a Power On Reset (POR). + * + * @param RCC_RTCCLKSource: specifies the RTC clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE: LSE selected as RTC clock + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI: LSI selected as RTC clock + * @arg RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Divx: HSE clock divided by x selected + * as RTC clock, where x:[2,31] + * + * @note If the LSE or LSI is used as RTC clock source, the RTC continues to + * work in STOP and STANDBY modes, and can be used as wakeup source. + * However, when the HSE clock is used as RTC clock source, the RTC + * cannot be used in STOP and STANDBY modes. + * @note The maximum input clock frequency for RTC is 1MHz (when using HSE as + * RTC clock source). + * + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(RCC_RTCCLKSource)); + + if ((RCC_RTCCLKSource & 0x00000300) == 0x00000300) + { /* If HSE is selected as RTC clock source, configure HSE division factor for RTC clock */ + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Clear RTCPRE[4:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= ~RCC_CFGR_RTCPRE; + + /* Configure HSE division factor for RTC clock */ + tmpreg |= (RCC_RTCCLKSource & 0xFFFFCFF); + + /* Store the new value */ + RCC->CFGR = tmpreg; + } + + /* Select the RTC clock source */ + RCC->BDCR |= (RCC_RTCCLKSource & 0x00000FFF); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock. + * @note This function must be used only after the RTC clock source was selected + * using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig function. + * @param NewState: new state of the RTC clock. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_RTCEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases the Backup domain reset. + * @note This function resets the RTC peripheral (including the backup registers) + * and the RTC clock source selection in RCC_CSR register. + * @note The BKPSRAM is not affected by this reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the Backup domain reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) BDCR_BDRST_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the I2S clock source (I2SCLK). + * + * @note This function must be called before enabling the I2S APB clock. + * @note This function applies only to Silicon RevisionB and RevisionY. + * + * @param RCC_I2SCLKSource: specifies the I2S clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLLI2S: PLLI2S clock used as I2S clock source + * @arg RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin + * used as I2S clock source + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_I2SCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2SCLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SCLK_SOURCE(RCC_I2SCLKSource)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_I2SSRC_BB = RCC_I2SCLKSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB1 peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB1 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI: GPIOI clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_CRC: CRC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_BKPSRAM: BKPSRAM interface clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1: DMA1 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2: DMA2 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC: Ethernet MAC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Tx: Ethernet Transmission clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Rx: Ethernet Reception clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_PTP: Ethernet PTP clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS: USB OTG HS clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS_ULPI: USB OTG HS ULPI clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB1_CLOCK_PERIPH(RCC_AHB1Periph)); + + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB1ENR |= RCC_AHB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB1ENR &= ~RCC_AHB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB2 peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB2 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI: DCMI clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP: CRYP clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH: HASH clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG: RNG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_OTG_FS: USB OTG FS clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB2_PERIPH(RCC_AHB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB2ENR |= RCC_AHB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB2ENR &= ~RCC_AHB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB3 peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB3 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter must be: RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB3PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(RCC_AHB3Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB3ENR |= RCC_AHB3Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB3ENR &= ~RCC_AHB3Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12: TIM12 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13: TIM13 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14: TIM14 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4: UART4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5: UART5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3: I2C3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1: CAN1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2: CAN2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC: DAC clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB1ENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral clock. + * @note After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) + * is disabled and the application software has to enable this clock before + * using it. + * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1: TIM1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8: TIM8 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART6: USART6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2: ADC2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3: ADC3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO: SDIO clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9: TIM9 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10: TIM10 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11: TIM11 clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB2ENR |= RCC_APB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB2ENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases AHB1 peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_AHB1Periph: specifies the AHB1 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI: GPIOI clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_CRC: CRC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1: DMA1 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2: DMA2 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC: Ethernet MAC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS: USB OTG HS clock + * + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB1_RESET_PERIPH(RCC_AHB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB1RSTR |= RCC_AHB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB1RSTR &= ~RCC_AHB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases AHB2 peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_AHB2Periph: specifies the AHB2 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI: DCMI clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP: CRYP clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH: HASH clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG: RNG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_OTG_FS: USB OTG FS clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB2_PERIPH(RCC_AHB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB2RSTR |= RCC_AHB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB2RSTR &= ~RCC_AHB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases AHB3 peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_AHB3Periph: specifies the AHB3 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter must be: RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB3PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(RCC_AHB3Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB3RSTR |= RCC_AHB3Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB3RSTR &= ~RCC_AHB3Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases Low Speed APB (APB1) peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12: TIM12 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13: TIM13 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14: TIM14 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4: UART4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5: UART5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3: I2C3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1: CAN1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2: CAN2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC: DAC clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB1RSTR |= RCC_APB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB1RSTR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Forces or releases High Speed APB (APB2) peripheral reset. + * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to reset. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1: TIM1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8: TIM8 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART6: USART6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2: ADC2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3: ADC3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO: SDIO clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9: TIM9 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10: TIM10 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11: TIM11 clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_RESET_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB2RSTR |= RCC_APB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB2RSTR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB1 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. + * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce + * power consumption. + * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. + * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB1 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOA: GPIOA clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOB: GPIOB clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOC: GPIOC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOD: GPIOD clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOE: GPIOE clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOF: GPIOF clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOG: GPIOG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_GPIOI: GPIOI clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_CRC: CRC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_BKPSRAM: BKPSRAM interface clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA1: DMA1 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_DMA2: DMA2 clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC: Ethernet MAC clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Tx: Ethernet Transmission clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_Rx: Ethernet Reception clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_ETH_MAC_PTP: Ethernet PTP clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS: USB OTG HS clock + * @arg RCC_AHB1Periph_OTG_HS_ULPI: USB OTG HS ULPI clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB1_LPMODE_PERIPH(RCC_AHB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB1LPENR |= RCC_AHB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB1LPENR &= ~RCC_AHB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB2 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. + * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce + * power consumption. + * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. + * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB2 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_DCMI: DCMI clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_CRYP: CRYP clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_HASH: HASH clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG: RNG clock + * @arg RCC_AHB2Periph_OTG_FS: USB OTG FS clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB2_PERIPH(RCC_AHB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB2LPENR |= RCC_AHB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB2LPENR &= ~RCC_AHB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the AHB3 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. + * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce + * power consumption. + * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. + * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. + * @param RCC_AHBPeriph: specifies the AHB3 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter must be: RCC_AHB3Periph_FSMC + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_AHB3PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHB3Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_AHB3_PERIPH(RCC_AHB3Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->AHB3LPENR |= RCC_AHB3Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->AHB3LPENR &= ~RCC_AHB3Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the APB1 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. + * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce + * power consumption. + * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. + * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. + * @param RCC_APB1Periph: specifies the APB1 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2: TIM2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3: TIM3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4: TIM4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5: TIM5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6: TIM6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7: TIM7 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12: TIM12 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13: TIM13 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14: TIM14 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG: WWDG clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2: SPI2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3: SPI3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART2: USART2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_USART3: USART3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART4: UART4 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_UART5: UART5 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1: I2C1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2: I2C2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_I2C3: I2C3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1: CAN1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2: CAN2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_PWR: PWR clock + * @arg RCC_APB1Periph_DAC: DAC clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB1PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(RCC_APB1Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB1LPENR |= RCC_APB1Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB1LPENR &= ~RCC_APB1Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the APB2 peripheral clock during Low Power (Sleep) mode. + * @note Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce + * power consumption. + * @note After wakeup from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. + * @note By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled during SLEEP mode. + * @param RCC_APB2Periph: specifies the APB2 peripheral to gates its clock. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1: TIM1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8: TIM8 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART1: USART1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_USART6: USART6 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1: ADC1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2: ADC2 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3: ADC3 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO: SDIO clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1: SPI1 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG: SYSCFG clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9: TIM9 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10: TIM10 clock + * @arg RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11: TIM11 clock + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_APB2PeriphClockLPModeCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(RCC_APB2Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RCC->APB2LPENR |= RCC_APB2Periph; + } + else + { + RCC->APB2LPENR &= ~RCC_APB2Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Group4 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RCC interrupts. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: main PLL ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S ready interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified RCC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_IT(RCC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[14:8] bits to enable the selected interrupts */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS |= RCC_IT; + } + else + { + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[14:8] bits to disable the selected interrupts */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS &= (uint8_t)~RCC_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC flag is set or not. + * @param RCC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY: HSI oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_HSERDY: HSE oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY: main PLL clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSERDY: LSE oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY: LSI oscillator clock ready + * @arg RCC_FLAG_BORRST: POR/PDR or BOR reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PINRST: Pin reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_PORRST: POR/PDR reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_SFTRST: Software reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST: Independent Watchdog reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST: Window Watchdog reset + * @arg RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST: Low Power reset + * @retval The new state of RCC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + uint32_t statusreg = 0; + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_FLAG(RCC_FLAG)); + + /* Get the RCC register index */ + tmp = RCC_FLAG >> 5; + if (tmp == 1) /* The flag to check is in CR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->CR; + } + else if (tmp == 2) /* The flag to check is in BDCR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->BDCR; + } + else /* The flag to check is in CSR register */ + { + statusreg = RCC->CSR; + } + + /* Get the flag position */ + tmp = RCC_FLAG & FLAG_MASK; + if ((statusreg & ((uint32_t)1 << tmp)) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RCC reset flags. + * The reset flags are: RCC_FLAG_PINRST, RCC_FLAG_PORRST, RCC_FLAG_SFTRST, + * RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST, RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClearFlag(void) +{ + /* Set RMVF bit to clear the reset flags */ + RCC->CSR |= RCC_CSR_RMVF; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RCC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the RCC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: main PLL ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt + * @retval The new state of RCC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT)); + + /* Check the status of the specified RCC interrupt */ + if ((RCC->CIR & RCC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the RCC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RCC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param RCC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLRDY: main PLL ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S ready interrupt + * @arg RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT)); + + /* Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[23:16] bits to clear the selected interrupt + pending bits */ + *(__IO uint8_t *) CIR_BYTE3_ADDRESS = RCC_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rng.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rng.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e2bf0c325 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rng.c @@ -0,0 +1,399 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_rng.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral: + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - Get 32 bit Random number + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable The RNG controller clock using + * RCC_AHB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG, ENABLE) function. + * + * 2. Activate the RNG peripheral using RNG_Cmd() function. + * + * 3. Wait until the 32 bit Random number Generator contains a valid + * random data (using polling/interrupt mode). For more details, + * refer to "Interrupts and flags management functions" module + * description. + * + * 4. Get the 32 bit Random number using RNG_GetRandomNumber() function + * + * 5. To get another 32 bit Random number, go to step 3. + * + * + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_rng.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RNG + * @brief RNG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RNG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RNG_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + This section provides functions allowing to + - Initialize the RNG peripheral + - Enable or disable the RNG peripheral + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the RNG peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RNG_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable RNG reset state */ + RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG, ENABLE); + + /* Release RNG from reset state */ + RCC_AHB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_AHB2Periph_RNG, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RNG peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the RNG peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RNG_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RNG */ + RNG->CR |= RNG_CR_RNGEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RNG */ + RNG->CR &= ~RNG_CR_RNGEN; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RNG_Group2 Get 32 bit Random number function + * @brief Get 32 bit Random number function + * + +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Get 32 bit Random number function + =============================================================================== + This section provides a function allowing to get the 32 bit Random number + + @note Before to call this function you have to wait till DRDY flag is set, + using RNG_GetFlagStatus(RNG_FLAG_DRDY) function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Returns a 32-bit random number. + * + * @note Before to call this function you have to wait till DRDY (data ready) + * flag is set, using RNG_GetFlagStatus(RNG_FLAG_DRDY) function. + * @note Each time the the Random number data is read (using RNG_GetRandomNumber() + * function), the RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag is automatically cleared. + * @note In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is + * interrupted for as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is + * available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may + * not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the + * SEIS bit(using RNG_ClearFlag(RNG_FLAG_SECS) function), then disable + * and enable the RNG peripheral (using RNG_Cmd() function) to + * reinitialize and restart the RNG. + * @note In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate + * random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User have + * to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide + * the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit (using RNG_ClearFlag(RNG_FLAG_CECS) + * function) . The clock error has no impact on the previously generated + * random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used. + * + * @param None + * @retval 32-bit random number. + */ +uint32_t RNG_GetRandomNumber(void) +{ + /* Return the 32 bit random number from the DR register */ + return RNG->DR; +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RNG_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides functions allowing to configure the RNG Interrupts and + to get the status and clear flags and Interrupts pending bits. + + The RNG provides 3 Interrupts sources and 3 Flags: + + Flags : + ---------- + 1. RNG_FLAG_DRDY : In the case of the RNG_DR register contains valid + random data. it is cleared by reading the valid data + (using RNG_GetRandomNumber() function). + + 2. RNG_FLAG_CECS : In the case of a seed error detection. + + 3. RNG_FLAG_SECS : In the case of a clock error detection. + + + Interrupts : + ------------ + if enabled, an RNG interrupt is pending : + + 1. In the case of the RNG_DR register contains valid random data. + This interrupt source is cleared once the RNG_DR register has been read + (using RNG_GetRandomNumber() function) until a new valid value is + computed. + + or + 2. In the case of a seed error : One of the following faulty sequences has + been detected: + - More than 64 consecutive bits at the same value (0 or 1) + - More than 32 consecutive alternance of 0 and 1 (0101010101...01) + This interrupt source is cleared using RNG_ClearITPendingBit(RNG_IT_SEI) + function. + + or + 3. In the case of a clock error : the PLL48CLK (RNG peripheral clock source) + was not correctly detected (fPLL48CLK< fHCLK/16). + This interrupt source is cleared using RNG_ClearITPendingBit(RNG_IT_CEI) + function. + @note In this case, User have to check that the clock controller is + correctly configured to provide the RNG clock. + + Managing the RNG controller events : + ------------------------------------ + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the RNG controller events: Polling mode or Interrupt mode. + + 1. In the Polling Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - RNG_GetFlagStatus() : to check if flags events occur. + - RNG_ClearFlag() : to clear the flags events. + + @note RNG_FLAG_DRDY can not be cleared by RNG_ClearFlag(). it is cleared only + by reading the Random number data. + + 2. In the Interrupt Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - RNG_ITConfig() : to enable or disable the interrupt source. + - RNG_GetITStatus() : to check if Interrupt occurs. + - RNG_ClearITPendingBit() : to clear the Interrupt pending Bit + (corresponding Flag). + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RNG interrupt. + * @note The RNG provides 3 interrupt sources, + * - Computed data is ready event (DRDY), and + * - Seed error Interrupt (SEI) and + * - Clock error Interrupt (CEI), + * all these interrupts sources are enabled by setting the IE bit in + * CR register. However, each interrupt have its specific status bit + * (see RNG_GetITStatus() function) and clear bit except the DRDY event + * (see RNG_ClearITPendingBit() function). + * @param NewState: new state of the RNG interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RNG_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RNG interrupt */ + RNG->CR |= RNG_CR_IE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RNG interrupt */ + RNG->CR &= ~RNG_CR_IE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RNG flag is set or not. + * @param RNG_FLAG: specifies the RNG flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RNG_FLAG_DRDY: Data Ready flag. + * @arg RNG_FLAG_CECS: Clock Error Current flag. + * @arg RNG_FLAG_SECS: Seed Error Current flag. + * @retval The new state of RNG_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RNG_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RNG_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RNG_GET_FLAG(RNG_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified RNG flag */ + if ((RNG->SR & RNG_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* RNG_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* RNG_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the RNG_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + + +/** + * @brief Clears the RNG flags. + * @param RNG_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RNG_FLAG_CECS: Clock Error Current flag. + * @arg RNG_FLAG_SECS: Seed Error Current flag. + * @note RNG_FLAG_DRDY can not be cleared by RNG_ClearFlag() function. + * This flag is cleared only by reading the Random number data (using + * RNG_GetRandomNumber() function). + * @retval None + */ +void RNG_ClearFlag(uint8_t RNG_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RNG_CLEAR_FLAG(RNG_FLAG)); + /* Clear the selected RNG flags */ + RNG->SR = ~(uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RNG_FLAG) << 4); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RNG interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RNG_IT: specifies the RNG interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RNG_IT_CEI: Clock Error Interrupt. + * @arg RNG_IT_SEI: Seed Error Interrupt. + * @retval The new state of RNG_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RNG_GetITStatus(uint8_t RNG_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RNG_GET_IT(RNG_IT)); + + /* Check the status of the specified RNG interrupt */ + if ((RNG->SR & RNG_IT) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* RNG_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* RNG_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the RNG_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + + +/** + * @brief Clears the RNG interrupt pending bit(s). + * @param RNG_IT: specifies the RNG interrupt pending bit(s) to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RNG_IT_CEI: Clock Error Interrupt. + * @arg RNG_IT_SEI: Seed Error Interrupt. + * @retval None + */ +void RNG_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RNG_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RNG_IT(RNG_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected RNG interrupt pending bit */ + RNG->SR = (uint8_t)~RNG_IT; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rtc.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..929a24a58c --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,2239 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_rtc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Real-Time Clock (RTC) peripheral: + * - Initialization + * - Calendar (Time and Date) configuration + * - Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration + * - WakeUp Timer configuration + * - Daylight Saving configuration + * - Output pin Configuration + * - Coarse Calibration configuration + * - TimeStamp configuration + * - Tampers configuration + * - Backup Data Registers configuration + * - RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config configuration + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * Backup Domain Operating Condition + * =================================================================== + * The real-time clock (RTC), the RTC backup registers, and the backup + * SRAM (BKP SRAM) can be powered from the VBAT voltage when the main + * VDD supply is powered off. + * To retain the content of the RTC backup registers, backup SRAM, + * and supply the RTC when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected + * to an optional standby voltage supplied by a battery or by another + * source. + * + * To allow the RTC to operate even when the main digital supply (VDD) + * is turned off, the VBAT pin powers the following blocks: + * 1 - The RTC + * 2 - The LSE oscillator + * 3 - The backup SRAM when the low power backup regulator is enabled + * 4 - PC13 to PC15 I/Os, plus PI8 I/O (when available) + * + * When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected + * to VDD), the following functions are available: + * 1 - PC14 and PC15 can be used as either GPIO or LSE pins + * 2 - PC13 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF1 pin + * 3 - PI8 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF2 pin + * + * When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected + * to VBAT because VDD is not present), the following functions are available: + * 1 - PC14 and PC15 can be used as LSE pins only + * 2 - PC13 can be used as the RTC_AF1 pin + * 3 - PI8 can be used as the RTC_AF2 pin + * + * =================================================================== + * Backup Domain Reset + * =================================================================== + * The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR + * register to their reset values. The BKPSRAM is not affected by this + * reset. The only way of resetting the BKPSRAM is through the Flash + * interface by requesting a protection level change from 1 to 0. + * A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events + * occurs: + * 1 - Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the + * RCC Backup domain control register (RCC_BDCR). You can use the + * RCC_BackupResetCmd(). + * 2 - VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been + * powered off. + * + * =================================================================== + * Backup Domain Access + * =================================================================== + * After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data + * registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted + * write accesses. + * To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + * - Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + * RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd() function. + * - Enable access to RTC domain using the PWR_BackupAccessCmd() function. + * - Select the RTC clock source using the RCC_RTCCLKConfig() function. + * - Enable RTC Clock using the RCC_RTCCLKCmd() function. + * + * =================================================================== + * RTC Driver: how to use it + * =================================================================== + * - Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above) + * - Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and + * RTC hour format using the RTC_Init() function. + * + * Time and Date configuration + * =========================== + * - To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the RTC_SetTime() + * and RTC_SetDate() functions. + * - To read the RTC Calendar, use the RTC_GetTime() and RTC_GetDate() + * functions. + * - Use the RTC_DayLightSavingConfig() function to add or sub one + * hour to the RTC Calendar. + * + * Alarm configuration + * =================== + * - To configure the RTC Alarm use the RTC_SetAlarm() function. + * - Enable the selected RTC Alarm using the RTC_AlarmCmd() function + * - To read the RTC Alarm, use the RTC_GetAlarm() function. + * + * RTC Wakeup configuration + * ======================== + * - Configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source use the RTC_WakeUpClockConfig() + * function. + * - Configure the RTC WakeUp Counter using the RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() + * function + * - Enable the RTC WakeUp using the RTC_WakeUpCmd() function + * - To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the RTC_GetWakeUpCounter() + * function. + * + * Outputs configuration + * ===================== + * The RTC has 2 different outputs: + * - AFO_ALARM: this output is used to manage the RTC Alarm A, Alarm B + * and WaKeUp signals. + * To output the selected RTC signal on RTC_AF1 pin, use the + * RTC_OutputConfig() function. + * - AFO_CALIB: this output is used to manage the RTC Clock divided + * by 64 (512Hz) signal. + * To output the RTC Clock on RTC_AF1 pin, use the RTC_CalibOutputCmd() + * function. + * + * Coarse Calibration configuration + * ================================= + * - Configure the RTC Coarse Calibration Value and the corresponding + * sign using the RTC_CoarseCalibConfig() function. + * - Enable the RTC Coarse Calibration using the RTC_CoarseCalibCmd() + * function + * + * TimeStamp configuration + * ======================= + * - Configure the RTC_AF1 trigger and enables the RTC TimeStamp + * using the RTC_TimeStampCmd() function. + * - To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the + * RTC_GetTimeStamp() function. + * - The TAMPER1 alternate function can be mapped either to RTC_AF1(PC13) + * or RTC_AF2 (PI8) depending on the value of TAMP1INSEL bit in + * RTC_TAFCR register. You can use the RTC_TamperPinSelection() + * function to select the corresponding pin. + * + * Tamper configuration + * ==================== + * - Configure the RTC Tamper trigger using the RTC_TamperConfig() + * function. + * - Enable the RTC Tamper using the RTC_TamperCmd() function. + * - The TIMESTAMP alternate function can be mapped to either RTC_AF1 + * or RTC_AF2 depending on the value of the TSINSEL bit in the + * RTC_TAFCR register. You can use the RTC_TimeStampPinSelection() + * function to select the corresponding pin. + * + * Backup Data Registers configuration + * =================================== + * - To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_WriteBackupRegister() + * function. + * - To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the RTC_ReadBackupRegister() + * function. + * + * =================================================================== + * RTC and low power modes + * =================================================================== + * The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate + * function. + * The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B), + * RTC wakeup, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection. + * These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop + * and Standby lowpower modes. + * The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending + * on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm + * or the RTC wakeup events. + * The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the + * Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals. + * Wakeup from STOP and Standby modes is possible only when the RTC + * clock source is LSE or LSI. + * + * =================================================================== + * Selection of RTC_AF1 alternate functions + * =================================================================== + * The RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) can be used for the following purposes: + * - AFO_ALARM output + * - AFO_CALIB output + * - AFI_TAMPER + * - AFI_TIMESTAMP + * + * +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + * | Pin |AFO_ALARM |AFO_CALIB |AFI_TAMPER |AFI_TIMESTAMP | TAMP1INSEL | TSINSEL |ALARMOUTTYPE | + * | configuration | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED | ENABLED |TAMPER1 pin |TIMESTAMP pin | AFO_ALARM | + * | and function | | | | | selection | selection |Configuration | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + * | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | Don't | | + * | output OD | 1 |Don't care|Don't care | Don't care | care | care | 0 | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + * | Alarm out | | | | | Don't | Don't | | + * | output PP | 1 |Don't care|Don't care | Don't care | care | care | 1 | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + * | Calibration out | | | | | Don't | Don't | | + * | output PP | 0 | 1 |Don't care | Don't care | care | care | Don't care | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + * | TAMPER input | | | | | | Don't | | + * | floating | 0 | 0 | 1 | 0 | 0 | care | Don't care | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + * | TIMESTAMP and | | | | | | | | + * | TAMPER input | 0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | Don't care | + * | floating | | | | | | | | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + * | TIMESTAMP input | | | | | Don't | | | + * | floating | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1 | care | 0 | Don't care | + * |-----------------|----------|----------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + * | Standard GPIO | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | Don't care | Don't care | Don't care | + * +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + * + * + * =================================================================== + * Selection of RTC_AF2 alternate functions + * =================================================================== + * The RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) can be used for the following purposes: + * - AFI_TAMPER + * - AFI_TIMESTAMP + * + * +---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + * | Pin |AFI_TAMPER |AFI_TIMESTAMP | TAMP1INSEL | TSINSEL |ALARMOUTTYPE | + * | configuration | ENABLED | ENABLED |TAMPER1 pin |TIMESTAMP pin | AFO_ALARM | + * | and function | | | selection | selection |Configuration | + * |-----------------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + * | TAMPER input | | | | Don't | | + * | floating | 1 | 0 | 1 | care | Don't care | + * |-----------------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + * | TIMESTAMP and | | | | | | + * | TAMPER input | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | Don't care | + * | floating | | | | | | + * |-----------------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + * | TIMESTAMP input | | | Don't | | | + * | floating | 0 | 1 | care | 1 | Don't care | + * |-----------------|-----------|--------------|------------|--------------|--------------| + * | Standard GPIO | 0 | 0 | Don't care | Don't care | Don't care | + * +---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + * + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_rtc.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC + * @brief RTC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Masks Definition */ +#define RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x007F7F7F) +#define RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00FFFF3F) +#define RTC_INIT_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) +#define RTC_RSF_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF5F) +#define RTC_FLAGS_MASK ((uint32_t)(RTC_FLAG_TSOVF | RTC_FLAG_TSF | RTC_FLAG_WUTF | \ + RTC_FLAG_ALRBF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF | RTC_FLAG_INITF | \ + RTC_FLAG_RSF | RTC_FLAG_INITS | RTC_FLAG_WUTWF | \ + RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF | RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF | RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F )) + +#define INITMODE_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00010000) +#define SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t) 0x00008000) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value); +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value); + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to initialize and configure the RTC + Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable RTC registers + Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, RTC registers + synchronization check and reference clock detection enable. + + 1. The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. It is + split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption. + - A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and A 13-bit synchronous prescaler. + - When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the asynchronous + prescaler to a high value to minimize consumption. + + 2. All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers + is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR. + + 3. To Configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter initialization + mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped and its value can be + updated. When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts + counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + + 4. To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar initialization, + calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes the software must first + clear the RSF flag. The software must then wait until it is set again before + reading the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been + correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. + The RTC_WaitForSynchro() function implements the above software sequence + (RSF clear and RSF check). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the RTC registers to their default reset values. + * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data + * registers. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are deinitialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not deinitialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_DeInit(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */ + RTC->TR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->DR = (uint32_t)0x00002101; + /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000007; + + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; + wutcounter++; + } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF; + RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)0x007F00FF; + RTC->CALIBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */ + RTC->TAFCR = 0x00000000; + + if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters + * in RTC_InitStruct. + * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the RTC peripheral. + * @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in + * initialization mode only. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_Init(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Clear RTC CR FMT Bit */ + RTC->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT)); + /* Set RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= ((uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat)); + + /* Configure the RTC PRER */ + RTC->PRER = (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv); + RTC->PRER |= (uint32_t)(RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv << 16); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_StructInit(RTC_InitTypeDef* RTC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Initialize the RTC_HourFormat member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_HourFormat = RTC_HourFormat_24; + + /* Initialize the RTC_AsynchPrediv member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_AsynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0x7F; + + /* Initialize the RTC_SynchPrediv member */ + RTC_InitStruct->RTC_SynchPrediv = (uint32_t)0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC registers write protection. + * @note All the RTC registers are write protected except for RTC_ISR[13:8], + * RTC_TAFCR and RTC_BKPxR. + * @note Writing a wrong key reactivates the write protection. + * @note The protection mechanism is not affected by system reset. + * @param NewState: new state of the write protection. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + } + else + { + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode + * - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_EnterInitMode(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t initcounter = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t initstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */ + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Set the Initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK; + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + initstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF; + initcounter++; + } while((initcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (initstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Exits the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts + * counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ExitInitMode(void) +{ + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are + * synchronized with RTC APB clock. + * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the + * RTC_WriteProtectionCmd(DISABLE) before calling this function. + * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar + * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes + * the software must first clear the RSF flag. + * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading + * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been + * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. + * @param None + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_WaitForSynchro(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t synchrocounter = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t synchrostatus = 0x00; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear RSF flag */ + RTC->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK; + + /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */ + do + { + synchrostatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF; + synchrocounter++; + } while((synchrocounter != SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT) && (synchrostatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) != RESET) + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC reference clock detection. + * @param NewState: new state of the RTC reference clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC reference clock detection is enabled + * - ERROR: RTC reference clock detection is disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_RefClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RTC reference clock detection */ + RTC->CR |= RTC_CR_REFCKON; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RTC reference clock detection */ + RTC->CR &= ~RTC_CR_REFCKON; + } + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group2 Time and Date configuration functions + * @brief Time and Date configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Time and Date configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC Calendar + (Time and Date). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current time. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains + * the time configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)); + } + else + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours))); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds))); + } + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds)) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12) << 16)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_TR register */ + RTC->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_TimeStruct member with its default value + * (Time = 00h:00min:00sec). + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStructInit(RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = 0; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = 0; + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC current Time. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will + * contain the returned current time configuration. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetTime(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the RTC_TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); + RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_TimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current date. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains + * the date configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Date register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Date register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_SetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if ((RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & 0x10) == 0x10)) + { + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10)) + 0x0A; + } + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year))); + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(tmpreg)); + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay)); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = ((((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date) | \ + (((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay) << 13)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date)) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay << 13)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_DR register */ + RTC->DR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + if(RTC_WaitForSynchro() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_DateStruct member with its default value + * (Monday, January 01 xx00). + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be + * initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_DateStructInit(RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = RTC_Weekday_Monday; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = 1; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = RTC_Month_January; + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC current date. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will + * contain the returned current date configuration. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetDate(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_DateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the RTC_TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Year); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Month); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_Date); + RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)(RTC_DateStruct->RTC_WeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group3 Alarms configuration functions + * @brief Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B) configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC Alarms. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the specified RTC Alarm. + * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm + * is disabled (Use the RTC_AlarmCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the returned parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that + * contains the alarm configuration parameters. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_ALARM_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)); + + if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + } + else + { + if ((RTC->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_H12(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours))); + } + + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds))); + + if(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg)); + } + } + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != RTC_Format_BIN) + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds)) | \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + RTC->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + } + else + { + RTC->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each RTC_AlarmStruct member with its default value + * (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec / Date = 1st day of the month/Mask = + * all fields are masked). + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a @ref RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_AlarmStructInit(RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = RTC_H12_AM; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = 0; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = 0; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = 0; + + /* Alarm Date Settings : Date = 1st day of the month */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel_Date; + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = 1; + + /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = RTC_AlarmMask_None; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC Alarm value and masks. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that will + * contains the output alarm configuration values. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetAlarm(uint32_t RTC_Format, uint32_t RTC_Alarm, RTC_AlarmTypeDef* RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + + /* Get the RTC_ALRMxR register */ + if (RTC_Alarm == RTC_Alarm_A) + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMAR); + } + else + { + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ALRMBR); + } + + /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | \ + RTC_ALRMAR_SU)); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_H12 = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_AlarmMask_All); + + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Hours); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Minutes); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct-> \ + RTC_AlarmTime.RTC_Seconds); + RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_AlarmStruct->RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC Alarm. + * @param RTC_Alarm: specifies the alarm to be configured. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Alarm_A: to select Alarm A + * @arg RTC_Alarm_B: to select Alarm B + * @param NewState: new state of the specified alarm. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Alarm is enabled/disabled + * - ERROR: RTC Alarm is not enabled/disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_AlarmCmd(uint32_t RTC_Alarm, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + __IO uint32_t alarmcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t alarmstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CMD_ALARM(RTC_Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Alarm state */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Alarm; + + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Alarm in RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Alarm; + + /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + alarmstatus = RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8); + alarmcounter++; + } while((alarmcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (alarmstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & (RTC_Alarm >> 8)) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group4 WakeUp Timer configuration functions + * @brief WakeUp Timer configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + WakeUp Timer configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the RTC WakeUp. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup clock source. + * @note The WakeUp Clock source can only be changed when the RTC WakeUp + * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_WakeUpClock: Wakeup Clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div16: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/16 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div8: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/8 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div4: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/4 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_RTCCLK_Div2: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = RTCCLK/2 + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_16bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE + * @arg RTC_WakeUpClock_CK_SPRE_17bits: RTC Wakeup Counter Clock = CK_SPRE + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpClock) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(RTC_WakeUpClock)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL; + + /* Configure the clock source */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpClock; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Wakeup counter. + * @note The RTC WakeUp counter can only be written when the RTC WakeUp + * is disabled (Use the RTC_WakeUpCmd(DISABLE)). + * @param RTC_WakeUpCounter: specifies the WakeUp counter. + * This parameter can be a value from 0x0000 to 0xFFFF. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetWakeUpCounter(uint32_t RTC_WakeUpCounter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(RTC_WakeUpCounter)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */ + RTC->WUTR = (uint32_t)RTC_WakeUpCounter; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC WakeUp timer counter value. + * @param None + * @retval The RTC WakeUp Counter value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetWakeUpCounter(void) +{ + /* Get the counter value */ + return ((uint32_t)(RTC->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC WakeUp timer. + * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp timer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_WakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + __IO uint32_t wutcounter = 0x00; + uint32_t wutwfstatus = 0x00; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_WUTE; + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Wakeup Timer */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUTE; + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + do + { + wutwfstatus = RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF; + wutcounter++; + } while((wutcounter != INITMODE_TIMEOUT) && (wutwfstatus == 0x00)); + + if ((RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group5 Daylight Saving configuration functions + * @brief Daylight Saving configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Daylight Saving configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC DayLight Saving. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Adds or substract one hour from the current time. + * @param RTC_DayLightSaveOperation: the value of hour adjustment. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_SUB1H: Substract one hour (winter time) + * @arg RTC_DayLightSaving_ADD1H: Add one hour (summer time) + * @param RTC_StoreOperation: Specifies the value to be written in the BCK bit + * in CR register to store the operation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Reset: BCK Bit Reset + * @arg RTC_StoreOperation_Set: BCK Bit Set + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_DayLightSavingConfig(uint32_t RTC_DayLightSaving, uint32_t RTC_StoreOperation) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(RTC_DayLightSaving)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(RTC_StoreOperation)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_BCK); + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_DayLightSaving | RTC_StoreOperation); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. + * @param None + * @retval RTC Day Light Saving stored operation. + * - RTC_StoreOperation_Reset + * - RTC_StoreOperation_Set + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetStoreOperation(void) +{ + return (RTC->CR & RTC_CR_BCK); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group6 Output pin Configuration function + * @brief Output pin Configuration function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Output pin Configuration function + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to configure the RTC Output source. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC output source (AFO_ALARM). + * @param RTC_Output: Specifies which signal will be routed to the RTC output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Output_Disable: No output selected + * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmA: signal of AlarmA mapped to output + * @arg RTC_Output_AlarmB: signal of AlarmB mapped to output + * @arg RTC_Output_WakeUp: signal of WakeUp mapped to output + * @param RTC_OutputPolarity: Specifies the polarity of the output signal. + * This parameter can be one of the following: + * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_High: The output pin is high when the + * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) + * @arg RTC_OutputPolarity_Low: The output pin is low when the + * ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is high (depending on OSEL) + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_OutputConfig(uint32_t RTC_Output, uint32_t RTC_OutputPolarity) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT(RTC_Output)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(RTC_OutputPolarity)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL); + + /* Configure the output selection and polarity */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Output | RTC_OutputPolarity); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group7 Coarse Calibration configuration functions + * @brief Coarse Calibration configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Coarse Calibration configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the Coarse calibration parameters. + * @param RTC_CalibSign: specifies the sign of the coarse calibration value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_CalibSign_Positive: The value sign is positive + * @arg RTC_CalibSign_Negative: The value sign is negative + * @param Value: value of coarse calibration expressed in ppm (coded on 5 bits). + * + * @note This Calibration value should be between 0 and 63 when using negative + * sign with a 2-ppm step. + * + * @note This Calibration value should be between 0 and 126 when using positive + * sign with a 4-ppm step. + * + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Coarse calibration are initialized + * - ERROR: RTC Coarse calibration are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibConfig(uint32_t RTC_CalibSign, uint32_t Value) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_SIGN(RTC_CalibSign)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_VALUE(Value)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the coarse calibration value */ + RTC->CALIBR = (uint32_t)(RTC_CalibSign | Value); + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Coarse calibration process. + * @param NewState: new state of the Coarse calibration. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Coarse calibration are enabled/disabled + * - ERROR: RTC Coarse calibration are not enabled/disabled + */ +ErrorStatus RTC_CoarseCalibCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (RTC_EnterInitMode() == ERROR) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Coarse Calibration */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_DCE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Coarse Calibration */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_DCE; + } + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + RTC_ExitInitMode(); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the RTC clock to be output through the relative pin. + * @param NewState: new state of the digital calibration Output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_CalibOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the RTC clock output */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_CR_COE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the RTC clock output */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COE; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group8 TimeStamp configuration functions + * @brief TimeStamp configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + TimeStamp configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the RTC TimeStamp functionality with the + * specified time stamp pin stimulating edge. + * @param RTC_TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is + * activated. + * This parameter can be one of the following: + * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Rising: the Time stamp event occurs on the rising + * edge of the related pin. + * @arg RTC_TimeStampEdge_Falling: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * falling edge of the related pin. + * @param NewState: new state of the TimeStamp. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStampCmd(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampEdge, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(RTC_TimeStampEdge)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); + + /* Get the new configuration */ + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge | RTC_CR_TSE); + } + else + { + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampEdge); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ + RTC->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC TimeStamp value and masks. + * @param RTC_Format: specifies the format of the output parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_Format_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_Format_BCD: BCD data format + * @param RTC_StampTimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that will + * contains the TimeStamp time values. + * @param RTC_StampDateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that will + * contains the TimeStamp date values. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_GetTimeStamp(uint32_t RTC_Format, RTC_TimeTypeDef* RTC_StampTimeStruct, + RTC_DateTypeDef* RTC_StampDateStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmptime = 0, tmpdate = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */ + tmptime = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + tmpdate = (uint32_t)(RTC->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_H12 = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + + /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */ + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Year = 0; + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format == RTC_Format_BIN) + { + /* Convert the Time structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Hours); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Minutes); + RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampTimeStruct->RTC_Seconds); + + /* Convert the Date structure parameters to Binary format */ + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Month); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_Date); + RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(RTC_StampDateStruct->RTC_WeekDay); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group9 Tampers configuration functions + * @brief Tampers configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Tampers configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the select Tamper pin edge. + * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be RTC_Tamper_1. + * @param RTC_TamperTrigger: Specifies the trigger on the tamper pin that + * stimulates tamper event. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge: Rising Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @arg RTC_TamperTrigger_FallingEdge: Falling Edge of the tamper pin causes tamper event. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperTriggerConfig(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, uint32_t RTC_TamperTrigger) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(RTC_TamperTrigger)); + + if (RTC_TamperTrigger == RTC_TamperTrigger_RisingEdge) + { + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)((uint32_t)~(RTC_Tamper << 1)); + } + else + { + /* Configure the RTC_TAFCR register */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_Tamper << 1); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the Tamper detection. + * @param RTC_Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be RTC_Tamper_1. + * @param NewState: new state of the tamper pin. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperCmd(uint32_t RTC_Tamper, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(RTC_Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_Tamper; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_Tamper; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group10 Backup Data Registers configuration functions + * @brief Backup Data Registers configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Backup Data Registers configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register. + * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @param Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WriteBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR, uint32_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); + + tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; + tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); + + /* Write the specified register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register. + * @param RTC_BKP_DR: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @retval None + */ +uint32_t RTC_ReadBackupRegister(uint32_t RTC_BKP_DR) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(RTC_BKP_DR)); + + tmp = RTC_BASE + 0x50; + tmp += (RTC_BKP_DR * 4); + + /* Read the specified register */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group11 RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config configuration functions + * @brief RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config + * configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + RTC Tamper and TimeStamp Pins Selection and Output Type Config configuration + functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Selects the RTC Tamper Pin. + * @param RTC_TamperPin: specifies the RTC Tamper Pin. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TamperPin_PC13: PC13 is selected as RTC Tamper Pin. + * @arg RTC_TamperPin_PI8: PI8 is selected as RTC Tamper Pin. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TamperPinSelection(uint32_t RTC_TamperPin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PIN(RTC_TamperPin)); + + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TAMPINSEL); + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TamperPin); +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @param RTC_TimeStampPin: specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TimeStampPin_PC13: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @arg RTC_TimeStampPin_PI8: PI8 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_TimeStampPinSelection(uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin)); + + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_TSINSEL); + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampPin); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RTC Output Pin mode. + * @param RTC_OutputType: specifies the RTC Output (PC13) pin mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_OutputType_OpenDrain: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in + * Open Drain mode. + * @arg RTC_OutputType_PushPull: RTC Output (PC13) is configured in + * Push Pull mode. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_OutputTypeConfig(uint32_t RTC_OutputType) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(RTC_OutputType)); + + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_TAFCR_ALARMOUTTYPE); + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_OutputType); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group12 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + All RTC interrupts are connected to the EXTI controller. + + - To enable the RTC Alarm interrupt, the following sequence is required: + - Configure and enable the EXTI Line 17 in interrupt mode and select the rising + edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Configure and enable the RTC_Alarm IRQ channel in the NVIC using the NVIC_Init() + function. + - Configure the RTC to generate RTC alarms (Alarm A and/or Alarm B) using + the RTC_SetAlarm() and RTC_AlarmCmd() functions. + + - To enable the RTC Wakeup interrupt, the following sequence is required: + - Configure and enable the EXTI Line 22 in interrupt mode and select the rising + edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Configure and enable the RTC_WKUP IRQ channel in the NVIC using the NVIC_Init() + function. + - Configure the RTC to generate the RTC wakeup timer event using the + RTC_WakeUpClockConfig(), RTC_SetWakeUpCounter() and RTC_WakeUpCmd() functions. + + - To enable the RTC Tamper interrupt, the following sequence is required: + - Configure and enable the EXTI Line 21 in interrupt mode and select the rising + edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using the NVIC_Init() + function. + - Configure the RTC to detect the RTC tamper event using the + RTC_TamperTriggerConfig() and RTC_TamperCmd() functions. + + - To enable the RTC TimeStamp interrupt, the following sequence is required: + - Configure and enable the EXTI Line 21 in interrupt mode and select the rising + edge sensitivity using the EXTI_Init() function. + - Configure and enable the TAMP_STAMP IRQ channel in the NVIC using the NVIC_Init() + function. + - Configure the RTC to detect the RTC time-stamp event using the + RTC_TimeStampCmd() functions. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt mask + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP: Tamper event interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ITConfig(uint32_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CONFIG_IT(RTC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xCA; + RTC->WPR = 0x53; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & ~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ + RTC->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + } + else + { + /* Configure the Interrupts in the RTC_CR register */ + RTC->CR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ + RTC->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT & RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + RTC->WPR = 0xFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp OverFlow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITF: Initialization mode flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_INITS: Registers Configured flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTWF: WakeUp Timer Write flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF: Alarm B Write flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF: Alarm A write flag + * @retval The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + /* Get all the flags */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_FLAGS_MASK); + + /* Return the status of the flag */ + if ((tmpreg & RTC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's pending flags. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the RTC flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper 1 event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSOVF: Time Stamp Overflow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_TSF: Time Stamp event flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_WUTF: WakeUp Timer flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRBF: Alarm B flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALRAF: Alarm A flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearFlag(uint32_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the Flags in the RTC_ISR register */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((RTC_FLAG | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0000FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper 1 event interrupt + * @retval The new state of RTC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint32_t RTC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_IT(RTC_IT)); + + /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC->TAFCR & (RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE)); + + /* Get the Interrupt enable Status */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)((RTC->CR & RTC_IT) | (tmpreg & (RTC_IT >> 15))); + + /* Get the Interrupt pending bit */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)((RTC->ISR & (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4))); + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if ((enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((tmpreg & 0x0000FFFF) != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_TS: Time Stamp interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUp Timer interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper 1 event interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t RTC_IT) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_IT(RTC_IT)); + + /* Get the RTC_ISR Interrupt pending bits mask */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(RTC_IT >> 4); + + /* Clear the interrupt pending bits in the RTC_ISR register */ + RTC->ISR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(~((tmpreg | RTC_ISR_INIT)& 0x0000FFFF) | (uint32_t)(RTC->ISR & RTC_ISR_INIT))); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format. + * @param Value: Byte to be converted. + * @retval Converted byte + */ +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint8_t bcdhigh = 0; + + while (Value >= 10) + { + bcdhigh++; + Value -= 10; + } + + return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4) | Value); +} + +/** + * @brief Convert from 2 digit BCD to Binary. + * @param Value: BCD value to be converted. + * @retval Converted word + */ +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint8_t tmp = 0; + tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10; + return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_sdio.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_sdio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fae094d9bf --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_sdio.c @@ -0,0 +1,1005 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_sdio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Secure digital input/output interface (SDIO) + * peripheral: + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - Command path state machine (CPSM) management + * - Data path state machine (DPSM) management + * - SDIO IO Cards mode management + * - CE-ATA mode management + * - DMA transfers management + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. The SDIO clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz) is coming from a specific output + * of PLL (PLL48CLK). Before to start working with SDIO peripheral + * make sure that the PLL is well configured. + * The SDIO peripheral uses two clock signals: + * - SDIO adapter clock (SDIOCLK = 48 MHz) + * - APB2 bus clock (PCLK2) + * PCLK2 and SDIO_CK clock frequencies must respect the following condition: + * Frequenc(PCLK2) >= (3 / 8 x Frequency(SDIO_CK)) + * + * 2. Enable peripheral clock using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO, ENABLE). + * + * 3. According to the SDIO mode, enable the GPIO clocks using + * RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd() function. + * The I/O can be one of the following configurations: + * - 1-bit data length: SDIO_CMD, SDIO_CK and D0. + * - 4-bit data length: SDIO_CMD, SDIO_CK and D[3:0]. + * - 8-bit data length: SDIO_CMD, SDIO_CK and D[7:0]. + * + * 4. Peripheral's alternate function: + * - Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + * Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function + * - Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + * GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + * - Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + * GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + * - Call GPIO_Init() function + * + * 5. Program the Clock Edge, Clock Bypass, Clock Power Save, Bus Wide, + * hardware, flow control and the Clock Divider using the SDIO_Init() + * function. + * + * 6. Enable the Power ON State using the SDIO_SetPowerState(SDIO_PowerState_ON) + * function. + * + * 7. Enable the clock using the SDIO_ClockCmd() function. + * + * 8. Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + * SDIO_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + * + * 9. When using the DMA mode + * - Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function + * - Active the needed channel Request using SDIO_DMACmd() function + * + * 10. Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function, when using DMA mode. + * + * 11. To control the CPSM (Command Path State Machine) and send + * commands to the card use the SDIO_SendCommand(), + * SDIO_GetCommandResponse() and SDIO_GetResponse() functions. + * First, user has to fill the command structure (pointer to + * SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef) according to the selected command to be sent. + * The parameters that should be filled are: + * - Command Argument + * - Command Index + * - Command Response type + * - Command Wait + * - CPSM Status (Enable or Disable) + * + * To check if the command is well received, read the SDIO_CMDRESP + * register using the SDIO_GetCommandResponse(). + * The SDIO responses registers (SDIO_RESP1 to SDIO_RESP2), use the + * SDIO_GetResponse() function. + * + * 12. To control the DPSM (Data Path State Machine) and send/receive + * data to/from the card use the SDIO_DataConfig(), SDIO_GetDataCounter(), + * SDIO_ReadData(), SDIO_WriteData() and SDIO_GetFIFOCount() functions. + * + * Read Operations + * --------------- + * a) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to + * SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to + * be received. + * The parameters that should be filled are: + * - Data TimeOut + * - Data Length + * - Data Block size + * - Data Transfer direction: should be from card (To SDIO) + * - Data Transfer mode + * - DPSM Status (Enable or Disable) + * + * b) Configure the SDIO resources to receive the data from the card + * according to selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10). + * + * c) Send the selected Read command (refer to step 11). + * + * d) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status. + * + * Write Operations + * --------------- + * a) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to + * SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to + * be received. + * The parameters that should be filled are: + * - Data TimeOut + * - Data Length + * - Data Block size + * - Data Transfer direction: should be to card (To CARD) + * - Data Transfer mode + * - DPSM Status (Enable or Disable) + * + * b) Configure the SDIO resources to send the data to the card + * according to selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10). + * + * c) Send the selected Write command (refer to step 11). + * + * d) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status. + * + * + * @endverbatim + * + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_sdio.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO + * @brief SDIO driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ------------ SDIO registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define SDIO_OFFSET (SDIO_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of CLKEN bit */ +#define CLKCR_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define CLKEN_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CLKCR_CLKEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CLKCR_OFFSET * 32) + (CLKEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CMD Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of SDIOSUSPEND bit */ +#define CMD_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x0C) +#define SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber 0x0B +#define CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of ENCMDCOMPL bit */ +#define ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber 0x0C +#define CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of NIEN bit */ +#define NIEN_BitNumber 0x0D +#define CMD_NIEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (NIEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of ATACMD bit */ +#define ATACMD_BitNumber 0x0E +#define CMD_ATACMD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ATACMD_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of DMAEN bit */ +#define DCTRL_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x2C) +#define DMAEN_BitNumber 0x03 +#define DCTRL_DMAEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (DMAEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of RWSTART bit */ +#define RWSTART_BitNumber 0x08 +#define DCTRL_RWSTART_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTART_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of RWSTOP bit */ +#define RWSTOP_BitNumber 0x09 +#define DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTOP_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of RWMOD bit */ +#define RWMOD_BitNumber 0x0A +#define DCTRL_RWMOD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWMOD_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of SDIOEN bit */ +#define SDIOEN_BitNumber 0x0B +#define DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOEN_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* ---------------------- SDIO registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/ +/* CLKCR register clear mask */ +#define CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF8100) + +/* --- PWRCTRL Register ---*/ +/* SDIO PWRCTRL Mask */ +#define PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) + +/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/ +/* SDIO DCTRL Clear Mask */ +#define DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF08) + +/* --- CMD Register ---*/ +/* CMD Register clear mask */ +#define CMD_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF800) + +/* SDIO RESP Registers Address */ +#define SDIO_RESP_ADDR ((uint32_t)(SDIO_BASE + 0x14)) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the SDIO peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SDIO, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SDIO peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the SDIO_InitStruct. + * @param SDIO_InitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the SDIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl)); + +/*---------------------------- SDIO CLKCR Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the SDIO CLKCR value */ + tmpreg = SDIO->CLKCR; + + /* Clear CLKDIV, PWRSAV, BYPASS, WIDBUS, NEGEDGE, HWFC_EN bits */ + tmpreg &= CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Set CLKDIV bits according to SDIO_ClockDiv value */ + /* Set PWRSAV bit according to SDIO_ClockPowerSave value */ + /* Set BYPASS bit according to SDIO_ClockBypass value */ + /* Set WIDBUS bits according to SDIO_BusWide value */ + /* Set NEGEDGE bits according to SDIO_ClockEdge value */ + /* Set HWFC_EN bits according to SDIO_HardwareFlowControl value */ + tmpreg |= (SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave | + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide | + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl); + + /* Write to SDIO CLKCR */ + SDIO->CLKCR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SDIO_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SDIO_InitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_InitTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct) +{ + /* SDIO_InitStruct members default value */ + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv = 0x00; + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge = SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising; + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass = SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable; + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave = SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable; + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide = SDIO_BusWide_1b; + SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl = SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SDIO Clock. + * @param NewState: new state of the SDIO Clock. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CLKCR_CLKEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the power status of the controller. + * @param SDIO_PowerState: new state of the Power state. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_PowerState_OFF: SDIO Power OFF + * @arg SDIO_PowerState_ON: SDIO Power ON + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_POWER_STATE(SDIO_PowerState)); + + SDIO->POWER &= PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK; + SDIO->POWER |= SDIO_PowerState; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the power status of the controller. + * @param None + * @retval Power status of the controller. The returned value can be one of the + * following values: + * - 0x00: Power OFF + * - 0x02: Power UP + * - 0x03: Power ON + */ +uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void) +{ + return (SDIO->POWER & (~PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group2 Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions + * @brief Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Command path state machine (CPSM) management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the Command path + state machine (CPSM). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SDIO Command according to the specified + * parameters in the SDIO_CmdInitStruct and send the command. + * @param SDIO_CmdInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef + * structure that contains the configuration information for the SDIO + * command. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_WAIT(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CPSM(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM)); + +/*---------------------------- SDIO ARG Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Set the SDIO Argument value */ + SDIO->ARG = SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument; + +/*---------------------------- SDIO CMD Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the SDIO CMD value */ + tmpreg = SDIO->CMD; + /* Clear CMDINDEX, WAITRESP, WAITINT, WAITPEND, CPSMEN bits */ + tmpreg &= CMD_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Set CMDINDEX bits according to SDIO_CmdIndex value */ + /* Set WAITRESP bits according to SDIO_Response value */ + /* Set WAITINT and WAITPEND bits according to SDIO_Wait value */ + /* Set CPSMEN bits according to SDIO_CPSM value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response + | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM; + + /* Write to SDIO CMD */ + SDIO->CMD = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SDIO_CmdInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SDIO_CmdInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct) +{ + /* SDIO_CmdInitStruct members default value */ + SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument = 0x00; + SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex = 0x00; + SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response = SDIO_Response_No; + SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait = SDIO_Wait_No; + SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns command index of last command for which response received. + * @param None + * @retval Returns the command index of the last command response received. + */ +uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void) +{ + return (uint8_t)(SDIO->RESPCMD); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns response received from the card for the last command. + * @param SDIO_RESP: Specifies the SDIO response register. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_RESP1: Response Register 1 + * @arg SDIO_RESP2: Response Register 2 + * @arg SDIO_RESP3: Response Register 3 + * @arg SDIO_RESP4: Response Register 4 + * @retval The Corresponding response register value. + */ +uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESP(SDIO_RESP)); + + tmp = SDIO_RESP_ADDR + SDIO_RESP; + + return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group3 Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions + * @brief Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Data path state machine (DPSM) management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the Data path + state machine (DPSM). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SDIO data path according to the specified + * parameters in the SDIO_DataInitStruct. + * @param SDIO_DataInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the SDIO command. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_DPSM(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM)); + +/*---------------------------- SDIO DTIMER Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Set the SDIO Data TimeOut value */ + SDIO->DTIMER = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut; + +/*---------------------------- SDIO DLEN Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Set the SDIO DataLength value */ + SDIO->DLEN = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength; + +/*---------------------------- SDIO DCTRL Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Get the SDIO DCTRL value */ + tmpreg = SDIO->DCTRL; + /* Clear DEN, DTMODE, DTDIR and DBCKSIZE bits */ + tmpreg &= DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Set DEN bit according to SDIO_DPSM value */ + /* Set DTMODE bit according to SDIO_TransferMode value */ + /* Set DTDIR bit according to SDIO_TransferDir value */ + /* Set DBCKSIZE bits according to SDIO_DataBlockSize value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir + | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM; + + /* Write to SDIO DCTRL */ + SDIO->DCTRL = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SDIO_DataInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SDIO_DataInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct) +{ + /* SDIO_DataInitStruct members default value */ + SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut = 0xFFFFFFFF; + SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength = 0x00; + SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize = SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b; + SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir = SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard; + SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode = SDIO_TransferMode_Block; + SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred. + * @param None + * @retval Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred + */ +uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void) +{ + return SDIO->DCOUNT; +} + +/** + * @brief Read one data word from Rx FIFO. + * @param None + * @retval Data received + */ +uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void) +{ + return SDIO->FIFO; +} + +/** + * @brief Write one data word to Tx FIFO. + * @param Data: 32-bit data word to write. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data) +{ + SDIO->FIFO = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the number of words left to be written to or read from FIFO. + * @param None + * @retval Remaining number of words. + */ +uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void) +{ + return SDIO->FIFOCNT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group4 SDIO IO Cards mode management functions + * @brief SDIO IO Cards mode management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + SDIO IO Cards mode management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the SDIO IO Cards. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the SD I/O Read Wait operation. + * @param NewState: new state of the Start SDIO Read Wait operation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWSTART_BB = (uint32_t) NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the SD I/O Read Wait operation. + * @param NewState: new state of the Stop SDIO Read Wait operation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB = (uint32_t) NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval. + * @param SDIO_ReadWaitMode: SD I/O Read Wait operation mode. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDIOCLK + * @arg SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDIO_DATA2 + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(SDIO_ReadWaitMode)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWMOD_BB = SDIO_ReadWaitMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode Operation. + * @param NewState: new state of SDIO specific operation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode suspend command sending. + * @param NewState: new state of the SD I/O Mode suspend command. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group5 CE-ATA mode management functions + * @brief CE-ATA mode management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + CE-ATA mode management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program and read the CE-ATA card. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the command completion signal. + * @param NewState: new state of command completion signal. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CE-ATA interrupt. + * @param NewState: new state of CE-ATA interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_NIEN_BB = (uint32_t)((~((uint32_t)NewState)) & ((uint32_t)0x1)); +} + +/** + * @brief Sends CE-ATA command (CMD61). + * @param NewState: new state of CE-ATA command. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_ATACMD_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group6 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + DMA transfers management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provide functions allowing to program SDIO DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SDIO DMA request. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SDIO DMA request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_DMAEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SDIO_Group7 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SDIO interrupts. + * @param SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide + * bus mode interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified SDIO interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_IT(SDIO_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the SDIO interrupts */ + SDIO->MASK |= SDIO_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the SDIO interrupts */ + SDIO->MASK &= ~SDIO_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SDIO flag is set or not. + * @param SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide bus mode. + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXACT: Data transmit in progress + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXACT: Data receive in progress + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 + * @retval The new state of SDIO_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG)); + + if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SDIO's pending flags. + * @param SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide bus mode + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received + * @arg SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG)); + + SDIO->ICR = SDIO_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SDIO interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide + * bus mode interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 interrupt + * @retval The new state of SDIO_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_GET_IT(SDIO_IT)); + if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SDIO's interrupt pending bits. + * @param SDIO_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIO_DCOUNT, is zero) interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide + * bus mode interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt + * @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 + * @retval None + */ +void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_IT(SDIO_IT)); + + SDIO->ICR = SDIO_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_spi.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_spi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..77788130df --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_spi.c @@ -0,0 +1,1177 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_spi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Serial peripheral interface (SPI): + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - Data transfers functions + * - Hardware CRC Calculation + * - DMA transfers management + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable peripheral clock using the following functions + * RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE) for SPI1 + * RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE) for SPI2 + * RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE) for SPI3. + * + * 2. Enable SCK, MOSI, MISO and NSS GPIO clocks using RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd() + * function. + * In I2S mode, if an external clock source is used then the I2S CKIN pin GPIO + * clock should also be enabled. + * + * 3. Peripherals alternate function: + * - Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + * Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function + * - Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + * GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + * - Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + * GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + * - Call GPIO_Init() function + * In I2S mode, if an external clock source is used then the I2S CKIN pin + * should be also configured in Alternate function Push-pull pull-up mode. + * + * 4. Program the Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, Slave + * Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() + * function. + * In I2S mode, program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio + * frequency and Polarity using I2S_Init() function. + * For I2S mode, make sure that either: + * - I2S PLL is configured using the functions RCC_I2SCLKConfig(RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLLI2S), + * RCC_PLLI2SCmd(ENABLE) and RCC_GetFlagStatus(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY). + * or + * - External clock source is configured using the function + * RCC_I2SCLKConfig(RCC_I2S2CLKSource_Ext) and after setting correctly the define constant + * I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL in the stm32f2xx_conf.h file. + * + * 5. Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + * SPI_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + * + * 6. When using the DMA mode + * - Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function + * - Active the needed channel Request using SPI_I2S_DMACmd() function + * + * 7. Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function or enable the I2S using + * I2S_Cmd(). + * + * 8. Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function when using DMA mode. + * + * 9. Optionally, you can enable/configure the following parameters without + * re-initialization (i.e there is no need to call again SPI_Init() function): + * - When bidirectional mode (SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx or SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx) + * is programmed as Data direction parameter using the SPI_Init() function + * it can be possible to switch between SPI_Direction_Tx or SPI_Direction_Rx + * using the SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig() function. + * - When SPI_NSS_Soft is selected as Slave Select Management parameter + * using the SPI_Init() function it can be possible to manage the + * NSS internal signal using the SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig() function. + * - Reconfigure the data size using the SPI_DataSizeConfig() function + * - Enable or disable the SS output using the SPI_SSOutputCmd() function + * + * 10. To use the CRC Hardware calculation feature refer to the Peripheral + * CRC hardware Calculation subsection. + * + * + * @note This driver supports only the I2S clock scheme available in Silicon + * RevisionB and RevisionY. + * + * @note In I2S mode: if an external clock is used as source clock for the I2S, + * then the define I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL in file stm32f2xx_conf.h should + * be enabled and set to the value of the source clock frequency (in Hz). + * + * @note In SPI mode: To use the SPI TI mode, call the function SPI_TIModeCmd() + * just after calling the function SPI_Init(). + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_spi.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI + * @brief SPI driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* SPI registers Masks */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x3040) +#define I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xF040) + +/* RCC PLLs masks */ +#define PLLCFGR_PPLR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x70000000) +#define PLLCFGR_PPLN_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00007FC0) + +#define SPI_CR2_FRF ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define SPI_SR_TIFRFE ((uint16_t)0x0100) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SPI Direction, + SPI Mode, SPI Data Size, SPI Polarity, SPI Phase, SPI NSS Management, SPI Baud + Rate Prescaler, SPI First Bit and SPI CRC Polynomial. + + The SPI_Init() function follows the SPI configuration procedures for Master mode + and Slave mode (details for these procedures are available in reference manual + (RM0033)). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitialize the SPIx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + if (SPIx == SPI1) + { + /* Enable SPI1 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, DISABLE); + } + else if (SPIx == SPI2) + { + /* Enable SPI2 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (SPIx == SPI3) + { + /* Enable SPI3 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE); + /* Release SPI3 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the SPI_InitStruct. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Check the SPI parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial)); + +/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the SPIx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->CR1; + /* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler + master/salve mode, CPOL and CPHA */ + /* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */ + /* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */ + /* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */ + /* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS | + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit); + /* Write to SPIx CR1 */ + SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg; + + /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); +/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Write to SPIx CRCPOLY */ + SPIx->CRCPR = SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the I2S_InitStruct. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral (configured in I2S mode). + * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral + * configured in I2S mode. + * + * @note The function calculates the optimal prescaler needed to obtain the most + * accurate audio frequency (depending on the I2S clock source, the PLL values + * and the product configuration). But in case the prescaler value is greater + * than 511, the default value (0x02) will be configured instead. + * + * @note if an external clock is used as source clock for the I2S, then the define + * I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL in file stm32f2xx_conf.h should be enabled and set + * to the value of the the source clock frequency (in Hz). + * + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1; + uint32_t tmp = 0, i2sclk = 0; +#ifndef I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL + uint32_t pllm = 0, plln = 0, pllr = 0; +#endif /* I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL */ + + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)); + +/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK; + SPIx->I2SPR = 0x0002; + + /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ + tmpreg = SPIx->I2SCFGR; + + /* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq == I2S_AudioFreq_Default) + { + i2sodd = (uint16_t)0; + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2; + } + /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */ + else + { + /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) *******************/ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat == I2S_DataFormat_16b) + { + /* Packet length is 16 bits */ + packetlength = 1; + } + else + { + /* Packet length is 32 bits */ + packetlength = 2; + } + + /* Get I2S source Clock frequency (only in Silicon RevisionB and RevisionY) */ + + /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, this define should be set + in the project configuration or in the stm32f2xx_conf.h file */ + #ifdef I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL + /* Set external clock as I2S clock source */ + if ((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_I2SSRC) == 0) + { + RCC->CFGR |= (uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_I2SSRC; + } + + /* Set the I2S clock to the external clock value */ + i2sclk = I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL; + + #else /* There is no define for External I2S clock source */ + /* Set PLLI2S as I2S clock source */ + if ((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_I2SSRC) != 0) + { + RCC->CFGR &= ~(uint32_t)RCC_CFGR_I2SSRC; + } + + /* Get the PLLI2SN value */ + plln = (uint32_t)(((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6) & \ + (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN >> 6)); + + /* Get the PLLI2SR value */ + pllr = (uint32_t)(((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> 28) & \ + (RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR >> 28)); + + /* Get the PLLM value */ + pllm = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM); + + /* Get the I2S source clock value */ + i2sclk = (uint32_t)(((HSE_VALUE / pllm) * plln) / pllr); + #endif /* I2S_EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VAL */ + + /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state, with a floating point */ + if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) + { + /* MCLK output is enabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((i2sclk / 256) * 10) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + else + { + /* MCLK output is disabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((i2sclk / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + + /* Remove the flatting point */ + tmp = tmp / 10; + + /* Check the parity of the divider */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001); + + /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2); + + /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t) (i2sodd << 8); + } + + /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */ + if ((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF)) + { + /* Set the default values */ + i2sdiv = 2; + i2sodd = 0; + } + + /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ + SPIx->I2SPR = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)i2sdiv | (uint16_t)(i2sodd | (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput)); + + /* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode | \ + (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \ + (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL)))); + + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset SPI init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the SPI_Direction member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex; + /* initialize the SPI_Mode member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Slave; + /* initialize the SPI_DataSize member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b; + /* Initialize the SPI_CPOL member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low; + /* Initialize the SPI_CPHA member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge; + /* Initialize the SPI_NSS member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard; + /* Initialize the SPI_BaudRatePrescaler member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2; + /* Initialize the SPI_FirstBit member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB; + /* Initialize the SPI_CRCPolynomial member */ + SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each I2S_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to a I2S_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the I2S_Mode member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx; + + /* Initialize the I2S_Standard member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard = I2S_Standard_Phillips; + + /* Initialize the I2S_DataFormat member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat = I2S_DataFormat_16b; + + /* Initialize the I2S_MCLKOutput member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput = I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable; + + /* Initialize the I2S_AudioFreq member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq = I2S_AudioFreq_Default; + + /* Initialize the I2S_CPOL member */ + I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL = I2S_CPOL_Low; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_SPE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_SPE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode). + * @param SPIx: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR |= SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral in I2S mode */ + SPIx->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the data size for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_DataSize: specifies the SPI data size. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_DataSize_16b: Set data frame format to 16bit + * @arg SPI_DataSize_8b: Set data frame format to 8bit + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_DataSize)); + /* Clear DFF bit */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_DataSize_16b; + /* Set new DFF bit value */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_DataSize; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_Direction: specifies the data transfer direction in bidirectional mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_Direction_Tx: Selects Tx transmission direction + * @arg SPI_Direction_Rx: Selects Rx receive direction + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(SPI_Direction)); + if (SPI_Direction == SPI_Direction_Tx) + { + /* Set the Tx only mode */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_Direction_Tx; + } + else + { + /* Set the Rx only mode */ + SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_Direction_Rx; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures internally by software the NSS pin for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_NSSInternalSoft: specifies the SPI NSS internal state. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set: Set NSS pin internally + * @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(SPI_NSSInternalSoft)); + if (SPI_NSSInternalSoft != SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset) + { + /* Set NSS pin internally by software */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set; + } + else + { + /* Reset NSS pin internally by software */ + SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SS output for the selected SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx SS output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI SS output */ + SPIx->CR2 |= (uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI SS output */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR2_SSOE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface. + * + * @note This function can be called only after the SPI_Init() function has + * been called. + * @note When TI mode is selected, the control bits SSM, SSI, CPOL and CPHA + * are not taken into consideration and are configured by hardware + * respectively to the TI mode requirements. + * + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI TI communication mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_TIModeCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_FRF; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TI mode for the selected SPI peripheral */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_CR2_FRF; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Data transfers functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI data transfers + + In reception, data are received and then stored into an internal Rx buffer while + In transmission, data are first stored into an internal Tx buffer before being + transmitted. + + The read access of the SPI_DR register can be done using the SPI_I2S_ReceiveData() + function and returns the Rx buffered value. Whereas a write access to the SPI_DR + can be done using SPI_I2S_SendData() function and stores the written data into + Tx buffer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Return the data in the DR register */ + return SPIx->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode. + * @param Data: Data to be transmitted. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ + SPIx->DR = Data; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group3 Hardware CRC Calculation functions + * @brief Hardware CRC Calculation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Hardware CRC Calculation functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI CRC hardware + calculation + + SPI communication using CRC is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Program the Data direction, Polarity, Phase, First Data, Baud Rate Prescaler, + Slave Management, Peripheral Mode and CRC Polynomial values using the SPI_Init() + function. + 2. Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + 3. Enable the SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function + 4. Before writing the last data to the TX buffer, set the CRCNext bit using the + SPI_TransmitCRC() function to indicate that after transmission of the last + data, the CRC should be transmitted. + 5. After transmitting the last data, the SPI transmits the CRC. The SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT + bit is reset. The CRC is also received and compared against the SPI_RXCRCR + value. + If the value does not match, the SPI_FLAG_CRCERR flag is set and an interrupt + can be generated when the SPI_I2S_IT_ERR interrupt is enabled. + +@note It is advised not to read the calculated CRC values during the communication. + +@note When the SPI is in slave mode, be careful to enable CRC calculation only + when the clock is stable, that is, when the clock is in the steady state. + If not, a wrong CRC calculation may be done. In fact, the CRC is sensitive + to the SCK slave input clock as soon as CRCEN is set, and this, whatever + the value of the SPE bit. + +@note With high bitrate frequencies, be careful when transmitting the CRC. + As the number of used CPU cycles has to be as low as possible in the CRC + transfer phase, it is forbidden to call software functions in the CRC + transmission sequence to avoid errors in the last data and CRC reception. + In fact, CRCNEXT bit has to be written before the end of the transmission/reception + of the last data. + +@note For high bit rate frequencies, it is advised to use the DMA mode to avoid the + degradation of the SPI speed performance due to CPU accesses impacting the + SPI bandwidth. + +@note When the STM32F2xx is configured as slave and the NSS hardware mode is + used, the NSS pin needs to be kept low between the data phase and the CRC + phase. + +@note When the SPI is configured in slave mode with the CRC feature enabled, CRC + calculation takes place even if a high level is applied on the NSS pin. + This may happen for example in case of a multi-slave environment where the + communication master addresses slaves alternately. + +@note Between a slave de-selection (high level on NSS) and a new slave selection + (low level on NSS), the CRC value should be cleared on both master and slave + sides in order to resynchronize the master and slave for their respective + CRC calculation. + +@note To clear the CRC, follow the procedure below: + 1. Disable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function + 2. Disable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + 3. Enable the CRC calculation using the SPI_CalculateCRC() function. + 4. Enable SPI using the SPI_Cmd() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the SPIx CRC value calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI CRC calculation */ + SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)SPI_CR1_CRCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit the SPIx CRC value. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Enable the selected SPI CRC transmission */ + SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @param SPI_CRC: specifies the CRC register to be read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_CRC_Tx: Selects Tx CRC register + * @arg SPI_CRC_Rx: Selects Rx CRC register + * @retval The selected CRC register value.. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC) +{ + uint16_t crcreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC(SPI_CRC)); + if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_Rx) + { + /* Get the Tx CRC register */ + crcreg = SPIx->TXCRCR; + } + else + { + /* Get the Rx CRC register */ + crcreg = SPIx->RXCRCR; + } + /* Return the selected CRC register */ + return crcreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the CRC Polynomial register value for the specified SPI. + * @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral. + * @retval The CRC Polynomial register value. + */ +uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + + /* Return the CRC polynomial register */ + return SPIx->CRCPR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group4 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + DMA transfers management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_DMAReq: specifies the SPI DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: Tx buffer DMA transfer request + * @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: Rx buffer DMA transfer request + * @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI DMA transfer request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(SPI_I2S_DMAReq)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI DMA requests */ + SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_I2S_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI DMA requests */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_DMAReq; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Group5 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + + This section provides a set of functions allowing to configure the SPI Interrupts + sources and check or clear the flags or pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. + + Polling Mode + ============= + In Polling Mode, the SPI/I2S communication can be managed by 9 flags: + 1. SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + 2. SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + 3. SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY : to indicate the state of the communication layer of the SPI. + 4. SPI_FLAG_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur + 5. SPI_FLAG_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur + 6. SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + 7. I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE: to indicate a Frame Format error occurs. + 8. I2S_FLAG_UDR: to indicate an Underrun error occurs. + 9. I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: to indicate Channel Side. + +@note Do not use the BSY flag to handle each data transmission or reception. It is + better to use the TXE and RXNE flags instead. + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); + - void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG); + + Interrupt Mode + =============== + In Interrupt Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 3 interrupt sources + and 7 pending bits: + Pending Bits: + ------------- + 1. SPI_I2S_IT_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + 2. SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + 3. SPI_IT_CRCERR : to indicate if a CRC Calculation error occur (available in SPI mode only) + 4. SPI_IT_MODF : to indicate if a Mode Fault error occur (available in SPI mode only) + 5. SPI_I2S_IT_OVR : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + 6. I2S_IT_UDR : to indicate an Underrun Error occurs (available in I2S mode only). + 7. I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE : to indicate a Frame Format error occurs (available in TI mode only). + + Interrupt Source: + ----------------- + 1. SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer empty + interrupt. + 2. SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE : specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer not + empty interrupt. + 3. SPI_I2S_IT_ERR : specifies the interrupt source for the errors interrupt. + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + - ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + - void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT); + + DMA Mode + ======== + In DMA Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel requests: + 1. SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request + 2. SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + - void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI/I2S interrupts. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt mask + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Rx buffer not empty interrupt mask + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified SPI interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0 ; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI IT index */ + itpos = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; + + /* Set the IT mask */ + itmask = (uint16_t)1 << (uint16_t)itpos; + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected SPI interrupt */ + SPIx->CR2 |= itmask; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected SPI interrupt */ + SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~itmask; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPIx/I2Sx flag is set or not. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag. + * @arg SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode Fault flag. + * @arg SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag. + * @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TIFRFE: Format Error. + * @arg I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun Error flag. + * @arg I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag. + * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */ + if ((SPIx->SR & SPI_I2S_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPI_I2S_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPI_I2S_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) flag. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to clear. + * This function clears only CRCERR flag. + * @arg SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag. + * + * @note OVR (OverRun error) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) followed by a read + * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()). + * @note UDR (UnderRun error) flag is cleared by a read operation to + * SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()). + * @note MODF (Mode Fault) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read/write + * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a + * write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI). + * + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) flag */ + SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified SPIx/I2Sx interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Transmit buffer empty interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt. + * @arg SPI_IT_MODF: Mode Fault interrupt. + * @arg SPI_IT_CRCERR: CRC Error interrupt. + * @arg I2S_IT_UDR: Underrun interrupt. + * @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TIFRFE: Format Error interrupt. + * @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT index */ + itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT IT mask */ + itmask = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4; + + /* Set the IT mask */ + itmask = 0x01 << itmask; + + /* Get the SPI_I2S_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (SPIx->CR2 & itmask) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified SPI interrupt */ + if (((SPIx->SR & itpos) != (uint16_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* SPI_I2S_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SPI_I2S_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SPI_I2S_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit. + * @param SPIx: To select the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral, where x can be: 1, 2 or 3 + * in SPI mode or 2 or 3 in I2S mode. + * @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This function clears only CRCERR interrupt pending bit. + * @arg SPI_IT_CRCERR: CRC Error interrupt. + * + * @note OVR (OverRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software + * sequence: a read operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) + * followed by a read operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()). + * @note UDR (UnderRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by a read + * operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()). + * @note MODF (Mode Fault) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software sequence: + * a read/write operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()) + * followed by a write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable + * the SPI). + * @retval None + */ +void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT) +{ + uint16_t itpos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(SPI_I2S_IT)); + + /* Get the SPI_I2S IT index */ + itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F); + + /* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit */ + SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~itpos; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_syscfg.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_syscfg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..02fa91e084 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_syscfg.c @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_syscfg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the SYSCFG peripheral. + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * + * This driver provides functions for: + * + * 1. Remapping the memory accessible in the code area using SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig() + * + * 2. Manage the EXTI lines connection to the GPIOs using SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig() + * + * 3. Select the ETHERNET media interface (RMII/RII) using SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig() + * + * @note SYSCFG APB clock must be enabled to get write access to SYSCFG registers, + * using RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_syscfg.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG + * @brief SYSCFG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define SYSCFG_OFFSET (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) +/* --- PMC Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of MII_RMII_SEL bit */ +#define PMC_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define MII_RMII_SEL_BitNumber ((uint8_t)0x17) +#define PMC_MII_RMII_SEL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PMC_OFFSET * 32) + (MII_RMII_SEL_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CMPCR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of CMP_PD bit */ +#define CMPCR_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x20) +#define CMP_PD_BitNumber ((uint8_t)0x00) +#define CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMPCR_OFFSET * 32) + (CMP_PD_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the Alternate Functions (remap and EXTI configuration) + * registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SYSCFG, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Changes the mapping of the specified pin. + * @param SYSCFG_Memory: selects the memory remapping. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_Flash: Main Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000 + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SystemFlash: System Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000 + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_FSMC: FSMC (Bank1 (NOR/PSRAM 1 and 2) mapped at 0x00000000 + * @arg SYSCFG_MemoryRemap_SRAM: Embedded SRAM (112kB) mapped at 0x00000000 + * + * @note In remap mode, the FSMC addressing is fixed to the remap address area only + * (Bank1 NOR/PSRAM 1 and NOR/PSRAM 2) and FSMC control registers are not + * accessible. The FSMC remap function must be disabled to allows addressing + * other memory devices through the FSMC and/or to access FSMC control + * registers. + * + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_MemoryRemapConfig(uint8_t SYSCFG_MemoryRemap) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_MEMORY_REMAP_CONFING(SYSCFG_MemoryRemap)); + + SYSCFG->MEMRMP = SYSCFG_MemoryRemap; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the GPIO pin used as EXTI Line. + * @param EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx : selects the GPIO port to be used as source for + * EXTI lines where x can be (A..I). + * @param EXTI_PinSourcex: specifies the EXTI line to be configured. + * This parameter can be EXTI_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15, except + * for EXTI_PortSourceGPIOI x can be (0..11). + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx, uint8_t EXTI_PinSourcex) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_EXTI_PIN_SOURCE(EXTI_PinSourcex)); + + tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03)); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] &= ~tmp; + SYSCFG->EXTICR[EXTI_PinSourcex >> 0x02] |= (((uint32_t)EXTI_PortSourceGPIOx) << (0x04 * (EXTI_PinSourcex & (uint8_t)0x03))); +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the ETHERNET media interface + * @param SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface: specifies the Media Interface mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_MII: MII mode selected + * @arg SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII: RMII mode selected + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig(uint32_t SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface) +{ + assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface)); + /* Configure MII_RMII selection bit */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) PMC_MII_RMII_SEL_BB = SYSCFG_ETH_MediaInterface; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the I/O Compensation Cell. + * @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply + * voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V. + * @param NewState: new state of the I/O Compensation Cell. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ENABLE: I/O compensation cell enabled + * @arg DISABLE: I/O compensation cell power-down mode + * @retval None + */ +void SYSCFG_CompensationCellCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CMPCR_CMP_PD_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the I/O Compensation Cell ready flag is set or not. + * @param None + * @retval The new state of the I/O Compensation Cell ready flag (SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus SYSCFG_GetCompensationCellStatus(void) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + if ((SYSCFG->CMPCR & SYSCFG_CMPCR_READY ) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_tim.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f98c09d1f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,3349 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the TIM peripheral: + * - TimeBase management + * - Output Compare management + * - Input Capture management + * - Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + * - Interrupts, DMA and flags management + * - Clocks management + * - Synchronization management + * - Specific interface management + * - Specific remapping management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * This driver provides functions to configure and program the TIM + * of all STM32F2xx devices. + * These functions are split in 9 groups: + * + * 1. TIM TimeBase management: this group includes all needed functions + * to configure the TM Timebase unit: + * - Set/Get Prescaler + * - Set/Get Autoreload + * - Counter modes configuration + * - Set Clock division + * - Select the One Pulse mode + * - Update Request Configuration + * - Update Disable Configuration + * - Auto-Preload Configuration + * - Enable/Disable the counter + * + * 2. TIM Output Compare management: this group includes all needed + * functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in Output + * compare mode: + * - Configure each channel, independently, in Output Compare mode + * - Select the output compare modes + * - Select the Polarities of each channel + * - Set/Get the Capture/Compare register values + * - Select the Output Compare Fast mode + * - Select the Output Compare Forced mode + * - Output Compare-Preload Configuration + * - Clear Output Compare Reference + * - Select the OCREF Clear signal + * - Enable/Disable the Capture/Compare Channels + * + * 3. TIM Input Capture management: this group includes all needed + * functions to configure the Capture/Compare unit used in + * Input Capture mode: + * - Configure each channel in input capture mode + * - Configure Channel1/2 in PWM Input mode + * - Set the Input Capture Prescaler + * - Get the Capture/Compare values + * + * 4. Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + * - Configures the Break input, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI, + * the OSSR State and the AOE(automatic output enable) + * - Enable/Disable the TIM peripheral Main Outputs + * - Select the Commutation event + * - Set/Reset the Capture Compare Preload Control bit + * + * 5. TIM interrupts, DMA and flags management + * - Enable/Disable interrupt sources + * - Get flags status + * - Clear flags/ Pending bits + * - Enable/Disable DMA requests + * - Configure DMA burst mode + * - Select CaptureCompare DMA request + * + * 6. TIM clocks management: this group includes all needed functions + * to configure the clock controller unit: + * - Select internal/External clock + * - Select the external clock mode: ETR(Mode1/Mode2), TIx or ITRx + * + * 7. TIM synchronization management: this group includes all needed + * functions to configure the Synchronization unit: + * - Select Input Trigger + * - Select Output Trigger + * - Select Master Slave Mode + * - ETR Configuration when used as external trigger + * + * 8. TIM specific interface management, this group includes all + * needed functions to use the specific TIM interface: + * - Encoder Interface Configuration + * - Select Hall Sensor + * + * 9. TIM specific remapping management includes the Remapping + * configuration of specific timers + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_tim.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM + * @brief TIM driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ---------------------- TIM registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +#define SMCR_ETR_MASK ((uint16_t)0x00FF) +#define CCMR_OFFSET ((uint16_t)0x0018) +#define CCER_CCE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define CCER_CCNE_SET ((uint16_t)0x0004) +#define CCMR_OC13M_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFF8F) +#define CCMR_OC24M_MASK ((uint16_t)0x8FFF) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group1 TimeBase management functions + * @brief TimeBase management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + TimeBase management functions + =============================================================================== + + =================================================================== + TIM Driver: how to use it in Timing(Time base) Mode + =================================================================== + To use the Timer in Timing(Time base) mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + 1. Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function + + 2. Fill the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct with the desired parameters. + + 3. Call TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIMx, &TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) to configure the Time Base unit + with the corresponding configuration + + 4. Enable the NVIC if you need to generate the update interrupt. + + 5. Enable the corresponding interrupt using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_Update) + + 6. Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + + Note1: All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the TIMx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + + */ +void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + if (TIMx == TIM1) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM2) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM3) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM4) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM5) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM6) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM7) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM8) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM9) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM10) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM11) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM12) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM13) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (TIMx == TIM14) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Time Base Unit peripheral according to + * the specified parameters in the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision)); + + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| + (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3)|| + (TIMx == TIM4) || (TIMx == TIM5)) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS)); + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode; + } + + if((TIMx != TIM6) && (TIMx != TIM7)) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD); + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision; + } + + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; + + /* Set the Autoreload value */ + TIMx->ARR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period ; + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler; + + if ((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ + TIMx->RCR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter; + } + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler + and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediatly */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period = 0xFFFFFFFF; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler = 0x0000; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision = TIM_CKD_DIV1; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter = 0x0000; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Prescaler: specifies the Prescaler Register value + * @param TIM_PSCReloadMode: specifies the TIM Prescaler Reload mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update: The Prescaler is loaded at the update event. + * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate: The Prescaler is loaded immediatly. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(TIM_PSCReloadMode)); + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = Prescaler; + /* Set or reset the UG Bit */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Specifies the TIMx Counter Mode to be used. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_CounterMode: specifies the Counter Mode to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Up: TIM Up Counting Mode + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Down: TIM Down Counting Mode + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1: TIM Center Aligned Mode1 + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2: TIM Center Aligned Mode2 + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3: TIM Center Aligned Mode3 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode) +{ + uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_CounterMode)); + + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + /* Reset the CMS and DIR Bits */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); + + /* Set the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 |= TIM_CounterMode; + + /* Write to TIMx CR1 register */ + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Counter Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Counter: specifies the Counter register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Counter Register value */ + TIMx->CNT = Counter; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Autoreload Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Autoreload: specifies the Autoreload register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Autoreload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Autoreload Register value */ + TIMx->ARR = Autoreload; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Counter value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Counter Register value + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Counter Register value */ + return TIMx->CNT; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Prescaler value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Prescaler Register value. + */ +uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Prescaler Register value */ + return TIMx->PSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the TIMx Update event. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx UDIS bit + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the Update Disable Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UDIS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the Update Disable Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_UDIS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Update Request Interrupt source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_UpdateSource: specifies the Update source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Regular: Source of update is the counter + * overflow/underflow or the setting of UG bit, or an update + * generation through the slave mode controller. + * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Global: Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(TIM_UpdateSource)); + + if (TIM_UpdateSource != TIM_UpdateSource_Global) + { + /* Set the URS Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_URS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the URS Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_URS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables TIMx peripheral Preload register on ARR. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ARR Preload Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_ARPE; + } + else + { + /* Reset the ARR Preload Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_ARPE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx's One Pulse Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OPMode: specifies the OPM Mode to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OPMode_Single + * @arg TIM_OPMode_Repetitive + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(TIM_OPMode)); + + /* Reset the OPM Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_OPM; + + /* Configure the OPM Mode */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_OPMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Clock Division value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_CKD: specifies the clock division value. + * This parameter can be one of the following value: + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV1: TDTS = Tck_tim + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV2: TDTS = 2*Tck_tim + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV4: TDTS = 4*Tck_tim + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_CKD)); + + /* Reset the CKD Bits */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CR1_CKD); + + /* Set the CKD value */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CKD; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM peripheral. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_CEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR1_CEN; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group2 Output Compare management functions + * @brief Output Compare management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Output Compare management functions + =============================================================================== + + =================================================================== + TIM Driver: how to use it in Output Compare Mode + =================================================================== + To use the Timer in Output Compare mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + 1. Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function + + 2. Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins + + 2. Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver, + if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration: + - Autoreload value = 0xFFFF + - Prescaler value = 0x0000 + - Counter mode = Up counting + - Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1 + + 3. Fill the TIM_OCInitStruct with the desired parameters including: + - The TIM Output Compare mode: TIM_OCMode + - TIM Output State: TIM_OutputState + - TIM Pulse value: TIM_Pulse + - TIM Output Compare Polarity : TIM_OCPolarity + + 4. Call TIM_OCxInit(TIMx, &TIM_OCInitStruct) to configure the desired channel with the + corresponding configuration + + 5. Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + + Note1: All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + + Note2: In case of PWM mode, this function is mandatory: + TIM_OCxPreloadConfig(TIMx, TIM_OCPreload_ENABLE); + + Note3: If the corresponding interrupt or DMA request are needed, the user should: + 1. Enable the NVIC (or the DMA) to use the TIM interrupts (or DMA requests). + 2. Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) using the function + TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel1 according to the specified parameters in + * the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity; + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState; + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity; + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; + + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState; + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1; + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState; + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState; + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel2 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 4); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 4); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; + + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 4); + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2; + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 2); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 2); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel3 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 8); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 8); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; + + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 8); + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3; + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 4); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 4); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel4 according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 12); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 12); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &=(uint16_t) ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 6); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_OCInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Timing; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Disable; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState = TIM_OutputNState_Disable; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse = 0x00000000; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState = TIM_OCIdleState_Reset; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM Output Compare Mode. + * @note This function disables the selected channel before changing the Output + * Compare Mode. If needed, user has to enable this channel using + * TIM_CCxCmd() and TIM_CCxNCmd() functions. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param TIM_OCMode: specifies the TIM Output Compare Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Timing + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Active + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Toggle + * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM1 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM2 + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + uint16_t tmp1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCM(TIM_OCMode)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) TIMx; + tmp += CCMR_OFFSET; + + tmp1 = CCER_CCE_SET << (uint16_t)TIM_Channel; + + /* Disable the Channel: Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp1; + + if((TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) ||(TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3)) + { + tmp += (TIM_Channel>>1); + + /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC13M_MASK; + + /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= TIM_OCMode; + } + else + { + tmp += (uint16_t)(TIM_Channel - (uint16_t)4)>> (uint16_t)1; + + /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= CCMR_OC24M_MASK; + + /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCMode << 8); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare1 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare1: specifies the Capture Compare1 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare1) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare1 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = Compare1; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare2 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param Compare2: specifies the Capture Compare2 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare2) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare2 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = Compare2; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare3 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare3: specifies the Capture Compare3 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare3) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare3 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = Compare3; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare4 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare4: specifies the Capture Compare4 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Compare4) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare4 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = Compare4; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 1 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC1REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC1REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ForcedAction; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 2 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC2REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC2REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 3 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC3REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC3REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ForcedAction; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 4 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC4REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC4REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR1. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1PE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCPreload; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR2. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2PE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR3. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC3PE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCPreload; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR4. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC4PE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 1 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1FE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCFast; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 2 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2FE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 3 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC3FE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCFast; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 4 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC4FE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE); + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF1 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1CE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCClear; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF2 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC2CE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF3 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC3CE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCClear; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF4 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the OC4CE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 1 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC1 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC1P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC1P); + tmpccer |= TIM_OCPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 1N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC1N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC1NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; + tmpccer |= TIM_OCNPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 2 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC2 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC2P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 2N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC2N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC2NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 3 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC3 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC3P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 3N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC3N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC3NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 4 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC4 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set or Reset the CC4P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 12); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_Enable or TIM_CCx_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx) +{ + uint16_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX(TIM_CCx)); + + tmp = CCER_CCE_SET << TIM_Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~ tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCx << TIM_Channel); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @param TIM_CCxN: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_Enable or TIM_CCxN_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN) +{ + uint16_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN(TIM_CCxN)); + + tmp = CCER_CCNE_SET << TIM_Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCxN << TIM_Channel); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group3 Input Capture management functions + * @brief Input Capture management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Input Capture management functions + =============================================================================== + + =================================================================== + TIM Driver: how to use it in Input Capture Mode + =================================================================== + To use the Timer in Input Capture mode, the following steps are mandatory: + + 1. Enable TIM clock using RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd(RCC_APBxPeriph_TIMx, ENABLE) function + + 2. Configure the TIM pins by configuring the corresponding GPIO pins + + 2. Configure the Time base unit as described in the first part of this driver, + if needed, else the Timer will run with the default configuration: + - Autoreload value = 0xFFFF + - Prescaler value = 0x0000 + - Counter mode = Up counting + - Clock Division = TIM_CKD_DIV1 + + 3. Fill the TIM_ICInitStruct with the desired parameters including: + - TIM Channel: TIM_Channel + - TIM Input Capture polarity: TIM_ICPolarity + - TIM Input Capture selection: TIM_ICSelection + - TIM Input Capture Prescaler: TIM_ICPrescaler + - TIM Input CApture filter value: TIM_ICFilter + + 4. Call TIM_ICInit(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired channel with the + corresponding configuration and to measure only frequency or duty cycle of the input signal, + or, + Call TIM_PWMIConfig(TIMx, &TIM_ICInitStruct) to configure the desired channels with the + corresponding configuration and to measure the frequency and the duty cycle of the input signal + + 5. Enable the NVIC or the DMA to read the measured frequency. + + 6. Enable the corresponding interrupt (or DMA request) to read the Captured value, + using the function TIM_ITConfig(TIMx, TIM_IT_CCx) (or TIM_DMA_Cmd(TIMx, TIM_DMA_CCx)) + + 7. Call the TIM_Cmd(ENABLE) function to enable the TIM counter. + + 8. Use TIM_GetCapturex(TIMx); to read the captured value. + + Note1: All other functions can be used separately to modify, if needed, + a specific feature of the Timer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_ICInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter)); + + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_2) + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3) + { + /* TI3 Configuration */ + TI3_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else + { + /* TI4 Configuration */ + TI4_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_ICInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel = TIM_Channel_1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler = TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter = 0x00; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the TIM_ICInitStruct to measure an external PWM signal. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + uint16_t icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Select the Opposite Input Polarity */ + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) + { + icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Falling; + } + else + { + icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + } + /* Select the Opposite Input */ + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) + { + icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI; + } + else + { + icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + } + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 1 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 1 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 1 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR1; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 2 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 2 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 2 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR2; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 3 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 3 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 3 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR3; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 4 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 4 Register value. + */ +uint32_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Get the Capture 4 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR4; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 1 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 except 6 and 7, to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture1 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR1 |= TIM_ICPSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 2 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture2 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Set the IC2PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 3 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture3 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; + + /* Set the IC3PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR2 |= TIM_ICPSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 4 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + + /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; + + /* Set the IC4PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group4 Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + * @brief Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Advanced-control timers (TIM1 and TIM8) specific features + =============================================================================== + + =================================================================== + TIM Driver: how to use the Break feature + =================================================================== + After configuring the Timer channel(s) in the appropriate Output Compare mode: + + 1. Fill the TIM_BDTRInitStruct with the desired parameters for the Timer + Break Polarity, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI/OSSR State and the + AOE(automatic output enable). + + 2. Call TIM_BDTRConfig(TIMx, &TIM_BDTRInitStruct) to configure the Timer + + 3. Enable the Main Output using TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM1, ENABLE) + + 4. Once the break even occurs, the Timer's output signals are put in reset + state or in a known state (according to the configuration made in + TIM_BDTRConfig() function). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State + * and the AOE(automatic output enable). + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput)); + + /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, + the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ + TIMx->BDTR = (uint32_t)TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_BDTRInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState = TIM_OSSRState_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState = TIM_OSSIState_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel = TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime = 0x00; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break = TIM_Break_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity = TIM_BreakPolarity_Low; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput = TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TIM Main Output */ + TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_MOE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TIM Main Output */ + TIMx->BDTR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_BDTR_MOE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM peripheral Commutation event. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the COM Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCUS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the COM Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or Resets the TIM peripheral Capture Compare Preload Control bit. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare Preload Control bit + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the CCPC Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + } + else + { + /* Reset the CCPC Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCPC; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group5 Interrupts DMA and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts, DMA and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM interrupts. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * + * @note For TIM6 and TIM7 only the parameter TIM_IT_Update can be used + * @note For TIM9 and TIM12 only one of the following parameters can be used: TIM_IT_Update, + * TIM_IT_CC1, TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger. + * @note For TIM10, TIM11, TIM13 and TIM14 only one of the following parameters can + * be used: TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1 + * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break can be used only with TIM1 and TIM8 + * + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt sources */ + TIMx->DIER |= TIM_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt sources */ + TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx event to be generate by software. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_EventSource: specifies the event source. + * This parameter can be one or more of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_COM: Timer COM event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Trigger: Timer Trigger Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Break: Timer Break event source + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. + * @note TIM_EventSource_COM and TIM_EventSource_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(TIM_EventSource)); + + /* Set the event sources */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_EventSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified TIM flag is set or not. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. + * @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval The new state of TIM_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(TIM_FLAG)); + + + if ((TIMx->SR & TIM_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the TIMx's pending flags. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 over capture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 over capture Flag + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. + * @note TIM_FLAG_COM and TIM_FLAG_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Clear the flags */ + TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the TIM interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. + * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval The new state of the TIM_IT(SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint16_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_IT(TIM_IT)); + + itstatus = TIMx->SR & TIM_IT; + + itenable = TIMx->DIER & TIM_IT; + if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the TIMx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 14 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM1 update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. + * @note TIM_IT_COM and TIM_IT_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Clear the IT pending Bit */ + TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx's DMA interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_DMABase: DMA Base address. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_DIER + * @arg TIM1_DMABase_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABase_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABase_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABase_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABase_DCR + * @param TIM_DMABurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer and TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(TIM_DMABase)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(TIM_DMABurstLength)); + + /* Set the DMA Base and the DMA Burst Length */ + TIMx->DCR = TIM_DMABase | TIM_DMABurstLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's DMA Requests. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_DMASource: specifies the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_Trigger: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(TIM_DMASource)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DMA sources */ + TIMx->DIER |= TIM_DMASource; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DMA sources */ + TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_DMASource; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx peripheral Capture Compare DMA source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare DMA source + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the CCDS Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCDS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the CCDS Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_CCDS; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group6 Clocks management functions + * @brief Clocks management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Clocks management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx internal Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Internal Trigger as External Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); + + /* Select the Internal Trigger */ + TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_InputTriggerSource); + + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Trigger as External Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource: Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @param TIM_ICPolarity: specifies the TIx Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param ICFilter: specifies the filter value. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x0 and 0xF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFilter)); + + /* Configure the Timer Input Clock Source */ + if (TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2) + { + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); + } + else + { + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); + } + /* Select the Trigger source */ + TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource); + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External clock Mode1 + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the SMS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + tmpsmcr |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; + + /* Select the Trigger selection : ETRF */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS; + tmpsmcr |= TIM_TS_ETRF; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External clock Mode2 + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); + + /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group7 Synchronization management functions + * @brief Synchronization management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Synchronization management functions + =============================================================================== + + =================================================================== + TIM Driver: how to use it in synchronization Mode + =================================================================== + Case of two/several Timers + ************************** + 1. Configure the Master Timers using the following functions: + - void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource); + - void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode); + 2. Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions: + - void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); + - void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); + + Case of Timers and external trigger(ETR pin) + ******************************************** + 1. Configure the External trigger using this function: + - void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter); + 2. Configure the Slave Timers using the following functions: + - void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource); + - void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: The Input Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_TS; + + /* Set the Input Trigger source */ + tmpsmcr |= TIM_InputTriggerSource; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * + * @param TIM_TRGOSource: specifies the Trigger Output source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * + * - For all TIMx + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output(TRGO) + * + * - For all TIMx except TIM6 and TIM7 + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag + * is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output(TRGO) + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(TIM_TRGOSource)); + + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_MMS; + /* Select the TRGO source */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGOSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Slave Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_SlaveMode: specifies the Timer Slave Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Reset: Rising edge of the selected trigger signal(TRGI) reinitialize + * the counter and triggers an update of the registers + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Gated: The counter clock is enabled when the trigger signal (TRGI) is high + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger: The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_External1: Rising edges of the selected trigger (TRGI) clock the counter + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(TIM_SlaveMode)); + + /* Reset the SMS Bits */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or Resets the TIMx Master/Slave Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_MasterSlaveMode: specifies the Timer Master Slave Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable: synchronization between the current timer + * and its slaves (through TRGO) + * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable: No action + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(TIM_MasterSlaveMode)); + + /* Reset the MSM Bit */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_MSM; + + /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_MasterSlaveMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= SMCR_ETR_MASK; + + /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ + tmpsmcr |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (uint16_t)(ExtTRGFilter << (uint16_t)8))); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group8 Specific interface management functions + * @brief Specific interface management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Specific interface management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Encoder Interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_EncoderMode: specifies the TIMx Encoder Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI1: Counter counts on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level. + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI2: Counter counts on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level. + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI12: Counter counts on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending + * on the level of the other input. + * @param TIM_IC1Polarity: specifies the IC1 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. + * @param TIM_IC2Polarity: specifies the IC2 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, + uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(TIM_EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC2Polarity)); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set the encoder Mode */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + tmpsmcr |= TIM_EncoderMode; + + /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0 | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S_0; + + /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ + tmpccer &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1P) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_IC1Polarity | (uint16_t)(TIM_IC2Polarity << (uint16_t)4)); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's Hall sensor interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx Hall sensor interface. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the TI1S Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; + } + else + { + /* Reset the TI1S Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CR2_TI1S; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Group9 Specific remapping management function + * @brief Specific remapping management function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Specific remapping management function + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM2, TIM5 and TIM11 Remapping input capabilities. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 2, 5 or 11 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Remap: specifies the TIM input remapping source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM2_TIM8_TRGO: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to TIM8 Trigger output(default) + * @arg TIM2_ETH_PTP: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to ETH PTP trogger output. + * @arg TIM2_USBFS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB FS SOF. + * @arg TIM2_USBHS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB HS SOF. + * @arg TIM5_GPIO: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default) + * @arg TIM5_LSI: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSI clock. + * @arg TIM5_LSE: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSE clock. + * @arg TIM5_RTC: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to RTC Output event. + * @arg TIM11_GPIO: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default) + * @arg TIM11_HSE: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to HSE_RTC clock + * (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler) + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_RemapConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Remap) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(TIM_Remap)); + + /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */ + TIMx->OR = TIM_Remap; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4)); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9 or 12 to select the TIM + * peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 4); + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 8); + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4)); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 12); + + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) & ((uint16_t)~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_usart.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_usart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..05bb0f2d9c --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_usart.c @@ -0,0 +1,1462 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_usart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal synchronous asynchronous receiver + * transmitter (USART): + * - Initialization and Configuration + * - Data transfers + * - Multi-Processor Communication + * - LIN mode + * - Half-duplex mode + * - Smartcard mode + * - IrDA mode + * - DMA transfers management + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable peripheral clock using the follwoing functions + * RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USARTx, ENABLE) for USART1 and USART6 + * RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USARTx, ENABLE) for USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * + * 2. According to the USART mode, enable the GPIO clocks using + * RCC_AHB1PeriphClockCmd() function. (The I/O can be TX, RX, CTS, + * or/and SCLK). + * + * 3. Peripheral's alternate function: + * - Connect the pin to the desired peripherals' Alternate + * Function (AF) using GPIO_PinAFConfig() function + * - Configure the desired pin in alternate function by: + * GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_AF + * - Select the type, pull-up/pull-down and output speed via + * GPIO_PuPd, GPIO_OType and GPIO_Speed members + * - Call GPIO_Init() function + * + * 4. Program the Baud Rate, Word Length , Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + * flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) using the USART_Init() + * function. + * + * 5. For synchronous mode, enable the clock and program the polarity, + * phase and last bit using the USART_ClockInit() function. + * + * 5. Enable the NVIC and the corresponding interrupt using the function + * USART_ITConfig() if you need to use interrupt mode. + * + * 6. When using the DMA mode + * - Configure the DMA using DMA_Init() function + * - Active the needed channel Request using USART_DMACmd() function + * + * 7. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + * + * 8. Enable the DMA using the DMA_Cmd() function, when using DMA mode. + * + * Refer to Multi-Processor, LIN, half-duplex, Smartcard, IrDA sub-sections + * for more details + * + * In order to reach higher communication baudrates, it is possible to + * enable the oversampling by 8 mode using the function USART_OverSampling8Cmd(). + * This function should be called after enabling the USART clock (RCC_APBxPeriphClockCmd()) + * and before calling the function USART_Init(). + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_usart.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART + * @brief USART driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*!< USART CR1 register clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xE9F3)) */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | \ + USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \ + USART_CR1_RE)) + +/*!< USART CR2 register clock bits clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xF0FF)) */ +#define CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPOL | \ + USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_LBCL)) + +/*!< USART CR3 register clear Mask ((~(uint16_t)0xFCFF)) */ +#define CR3_CLEAR_MASK ((uint16_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)) + +/*!< USART Interrupts mask */ +#define IT_MASK ((uint16_t)0x001F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Initialization and Configuration functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART + in asynchronous and in synchronous modes. + - For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + - Baud Rate + - Word Length + - Stop Bit + - Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + the possible USART frame formats are as listed in the following table: + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | USART frame | + |---------------------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + - Hardware flow control + - Receiver/transmitter modes + + The USART_Init() function follows the USART asynchronous configuration procedure + (details for the procedure are available in reference manual (RM0033)). + + - For the synchronous mode in addition to the asynchronous mode parameters these + parameters should be also configured: + - USART Clock Enabled + - USART polarity + - USART phase + - USART LastBit + + These parameters can be configured using the USART_ClockInit() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == USART3) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == UART4) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == UART5) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (USARTx == USART6) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART6, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART6, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the USART_InitStruct . + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00, apbclock = 0x00; + uint32_t integerdivider = 0x00; + uint32_t fractionaldivider = 0x00; + RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl)); + + /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2, USART3 and USART6 */ + if (USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl != USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + +/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + + /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP); + + /* Configure the USART Stop Bits, Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit : + Set STOP[13:12] bits according to USART_StopBits value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits; + + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR1; + + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR1_CLEAR_MASK); + + /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode: + Set the M bits according to USART_WordLength value + Set PCE and PS bits according to USART_Parity value + Set TE and RE bits according to USART_Mode value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity | + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode; + + /* Write to USART CR1 */ + USARTx->CR1 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR3; + + /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR3_CLEAR_MASK); + + /* Configure the USART HFC : + Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to USART_HardwareFlowControl value */ + tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl; + + /* Write to USART CR3 */ + USARTx->CR3 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the USART Baud Rate */ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus); + + if ((USARTx == USART1) || (USARTx == USART6)) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK2_Frequency; + } + else + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK1_Frequency; + } + + /* Determine the integer part */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) + { + /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */ + integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (2 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))); + } + else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) == 0) */ + { + /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 16 Samples */ + integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (4 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))); + } + tmpreg = (integerdivider / 100) << 4; + + /* Determine the fractional part */ + fractionaldivider = integerdivider - (100 * (tmpreg >> 4)); + + /* Implement the fractional part in the register */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) != 0) + { + tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 8) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x07); + } + else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & USART_CR1_OVER8) == 0) */ + { + tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 16) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x0F); + } + + /* Write to USART BRR register */ + USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + /* USART_InitStruct members default value */ + USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600; + USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b; + USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx; + USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the + * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct . + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 6 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. + * @note The Smart Card and Synchronous modes are not available for UART4 and UART5. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLOCK(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPOL(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPHA(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit)); + +/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_MASK); + /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/ + /* Set CLKEN bit according to USART_Clock value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to USART_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to USART_CPHA value */ + /* Set LBCL bit according to USART_LastBit value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL | + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit; + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_ClockInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + /* USART_ClockInitStruct members default value */ + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected USART by setting the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_UE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected USART by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_UE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the system clock prescaler. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock. + * @note The function is used for IrDA mode with UART4 and UART5. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_GT; + /* Set the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR |= USART_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's 8x oversampling mode. + * @note This function has to be called before calling USART_Init() function + * in order to have correct baudrate Divider value. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART 8x oversampling mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the 8x Oversampling mode by setting the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_OVER8; + } + else + { + /* Disable the 8x Oversampling mode by clearing the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_OVER8); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's one bit sampling method. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the one bit method by setting the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_ONEBIT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the one bit method by clearing the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_ONEBIT); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group2 Data transfers functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Data transfers functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART data + transfers. + + During an USART reception, data shifts in least significant bit first through + the RX pin. In this mode, the USART_DR register consists of a buffer (RDR) + between the internal bus and the received shift register. + + When a transmission is taking place, a write instruction to the USART_DR register + stores the data in the TDR register and which is copied in the shift register + at the end of the current transmission. + + The read access of the USART_DR register can be done using the USART_ReceiveData() + function and returns the RDR buffered value. Whereas a write access to the USART_DR + can be done using USART_SendData() function and stores the written data into + TDR buffer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param Data: the data to transmit. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DATA(Data)); + + /* Transmit Data */ + USARTx->DR = (Data & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @retval The received data. + */ +uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Receive Data */ + return (uint16_t)(USARTx->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group3 MultiProcessor Communication functions + * @brief Multi-Processor Communication functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Multi-Processor Communication functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + multiprocessor communication. + + For instance one of the USARTs can be the master, its TX output is connected to + the RX input of the other USART. The others are slaves, their respective TX outputs + are logically ANDed together and connected to the RX input of the master. + + USART multiprocessor communication is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Program the Baud rate, Word length = 9 bits, Stop bits, Parity, Mode transmitter + or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init() + function. + 2. Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. + 3. Configures the wake up method (USART_WakeUp_IdleLine or USART_WakeUp_AddressMark) + using USART_WakeUpConfig() function only for the slaves. + 4. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + 5. Enter the USART slaves in mute mode using USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd() function. + + The USART Slave exit from mute mode when receive the wake up condition. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the address of the USART node. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_ADDRESS(USART_Address)); + + /* Clear the USART address */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_ADD); + /* Set the USART address node */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_Address; +} + +/** + * @brief Determines if the USART is in mute mode or not. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART mute mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_RWU; + } + else + { + /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_RWU); + } +} +/** + * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection + * @arg USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark + * @retval None + */ +void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_WAKEUP(USART_WakeUp)); + + USARTx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR1_WAKE); + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_WakeUp; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group4 LIN mode functions + * @brief LIN mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + LIN mode functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART LIN + Mode communication. + + In LIN mode, 8-bit data format with 1 stop bit is required in accordance with + the LIN standard. + + Only this LIN Feature is supported by the USART IP: + - LIN Master Synchronous Break send capability and LIN slave break detection + capability : 13-bit break generation and 10/11 bit break detection + + + USART LIN Master transmitter communication is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using + the USART_Init() function. + 2. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + 3. Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. + 4. Send the break character using USART_SendBreak() function. + + USART LIN Master receiver communication is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8bits, Stop bits = 1bit, Parity, + Mode transmitter or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using + the USART_Init() function. + 2. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + 3. Configures the break detection length using the USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig() + function. + 4. Enable the LIN mode using the USART_LINCmd() function. + + +@note In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - CLKEN in the USART_CR2 register, + - STOP[1:0], SCEN, HDSEL and IREN in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the USART LIN Break detection length. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(USART_LINBreakDetectLength)); + + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_LBDL); + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's LIN mode. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART LIN mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_CR2_LINEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR2_LINEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits break characters. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Send break characters */ + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_CR1_SBK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group5 Halfduplex mode function + * @brief Half-duplex mode function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Half-duplex mode function + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + Half-duplex communication. + + The USART can be configured to follow a single-wire half-duplex protocol where + the TX and RX lines are internally connected. + + USART Half duplex communication is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Program the Baud rate, Word length, Stop bits, Parity, Mode transmitter + or Mode receiver and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init() + function. + 2. Configures the USART address using the USART_SetAddress() function. + 3. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + 4. Enable the half duplex mode using USART_HalfDuplexCmd() function. + + +@note The RX pin is no longer used +@note In Half-duplex mode the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Half Duplex communication. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART Communication. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_HDSEL; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Half-Duplex mode by clearing the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_HDSEL); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup USART_Group6 Smartcard mode functions + * @brief Smartcard mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Smartcard mode functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + Smartcard communication. + + The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as + defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. + + The USART can provide a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output. + In smartcard mode, SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived + from the internal peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler. + + Smartcard communication is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Configures the Smartcard Prescaler using the USART_SetPrescaler() function. + 2. Configures the Smartcard Guard Time using the USART_SetGuardTime() function. + 3. Program the USART clock using the USART_ClockInit() function as following: + - USART Clock enabled + - USART CPOL Low + - USART CPHA on first edge + - USART Last Bit Clock Enabled + 4. Program the Smartcard interface using the USART_Init() function as following: + - Word Length = 9 Bits + - 1.5 Stop Bit + - Even parity + - BaudRate = 12096 baud + - Hardware flow control disabled (RTS and CTS signals) + - Tx and Rx enabled + 5. Optionally you can enable the parity error interrupt using the USART_ITConfig() + function + 6. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + 7. Enable the Smartcard NACK using the USART_SmartCardNACKCmd() function. + 8. Enable the Smartcard interface using the USART_SmartCardCmd() function. + + Please refer to the ISO 7816-3 specification for more details. + + +@note It is also possible to choose 0.5 stop bit for receiving but it is recommended + to use 1.5 stop bits for both transmitting and receiving to avoid switching + between the two configurations. +@note In smartcard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register. + - HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. +@note Smartcard mode is available on USART peripherals only (not available on UART4 + and UART5 peripherals). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified USART guard time. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART Guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR &= USART_GTPR_PSC; + /* Set the USART guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)USART_GuardTime << 0x08); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's Smart Card mode. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_SCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_SCEN); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the NACK transmission. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_NACK; + } + else + { + /* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_NACK); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group7 IrDA mode functions + * @brief IrDA mode functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + IrDA mode functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART + IrDA communication. + + IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, any data + on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver + is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will not be encoded by IrDA. + While receiving data, transmission should be avoided as the data to be transmitted + could be corrupted. + + IrDA communication is possible through the following procedure: + 1. Program the Baud rate, Word length = 8 bits, Stop bits, Parity, Transmitter/Receiver + modes and hardware flow control values using the USART_Init() function. + 2. Enable the USART using the USART_Cmd() function. + 3. Configures the IrDA pulse width by configuring the prescaler using + the USART_SetPrescaler() function. + 4. Configures the IrDA USART_IrDAMode_LowPower or USART_IrDAMode_Normal mode + using the USART_IrDAConfig() function. + 5. Enable the IrDA using the USART_IrDACmd() function. + +@note A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s) may or may + not be rejected. +@note The receiver set up time should be managed by software. The IrDA physical layer + specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms delay between transmission and + reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol). +@note In IrDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register. + - SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the USART's IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_LowPower + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_Normal + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(USART_IrDAMode)); + + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_IRLP); + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_IrDAMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_IREN); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group8 DMA transfers management functions + * @brief DMA transfers management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + DMA transfers management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's DMA interface. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DMAREQ(USART_DMAReq)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DMA transfer for selected requests by setting the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DMA transfer for selected requests by clearing the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~USART_DMAReq; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Group9 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to configure the USART + Interrupts sources, DMA channels requests and check or clear the flags or + pending bits status. + The user should identify which mode will be used in his application to manage + the communication: Polling mode, Interrupt mode or DMA mode. + + Polling Mode + ============= + In Polling Mode, the SPI communication can be managed by 10 flags: + 1. USART_FLAG_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + 2. USART_FLAG_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + 3. USART_FLAG_TC : to indicate the status of the transmit operation + 4. USART_FLAG_IDLE : to indicate the status of the Idle Line + 5. USART_FLAG_CTS : to indicate the status of the nCTS input + 6. USART_FLAG_LBD : to indicate the status of the LIN break detection + 7. USART_FLAG_NE : to indicate if a noise error occur + 8. USART_FLAG_FE : to indicate if a frame error occur + 9. USART_FLAG_PE : to indicate if a parity error occur + 10. USART_FLAG_ORE : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); + - void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG); + + Interrupt Mode + =============== + In Interrupt Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 8 interrupt sources + and 10 pending bits: + + Pending Bits: + ------------- + 1. USART_IT_TXE : to indicate the status of the transmit buffer register + 2. USART_IT_RXNE : to indicate the status of the receive buffer register + 3. USART_IT_TC : to indicate the status of the transmit operation + 4. USART_IT_IDLE : to indicate the status of the Idle Line + 5. USART_IT_CTS : to indicate the status of the nCTS input + 6. USART_IT_LBD : to indicate the status of the LIN break detection + 7. USART_IT_NE : to indicate if a noise error occur + 8. USART_IT_FE : to indicate if a frame error occur + 9. USART_IT_PE : to indicate if a parity error occur + 10. USART_IT_ORE : to indicate if an Overrun error occur + + Interrupt Source: + ----------------- + 1. USART_IT_TXE : specifies the interrupt source for the Tx buffer empty + interrupt. + 2. USART_IT_RXNE : specifies the interrupt source for the Rx buffer not + empty interrupt. + 3. USART_IT_TC : specifies the interrupt source for the Transmit complete + interrupt. + 4. USART_IT_IDLE : specifies the interrupt source for the Idle Line interrupt. + 5. USART_IT_CTS : specifies the interrupt source for the CTS interrupt. + 6. USART_IT_LBD : specifies the interrupt source for the LIN break detection + interrupt. + 7. USART_IT_PE : specifies the interrupt source for the parity error interrupt. + 8. USART_IT_ERR : specifies the interrupt source for the errors interrupt. + +@note Some parameters are coded in order to use them as interrupt source or as pending bits. + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following functions: + - void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState); + - ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); + - void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT); + + DMA Mode + ======== + In DMA Mode, the USART communication can be managed by 2 DMA Channel requests: + 1. USART_DMAReq_Tx: specifies the Tx buffer DMA transfer request + 2. USART_DMAReq_Rx: specifies the Rx buffer DMA transfer request + + In this Mode it is advised to use the following function: + - void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified USARTx interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t usartreg = 0x00, itpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00; + uint32_t usartxbase = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(USART_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx; + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05); + + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itpos = USART_IT & IT_MASK; + itmask = (((uint32_t)0x01) << itpos); + + if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x0C; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x10; + } + else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x14; + } + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase |= itmask; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase &= ~itmask; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5) + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag + * @retval The new state of USART_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + + /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if (USART_FLAG == USART_FLAG_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + if ((USARTx->SR & USART_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx's pending flags. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5). + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag. + * + * @note PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun + * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are cleared by software + * sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) + * followed by a read operation to USART_DR register (USART_ReceiveData()). + * @note RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()). + * @note TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation + * to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()). + * @note TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register + * (USART_SendData()). + * + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + + /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if ((USART_FLAG & USART_FLAG_CTS) == USART_FLAG_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~USART_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5) + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt + * @retval The new state of USART_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT) +{ + uint32_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00, usartreg = 0x00; + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_GET_IT(USART_IT)); + + /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05); + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itmask = USART_IT & IT_MASK; + itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask; + + if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR1; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR2; + } + else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR3; + } + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08; + bitpos = (uint32_t)0x01 << bitpos; + bitpos &= USARTx->SR; + if ((itmask != (uint16_t)RESET)&&(bitpos != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 to select the USART or + * UART peripheral. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5) + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt. + * + * @note PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun + * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) pending bits are cleared by + * software sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register + * (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to USART_DR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()). + * @note RXNE pending bit can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()). + * @note TC pending bit can be also cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a write + * operation to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()). + * @note TXE pending bit is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register + * (USART_SendData()). + * + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT) +{ + uint16_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(USART_IT)); + + /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_1236_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08; + itmask = ((uint16_t)0x01 << (uint16_t)bitpos); + USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~itmask; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_wwdg.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_wwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9c86b54379 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/Libraries/STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f2xx_wwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f2xx_wwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.0 + * @date 18-April-2011 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Window watchdog (WWDG) peripheral: + * - Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration + * - WWDG activation + * - Interrupts and flags management + * + * @verbatim + * + * =================================================================== + * WWDG features + * =================================================================== + * + * Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed + * time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter) + * before to reach 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter + * value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F). + * An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed + * before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This + * implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window. + * + * Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + * + * WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG + * reset occurs. + * + * The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided + * by a programmable prescaler. + * + * WWDG counter clock = PCLK1 / Prescaler + * WWDG timeout = (WWDG counter clock) * (counter value) + * + * Min-max timeout value @30 MHz(PCLK1): ~136.5 us / ~69.9 ms + * + * =================================================================== + * How to use this driver + * =================================================================== + * 1. Enable WWDG clock using RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE) function + * + * 2. Configure the WWDG prescaler using WWDG_SetPrescaler() function + * + * 3. Configure the WWDG refresh window using WWDG_SetWindowValue() function + * + * 4. Set the WWDG counter value and start it using WWDG_Enable() function. + * When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to + * a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset. + * + * 5. Optionally you can enable the Early wakeup interrupt which is + * generated when the counter reach 0x40. + * Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + * + * 6. Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular + * intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using + * WWDG_SetCounter() function. This operation must occur only when + * the counter value is lower than the refresh window value, + * programmed using WWDG_SetWindowValue(). + * + * @endverbatim + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + *

© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics

+ ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f2xx_wwdg.h" +#include "stm32f2xx_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG + * @brief WWDG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* ----------- WWDG registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define WWDG_OFFSET (WWDG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) +/* Alias word address of EWI bit */ +#define CFR_OFFSET (WWDG_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define EWI_BitNumber 0x09 +#define CFR_EWI_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWI_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --------------------- WWDG registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +/* CFR register bit mask */ +#define CFR_WDGTB_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFE7F) +#define CFR_W_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF80) +#define BIT_MASK ((uint8_t)0x7F) + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group1 Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + * @brief Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Prescaler, Refresh window and Counter configuration functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG Prescaler. + * @param WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8 + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(WWDG_Prescaler)); + /* Clear WDGTB[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_WDGTB_MASK; + /* Set WDGTB[1:0] bits according to WWDG_Prescaler value */ + tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler; + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG window value. + * @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter. + * This parameter value must be lower than 0x80. + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue)); + /* Clear W[6:0] bits */ + + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_W_MASK; + + /* Set W[6:0] bits according to WindowValue value */ + tmpreg |= WindowValue & (uint32_t) BIT_MASK; + + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI). + * @note Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_EnableIT(void) +{ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFR_EWI_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating + * an immediate reset) + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + /* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do + a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */ + WWDG->CR = Counter & BIT_MASK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group2 WWDG activation functions + * @brief WWDG activation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + WWDG activation function + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables WWDG and load the counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F (to prevent generating + * an immediate reset) + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + WWDG->CR = WWDG_CR_WDGA | Counter; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Group3 Interrupts and flags management functions + * @brief Interrupts and flags management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + Interrupts and flags management functions + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not. + * @param None + * @retval The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + if ((WWDG->SR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_ClearFlag(void) +{ + WWDG->SR = (uint32_t)RESET; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/SConscript b/bsp/stm32f20x/SConscript index 764088b716..e99c60b27c 100644 --- a/bsp/stm32f20x/SConscript +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/SConscript @@ -6,8 +6,7 @@ src_bsp = ['application.c', 'startup.c', 'board.c', 'stm32f20x_it.c'] src_drv = ['usart.c', 'serial.c'] src = src_bsp + src_drv -CPPPATH = [str(Dir('#'))] -CPPDEFINES = ['USE_STDPERIPH_DRIVER'] -group = DefineGroup('Startup', src, depend = [''], CPPPATH = CPPPATH, CPPDEFINES = CPPDEFINES) +CPPPATH = [GetCurrentDir()] +group = DefineGroup('Startup', src, depend = [''], CPPPATH = CPPPATH) Return('group') diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/application.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/application.c index 86a292d411..708280d6b5 100644 --- a/bsp/stm32f20x/application.c +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/application.c @@ -82,20 +82,14 @@ void rt_init_thread_entry(void* parameter) int rt_application_init() { - rt_thread_t init_thread; + rt_thread_t tid; -#if (RT_THREAD_PRIORITY_MAX == 32) - init_thread = rt_thread_create("init", + tid = rt_thread_create("init", rt_init_thread_entry, RT_NULL, - 2048, 8, 20); -#else - init_thread = rt_thread_create("init", - rt_init_thread_entry, RT_NULL, - 2048, 80, 20); -#endif + 2048, RT_THREAD_PRIORITY_MAX/3, 20); - if (init_thread != RT_NULL) - rt_thread_startup(init_thread); + if (tid != RT_NULL) + rt_thread_startup(tid); return 0; } diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/board.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/board.c index 8290828a73..3dab26b11a 100644 --- a/bsp/stm32f20x/board.c +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/board.c @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ void SysTick_Configuration(void) * This is the timer interrupt service routine. * */ -void rt_hw_timer_handler(void) +void SysTick_Handler(void) { /* enter interrupt */ rt_interrupt_enter(); @@ -89,7 +89,9 @@ void rt_hw_board_init() SysTick_Configuration(); rt_hw_usart_init(); +#ifdef RT_USING_CONSOLE rt_console_set_device(CONSOLE_DEVICE); +#endif } /*@}*/ diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/project.uvopt b/bsp/stm32f20x/project.uvopt index 3bb47e09ad..374477780c 100644 --- a/bsp/stm32f20x/project.uvopt +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/project.uvopt @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ 79 66 8 - .\ + .\obj\ 1 @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ -pSTM32F207VG - 0 - 1 + 1 + 0 1 0 1 @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ 1 0 0 - 7 + 5 @@ -125,15 +125,27 @@ Segger\JL2CM3.dll + + + 0 + DLGDARM + (1010=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(1007=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(1008=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(1009=-1,-1,-1,-1,0)(1012=-1,-1,-1,-1,0) + + + 0 + ARMDBGFLAGS + -T0 + + 0 0 0 0 - 0 + 1 0 0 - 0 + 1 0 0 0 @@ -158,7 +170,7 @@ Startup - 0 + 1 0 0 @@ -167,10 +179,10 @@ 1 0 0 - 0 + 6 0 - 0 - 0 + 1 + 18 0 .\application.c application.c @@ -197,8 +209,8 @@ 0 0 0 - 0 - 0 + 65 + 65 0 .\board.c board.c @@ -211,8 +223,8 @@ 0 0 0 - 0 - 0 + 80 + 80 0 .\stm32f20x_it.c stm32f20x_it.c @@ -500,20 +512,6 @@ 3 24 - 2 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - ..\..\libcpu\arm\stm32\start_rvds.S - start_rvds.S - - - 3 - 25 1 0 0 @@ -527,7 +525,7 @@ 3 - 26 + 25 1 0 0 @@ -541,7 +539,7 @@ 3 - 27 + 26 1 0 0 @@ -562,7 +560,7 @@ 0 4 - 28 + 27 1 0 0 @@ -576,7 +574,7 @@ 4 - 29 + 28 1 0 0 @@ -590,7 +588,7 @@ 4 - 30 + 29 1 0 0 @@ -604,7 +602,7 @@ 4 - 31 + 30 1 0 0 @@ -618,7 +616,7 @@ 4 - 32 + 31 1 0 0 @@ -632,7 +630,7 @@ 4 - 33 + 32 1 0 0 @@ -646,7 +644,7 @@ 4 - 34 + 33 1 0 0 @@ -660,7 +658,7 @@ 4 - 35 + 34 1 0 0 @@ -674,7 +672,7 @@ 4 - 36 + 35 1 0 0 @@ -688,7 +686,7 @@ 4 - 37 + 36 1 0 0 @@ -702,7 +700,7 @@ 4 - 38 + 37 1 0 0 @@ -716,7 +714,7 @@ 4 - 39 + 38 1 0 0 @@ -730,7 +728,7 @@ 4 - 40 + 39 1 0 0 @@ -751,7 +749,7 @@ 0 5 - 41 + 40 1 0 0 @@ -765,7 +763,7 @@ 5 - 42 + 41 1 0 0 @@ -779,7 +777,7 @@ 5 - 43 + 42 1 0 0 @@ -793,7 +791,7 @@ 5 - 44 + 43 1 0 0 @@ -807,7 +805,7 @@ 5 - 45 + 44 1 0 0 @@ -821,7 +819,7 @@ 5 - 46 + 45 1 0 0 @@ -835,7 +833,7 @@ 5 - 47 + 46 1 0 0 @@ -849,7 +847,7 @@ 5 - 48 + 47 1 0 0 @@ -863,7 +861,7 @@ 5 - 49 + 48 1 0 0 @@ -877,7 +875,7 @@ 5 - 50 + 49 1 0 0 @@ -891,7 +889,7 @@ 5 - 51 + 50 1 0 0 @@ -905,7 +903,7 @@ 5 - 52 + 51 1 0 0 @@ -919,7 +917,7 @@ 5 - 53 + 52 1 0 0 @@ -933,7 +931,7 @@ 5 - 54 + 53 1 0 0 @@ -947,7 +945,7 @@ 5 - 55 + 54 1 0 0 @@ -961,7 +959,7 @@ 5 - 56 + 55 1 0 0 @@ -975,7 +973,7 @@ 5 - 57 + 56 1 0 0 @@ -989,7 +987,7 @@ 5 - 58 + 57 1 0 0 @@ -1003,7 +1001,7 @@ 5 - 59 + 58 1 0 0 @@ -1017,7 +1015,7 @@ 5 - 60 + 59 1 0 0 @@ -1031,7 +1029,7 @@ 5 - 61 + 60 1 0 0 @@ -1045,7 +1043,7 @@ 5 - 62 + 61 1 0 0 @@ -1059,7 +1057,7 @@ 5 - 63 + 62 1 0 0 @@ -1073,7 +1071,7 @@ 5 - 64 + 63 1 0 0 @@ -1087,7 +1085,7 @@ 5 - 65 + 64 1 0 0 @@ -1101,7 +1099,7 @@ 5 - 66 + 65 1 0 0 @@ -1115,7 +1113,7 @@ 5 - 67 + 66 1 0 0 @@ -1129,7 +1127,7 @@ 5 - 68 + 67 1 0 0 @@ -1143,7 +1141,7 @@ 5 - 69 + 68 1 0 0 @@ -1157,7 +1155,7 @@ 5 - 70 + 69 1 0 0 @@ -1171,7 +1169,7 @@ 5 - 71 + 70 1 0 0 @@ -1185,7 +1183,7 @@ 5 - 72 + 71 1 0 0 @@ -1199,7 +1197,7 @@ 5 - 73 + 72 1 0 0 @@ -1211,6 +1209,49 @@ Libraries\STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver\src\stm32f2xx_wwdg.c stm32f2xx_wwdg.c + + 5 + 73 + 2 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + Libraries\CMSIS\CM3\DeviceSupport\ST\STM32F2xx\startup\arm\startup_stm32f2xx.s + startup_stm32f2xx.s + + + 1 + 0 + + 100 + 0 + + + .\application.c + 6 + 1 + 18 + + + .\board.c + 0 + 65 + 65 + + + .\stm32f20x_it.c + 0 + 80 + 80 + + + + + diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/project.uvproj b/bsp/stm32f20x/project.uvproj index 4599f5730b..e1b6175d9d 100644 --- a/bsp/stm32f20x/project.uvproj +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/project.uvproj @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ 0 1 0 - .\ + .\obj\ 1 0 0 @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 16 - 0 + 1 1 0 1 @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ 0 - 1 + 0 1 1 1 @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ 1 0 - 7 + 5 @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ 0 0 1 - 4098 + 4099 Segger\JL2CM3.dll "" () @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ - --keep __fsym_* --keep __vsym_* + --keep __fsym_* --keep __vsym_* @@ -511,11 +511,6 @@ 2 ..\..\libcpu\arm\stm32\context_rvds.S - - start_rvds.S - 2 - ..\..\libcpu\arm\stm32\start_rvds.S - backtrace.c 1 @@ -771,6 +766,11 @@ 1 Libraries\STM32F2xx_StdPeriph_Driver\src\stm32f2xx_wwdg.c + + startup_stm32f2xx.s + 2 + Libraries\CMSIS\CM3\DeviceSupport\ST\STM32F2xx\startup\arm\startup_stm32f2xx.s + diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/stm32f20x_it.c b/bsp/stm32f20x/stm32f20x_it.c index b5492fc0cc..2b2947391c 100644 --- a/bsp/stm32f20x/stm32f20x_it.c +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/stm32f20x_it.c @@ -22,8 +22,6 @@ /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ #include "stm32f20x_it.h" -#include -#include /** @addtogroup Template_Project * @{ @@ -49,19 +47,6 @@ void NMI_Handler(void) { } -/** - * @brief This function handles Hard Fault exception. - * @param None - * @retval None - */ -void HardFault_Handler(void) -{ - /* Go to infinite loop when Hard Fault exception occurs */ - while (1) - { - } -} - /** * @brief This function handles Memory Manage exception. * @param None diff --git a/bsp/stm32f20x/template.uvproj b/bsp/stm32f20x/template.uvproj index b171716c3f..ce16bc94f2 100644 --- a/bsp/stm32f20x/template.uvproj +++ b/bsp/stm32f20x/template.uvproj @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ 0 1 0 - .\ + .\obj\ 1 0 0 -- GitLab